Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For The Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2006

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number: 1-11373

LOGO

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

OHIO   31-0958666
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
7000 CARDINAL PLACE, DUBLIN, OHIO   43017
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

(614) 757-5000

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

COMMON SHARES (WITHOUT PAR VALUE)   NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
(Title of Class)   (Name of each exchange on which registered)

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   x   Accelerated filer   ¨   Non-accelerated filer   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant on December 31, 2005, based on the closing price on December 31, 2005, was $28,617,303,619.

The number of Registrant’s Common Shares outstanding as of August 31, 2006, was as follows: Common Shares, without par value:  405,515,949.

Documents Incorporated by Reference:

Portions of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed for its 2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 



Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          PAGE

ITEM

  
  

Important Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   1

PART I

 

1.

   Business    1

1A.

   Risk Factors    12

1B.

   Unresolved Staff Comments    18

2.

   Properties    19

3.

   Legal Proceedings    19

4.

   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    27

PART II

 

5.

   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    29

6.

   Selected Financial Data    30

7.

   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    32

7A.

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    57

8.

   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    59

9.

   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    132

9A.

   Controls and Procedures    132

9B.

   Other Information    135

PART III

 

10.

   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant    135

11.

   Executive Compensation    135

12.

   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    135

13.

   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions    138

14.

   Principal Accounting Fees and Services    138

PART IV

 

15.

   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules    138
   Signatures    146


Table of Contents

Important Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Portions of this Form 10-K (including information incorporated by reference) include “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended. This includes, in particular, “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Form 10-K as well as other portions of this Form 10-K. The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “project” and similar expressions, among others, generally identify “forward-looking statements,” which speak only as of the date the statements were made. Forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected, anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. The most significant of these risks, uncertainties and other factors are described in this Form 10-K (including in “Item 1A—Risk Factors”) and in Exhibit 99.01 to this Form 10-K. Except to the limited extent required by applicable law, the Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.

PART I

Item 1: Business

General

Cardinal Health, Inc., an Ohio corporation formed in 1979, is a holding company that owns operating subsidiaries conducting business as Cardinal Health. The Company is a leading provider of products and services supporting the healthcare industry, and helping healthcare providers and manufacturers improve the productivity and safety of healthcare. As used in this report, the terms the “Registrant,” the “Company” and “Cardinal Health” refer to Cardinal Health, Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless the context requires otherwise. Except as otherwise specified, information in this report is provided as of June 30, 2006 (the end of the Company’s fiscal year).

The description of the Company’s business should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and supplementary data included in this Form 10-K.

Reportable Segments

As of and for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006, the Company reported financial information for four reportable segments: Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services; Medical Products and Services; Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services; and Clinical Technologies and Services. As discussed below under “Fiscal 2007 Changes to Reportable Segments,” the Company will change its reportable segments beginning with the first quarter of the fiscal year ending June 30, 2007. The following business discussion is based on the four reportable segments as they were structured as of and for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006.

Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services

Through its Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment, the Company distributes a broad line of pharmaceutical and other healthcare products. The Company’s Pharmaceutical Distribution business is one of the country’s leading full-service wholesale distributors of pharmaceutical and related healthcare products to retail customers (including chain and independent drug stores and pharmacy departments of supermarkets and mass merchandisers), hospitals and alternate care providers (including mail order customers) located throughout the United States. The Pharmaceutical Distribution business provides its customers with weekly next-day delivery and emergency 24-hour service. As a full-service wholesale distributor, the Pharmaceutical Distribution business complements its distribution activities by offering a broad range of support services to assist its customers in maintaining and helping to improve the efficiency and quality of their services. These support services include:

 

    online procurement, fulfillment and information provided through cardinalhealth.com;

 

1


Table of Contents
    computerized order entry and order confirmation systems;

 

    generic sourcing programs;

 

    product movement, inventory and management reports; and

 

    consultation on store operations and merchandising.

The Company’s proprietary software systems feature customized databases specially designed to help its distribution customers order more efficiently, contain costs and monitor their purchases.

Through this segment, the Company also provides services to branded pharmaceutical manufacturers in connection with distribution service agreements. These services include distribution services, inventory management services, data/reporting services, new product launch support and contract and chargeback administration services.

Through this segment, the Company also operates a pharmaceutical repackaging and distribution program for chain and independent drug store customers as well as mail order customers. In addition, through this segment, the Company is a franchisor of apothecary-style retail pharmacies through its Medicine Shoppe International, Inc. (“Medicine Shoppe”) and Medicap Pharmacies Incorporated (“Medicap”) franchise systems.

Medical Products and Services

Through its Medical Products and Services segment, the Company provides medical products and services to hospitals and other healthcare providers. The Company distributes a broad range of medical and laboratory products, representing approximately 2,000 suppliers in addition to its own line of surgical and respiratory therapy products to hospitals and other healthcare providers.

Through this segment, the Company also manufactures sterile and non-sterile procedure kits, single-use surgical drapes, gowns and apparel, exam and surgical gloves, fluid suction and collection systems, respiratory therapy products, surgical instruments, special procedure products and other products. In addition, through this segment, the Company assists its customers in reducing costs while helping to improve the quality of patient care in a variety of ways, including online procurement, fulfillment and information provided through cardinalhealth.com, supply-chain management and instrument repair. It also distributes therapeutic plasma to hospitals, clinics and other providers.

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services

Through its Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment, the Company provides a broad range of technologies and services through facilities located in North America, Latin America, Europe and Asia Pacific to the pharmaceutical, life sciences and consumer health industries.

This segment’s Oral Technologies business provides proprietary drug delivery technologies, including softgel capsules, controlled release forms and Zydis ® fast dissolving wafers, and manufacturing for nearly all traditional oral dosage forms. The Biotechnology and Sterile Life Sciences business provides advanced aseptic blow/fill/seal technology, drug lyophilization and manufacturing for nearly all sterile dose forms, such as vials and prefilled syringes, as well as biologic development and regulatory consulting services. The Packaging Services business provides pharmaceutical packaging services, folding cartons, inserts and labels, with proprietary expertise in child-resistant and unit dose/compliance package design.

The Pharmaceutical Development business provides drug discovery, development and analytical science services. The Nuclear Pharmacy Services business operates centralized nuclear pharmacies that prepare and deliver radiopharmaceuticals for use in nuclear imaging and other procedures in hospitals and clinics. Through this segment, the Company also manufactures and markets generic pharmaceutical products for sale to hospitals, clinics and pharmacies in the United Kingdom and offers product logistics management.

 

2


Table of Contents

Clinical Technologies and Services

Through its Clinical Technologies and Services segment, the Company provides products and services to hospitals and other healthcare providers.

Through its Alaris products business, this segment designs, develops and markets intravenous medication safety and infusion therapy delivery systems, software applications, needle-free disposables and related patient monitoring equipment. Through its Pyxis products business, this segment develops, manufactures, leases, sells and services point-of-use systems that automate the distribution and management of medications and supplies in hospitals and other healthcare facilities. In addition, through its clinical services and consulting businesses, this segment provides services to the healthcare industry through integrated pharmacy services and the gathering and recording of clinical information for review, analysis and interpretation.

For information on comparative segment revenue, profits and related financial information, see Note 17 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Fiscal 2007 Changes to Reportable Segments

Effective for the first quarter of the fiscal year ending June 30, 2007, the Company will report financial information for the following five reportable segments:

Supply Chain Services—Pharmaceutical. The Supply Chain Services-Pharmaceutical segment encompasses the businesses formerly within the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment, the Nuclear Pharmacy Services and product logistics management businesses formerly within the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment and the therapeutic plasma distribution capabilities formerly within the Medical Products and Services segment.

Supply Chain Services—Medical. The Supply Chain Services-Medical segment encompasses the Company’s Medical Products Distribution business and the assembly of sterile and non-sterile procedure kits formerly within the Medical Products and Services segment.

Medical Products Manufacturing. The Medical Products Manufacturing segment encompasses the medical and surgical manufacturing businesses formerly within the Medical Products and Services segment.

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services. The Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment encompasses all of the businesses formerly within this segment with the exception of the Nuclear Pharmacy Services and product logistics management businesses, which will be part of the Supply Chain Services – Pharmaceutical segment.

Clinical Technologies and Services. There are no changes to the Clinical Technologies and Services segment.

The five segments align within two major businesses: Supply Chain Services, which is focused on the Company’s foundational logistics and distribution capabilities, and Pharmaceutical & Medical Products, which is focused on higher-margin, fast-growing manufacturing businesses. The Company intends to focus on gaining scale and efficiencies and delivering superior customer services in Supply Chain Services. In Pharmaceutical & Medical Products, the Company will be investing in customer-driven innovation and operational excellence.

Available Information

The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K as well as its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), are made available free of charge on the Company’s website (www.cardinalhealth.com, under the “Investors—SEC filings” captions) after the Company

 

3


Table of Contents

electronically files these materials with, or furnishes them to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). SEC filings by the Company’s officers and directors reporting transactions and holdings in Company shares are also made available on the Company’s website, as are proxy statements for the Company’s shareholder meetings. These filings also may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site ( http://www.sec.gov ) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including the Company.

Information relating to corporate governance at Cardinal Health, including the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines and its Standards of Business Conduct, which applies to all employees, including the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, and to all directors, is available on the Company’s website (www.cardinalhealth.com, under the “Investors” caption). Information about the Company’s Board of Directors and Board Committees, including Committee charters, also is available on the Company’s website (www.cardinalhealth.com, under the “Investors” caption). This information also is available in print (free of charge) to any shareholder who requests it from the Company’s Investor Relations department.

Acquisitions and Divestitures

Acquisitions. Since July 1, 2001, the Company has completed the following business combinations:

 

Date

  

Company

  

Location

  

Line of Business

  

Consideration Paid

(amounts in millions)

 
            Shares     Stock Options
Converted (1)
   Cash  

4/15/2002

   Magellan Laboratories, Inc.    Research Triangle Park, North Carolina    Pharmaceutical contract development organization providing analytical and development services to pharmaceutical and biotechnological industries    —       —      $ 221 (2)

6/26/2002

   Boron, LePore & Associates, Inc.    Wayne, New Jersey    Full-service provider of strategic medical education solutions to the healthcare industry    —       1.0    $ 189  

1/1/2003

   Syncor International Corporation    Woodland Hills, California    Leading provider of nuclear pharmacy services    12.5 (3)   3.0      —    

12/16/2003

   The Intercare Group, plc    United Kingdom    Contract services manufacturer and distributor for pharmaceutical companies    —       —      $ 570 (4)

6/28/2004

   ALARIS Medical Systems, Inc.    San Diego, California    Provider of intravenous medication safety products and services    —       0.6    $ 2,080 (5)

 

4


Table of Contents

(1) As a result of the acquisition, the outstanding stock options of the acquired company were converted into options to purchase the Company’s Common Shares. This column represents the number of the Company’s Common Shares subject to such converted stock options immediately following conversion.
(2) Purchase price is before consideration of any tax benefits associated with the transaction.
(3) Includes the assumption of approximately $120 million in debt.
(4) Includes the assumption of approximately $150 million in debt.
(5) Includes the assumption of approximately $358 million in debt.

In addition, the Company has completed a number of smaller acquisitions (asset purchases, stock purchases and mergers) during the last five fiscal years, including acquisitions of Medicap, Snowden Pencer Holdings, Inc. and Geodax Technology, Inc (“Geodax”). During fiscal 2006, the Company acquired ParMed Pharmaceutical, Inc. (“ParMed”), a generic telemarketing business, Denver Biomedical, Inc. (“Denver Biomedical”), which develops and manufactures medical devices for acute care cancer hospitals and oncology offices, and the wholesale pharmaceutical, health and beauty and related drugstore products distribution business of The F. Dohmen Co. and certain of its subsidiaries (“Dohmen”). The Company also acquired the remaining shares of the Source Medical Corporation Canadian joint venture (the “Source Medical joint venture”) during fiscal 2006.

Divestitures. The Company has divested the international and non-core domestic businesses of Syncor International Corporation (“Syncor”) since acquiring Syncor in fiscal 2003. During fiscal 2006, the Company also divested a significant portion of the Specialty Distribution business formerly within its Medical Products and Services segment.

During the third quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company committed to plans to sell a significant portion of the Healthcare Marketing Services business within its Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment and the United Kingdom-based Intercare Pharmaceutical Distribution business within its Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment, thereby meeting the held for sale criteria set forth in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” These businesses have been reclassified to discontinued operations. Part of the Healthcare Marketing Services business being sold was acquired in the Boron, LePore & Associates, Inc. transaction described in the table above. The Intercare Pharmaceutical Distribution business was acquired in the The Intercare Group, plc (“Intercare”) transaction described in the table above.

The Company evaluates possible candidates for merger or acquisition and considers opportunities to expand its operations and services across all reportable segments from time to time as appropriate. These acquisitions may involve the use of cash, stock or other securities as well as the assumption of indebtedness and liabilities. In addition, the Company evaluates its portfolio of businesses from time to time as appropriate to identify any businesses for possible divestiture. For additional information concerning certain of the transactions described above, see Notes 2, 16 and 21 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Customers

The Company’s largest customers, CVS Corporation (“CVS”) and Walgreen Co. (“Walgreens”), accounted for approximately 21% and 14%, respectively, of the Company’s revenue (by dollar volume) for fiscal 2006. The aggregate of the Company’s five largest customers, including CVS and Walgreens, accounted for approximately 46% of the Company’s revenue (by dollar volume) for fiscal 2006. All of the Company’s business with its five largest customers is included in its Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment. The loss of one or more of these customers could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

Businesses in each of the Company’s reportable segments have agreements with group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”) that act as purchasing agents that negotiate vendor contracts on behalf of their members. Approximately 15% of the Company’s revenue for fiscal 2006 was derived from GPO members through the

 

5


Table of Contents

contractual arrangements established with Novation, LLC (“Novation”) and Premier Purchasing Partners, L.P. (“Premier”), the Company’s two largest GPO relationships in terms of member revenue. Generally, compliance by GPO members with GPO vendor selections is voluntary. As such, the Company believes the loss of any of the Company’s agreements with a GPO would not mean the loss of sales to all members of the GPO, although the loss of such an agreement could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition. See Note 12 in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for further information regarding the Company’s concentrations of credit risk and major customers.

Suppliers

Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services

The Company obtains its products from many different suppliers, the largest of which, Pfizer Inc., accounted for approximately 9% (by dollar volume) of the Company’s revenue in fiscal 2006. The Company’s five largest suppliers accounted on a combined basis for approximately 33% (by dollar volume) of the Company’s revenue during fiscal 2006. Overall, the Company believes that its relationships with its suppliers are good. The loss of certain suppliers could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition if alternative sources of supply were unavailable at reasonable rates.

The Company’s Pharmaceutical Distribution business began a business model transition in fiscal 2003 regarding the manner in which it was compensated for the services that it provides to branded pharmaceutical manufacturers. Historically, Pharmaceutical Distribution was compensated by branded pharmaceutical manufacturers in the form of price inflation. Specifically, a significant portion of the compensation Pharmaceutical Distribution received from such manufacturers was derived from the Company’s ability to purchase pharmaceutical inventory in advance of price increases, hold that inventory as manufacturers increased prices, and generate a higher gross margin on the subsequent sale of that inventory.

Beginning in fiscal 2003, branded pharmaceutical manufacturers began to seek greater control over the amount of product available in the supply chain and, as a result, began to change their sales practices by restricting the volume of product available for purchase by wholesalers. In addition, manufacturers sought additional services from the Company, including providing data concerning product sales and distribution patterns. The Company believes that manufacturers sought these changes to provide them with greater visibility over product demand and movement in the market and to increase product safety and integrity by reducing the risks associated with product being available to, and distributed in, the secondary market. These changes significantly reduced the compensation (as a percentage of revenue) received by the Company from branded pharmaceutical manufacturers.

In response to these developments, the Company established a compensation system with branded pharmaceutical manufacturers that is significantly less dependent on manufacturers’ pricing practices, and is based on the services provided by the Company to meet the unique distribution requirements of each manufacturer’s products. During fiscal 2005, the Company worked with individual branded pharmaceutical manufacturers to define fee-for-service terms that compensate the Company based on the services being provided to such manufacturers. This transition was completed during fiscal 2006. These new arrangements have moderated the seasonality of earnings which have historically reflected the pattern of manufacturers’ price increases.

Under the fee-for-service arrangements, reflected in written distribution service agreements, the Company’s compensation for these services may be a fee or a fee plus an inflation-based compensation component. In certain instances, the Company must achieve certain performance criteria to receive the maximum fees under the agreement. The fee is typically a fixed percentage of the Company’s purchases or the Company’s sales of the manufacturer’s products to customers. Apart from its fee-for-service arrangements reflected in distribution service agreements, the Company also continues to be compensated by some branded manufacturers based solely on price inflation. If the frequency or rate of branded pharmaceutical price inflation slows, the Company’s results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

6


Table of Contents

The distribution service agreements between the Company and certain branded pharmaceutical manufacturers generally range from a one-year term with an automatic renewal feature to a five-year term. These agreements generally cannot be terminated unless mutually agreed to by the parties, a breach of the agreement occurs that is not cured, or in the event of a bankruptcy filing or similar insolvency event. Some agreements allow the manufacturer to terminate without cause within a defined notice period.

Medical Products and Services, Pharmaceutical Technology and Services and Clinical Technologies and Services

The Medical Products and Services and Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segments use a broad range of raw materials, compounds and purchased components in the products they manufacture, including latex, resins, gelatin and pharmaceutical ingredients, among others. The Clinical Technologies and Services segment uses purchased components in the products that it manufactures, including custom-designed components and assemblies. In certain circumstances, the Company’s results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by cost increases because the Company may not be able to fully recover the increased costs from the customer or offset the increased cost through productivity improvements. In addition, although most of these raw materials or components are generally available, certain raw materials or components used by the Company’s manufacturing businesses may be available only from a limited number of suppliers. There also may be cases where a particular raw material may be available from another supplier or several other suppliers, but the Company is constrained to use a particular supplier due to customer requirements, regulatory filings or product approvals. In either case, where there are a limited number of suppliers, the Company may experience shortages in supply, and as a result, the Company’s results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

The Company’s Medical Products and Services segment, at times, purchases medical/surgical and laboratory products from vendors other than the original manufacturer of such products. Certain manufacturers have adopted policies limiting the ability of the segment’s businesses to purchase products from anyone other than the manufacturer. If this practice becomes more widespread, the ability of the Medical Products and Services segment to purchase products from other distributors, as well as its ability to sell excess inventories to other distributors, may be impaired. This could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

Competition

The Company operates in markets that are highly competitive.

Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services

In the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment, the Company’s Pharmaceutical Distribution business competes directly with two other national wholesale distributors (McKesson Corporation and AmerisourceBergen Corporation) and a number of smaller regional wholesale distributors, self-warehousing chains, direct selling manufacturers, specialty distributors and third-party logistics companies on the basis of a value proposition that includes pricing, breadth of product lines, service offerings and support services.

The Pharmaceutical Distribution business has narrow profit margins and, accordingly, the Company’s earnings depend significantly on its ability to:

 

    compete effectively on the pricing of pharmaceutical products;

 

    distribute a large volume and variety of products efficiently;

 

    provide quality support services;

 

    enter into and maintain satisfactory arrangements with branded and generic pharmaceutical manufacturers so it is compensated for the services it provides manufacturers; and

 

7


Table of Contents
    effectively manage inventory and other working capital items.

With respect to pharmacy franchising operations, a few smaller franchisors compete with Medicine Shoppe and Medicap in the franchising of pharmacies, with competition being based primarily upon financial assistance offered to qualified franchisees, aggregation of purchase volume, operational support and assistance, benefits offered to both the pharmacist and the customer, access to third-party programs, brand awareness and marketing support and pricing. Medicine Shoppe and Medicap also need to be competitive with a pharmacist’s ongoing options to operate an independent pharmacy or work for a chain pharmacy.

Medical Products and Services

The Company’s Medical Products and Services segment competes both domestically and internationally. Competitive factors within medical-surgical supply distribution include price, breadth of product offerings, product availability, order-filling accuracy (both invoicing and product selection) and service offerings. Within its distribution business, this segment competes across several customer classes with many different distributors, including Owens & Minor, Inc., Fisher Scientific International, Inc., Henry Schein, Inc. and Physician Sales & Service, Inc., among others.

Competitive factors within medical-surgical product manufacturing include product innovation, performance, quality, price and brand recognition. This segment competes against several product manufacturers, including Kimberly-Clark Corporation, Tyco International Ltd., Teleflex Incorporated, Mölnlycke Health Care, Medline Industries, Inc., Ansell Limited and 3M Company, among others.

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services

In the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment, the Company competes on several fronts both domestically and internationally, including competing with other companies that provide outsourcing services to pharmaceutical manufacturers based in North America, Latin America, Europe and Asia Pacific and competing with those pharmaceutical manufacturers that choose to perform these services themselves. Specifically, in this segment, the Company competes with:

 

    providers of oral solid dose manufacturing, including those offering new drug delivery technologies and existing delivery technologies;

 

    providers of sterile fill/finish manufacturing and lyophilization services;

 

    providers of contract discovery, development, analytical laboratory and regulatory consulting services and manufacturing and packaging of clinical supplies;

 

    companies that provide packaging components and packaging services;

 

    providers of product logistics services; and

 

    nuclear pharmacy companies and distributors engaged in the preparation and delivery of radiopharmaceuticals for use in nuclear imaging procedures in hospitals and clinics, including numerous operators of radiopharmacies, numerous independent radiopharmacies and manufacturers and universities that have established their own radiopharmacies.

The Company competes in this segment based upon a variety of factors, including quality, customer service, price, proprietary technologies or capabilities and responsiveness.

Clinical Technologies and Services

In the Clinical Technologies and Services segment, the Alaris products business competes based upon quality, technological innovation, price, the value proposition of helping improve patient outcomes while reducing overall costs associated with medication safety and patents and other intellectual property. Alaris’ competitors include both domestic and foreign companies, including Baxter International, Inc., Hospira, Inc., Fresenius AG and B. Braun Medical, Inc.

 

8


Table of Contents

The Pyxis products business competes based upon quality, relationships with customers, price, customer service and support capabilities, patents and other intellectual property and its ability to interface with customer information systems. Actual and potential competitors for Pyxis include both existing domestic and foreign companies, including McKesson Corporation and Omnicell, Inc., as well as emerging companies that supply products for specialized markets and other outside service providers.

With respect to its clinical services and consulting businesses, the Company competes with both national and regional hospital pharmacy management firms and self-managed hospitals and hospital systems on the basis of services offered, the quality of the services it provides to its customers, price, its established base of existing operations, the effective use of information systems and the development of clinical programs.

Employees

As of August 31, 2006, the Company had more than 55,000 employees in the U.S. and abroad, of which 923 are subject to collective bargaining agreements. Overall, the Company considers its employee relations to be good.

Intellectual Property

The Company relies on a combination of trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws, nondisclosure and other contractual provisions and technical measures to protect its products, services and intangible assets. These proprietary rights are important to the Company’s ongoing operations. The Company operates under licenses for certain proprietary technology and in certain instances licenses its technology to third parties.

The Company has applied in the United States and certain foreign countries for registration of a number of trademarks and service marks, some of which have been registered, and also holds common law rights in various trademarks and service marks. It is possible that in some cases the Company may be unable to obtain the registrations for trademarks and service marks for which it has applied.

Through its Clinical Technologies and Services segment, the Company holds patents relating to certain aspects of its automated pharmaceutical dispensing systems, automated medication management systems, medical devices, infusion therapy systems, infusion administration sets and drug delivery systems. Through its Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment, the Company holds patents and license rights relating to certain aspects of its medication packaging, formulations, nutritional and pharmaceutical dosage forms, topical products, mammalian cell engineering and sterile manufacturing. Through its Medical Products and Services segment, the Company holds patents relating to certain aspects of its medical and surgical products and devices, including surgical and exam gloves, drapes, gowns, respiratory therapy devices, patient prep products and surgical instruments. The Company also holds patents relating to certain processes and products across all segments. The Company has a number of pending patent applications in the United States and certain foreign countries, and intends to pursue additional patents as appropriate. The Company has enforced and will continue to enforce its intellectual property rights in the United States and worldwide.

The Company does not consider any particular patent, trademark, license, franchise or concession to be material to its overall business.

Regulatory Matters

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries may be required to register for permits and/or licenses with, and comply with operating and security standards of, the United States Drug Enforcement Administration (the “DEA”), the Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”), the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission (the “NRC”), the Department of Health and Human Services (“DHHS”), and various state boards of pharmacy, state health departments and/or comparable state agencies as well as foreign agencies, and certain accrediting bodies depending upon the type of operations and location of product distribution, manufacturing and sale. These subsidiaries include those that:

 

    distribute and/or engage in logistics services for prescription pharmaceuticals (including certain controlled substances) and/or medical devices;

 

9


Table of Contents
    manage or own pharmacy operations;

 

    engage in or operate retail pharmacies or nuclear pharmacies;

 

    purchase pharmaceuticals;

 

    develop, manufacture or package pharmaceutical products and medical devices, including providing outsourced pharmaceutical manufacturing services;

 

    market pharmaceutical products; and

 

    provide consulting services and solutions that assist healthcare institutions and pharmacies in their operations as well as pharmaceutical manufacturers with regard to regulatory submissions and filings made to healthcare agencies such as the FDA.

In addition, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are subject to requirements of the Controlled Substances Act and the Prescription Drug Marketing Act of 1987 and similar state laws, which regulate the marketing, purchase, storage and distribution of prescription drugs and prescription drug samples under prescribed minimum standards. Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries that manufacture medical devices are subject to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, as amended by the Medical Device Amendments of 1976, the Safe Medical Device Act of 1990, as amended in 1992, the FDA Modernization Act of 1997, the Medical Device User Fee and Modernization Act of 2002, and comparable foreign regulations. In addition, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are subject to the Needlestick Safety and Prevention Act.

Laws regulating the manufacture and distribution of products also exist in most other countries where the Company’s subsidiaries conduct business. In addition, the international manufacturing operations within the Company’s Medical Products and Services, Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services and Clinical Technologies and Services segments are subject to local certification requirements, including compliance with domestic and/or foreign good manufacturing practices and quality system regulations established by the FDA and/or applicable foreign regulatory authorities.

The Company’s franchising operations, through Medicine Shoppe and Medicap, are subject to Federal Trade Commission regulations, and rules and regulations adopted by certain states, which require franchisors to make certain disclosures to prospective franchisees prior to the sale of franchises. In addition, many states have adopted laws which regulate the franchisor-franchisee relationship. The most common provisions of such laws establish restrictions on the ability of franchisors to terminate or refuse to renew franchise agreements. From time to time, similar legislation has been proposed or is pending in additional states.

The Company’s Nuclear Pharmacy Services business operates nuclear pharmacies, imaging centers and related businesses such as cyclotron facilities used to produce positron emission tomography (“PET”) products used in medical imaging. This business operates in a regulated industry which requires licenses or permits from the NRC, the radiologic health agency and/or department of health of each state in which it operates and the applicable state board of pharmacy. In addition, the FDA is also involved in the regulation of cyclotron facilities where PET products are produced.

As further discussed below, certain of the Company’s businesses are subject to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse, referral and reimbursement laws and regulations with respect to their operations. Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries also maintain contracts with the federal government and are subject to certain regulatory requirements relating to government contractors.

Services and products provided by certain of the Company’s businesses involve access to healthcare information gathered and assessed for the benefit of healthcare clients. Greater scrutiny on a federal and state level is being placed on how patient identifiable healthcare information should be handled and in identifying the appropriate parties and the means to do so. Changes in regulations and/or legislation such as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) and its accompanying federal regulations, such as those

 

10


Table of Contents

pertaining to privacy and security, may affect how some of these information services or products are provided. In addition, certain of the Company’s operations, depending upon their location, may be subject to additional state or foreign regulations affecting personal data protection and how information services or products are provided. Failure to comply with HIPAA and other such laws may subject the Company and/or its subsidiaries to civil and/or criminal penalties, which could be significant.

The Company is also subject to various federal, state and local laws, regulations and recommendations, both in the United States and abroad, relating to safe working conditions, laboratory and manufacturing practices and the use, transportation and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances. In addition, U.S. and international import and export laws and regulations require the Company to abide by certain standards relating to the importation and exportation of finished goods, raw materials and supplies and the handling of information. The Company is also subject to certain laws and regulations concerning the conduct of its foreign operations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and anti-bribery laws and laws pertaining to the accuracy of the Company’s internal books and records.

The Company’s operations are affected by federal, state and/or local environmental laws. The Company has compliance programs in place designed to meet applicable environmental compliance requirements. The Company has made, and intends to continue to make, necessary expenditures for compliance with applicable environmental laws. As a result of its acquisition of Allegiance Corporation, the Company is participating in cleaning up environmental contamination from past industrial activity at certain sites (see “Item 3—Legal Proceedings”).

There have been increasing efforts by various levels of government, including state departments of health, state boards of pharmacy and comparable agencies, to regulate the pharmaceutical distribution system in order to prevent the introduction of counterfeit, adulterated or mislabeled pharmaceuticals into the distribution system. Certain states, such as Florida, have already adopted laws and regulations, including pedigree tracking requirements, that are intended to protect the integrity of the pharmaceutical distribution system. Regulations adopted under the federal Prescription Drug Marketing Act, which will be effective December 1, 2006, will also require the passage of pedigree information in defined circumstances. Other states and government agencies are currently considering similar laws and regulations. These laws and regulations could increase the overall regulatory burden and costs associated with the Company’s Pharmaceutical Distribution business, and could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition. The Company continues to work with its suppliers to help minimize the risks associated with counterfeit products in the supply chain.

The Company is subject to extensive local, state and federal laws and regulations relating to healthcare fraud and abuse. The federal government continues to scrutinize potentially fraudulent practices in the healthcare industry in an attempt to minimize the cost that such practices have on Medicare, Medicaid and other government healthcare programs. Many of these laws and regulations are complex and broadly written and could be interpreted or applied by a prosecutorial, regulatory or judicial authority in a manner that could require the Company to make changes in its operations. If the Company fails to comply with applicable laws and regulations, it could suffer civil and criminal penalties, including the loss of licenses or its ability to participate in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal and state healthcare programs.

New federal legislation was enacted on February 8, 2006 that, among other things, changes the prescription drug reimbursement formula and related reporting requirements for generic pharmaceuticals under Medicaid to reduce costs for that program. Under this new legislation, the major changes with respect to generic pharmaceuticals are expected to become effective in 2007. Various administrative agencies are in the process of defining the specific details of the legislation. The Company is continuing to work with its customers and the regulatory agencies in this process. The Company is currently developing plans to mitigate the potential impact of these legislative changes. If the Company fails to successfully develop and implement such plans, this change in reimbursement formula and related reporting requirements and other provisions of this new legislation could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

 

11


Table of Contents

The costs associated with complying with the various applicable federal regulations, as well as state and foreign regulations, could be significant and the failure to comply with all such legal requirements could have an adverse affect on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

Inventories

In connection with the business model transition discussed under “Suppliers” above, the Pharmaceutical Distribution business’ days of inventory on hand are significantly lower than historical levels as a result of reduced investment buying opportunities and lower inventory levels negotiated with pharmaceutical manufacturers. The Company had historically maintained higher levels of inventory in its Pharmaceutical Distribution business in order to take advantage of price changes as partial compensation for its services. The business is generally not required by its customers to maintain particular inventory levels other than as may be required to meet service level requirements.

Certain supply contracts with U.S. Government entities require the Company’s Pharmaceutical Distribution and Medical Products Distribution businesses to maintain sufficient inventory to meet emergency demands. The Company does not believe that the requirements contained in these U.S. Government supply contracts materially impact inventory levels.

The Company’s customer return policy requires that the product be physically returned, subject to restocking fees, and only allows customers to return products that can be added back to inventory and resold at full value, or that can be returned to vendors for credit.

The Company’s practice is to offer market payment terms to its customers. The Company is not aware of any material differences between its practices and those of other industry participants.

Research and Development

For information on company-sponsored research and development costs in the last three fiscal years, see Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Revenue and Long-Lived Assets by Geographic Area

For information on revenue and long-lived assets by geographic area, see Note 17 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Item 1A: Risk Factors

The risks described below could materially and adversely affect the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows. These risks are not the only risks that the Company faces. The Company’s business operations could also be affected by additional factors that are not presently known to it or that the Company currently considers to be immaterial to its operations.

Competitive pressures could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

The Company operates in markets that are highly competitive. For example, the Company’s Pharmaceutical Distribution business competes with two national wholesale distributors, McKesson Corporation and AmerisourceBergen Corporation, and a number of smaller regional wholesale distributors, self-warehousing chains, direct selling manufacturers, specialty distributors and third-party logistics companies. Competitive pressures could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

Substantial defaults or a material reduction in purchases of the Company’s products by large customers could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

In recent years, a significant portion of the Company’s revenue growth has been derived from a limited number of large customers. The Company’s largest customers, CVS and Walgreens, accounted for approximately

 

12


Table of Contents

21% and 14%, respectively, of the Company’s revenue (by dollar volume) for fiscal 2006. The aggregate of the Company’s five largest customers, including CVS and Walgreens, accounted for approximately 46% of the Company’s revenue (by dollar volume) for fiscal 2006. In addition, CVS and Walgreens accounted for 25% and 26%, respectively, of the Company gross trade receivable balance at June 30, 2006. As a result, the Company’s sales and credit concentration is significant. Any defaults in payment or a material reduction in purchases from these or other large customers could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, certain of the Company’s businesses have entered into agreements with GPOs. Approximately 15% of the Company’s revenue for fiscal 2006 was derived from GPO members through the contractual arrangements established with Novation and Premier. Generally, compliance by GPO members with GPO vendor selections is voluntary. Still, the loss of an agreement with a GPO could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition because the Company could lose customers or have to reduce prices as a result.

Changes in the United States healthcare environment could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

The healthcare industry has changed significantly over time and the Company expects the industry to continue to change significantly in the future. Some of these changes, such as adverse changes in government funding of healthcare services, legislation or regulations governing the privacy of patient information, or the delivery or pricing of pharmaceuticals and healthcare services or mandated benefits, may cause healthcare industry participants to reduce the amount of the Company’s products and services they purchase or the price they are willing to pay for the Company’s products and services. Changes in the healthcare industry’s pricing, selling, inventory, distribution or supply policies or practices, or changes in the Company’s customer mix, could also significantly reduce the Company’s revenue and results of operations.

Healthcare and public policy trends indicate that the number of generic drugs will increase over the next few years as a result of the expiration of certain drug patents. A decrease in the availability or changes in pricing of generic drugs could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

There have been increasing efforts by various levels of government, including state departments of health, state boards of pharmacy and comparable agencies, to regulate the pharmaceutical distribution system in order to prevent the introduction of counterfeit, adulterated or mislabeled pharmaceuticals into the distribution system. Certain states, such as Florida, have already adopted laws and regulations, including pedigree tracking requirements, that are intended to protect the integrity of the pharmaceutical distribution system. Regulations adopted under the federal Prescription Drug Marketing Act, which will be effective December 1, 2006, will also require the passage of pedigree information in defined circumstances. Other states and government agencies are currently considering similar laws and regulations. These laws and regulations could increase the overall regulatory burden and costs associated with the Company’s Pharmaceutical Distribution business, and could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

New federal legislation was enacted on February 8, 2006 that, among other things, changes the prescription drug reimbursement formula and related reporting requirements for generic pharmaceuticals under Medicaid to reduce costs for that program. Under this new legislation, the major changes with respect to generic pharmaceuticals are expected to become effective in 2007. Various administrative agencies are in the process of defining the specific details of the legislation. The Company is continuing to work with its customers and the regulatory agencies in this process. The Company is currently developing plans to mitigate the potential impact of these legislative changes. If the Company fails to successfully develop and implement such plans, this change in reimbursement formula and related reporting requirements and other provisions of this new legislation could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

The Company’s Medical Products and Services segment, at times, purchases medical/surgical and laboratory products from vendors other than the original manufacturer of such products. Certain manufacturers

 

13


Table of Contents

have adopted policies limiting the ability of the segment’s businesses to purchase products from anyone other than the manufacturer. If this practice becomes more widespread, the ability of the Medical Products and Services segment to purchase products from other distributors, as well as its ability to sell excess inventories to other distributors, may be impaired. This could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

The Company’s Pharmaceutical Distribution business is subject to inflation in branded pharmaceutical prices and deflation in generic pharmaceutical prices, which subjects the Company to risks and uncertainties.

As part of the Pharmaceutical Distribution business’s transition to fee-for-service terms, some distribution service agreements entered into with branded pharmaceutical manufacturers continue to have an inflation-based compensation component to them. Arrangements with other branded manufacturers continue to be solely inflation-based. If the frequency or rate of branded pharmaceutical price inflation slows, the Company’s results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. In addition, the Pharmaceutical Distribution business distributes generic pharmaceuticals, which are subject to price deflation. If the frequency or rate of generic pharmaceutical price deflation accelerates, the Company’s results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

The ongoing SEC investigation and U.S. Attorney inquiry could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

The Company is the subject of a formal SEC investigation and an inquiry by the U.S. Attorney for the Southern District of New York. In April 2004, the Company’s Audit Committee commenced its own internal review, assisted by independent counsel. Although the Company is continuing in its efforts to respond to these inquiries and provide all information required, the Company cannot predict the outcome of the SEC investigation or the U.S. Attorney inquiry. There can be no assurance that the scope of the SEC investigation or the U.S. Attorney inquiry will not expand or that other regulatory agencies will not become involved.

The outcome of, and costs associated with, the SEC investigation and the U.S. Attorney inquiry could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition. The outcome of the SEC investigation, the U.S. Attorney inquiry and any related legal and administrative proceedings could include the institution of administrative, civil injunctive or criminal proceedings involving the Company and/or current or former Company employees, officers and/or directors, as well as the imposition of fines and other penalties, remedies and sanctions.

The Company continues to engage in settlement discussions with the staff of the SEC and has reached an agreement-in-principle on the basic terms of a potential settlement involving the Company that the SEC staff has indicated it is prepared to recommend to the Commission. The proposed settlement is subject to the completion of definitive documentation as well as acceptance and authorization by the Commission and would, among other things, require the Company to pay a $35 million penalty. The Company accordingly recorded a reserve of $10 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 in addition to the $25 million reserve recorded during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005. There can be no assurance that the Company’s efforts to resolve the SEC’s investigation with respect to the Company will be successful, or that the amount reserved will be sufficient, and the Company cannot predict the timing or the final terms of any settlement.

The Company is subject to legal proceedings that could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows.

The Company is involved in a number of legal proceedings, which, if decided adversely to the Company or settled by the Company, could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

The Company is subject to several class action lawsuits brought against the Company and certain of its former and present officers and directors since July 2004. The Company is currently unable to predict or determine the outcome or resolution of these proceedings, or to estimate the amounts of, or potential range of, loss with respect to these proceedings. The range of possible resolutions of these proceedings could include judgments against the Company or settlements that could require substantial payments by the Company. These payments could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition,

 

14


Table of Contents

liquidity and cash flows. The Company discusses these cases and other litigation to which it is a party in greater detail below under the caption “Item 3—Legal Proceedings” and in Note 10 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

In addition, the Company is subject to product and professional liability risks. The availability of product liability insurance for companies in the pharmaceutical industry is generally more limited than insurance available to companies in other industries. Insurance carriers providing product liability insurance to pharmaceutical companies generally limit the amount of available policy limits, require larger self-insured retentions and include exclusions for certain products. There can be no assurance that a successful product or professional liability claim would be adequately covered by the Company’s applicable insurance policies or by any applicable contractual indemnity and, as such, these claims could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

Additional restatements may be required, the historical consolidated financial statements may change or require amendment or additional disciplinary actions may be required.

During September and October 2004, the Audit Committee reached certain conclusions with respect to findings from its internal review, which were discussed in Notes 1 and 2 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in the 2004 Form 10-K. In connection with these conclusions, the Audit Committee determined that the consolidated financial statements of the Company with respect to fiscal 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003, as well as the first three quarters of fiscal 2004, should be restated to reflect the conclusions from its internal review. In January 2005, the Audit Committee took disciplinary actions with respect to the Company’s employees who it determined bore responsibility for certain of these matters.

There can be no assurance that additional restatements will not be required, that the historical consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s previously-filed public reports or this report will not change or require amendment, or that additional disciplinary actions will not be required in such circumstances. In addition, as the SEC investigation and U.S. Attorney inquiry continue, new issues may be identified, or the Audit Committee may make additional findings if it receives additional information, that may have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the scope of the restatements described in the Company’s previously-filed public reports or this report.

Failure to comply with existing and future regulatory requirements could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

The healthcare industry is highly regulated. The Company is subject to various local, state, federal, foreign and transnational laws and regulations, which include the operating and security standards of the DEA, the FDA, various state boards of pharmacy, state health departments, the NRC, DHHS, the European Union member states and other comparable agencies. Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries may be required to register for permits and/or licenses with, and comply with operating and security standards of, the DEA, the FDA, the NRC, DHHS and various state boards of pharmacy, state health departments and/or comparable state agencies as well as foreign agencies and certain accrediting bodies depending upon the type of operations and location of product distribution, manufacturing and sale.

Although the Company believes that it is in compliance, in all material respects, with applicable laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that a regulatory agency or tribunal would not reach a different conclusion concerning the compliance of the Company’s operations with applicable laws and regulations. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain or renew existing permits, licenses or any other regulatory approvals or obtain without significant delay future permits, licenses or other approvals needed for the operation of the Company’s businesses. Any noncompliance by the Company with applicable laws and regulations or the failure to maintain, renew or obtain necessary permits and licenses could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

On August 28, 2006, the Company announced that it has suspended production, sales, repairs and installation of its Alaris ® SE infusion pump after approximately 1,300 units were seized by the FDA. On August 15, 2006, the Company initiated a voluntary field corrective action of the product as a result of information indicating that a sensitive keypad posed a risk of “key bounce” and could lead to over-infusion of patients. As part of the field corrective action, the Company sent letters and warning labels to its customers and is currently

 

15


Table of Contents

testing a modification that reduces sensitivity of the keyboard. This modification will need to be validated on the product and approved by the FDA. These actions did not require the return of products currently in use by customers and the Company currently has no plans of recalling these products. The Company has stopped manufacturing and distribution of the Alaris SE infusion pumps pending resolution of the issue with the FDA. There have been approximately 140,000 Alaris SE infusion pumps distributed worldwide during the past 12 years and the product line currently represents less than 1% of annual revenue for the Clinical Technologies and Services segment. The Company does not believe that implementation of the modification currently being tested will materially affect the Company’s results of operations or financial condition. However, the Company has not completed its testing or received approval from the FDA and if additional remedial actions are deemed necessary by the Company or the FDA, the effect could become material to the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

The Company is subject to extensive local, state and federal laws and regulations relating to healthcare fraud and abuse. The federal government continues to scrutinize potentially fraudulent practices in the healthcare industry in an attempt to minimize the cost that such practices have on Medicare, Medicaid and other government healthcare programs. Many of these laws and regulations are complex and broadly written and could be interpreted or applied by a prosecutorial, regulatory or judicial authority in a manner that could require the Company to make changes in its operations. If the Company fails to comply with applicable laws and regulations, it could suffer civil and criminal penalties, including the loss of licenses or its ability to participate in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal and state healthcare programs.

Circumstances associated with the Company’s acquisition strategy could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

An important element of the Company’s growth strategy historically has been the pursuit of acquisitions of other businesses which expand or complement the Company’s existing businesses. Acquisitions involve risks, including the risk that the Company overpays for a business or is unable to obtain the synergies and other expected benefits from acquiring the business. Integrating acquired businesses also involves a number of special risks, including the following:

 

    the possibility that management may be distracted from regular business concerns by the need to integrate operations;

 

    unforeseen difficulties in integrating operations and systems and realizing potential operating synergies;

 

    problems assimilating and retaining the employees of the acquired company or the Company’s employees following an acquisition;

 

    accounting issues that could arise in connection with, or as a result of, the acquisition of the acquired company, including unforeseen issues related to internal control over financial reporting;

 

    regulatory or compliance issues that could exist for an acquired company;

 

    challenges in retaining the customers of the combined businesses; and

 

    potential adverse short-term effects on results of operations through increased costs or otherwise.

If the Company is unable to successfully complete and integrate strategic acquisitions in a timely manner, its results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

The Company could be adversely affected if transitions in senior management are not successful.

The Company’s operations depend to a large extent on the efforts of its senior management. On April 17, 2006, the Board of Directors of the Company appointed R. Kerry Clark as President and Chief Executive Officer. In connection with this appointment, the Company’s former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Robert D. Walter, became Executive Chairman of the Board. In addition, several other members of senior management have joined the Company since the beginning of fiscal 2005.

The Company seeks to develop and retain an effective management team through the proper positioning of existing key employees and the addition of new management personnel where necessary. The Company’s results of operations could be adversely affected if transitions in senior management are not successful or if the Company is unable to sustain an effective management team.

 

16


Table of Contents

The Company’s future results of operations are subject to fluctuations in the costs and availability of purchased components, compounds, raw materials and energy.

The Company depends on various components, compounds, raw materials, and energy (including oil and natural gas and their derivatives) supplied by others for the manufacturing of its products through its Medical Products and Services, Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services and Clinical Technologies and Services segments. It is possible that any of the Company’s supplier relationships could be interrupted due to natural disasters or other events or could be terminated in the future. Any sustained interruption in the Company’s receipt of adequate supplies could have an adverse effect on the Company. In addition, while the Company has processes to minimize volatility in component and material pricing, no assurance can be given that the Company will be able to successfully manage price fluctuations or that future price fluctuations or shortages will not have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.

Proprietary technology protections may not be adequate.

The Company relies on a combination of trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws, nondisclosure and other contractual provisions and technical measures to protect a number of its products, services and intangible assets. These proprietary rights are important to the Company’s ongoing operations. There can be no assurance that these protections will provide meaningful protection against competitive products or services or otherwise be commercially valuable or that the Company will be successful in obtaining additional intellectual property or enforcing its intellectual property rights against unauthorized users. There can be no assurance that the Company’s competitors will not independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to the Company’s technology.

The products that the Company manufactures or distributes may infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties.

From time to time, third parties have asserted infringement claims against the Company and there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims against the Company in the future. While the Company believes that the products that it currently manufactures using its proprietary technology do not infringe upon proprietary rights of other parties or that meritorious defenses would exist with respect to any assertions to the contrary, there can be no assurance that the Company would not be found to infringe on the proprietary rights of others.

The Company may be subject to litigation over infringement claims regarding the products it manufactures or distributes. This type of litigation can be costly and time consuming and could generate significant expenses, damage payments or restrictions or prohibitions on the Company’s use of its technology, which could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations. In addition, if the Company is found to be infringing on proprietary rights of others, the Company may be required to develop non-infringing technology, obtain a license or cease making, using and/or selling the infringing products.

Generic drug manufacturers are increasingly challenging the validity or enforceability of patents on branded pharmaceutical products. During the pendency of these legal challenges, a generics manufacturer may begin manufacturing and selling a generic version of the branded product prior to the final resolution to its legal challenge over the branded product’s patent. The Company may distribute that generic product purchased from the generics manufacturer. As a result, the brand-name company may assert infringement claims against the Company. While the Company generally obtains indemnity rights from generic manufacturers as a condition of distributing their products, there can be no assurances that these indemnity rights will be adequate or sufficient to protect the Company.

 

17


Table of Contents

Risks generally associated with the Company’s information systems could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.

The Company relies on information systems in its business to obtain, rapidly process, analyze and manage data to:

 

    facilitate the purchase and distribution of thousands of inventory items from numerous distribution centers;

 

    receive, process and ship orders on a timely basis;

 

    manage the accurate billing and collections for thousands of customers; and

 

    process payments to suppliers.

The Company’s results of operations could be adversely affected if these systems are interrupted, damaged by unforeseen events or fail for any extended period of time, including due to the actions of third parties.

Tax legislation initiatives or challenges to the Company’s tax positions could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

The Company is a large multinational corporation with operations in the United States and international jurisdictions. As such, the Company is subject to the tax laws and regulations of the United States federal, state and local governments and of many international jurisdictions. From time to time, various legislative initiatives may be proposed that could adversely affect the Company’s tax positions. There can be no assurance that the Company’s effective tax rate or tax payments will not be adversely affected by these initiatives. In addition, United States federal, state and local, as well as international, tax laws and regulations are extremely complex and subject to varying interpretations. There can be no assurance that the Company’s tax positions will not be challenged by relevant tax authorities or that the Company would be successful in any such challenge.

The Company’s global operations are subject to a number of economic, political and regulatory risks.

The Company conducts its operations in various regions of the world outside of the United States, including North America, South America, Europe and Asia Pacific. Global economic and regulatory developments affect businesses such as the Company’s in many ways. Operations are subject to the effects of global competition. Particular local jurisdiction risks include regulatory risks arising from local laws. The Company’s global operations are affected by local economic environments, including inflation, recession and currency volatility. Political changes, some of which may be disruptive, can interfere with the Company’s supply chain and customers and all of its activities in a particular location. While some of these risks can be hedged using derivatives or other financial instruments and some are insurable, such attempts to mitigate these risks are costly and not always successful.

Item 1B: Unresolved Staff Comments

On October 6, 2005, the Company received a comment letter from the Staff of the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance (the “Staff”) with respect to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 (the “2005 Form 10-K”). The Company responded to the Staff’s comments on November 23, 2005. The Company has since received follow-up comment letters from the Staff and the Company has responded to all subsequent comment letters. The principal unresolved comments have focused on the Company’s disclosure in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of the 2005 Form 10-K with respect to the definition of bulk revenue and non-bulk revenue and the characteristics of transactions that distinguish these two types of revenue. In response to the Staff’s comment letters, the Company has included certain additional disclosures and revised disclosures in this Form 10-K. As of the date of the filing of this Form 10-K, the Staff continues to review the Company’s responses and, therefore, certain of the October 6, 2005 comments (as well as certain comments in subsequent letters) remain unresolved. The Company will continue to respond to any additional comment letters that the Company receives from the Staff.

 

18


Table of Contents

Item 2: Properties

In the United States, the Company has 30 pharmaceutical distribution facilities and two specialty distribution facilities utilized by its Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment. In its Medical Products and Services segment, the Company has 49 medical-surgical distribution facilities and 17 medical-surgical manufacturing facilities. In its Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment, the Company has 204 U.S. sites, 176 of which are Nuclear Pharmacy Services laboratory, manufacturing and distribution facilities, and the remainder of which are Packaging Services, Oral Technologies, Pharmaceutical Development and Biotechnology and Sterile Life Sciences facilities and one Specialty Pharmaceutical Services site. In its Clinical Technologies and Services segment, the Company has four U.S assembly operation facilities. The Company’s U.S. operating facilities are located in 42 states and in Puerto Rico.

Outside of the United States, the Company owns or leases 20 facilities through its Medical Products and Services segment, located in Australia, Canada, Dominican Republic, France, Germany, Malaysia, Malta, Mexico and Thailand. The Company owns or leases 19 operating facilities through its Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment, located in Argentina, Australia, Belgium, Brazil, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Japan and the United Kingdom. The Company owns or leases four manufacturing and distribution facilities through its Clinical Technologies and Services segment in Australia, Italy, Mexico and the United Kingdom.

The Company owns 110 of its operating facilities, and the remaining 239 operating facilities are leased. The Company’s principal executive offices are headquartered in a leased four-story building located at 7000 Cardinal Place in Dublin, Ohio.

The Company considers its operating properties to be in satisfactory condition and adequate to meet its present needs. However, the Company regularly evaluates its operating properties and may make further additions, improvements and consolidations as it continues to seek opportunities to expand its role as a provider of products and services to the healthcare industry.

For certain financial information regarding the Company’s facilities, see Notes 8 and 10 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Item 3: Legal Proceedings

Antitrust Litigation against Pharmaceutical Manufacturers

During the last several years, numerous class action lawsuits have been filed against certain prescription drug manufacturers alleging that the prescription drug manufacturer, by itself or in concert with others, took improper actions to delay or prevent generic drug competition against the manufacturer’s brand name drug. The Company has not been a named plaintiff in any of these class actions, but has been a member of the direct purchasers’ class (i.e., those purchasers who purchase directly from these drug manufacturers). None of the class actions has gone to trial, but some have settled in the past with the Company receiving proceeds from the settlement fund. Currently, there are several such class actions pending in which the Company is a class member. Total recoveries to the Company from these actions through June 30, 2006 were $123.1 million. Additionally, in July 2006, the Company received its share of the settlement proceeds for one of these actions, approximately $7.3 million, which will be reported as a special item in the Company’s first quarter fiscal 2007 results. The Company is unable at this time to estimate future recoveries, if any, it will receive as a result of these class actions.

Environmental Claims

In September 1996, Baxter International Inc. (“Baxter”) and its subsidiaries transferred to Allegiance Corporation and its subsidiaries (“Allegiance”), Baxter’s U.S. healthcare distribution business, surgical and respiratory therapy business and healthcare cost-management business, as well as certain foreign operations (the

 

19


Table of Contents

“Allegiance Business”) in connection with a spin-off of the Allegiance Business by Baxter. In connection with this spin-off, Allegiance Corporation, which later merged with a subsidiary of the Company in February 1999, agreed to defend and indemnify Baxter from the following environmental claims.

The Michigan Department of Environmental Quality brought suit against Baxter as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) along with a number of other PRPs in 1994 in the Circuit Court of the State of Michigan for Ingham County alleging contamination of the A-1 disposal site in Plainwell, Michigan (“A-1 Plainwell”). Among the contaminants at the site were solvent wastes generated by Burdick & Jackson (“Burdick”) of Muskegon, Michigan. Baxter became a PRP through its acquisition of Burdick in 1986. Allegiance agreed to defend and indemnify Baxter in this claim as part of the Baxter-Allegiance Spin-Off. The principal relief sought was for the PRPs to clean up the site to applicable standards and to reimburse the government for its oversight and other costs at the site. In a related action, Allegiance, through its association with Baxter and Burdick, was named a PRP to reimburse the State of Michigan for reimbursement costs associated with the construction of a landfill cap and continued operation, maintenance and monitoring of the A-1 Sunrise site in Michigan (“A-1 Sunrise”). Allegiance has paid approximately $95,000 for past remediation costs at the A-1 Plainwell site and approximately $230,000 at the A-1 Sunrise site. Remediation of the A-1 Plainwell site is substantially complete, subject to minimal operation, maintenance and monitoring of the site. Allegiance’s share of future remediation at the A-1 Sunrise site is approximately 1.8%. Allegiance has recorded environmental accruals based upon the information available that it believes are adequate to satisfy known costs. The Company believes that the impact of these claims upon Allegiance will be immaterial to the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

As a result of the Burdick acquisition, Baxter was identified by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency as a PRP for clean-up costs related to the Thermochem waste processing site in Muskegon, Michigan. Allegiance agreed to defend and indemnify Baxter in this claim as part of the Baxter-Allegiance spin-off. Based upon the information available, Allegiance believes the total clean-up cost of this site to be between approximately $17 million and $23 million. A well-funded PRP group, of which Allegiance is a member, has spent approximately $10 million in clean-up costs. Allegiance believes that current available funding of the PRP group, along with Allegiance’s additional recorded environmental accruals, are adequate to satisfy known costs. The Company believes that the impact of this claim upon Allegiance will be immaterial to the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

Derivative Actions

On November 8, 2002, a complaint was filed by a purported shareholder against the Company and its directors in the Court of Common Pleas, Delaware County, Ohio, as a purported derivative action. Doris Staehr v. Robert D. Walter, et al., No. 02-CVG-11-639 . On or about March 21, 2003, after the defendants filed a Motion to Dismiss the complaint, an amended complaint was filed alleging breach of fiduciary duties and corporate waste in connection with the alleged failure by the Board of Directors of the Company to renegotiate or terminate the Company’s proposed acquisition of Syncor, and to determine the propriety of indemnifying Monty Fu, the former Chairman of Syncor. The defendants filed a Motion to Dismiss the amended complaint, and the plaintiffs subsequently filed a second amended complaint that added three new individual defendants and included new allegations that, among other things, the defendants improperly recognized revenue in December 2000 and September 2001 related to settlements with certain vitamin manufacturers. The defendants filed a Motion to Dismiss the second amended complaint, and on November 20, 2003, the Court denied the motion. On May 31, 2006, the plaintiffs filed a third amended complaint, which now mirrors most of the substantive allegations of the consolidated amended complaint filed in the Cardinal Health federal securities actions (see “Shareholder/ERISA Litigation against Cardinal Health” below). The defendants intend to vigorously defend this action. It is not currently possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of this proceeding. However, the Company currently does not believe that this proceeding will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

 

20


Table of Contents

Since July 1, 2004, three complaints have been filed by purported shareholders against the members of the Company’s Board of Directors, certain of the Company’s current and former officers and employees and the Company as a nominal defendant in the Court of Common Pleas, Franklin County, Ohio, as purported derivative actions (collectively referred to as the “Cardinal Health Franklin County derivative actions”). These cases include Donald Bosley, Derivatively on behalf of Cardinal Health, Inc. v. David Bing, et al., Sam Wietschner, Derivatively on behalf of Cardinal Health, Inc. v. Robert D. Walter, et al. and Green Meadow Partners, LLP, Derivatively on behalf of Cardinal Health, Inc. v. David Bing, et al . The Cardinal Health Franklin County derivative actions allege that the individual defendants failed to implement adequate internal controls for the Company and thereby violated their fiduciary duty of good faith, U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and the Company’s Audit Committee charter. The complaints in the Cardinal Health Franklin County derivative actions seek money damages and equitable relief against the defendant directors and an award of attorney’s fees. On November 22, 2004, the Cardinal Health Franklin County derivative actions were transferred to be heard by the same judge. On June 20, 2006, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint that raises many of the same substantive allegations as the consolidated amended complaint filed in the Cardinal Health federal securities actions (see “Shareholder/ERISA Litigation against Cardinal Health” below) and the Bean complaint (see below). On August 22, 2006, the Court granted the parties’ joint Motion to Stay the actions pending the Court’s resolution of the plaintiffs’ Motion to Consolidate the Cardinal Health Franklin County derivative actions with the Staehr derivative action pending in Delaware County, which is discussed above. None of the defendants has responded to the complaint. It is not currently possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of these proceedings.

On December 6, 2005, a derivative complaint was filed by a purported shareholder against certain members of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, certain of the Company’s current and former officers and the Company as a nominal defendant in the Court of Common Pleas, Franklin County, Ohio, as a purported derivative action. Vernon Bean v. John F. Havens, et al., No. 05CVH-12-13644. The complaint alleges that the individual defendants breached their fiduciary duties with respect to the timing of the Company’s option grants in August 2004 and that the officer defendants were unjustly enriched with respect to such grants. The complaint seeks money damages, disgorgement of options, equitable relief against the individual defendants and an award of attorney’s fees. On July 20, 2006, the Court conditionally granted defendants’ Motion to Dismiss for failure to verify the complaint as required. The dismissal was entered on August 23, 2006.

Shareholder/ERISA Litigation against Cardinal Health

Since July 2, 2004, 10 purported class action complaints have been filed by purported purchasers of the Company’s securities against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors, asserting claims under the federal securities laws (collectively referred to as the “Cardinal Health federal securities actions”). To date, all of these actions have been filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio. These cases include Gerald Burger v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 575), Todd Fener v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 579), E. Miles Senn v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 597), David Kim v. Cardinal Health, Inc. (04 CV 598), Arace Brothers v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 604), John Hessian v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 635), Constance Matthews Living Trust v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 636), Mariss Partners, LLP v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 849), The State of New Jersey v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 831) and First New York Securities, LLC v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 911).

The Cardinal Health federal securities actions purport to be brought on behalf of all purchasers of the Company’s securities during various periods beginning as early as October 24, 2000 and ending as late as July 26, 2004 and allege, among other things, that the defendants violated Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder and Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act by issuing a series of false and/or misleading statements concerning the Company’s financial results, prospects and condition. The alleged misstatements relate to the Company’s accounting for recoveries relating to antitrust litigation against vitamin manufacturers, and to classification of revenue in the Company’s Pharmaceutical Distribution business as either operating revenue or revenue from bulk deliveries to customer warehouses, and other accounting and business

 

21


Table of Contents

model transition issues, including reserve accounting. The alleged misstatements are claimed to have caused an artificial inflation in the Company’s stock price during the proposed class period. The complaints seek unspecified money damages and equitable relief against the defendants and an award of attorney’s fees. On December 15, 2004, the Cardinal Health federal securities actions were consolidated into one action captioned In re Cardinal Health, Inc. Federal Securities Litigation , and on January 26, 2005, the Court appointed the Pension Fund Group as lead plaintiff in this consolidated action. On April 22, 2005, the lead plaintiff filed a consolidated amended complaint naming the Company, certain current and former officers and employees and the Company’s external auditors as defendants. The complaint seeks unspecified money damages and other unspecified relief against the defendants and includes the aforementioned Section 10(b), Rule 10b-5 and Section 20 claims. On March 27, 2006, the Court granted a Motion to Dismiss with respect to the Company’s external auditors and a former officer and denied the Motion to Dismiss with respect to the Company and the other individual defendants. Discovery is now proceeding.

Since July 2, 2004, 15 purported class action complaints (collectively referred to as the “Cardinal Health ERISA actions”) have been filed against the Company and certain officers, directors and employees of the Company by purported participants in the Cardinal Health Profit Sharing, Retirement and Savings Plan (now known as the Cardinal Health 401(k) Savings Plan, or the “401(k) Plan”). To date, all of these actions have been filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio. These cases include David McKeehan and James Syracuse v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 643), Timothy Ferguson v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 668), James DeCarlo v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 684), Margaret Johnson v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 722), Harry Anderson v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 725), Charles Heitholt v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 736), Dan Salinas and Andrew Jones v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 745), Daniel Kelley v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 746), Vincent Palyan v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 778), Saul Cohen v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 789), Travis Black v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 790), Wendy Erwin v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 803), Susan Alston v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 815), Jennifer Brister v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 828) and Gint Baukus v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (05 C2 101).

The Cardinal Health ERISA actions purport to be brought on behalf of participants in the 401(k) Plan and the Syncor Employees’ Savings and Stock Ownership Plan (the “Syncor ESSOP,” and together with the 401(k) Plan, the “Plans”), and also on behalf of the Plans themselves. The complaints allege that the defendants breached certain fiduciary duties owed under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”), generally asserting that the defendants failed to make full disclosure of the risks to the Plans’ participants of investing in the Company’s stock, to the detriment of the Plans’ participants and beneficiaries, and that Company stock should not have been made available as an investment alternative for the Plans’ participants. The misstatements alleged in the Cardinal Health ERISA actions significantly overlap with the misstatements alleged in the Cardinal Health federal securities actions. The complaints seek unspecified money damages and equitable relief against the defendants and an award of attorney’s fees. On December 15, 2004, the Cardinal Health ERISA actions were consolidated into one action captioned In re Cardinal Health, Inc. ERISA Litigation . On January 14, 2005, the Court appointed lead counsel and liaison counsel for the consolidated Cardinal Health ERISA action. On April 29, 2005, the lead plaintiff filed a consolidated amended ERISA complaint naming the Company, certain current and former directors, officers and employees, the Company’s Employee Benefits Policy Committee and Putnam Fiduciary Trust Company as defendants. The complaint seeks unspecified money damages and other unspecified relief against the defendants. On March 31, 2006, the Court granted the Motion to Dismiss with respect to Putnam Fiduciary Trust Company and with respect to plaintiffs’ claim for equitable relief. The Court denied the remainder of the Motion to Dismiss filed by the Company and certain defendants. Discovery is now proceeding.

With respect to the proceedings described above under the headings “Derivative Actions” and “Shareholder/ERISA Litigation Against Cardinal Health,” the Company currently believes that there will be some insurance coverage available under the Company’s insurance policies. Such policies are with financially viable insurance companies, and are subject to self-insurance retentions, exclusions, conditions, any potential coverage defenses or gaps, policy limits and insurer solvency.

 

22


Table of Contents

The Company is currently unable to predict or determine the outcome or resolution of the proceedings described under the heading “Shareholder/ERISA Litigation Against Cardinal Health,” or to estimate the amounts of, or potential range of, loss with respect to these proceedings. The range of possible resolutions of these proceedings could include judgments against the Company or settlements that could require substantial payments by the Company. These payments could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows.

Shareholder/ERISA Litigation against Syncor

Eleven purported class action lawsuits have been filed against Syncor and certain of its officers and directors, asserting claims under the federal securities laws (collectively referred to as the “Syncor federal securities actions”). All of these actions were filed in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. These cases include Richard Bowe v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., No. CV 02-8560 LGB (RCx) (C.D. Cal.), Alan Kaplan v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., No. CV 02-8575 CBM (MANx) (C.D. Cal), Franklin Embon, Jr. v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., No. CV 02-8687 DDP (AJWx) (C.D. Cal), Jonathan Alk v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., No. CV 02-8841 GHK (RZx) (C.D. Cal), Joyce Oldham v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., CV 02-8972 FMC (RCx) (C.D. Cal), West Virginia Laborers Pension Trust Fund v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., No. CV 02-9076 NM (RNBx) (C.D. Cal), Brad Lookingbill v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., CV 02-9248 RSWL (Ex) (C.D. Cal), Them Luu v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., CV 02-9583 RGK (JwJx) (C.D. Cal), David Hall v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., CV 02-9621 CAS (CWx) (C.D. Cal), Phyllis Walzer v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., CV 02-9640 RMT (AJWx) (C.D. Cal), and Larry Hahn v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., CV 03-52 LGB (RCx) (C.D. Cal.) . The Syncor federal securities actions purport to be brought on behalf of all purchasers of Syncor shares during various periods, beginning as early as March 30, 2000 and ending as late as November 5, 2002. The actions allege, among other things, that the defendants violated Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder and Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act by issuing a series of press releases and public filings disclosing significant sales growth in Syncor’s international business, but omitting mention of certain allegedly improper payments to Syncor’s foreign customers, thereby artificially inflating the price of Syncor shares. The lead plaintiff filed a third amended consolidated complaint on December 29, 2004. Syncor filed a Motion to Dismiss the third amended consolidated complaint on January 31, 2005. On April 15, 2005, the Court granted the Motion to Dismiss with prejudice. The lead plaintiff has appealed this decision.

A purported class action complaint, captioned Pilkington v. Cardinal Health, et al., was filed on April 8, 2003 against the Company, Syncor and certain officers and employees of the Company by a purported participant in the Syncor ESSOP. A related purported class action complaint, captioned Donna Brown, et al. v. Syncor International Corp, et al., was filed on September 11, 2003 against the Company, Syncor and certain individual defendants. Another related purported class action complaint, captioned Thompson v. Syncor International Corp., et al. , was filed on January 14, 2004 against the Company, Syncor and certain individual defendants. Each of these actions was brought in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. A consolidated complaint was filed on February 24, 2004 against Syncor and certain former Syncor officers, directors and/or employees alleging that the defendants breached certain fiduciary duties owed under ERISA based on the same underlying allegations of improper and unlawful conduct alleged in the federal securities litigation. The consolidated complaint seeks unspecified money damages and other unspecified relief against the defendants. On April 26, 2004, the defendants filed Motions to Dismiss the consolidated complaint. On August 24, 2004, the Court granted in part and denied in part defendants’ Motions to Dismiss. The Court dismissed, without prejudice, all claims against two individual defendants, all claims alleging co-fiduciary liability against all defendants, and all claims alleging that the individual defendants had conflicts of interest precluding them from properly exercising their fiduciary duties under ERISA. A claim for breach of the duty to prudently manage plan assets was upheld against Syncor, and a claim for breach of the alleged duty to “monitor” the performance of Syncor’s Plan Administrative Committee was upheld against defendants Monty Fu and Robert Funari. On January 10, 2006, the Court entered summary judgment in favor of all defendants on all remaining claims. Consistent with that ruling, on January 11, 2006, the Court entered a final order dismissing this case. The lead plaintiff has appealed this decision.

 

23


Table of Contents

It is not currently possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of the proceedings described under the heading “Shareholder/ERISA Litigation Against Syncor.” However, the Company currently does not believe that the impact of these proceedings will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition. The Company currently believes that there will be some insurance coverage available under the Company’s and Syncor’s insurance policies. Such policies are with financially viable insurance companies, and are subject to self-insurance retentions, exclusions, conditions, any potential coverage defenses or gaps, policy limits and insurer solvency.

DuPont Litigation

On September 11, 2003, E.I. Du Pont De Nemours and Company (“DuPont”) filed a lawsuit against the Company and others in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee. E.I. Du Pont De Nemours and Company v. Cardinal Health, Inc., BBA Materials Technology and BBA Nonwovens Simpsonville, Inc., No. 3-03-0848 . The complaint alleges various causes of action against the Company relating to the production and sale of surgical drapes and gowns by the Company’s Medical Products and Services segment. DuPont’s claims generally fall into the categories of breach of contract, false advertising and patent infringement. On September 12, 2005, the Court granted summary judgment in favor of the Company on all of DuPont’s patent infringement claims. On November 7, 2005, the Court granted summary judgment in favor of the Company on DuPont’s federal false advertising claims and dismissed all of Dupont’s remaining claims for lack of jurisdiction.

On October 17, 2005, DuPont filed a lawsuit against the Company in the Circuit Court for Davidson County, Tennessee. E.I. DuPont De Nemours and Company v. Cardinal Health 200, Inc., No. 05C3191 . This lawsuit essentially repeats the breach of contract claims from DuPont’s earlier federal lawsuit. The complaint does not request a specific amount of damages. The Company believes that the claims made in the complaint are without merit, and it intends to vigorously defend this action. It is not currently possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of this proceeding. However, the Company currently does not believe that the impact of this proceeding, if any, will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

ICU Litigation

Prior to the completion of the Company’s acquisition of ALARIS Medical Products, Inc. (“Alaris”), on June 16, 2004, ICU Medical, Inc. (“ICU”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Alaris in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California. In the lawsuit, ICU claims that the Alaris SmartSite ® family of needle-free valves and systems infringes upon ICU patents. ICU seeks monetary damages plus permanent injunctive relief to prevent Alaris from selling SmartSite ® products. On July 30, 2004, the Court denied ICU’s application for a preliminary injunction finding, among other things, that ICU had failed to show a substantial likelihood of success on the merits. The Company intends to vigorously defend this action. It is currently not possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of this proceeding. However, the Company currently does not believe that this proceeding will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

SEC Investigation and U.S. Attorney Inquiry

On October 7, 2003, the Company received a request from the SEC, in connection with an informal inquiry, for historical financial and related information. The SEC’s request sought a variety of documentation, including the Company’s accounting records for fiscal 2001 through fiscal 2003, as well as notes, memoranda, presentations, e-mail and other correspondence, budgets, forecasts and estimates.

On May 6, 2004, the Company was notified that the pending SEC informal inquiry had been converted into a formal investigation. On June 21, 2004, as part of the SEC’s formal investigation, the Company received an

 

24


Table of Contents

SEC subpoena that included a request for the production of documents relating to revenue classification, and the methods used for such classification, in the Company’s Pharmaceutical Distribution business as either “Operating Revenue” or “Bulk Deliveries to Customer Warehouses and Other.” In addition, the Company learned that the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of New York had also commenced an inquiry that the Company understands relates to this same subject. On October 12, 2004, the Company received a subpoena from the SEC requesting the production of documents relating to compensation information for specific current and former employees and officers of the Company. The Company was notified in April 2005 that certain current and former employees and directors received subpoenas from the SEC requesting the production of documents. The subject matter of these requests is consistent with the subject matter of the subpoenas that the Company had previously received from the SEC.

In connection with the SEC’s informal inquiry, the Company’s Audit Committee commenced its own internal review in April 2004, assisted by independent counsel. This internal review was prompted by documents contained in the production to the SEC that raised issues as to certain accounting and financial reporting matters, including, but not limited to, the establishment and adjustment of certain reserves and their impact on the Company’s quarterly earnings. The Audit Committee and its independent counsel also have reviewed the revenue classification issue that is the subject of the SEC’s June 21, 2004 subpoena and other matters identified in the course of the Audit Committee’s internal review. During September and October 2004, the Audit Committee reached certain conclusions with respect to findings from its internal review. In connection with the Audit Committee’s conclusions reached in September and October 2004, the Company made certain reclassification and restatement adjustments to its fiscal 2004 and prior historical consolidated financial statements. The Audit Committee’s conclusions were disclosed, and the reclassification and restatement adjustments were reflected, in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 (the “2004 Form 10-K”) and subsequent public reports filed by the Company.

Following the conclusions reached by the Audit Committee in September and October 2004, the Audit Committee began the task of assigning responsibility for the financial statement matters described above which were reflected in the 2004 Form 10-K, and, in January 2005, took disciplinary actions with respect to the Company’s employees who it determined bore responsibility for these matters, other than with respect to the accounting treatment of certain recoveries from vitamin manufacturers for which there was a separate Board committee internal review that has been completed (discussed below). The disciplinary actions ranged from terminations or resignations of employment to required repayments of some or all of fiscal 2003 bonuses from certain employees to letters of reprimand. These disciplinary actions affected senior financial and managerial personnel, as well as other personnel, at the corporate level and in the four business segments. The Audit Committee has completed its determinations of responsibility for the financial statement matters described above which were reflected in the 2004 Form 10-K, although responsibility for matters relating to the Company’s accounting treatment of certain recoveries from vitamin manufacturers was addressed by a separate committee of the Board as discussed below. The Audit Committee internal review is substantially complete.

In connection with the SEC’s formal investigation, a committee of the Board of Directors, with the assistance of independent counsel, separately initiated an internal review to assign responsibility for matters relating to the Company’s accounting treatment of certain recoveries from vitamin manufacturers. In the 2004 Form 10-K, as part of the Audit Committee’s internal review, the Company reversed its previous recognition of estimated recoveries from vitamin manufacturers for amounts overcharged in prior years and recognized the income from such recoveries as a special item in the period in which cash was received from the manufacturers. The SEC staff had previously advised the Company that, in its view, the Company did not have an appropriate basis for recognizing the income in advance of receiving the cash. In August 2005, the separate Board committee reached certain conclusions with respect to findings from its internal review and determined that no additional disciplinary actions were required beyond the disciplinary actions already taken by the Audit Committee, as described above. The separate Board committee internal review is complete.

The Company continues to engage in settlement discussions with the staff of the SEC and has reached an agreement-in-principle on the basic terms of a potential settlement involving the Company that the SEC staff has

 

25


Table of Contents

indicated it is prepared to recommend to the Commission. The proposed settlement is subject to the completion of definitive documentation as well as acceptance and authorization by the Commission and would, among other things, require the Company to pay a $35 million penalty. The Company accordingly recorded a reserve of $10 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 in addition to the $25 million reserve recorded during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005. There can be no assurance that the Company’s efforts to resolve the SEC’s investigation with respect to the Company will be successful, or that the amount reserved will be sufficient, and the Company cannot predict the timing or the final terms of any settlement.

The SEC investigation and the U.S. Attorney inquiry remain ongoing. Although the Company is continuing in its efforts to respond to these inquiries and provide all information required, the Company cannot predict the outcome of the SEC investigation or the U.S. Attorney inquiry. The outcome of the SEC investigation, the U.S. Attorney inquiry and any related legal and administrative proceedings could include the institution of administrative, civil injunctive or criminal proceedings involving the Company and/or current or former Company employees, officers and/or directors, as well as the imposition of fines and other penalties, remedies and sanctions.

In addition, there can be no assurance that additional restatements will not be required, that the historical consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s previously-filed public reports or this report will not change or require amendment, or that additional disciplinary actions will not be required in such circumstances. In addition, as the SEC investigation and the U.S. Attorney inquiry continue, new issues may be identified, or the Audit Committee may make additional findings if it receives additional information, that may have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the scope of the restatements described in the Company’s previously-filed public reports or this report.

FTC Investigation

In December 2004, the Company received a request for documents from the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) asking the Company to voluntarily produce certain documents to the FTC. The document request, which does not allege any wrongdoing, is part of an FTC non-public investigation to determine whether the Company may be engaging in anticompetitive practices with other wholesale drug distributors in order to limit competition for provider and retail customers. The Company has been responding to the FTC request. The investigation is ongoing. The Company cannot currently predict its outcome or its ultimate impact on the Company’s business.

New York Attorney General Investigation

In April 2005, one of the Company’s subsidiaries received a subpoena from the Attorney General’s Office of the State of New York. The Company believes that the New York Attorney General is conducting a broad industry inquiry that appears to focus on, among other things, the secondary market within the wholesale pharmaceutical industry. The Company is one of multiple parties that have received such a subpoena. The Company has been producing documents and providing information and testimony to the New York Attorney General’s Office in response to the April 2005 subpoena as well as subsequent informal requests. The Company has recently commenced negotiations with the New York Attorney General’s Office for a civil resolution of this investigation. In connection with these developments, the Company recorded a reserve of $8.0 million with respect to this matter during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006. There can be no assurance that the Company’s efforts to resolve the New York Attorney General’s Office’s investigation with respect to the Company will be successful, or that the amount reserved will be sufficient, and the Company cannot predict the timing or the final terms of any settlement.

Illinois Attorney General Investigation

In October 2005, the Company received a subpoena from the Attorney General’s Office of the State of Illinois. The subpoena indicated that the Illinois Attorney General’s Office is examining whether the Company presented or caused to be presented false claims for payment to the Illinois Medicaid program related to repackaged pharmaceuticals. The Company is responding to the subpoena. The investigation is ongoing. The Company cannot currently predict its outcome or its ultimate impact on the Company’s business.

 

26


Table of Contents

Other Matters

In addition to the matters described above, the Company also becomes involved from time-to-time in other litigation and regulatory matters incidental to its business, including, without limitation, inclusion of certain of its subsidiaries as a potentially responsible party for environmental clean-up costs as well as litigation in connection with acquisitions. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself against such other litigation and does not currently believe that the outcome of any such other litigation will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The healthcare industry is highly regulated and government agencies continue to increase their scrutiny over certain practices affecting government programs and otherwise. From time to time, the Company receives subpoenas or requests for information from various government agencies, including from state attorneys general, the SEC and the U.S. Department of Justice relating to the business, accounting or disclosure practices of customers or suppliers. The Company generally responds to such subpoenas and requests in a timely and thorough manner, which responses sometimes require considerable time and effort, and can result in considerable costs being incurred, by the Company. The Company expects to incur additional costs in the future in connection with existing and future requests.

Item 4: Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

None during the quarter ended June 30, 2006.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following is a list of the executive officers of the Company (information provided as of August 31, 2006):

 

NAME

   AGE   

POSITION

R. Kerry Clark

   54    President and Chief Executive Officer

Robert D. Walter

   61    Executive Chairman of the Board

David L. Schlotterbeck

   59    Chief Executive Officer—Pharmaceutical and Medical Products

Jeffrey W. Henderson

   41    Chief Financial Officer

Ivan K. Fong

   45    Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

Brendan A. Ford

   48    Executive Vice President—Corporate Development

Daniel J. Walsh

   51    Executive Vice President and Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer

Carole S. Watkins

   46    Chief Human Resources Officer

Unless otherwise indicated, the business experience summaries provided below for the Company’s executive officers describe positions held by the named individuals during the last five years.

Mr. Clark has served as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer since April 2006. Prior to joining the Company, he was Vice Chairman of the Board-P&G Family Health of The Procter & Gamble Company, a consumer products company, since 2004. Prior to that, he had served in numerous positions with Procter & Gamble since joining the company in 1974. He also served as a director of Procter & Gamble since 2002. Mr. Clark has served as a director of the Company since April 2006 and also is a director of Textron Inc., an aircraft, automotive and industrial products manufacturer and financial services company.

Mr. Walter has served as Executive Chairman of the Board since April 2006. Prior to that, he served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since its formation in 1979, and with the Company’s predecessor business since its formation in 1971. He is also a director of the American Express Company, a travel, financial and network services company. He is the father of Matthew D. Walter, a director of the Company.

 

27


Table of Contents

Mr. Schlotterbeck has served as Chief Executive Officer—Pharmaceutical and Medical Products since August 2006. Prior to that, he served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer—Clinical Technologies and Services since August 2004. He was President of Alaris, a subsidiary of the Company, from June 2004 when the Company acquired Alaris until August 2004. He was President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of Alaris from November 1999 to June 2004.

Mr. Henderson has served as Chief Financial Officer since May 2005 after joining the Company as an Executive Vice President in April 2005. Prior to joining the Company, he was President and General Manager of Eli Lilly Canada, Inc., a subsidiary of Eli Lilly and Company, a pharmaceutical company, from July 2003 to April 2005. He was Vice President and Corporate Controller of Eli Lilly from January 2000 to July 2003.

Mr. Fong has served as Chief Legal Officer and Secretary since November 2005. Prior to joining the Company, he served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of GE Vendor Financial Services, a unit of General Electric Company, a diversified technology, media and financial services company, since January 2004. Prior to that, he served as General Electric’s Chief Privacy Leader and Senior Counsel, Information Technology from August 2002 to December 2003 and Senior Counsel, E-Commerce and Information Technology from April 2000 to July 2002.

Mr. Ford has served as Executive Vice President—Corporate Development since November 1999. He also served as Interim General Counsel and Secretary from April 2005 to November 2005.

Mr. Walsh has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer since May 2005. Prior to joining the Company, he was Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of Scientific-Atlanta Inc., a cable and telecommunications manufacturing company, from May 2003 to May 2005. Prior to that, he held various compliance roles, including Vice President, Audit and Compliance and Corporate Compliance Officer, with TI Group PLC/Smiths Group PLC (TI and Smiths merged January 2001), a medical, industrial and aerospace manufacturing company, from 1993 to May 2003.

Ms. Watkins has served as Chief Human Resources Officer and its predecessor position, Executive Vice President—Human Resources, since August 2000.

 

28


Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5: Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company’s Common Shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CAH.” The following table reflects the range of the reported high and low closing prices of the Common Shares as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape and the per share dividends declared for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, and through the period ended on August 31, 2006, the last full trading day prior to the date of the filing of this Form 10-K.

 

     High    Low    Dividends

Fiscal 2005

        

Quarter Ended:

        

September 30, 2004

   $ 52.86    $ 42.33    $ 0.03

December 31, 2004

     58.55      37.65      0.03

March 31, 2005

     60.09      53.78      0.03

June 30, 2005

     60.80      53.28      0.06

Fiscal 2006

        

Quarter Ended:

        

September 30, 2005

   $ 63.44    $ 57.28    $ 0.06

December 31, 2005

     69.24      60.49      0.06

March 31, 2006

     75.34      67.91      0.06

June 30, 2006

     74.91      62.83      0.09

Fiscal 2007

        

Through August 31, 2006

   $ 68.15    $ 62.80    $ 0.09

As of August 31, 2006 there were approximately 18,800 shareholders of record of the Common Shares.

The Company anticipates that it will continue to pay quarterly cash dividends in the future. However, the payment and amount of future dividends remain within the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and will depend upon the Company’s future earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Period

   Total
Number of Shares
Purchased
    Average Price
Paid per Share
   Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Program (1)
   Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Program

April 1-30, 2006

   634 (2)(4)   $ 68.20    —      $ 500,000,000

May 1-31, 2006

   4,608,445 (3)(4)     67.23    4,605,000      190,307,071

June 1-30, 2006

   2,824,105 (4)     67.37    2,823,900      —  
                        

Total

   7,433,184     $ 67.28    7,428,900    $ —  
                        

(1) On April 27, 2006, the Company announced a $500 million share repurchase program. The program expired when the entire $500 million in aggregate purchase price of Common Shares was repurchased during the fourth quarter.
(2) Includes 442 Common Shares owned and tendered in April 2006 by an employee to meet the exercise price and tax withholding for an option exercise.
(3) Includes 1,479 Common Shares owned and tendered in May 2006 by a director to meet the exercise price for an option exercise.
(4) Includes 192, 1,966 and 205 Common Shares purchased in April, May and June 2006, respectively, through a rabbi trust as investments of participants in the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

29


Table of Contents

On July 11, 2006, the Company agreed to repurchase $395 million of its Common Shares in a private transaction with an unaffiliated third party. The share repurchase, which was completed on July 14, 2006, was a part of a $500 million share repurchase program approved by the Company’s Board of Directors on June 28, 2006. On August 3, 2006, the Company announced a $1.5 billion share repurchase program in addition to the $500 million plan approved on June 28, 2006. The Company plans to complete the combined $2 billion share repurchase during fiscal 2007 and 2008. The program will expire when the entire $2 billion in aggregate purchase price of Common Shares has been repurchased.

Item 6: Selected Financial Data

The consolidated financial data include all business combinations as of the date of acquisition that occurred during these periods. The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

(in millions, except per Common Share amounts)

 

   

At or For the Fiscal Year Ended

June 30, (1)

 
    2006(4)     2005     2004(2)     2003(2)     2002(2)(3)  

Earnings Data:

         

Revenue

  $ 81,363.6     $ 74,271.6     $ 64,522.6     $ 56,572.8     $ 51,106.7  

Earnings from continuing operations before cumulative effect of changes in accounting

  $ 1,244.7     $ 1,108.3     $ 1,517.2     $ 1,376.9     $ 1,153.5  

Loss from discontinued operations (5)

    (244.6 )     (57.6 )     (4.2 )     (1.8 )     (12.7 )

Cumulative effect of changes in accounting (6) (7)

    —         —         (38.5 )     —         (70.1 )
                                       

Net earnings

  $ 1,000.1     $ 1,050.7     $ 1,474.5     $ 1,375.1     $ 1,070.7  

Basic earnings per Common Share

         

Continuing operations

  $ 2.96     $ 2.57     $ 3.49     $ 3.09     $ 2.56  

Discontinued operations (5)

    (0.58 )     (0.13 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.03 )

Cumulative effect of changes in
accounting (6) (7)

    —         —         (0.09 )     —         (0.16 )
                                       

Net basic earnings per Common Share

  $ 2.38     $ 2.44     $ 3.39     $ 3.08     $ 2.37  

Diluted earnings per Common Share

         

Continuing operations

  $ 2.90     $ 2.54     $ 3.45     $ 3.04     $ 2.51  

Discontinued operations (5)

    (0.57 )     (0.13 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.03 )

Cumulative effect of changes in accounting (6) (7)

    —         —         (0.09 )     —         (0.15 )
                                       

Net diluted earnings per Common Share

  $ 2.33     $ 2.41     $ 3.35     $ 3.03     $ 2.33  

Cash dividends declared per Common Share (8)

  $ 0.270     $ 0.150     $ 0.120     $ 0.105     $ 0.100  

Balance Sheet Data:

         

Total assets (9)

  $ 23,374.1     $ 21,838.2     $ 21,049.3     $ 18,155.4     $ 15,866.3  

Long-term obligations, less current portion and other short-term borrowings

  $ 2,599.7     $ 2,319.9     $ 2,834.7     $ 2,471.9     $ 2,207.0  

Shareholders’ equity

  $ 8,490.7     $ 8,593.0     $ 7,976.3     $ 7,674.5     $ 6,351.7  

 

30


Table of Contents

  (1) Amounts reflect business combinations and the impact of special items in all periods presented. See Note 2 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for a further discussion of special items affecting fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004. Fiscal 2003 amounts reflect the impact of special items of $38.8 million ($32.5 million, net of tax). Fiscal 2002 amounts reflect the impact of special items of $116.6 million ($73.7 million, net of tax).
  (2) Subsequent to the filing of the 2004 Form 10-K, certain errors were identified related to the restatement adjustments previously recorded in the 2004 Form 10-K within fiscal years 2003 through 2000. The impact of these errors was immaterial for all periods presented. See Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” within the 2005 Form 10-K.
  (3) During fiscal 2002, the Company recognized a benefit of approximately $23 million as a result of changes in the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) calculation with respect to generic products in order to more accurately reflect inflationary indices. The Company determined that the cumulative effect of the change in LIFO methods was non-determinable due to the unavailability of historical information needed to calculate the effect. Therefore, in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 20, the Company did not record the adjustment as a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle.
  (4) During the first quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” applying the modified prospective method. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company accounted for equity-based awards under the intrinsic value method, which followed the recognition and measurement principles of APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related Interpretations, and equity-based compensation was included as pro forma disclosure within the notes to the financial statements. See Note 13 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information.
  (5) During the third quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company committed to plans to sell a significant portion of its Healthcare Marketing Services business and its United Kingdom-based Intercare Pharmaceutical Distribution business, thereby meeting the held for sale criteria set forth in SFAS No. 144. During the three months ended September 30, 2005, the Company decided to discontinue its sterile pharmaceutical manufacturing business in Humacao, Puerto Rico, thereby meeting the criteria for classification of discontinued operations in accordance with SFAS No. 144 and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 03-13, “Applying the Conditions in Paragraph 42 of FASB Statement No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, in Determining Whether to Report Discontinued Operations.” In addition, on January 1, 2003, the Company acquired Syncor. Prior to the acquisition, Syncor had announced the discontinuation of certain operations including the medical imaging business and certain overseas operations. The Company proceeded with the discontinuation of these operations and included additional international and non-core domestic businesses to the discontinued operations. The Company sold substantially all of the Syncor-related discontinued operations prior to the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2005. For additional information regarding discontinued operations, see Note 21 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”
  (6) Effective at the beginning of fiscal 2004, the Company changed its method of recognizing cash discounts from recognizing cash discounts as a reduction of costs of products sold primarily upon payment of vendor invoices to recording cash discounts as a component of inventory cost and recognizing such discounts as a reduction of cost of products sold upon sale of inventory. For more information regarding the change in accounting, see Note 15 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”
  (7) In the first quarter of fiscal 2002, the method of recognizing revenue for pharmacy automation equipment was changed from recognizing revenue when the units are delivered to the customer to recognizing revenue when the units are installed at the customer site.
  (8) Cash dividends per Common Share exclude dividends paid by all entities with which subsidiaries of the Company have merged.
  (9) In fiscal 2006, the Company discovered that the netting of current deferred tax assets and liabilities and long-term deferred tax assets and liabilities was not consistently reflected on the balance sheet, resulting in an inconsistent classification between the balance sheet and the tax footnote disclosure. The total assets presented in fiscal 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002 include reclassifications to reflect the proper netting of current deferred tax assets and liabilities and long-term deferred tax assets and liabilities. See Note 6 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information.

 

31


Table of Contents

Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The discussion and analysis presented below refers to and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Form 10-K.

OVERVIEW

Cardinal Health is a leading provider of products and services supporting the healthcare industry. The Company helps healthcare providers and manufacturers improve the productivity and safety of healthcare. For further information regarding the Company’s business, see “Item 1—Business” within this Form 10-K.

Results of Operations

The following summarizes the Company’s results of operations for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

 

(in millions, except per Common Share amounts)    Growth (1)     Results of Operations

Years ended June 30,

   2006     2005     2006    2005    2004

Revenue

   10 %   15 %   $ 81,363.6    $ 74,271.6    $ 64,522.6

Operating earnings

   8 %   (22 )%   $ 1,966.7    $ 1,824.3    $ 2,330.7

Earnings from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting

   12 %   (27 )%   $ 1,244.7    $ 1,108.3    $ 1,517.2

Net earnings

   (5 )%   (29 )%   $ 1,000.1    $ 1,050.7    $ 1,474.5

Net diluted earnings per Common Share

   (3 )%   (28 )%   $ 2.33    $ 2.41    $ 3.35

(1) Growth is calculated as change (increase or decrease) for a given year as compared to immediately preceding year.

Growing demand for the Company’s diversified products and services in fiscal 2006 led to record revenue of approximately $81.4 billion, a 10% increase from fiscal 2005. The Company’s operating earnings increased 8% to nearly $2.0 billion and diluted earnings per Common Share from continuing operations increased 14% to $2.90. The Company placed significant emphasis on improving operating margins, which increased in each reportable segment from the first half to the second half of the fiscal year.

Reportable Segments

The Company’s operations are organized into four reportable segments: Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services; Medical Products and Services; Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services; and Clinical Technologies and Services. See Note 17 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for discussion of changes to business segments during fiscal 2006. Effective for the first quarter of the fiscal year ending June 30, 2007, the Company will report financial information for the following five reportable segments: Supply Chain Services – Pharmaceutical; Supply Chain Services – Medical; Medical Products Manufacturing; Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services; and Clinical Technologies and Services.

Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services Performance

During fiscal 2006, the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment revenue increased 11%, primarily from revenue from bulk customers. Operating earnings within this segment were flat due to the positive impact of signed distribution service agreements and earnings from generic products, offset by decreased selling margins resulting from competitive pressures and a charge of $31.8 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2006 reflecting credits owed to certain vendors. During fiscal 2006, this segment completed its transition to a fee-for-service business model, as described below under “Pharmaceutical Distribution Business Model Transition.” With the transition to the fee-for-service business model completed, the segment’s operating earnings were more evenly distributed throughout the fiscal year, moderating the historical earnings seasonality. Going forward, this transition will continue to result in less earnings volatility within this segment.

 

32


Table of Contents

Medical Products and Services Performance

Revenue and operating earnings within the Medical Products and Services segment increased 2% and 4%, respectively, during fiscal 2006. However, these growth rates were adversely impacted by the loss of the Specialty Distribution business’ largest customer at the beginning of the third quarter of fiscal 2006. Revenue and operating earnings growth rates were lowered by approximately 2 percentage points and 1 percentage point, respectively, during fiscal 2006 due to the loss of this customer and the ultimate sale of a significant portion of this business in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006. The segment’s operating earnings growth resulted primarily from the favorable year-over-year comparison from the prior year latex litigation charge, favorable product mix and manufacturing cost reductions.

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services Performance

During fiscal 2006, the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment revenue increased 4% due to increased demand for certain proprietary and oral drug delivery formulations, improved terms with existing customers and increased volume on certain sterile products and a significant one-time payment from an ongoing customer. Operating earnings decreased 3% within this segment due to the impact of competitive pressures and pricing within the Nuclear Pharmacy Services business and the stronger U.S. dollar during fiscal 2006.

Clinical Technologies and Services Performance

During fiscal 2006, the Clinical Technologies and Services segment revenue increased 11% due to increased demand for the segment’s core products within both the Alaris and Pyxis businesses and the introduction of new products. In addition to the strong revenue growth noted above, this segment’s operating earnings increased 56% due to favorable product mix and manufacturing efficiencies and integration synergies from the acquisition of Alaris.

Pharmaceutical Distribution Business Model Transition

The Company’s Pharmaceutical Distribution business began a business model transition in fiscal 2003 regarding the manner in which it was compensated for the services that it provides to branded pharmaceutical manufacturers. Historically, Pharmaceutical Distribution was compensated by branded pharmaceutical manufacturers in the form of price inflation. Specifically, a significant portion of the compensation Pharmaceutical Distribution received from such manufacturers was derived from the Company’s ability to purchase pharmaceutical inventory in advance of price increases, hold that inventory as manufacturers increased prices, and generate a higher gross margin on the subsequent sale of that inventory.

Beginning in fiscal 2003, branded pharmaceutical manufacturers began to seek greater control over the amount of product available in the supply chain and, as a result, began to change their sales practices by restricting the volume of product available for purchase by wholesalers. In addition, manufacturers sought additional services from the Company, including providing data concerning product sales and distribution patterns. The Company believes that manufacturers sought these changes to provide them with greater visibility over product demand and movement in the market and to increase product safety and integrity by reducing the risks associated with product being available to, and distributed in, the secondary market. These changes significantly reduced the compensation (as a percentage of revenue) received by the Company from branded pharmaceutical manufacturers.

In response to these developments, the Company established a compensation system with branded pharmaceutical manufacturers that is significantly less dependent on manufacturers’ pricing practices, and is based on the services provided by the Company to meet the unique distribution requirements of each manufacturer’s products. During fiscal 2005, the Company worked with individual branded pharmaceutical manufacturers to define fee-for-service terms that compensate the Company based on the services being provided to such manufacturers. This transition was completed during fiscal 2006. These new arrangements have moderated the seasonality of earnings which have historically reflected the pattern of manufacturers’ price increases.

 

33


Table of Contents

Under the fee-for-service arrangements, reflected in written distribution service agreements, the Company’s compensation for these services may be a fee or a fee plus an inflation-based compensation component. In certain instances, the Company must achieve certain performance criteria to receive the maximum fees under the agreement. The fee is typically a fixed percentage of the Company’s purchases or the Company’s sales of the manufacturer’s products to customers. Apart from its fee-for-service arrangements reflected in distribution service agreements, the Company also continues to be compensated by some branded manufacturers based solely on price inflation. If the frequency or rate of branded pharmaceutical price inflation slows, the Company’s results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

The distribution service agreements between the Company and certain branded pharmaceutical manufacturers generally range from a one-year term with an automatic renewal feature to a five-year term. These agreements generally cannot be terminated unless mutually agreed to by the parties, a breach of the agreement occurs that is not cured, or in the event of a bankruptcy filing or similar insolvency event. Some agreements allow the manufacturer to terminate without cause within a defined notice period.

Adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) and Equity-Based Compensation Expense

During the first quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” applying the modified prospective method. SFAS No. 123(R) requires all equity-based payments to employees, including grants of employee options, to be recognized in the consolidated statement of earnings based on the grant date fair value of the award. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company accounted for equity-based awards under the intrinsic value method, which followed the recognition and measurement principles of APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related Interpretations, and equity-based compensation was included as pro forma disclosure within the notes to the financial statements.

In anticipation of the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company did not modify the terms of any previously-granted options. The Company made significant changes to its equity compensation program with its annual equity grant in the first quarter of fiscal 2006, including reducing the overall number of options granted and utilizing a mix of restricted share and option awards. The Company also moved from three-year cliff vesting to installment vesting over four years for annual employee option awards and shortened the option term from ten to seven years.

Total Company operating earnings for fiscal 2006 were adversely affected by the impact of equity-based compensation due to the implementation of SFAS No. 123(R) and the impact of stock appreciation rights granted to the Company’s then Chairman and Chief Executive Officer during the first quarter of fiscal 2006. The Company recorded $237.3 million for equity-based compensation during fiscal 2006 compared to $10.1 million in fiscal 2005. Beyond the current fiscal year, the Company expects the equity-based compensation expense to decline year-over-year due primarily to the significant changes made to the Company’s equity compensation program, including a reduction in the overall number of options granted. See Note 13 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information.

Global Restructuring Program

As previously reported, during fiscal 2005, the Company launched a global restructuring program in connection with its One Cardinal Health initiative with the goal of increasing the value the Company provides its customers through better integration of existing businesses and improved efficiency from a more disciplined approach to procurement and resource allocation. The Company expects the program to be substantially completed by the end of fiscal 2008 and to improve operating earnings and position the Company for future growth.

The global restructuring program is being implemented in two phases. The first phase of the program, which was announced in December 2004, focuses on business consolidations and process improvements, including

 

34


Table of Contents

rationalizing the Company’s facilities worldwide, reducing the Company’s global workforce, and rationalizing and discontinuing overlapping and under-performing product lines. The second phase of the program, which was announced in August 2005, focuses on longer term integration activities that will enhance service to customers through improved integration across the Company’s segments and continue to streamline internal operations. See Note 2 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for discussion of the restructuring costs incurred by the Company during fiscal 2006 and 2005 related to both phases of the global restructuring program.

Acquisitions

During fiscal 2006, the Company completed acquisitions that individually were not significant. The aggregate purchase price of these acquisitions, which was paid in cash, was approximately $364 million. Assumed liabilities of these acquired businesses were approximately $149 million. The consolidated financial statements include the results of operations from each of these business combinations as of the date of acquisition.

On June 28, 2004, the Company acquired approximately 98.7% of the outstanding common stock of Alaris, a provider of intravenous medication safety products and services. On July 7, 2004, Alaris merged with a subsidiary of the Company to complete the transaction. The value of the transaction, including the assumption of Alaris’ debt, totaled approximately $2.1 billion. For further information regarding the Alaris acquisition and the valuation of the acquisition’s intangibles, see Notes 2 and 16 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

During December 2003, the Company completed its acquisition of Intercare, a European pharmaceutical products and services company. The cash transaction was valued at approximately $570 million, including the assumption of approximately $150 million in Intercare debt. During fiscal 2006, the United Kingdom—based Intercare Pharmaceutical Distribution business was classified as discontinued operations. See Note 21 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information.

During fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, in addition to the acquisitions of Alaris and Intercare, the Company completed several other acquisitions, including Geodax, ParMed, Denver Biomedical and Dohmen as well as the acquisition of the remaining shares of the Source Medical joint venture. The Company’s trend with regard to acquisitions has been to expand its role as a provider of services to the healthcare industry. This trend has resulted in expansion into areas that complement the Company’s existing operations and provide opportunities for the Company to develop synergies with, and strengthen, the acquired business. As the healthcare industry continues to change, the Company evaluates possible candidates for merger or acquisition and considers opportunities to expand its role as a provider of services to the healthcare industry through all its reportable segments. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will be able to successfully take advantage of any such opportunity if and when they arise or consummate any such transaction, if pursued. If additional transactions are pursued or consummated, the Company would incur additional merger-related costs, and may need to enter into funding arrangements for such mergers or acquisitions. There can be no assurance that the integration efforts associated with any such transaction would be successful.

Government Investigations

The Company is currently the subject of a formal investigation by the SEC relating to certain accounting and financial reporting matters, and the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of New York is conducting an inquiry with respect to the Company. The Company continues to engage in settlement discussions with the staff of the SEC and has reached an agreement-in-principle on the basic terms of a potential settlement involving the Company that the SEC staff has indicated it is prepared to recommend to the Commission. The proposed settlement is subject to the completion of definitive documentation as well as acceptance and authorization by the Commission and would, among other things, require the Company to pay a $35 million penalty. The Company accordingly recorded a reserve of $10 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 in addition to the $25 million reserve recorded during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005. There can be no assurance that the Company’s efforts to resolve the SEC’s investigation with respect to the Company will be successful, or that the amount reserved will be sufficient, and the Company cannot predict the timing or the final terms of any settlement. For further information regarding these matters see “Item 3—Legal Proceedings” and Notes 9 and 10 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

 

35


Table of Contents

Shareholder Litigation

The Company is subject to several class action lawsuits brought against the Company and certain of its former and present officers and directors since July 2004. The Company is currently unable to predict or determine the outcome or resolution of these proceedings, or to estimate the amounts of, or potential range of, loss with respect to these proceedings. The range of possible resolutions of these proceedings could include judgments against the Company or settlements that could require substantial payments by the Company. These payments could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows. The Company discusses these cases and other litigation to which it is a party in greater detail under “Item 3—Legal Proceedings” and in Note 10 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following sections discuss the results of operations of the Company and its reportable segments.

Revenue

Revenue for the Company and its reportable segments are as follows:

 

     For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, (1)  
(in millions)    2006     2005     2004  

Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services (“PDPS”) (2) (3)

      

Revenue from Non-Bulk Customers

   $ 37,228.7     $ 36,379.4     $ 34,143.7  

Revenue from Bulk Customers

     29,872.0       24,084.4       18,009.0  
                        

Total PDPS

     67,100.7       60,463.8       52,152.7  

Medical Products and Services

     10,013.8       9,824.0       9,143.5  

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services (4)

     2,826.4       2,716.7       2,454.7  

Clinical Technologies and Services

     2,430.3       2,189.3       1,550.6  

Corporate (5)

     (1,007.6 )     (922.2 )     (778.9 )
                        

Total Company Revenue

   $ 81,363.6     $ 74,271.6     $ 64,522.6  
                        

(1) See Note 17 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for discussion of changes to business segments during fiscal 2006.
(2) The Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment amounts were adjusted to reflect the classification of its United Kingdom-based Intercare Pharmaceutical Distribution business as discontinued operations. Prior period amounts were adjusted to reflect these changes in classification. See Note 21 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information regarding discontinued operations.
(3) Bulk customers consist of customers’ centralized warehouse operations and customers’ mail order businesses. Non-bulk customers include retail stores, hospitals, alternate care sites and other customers not specifically classified as bulk customers. Most deliveries to bulk customers consist of product shipped in the same form as received from the manufacturer. See discussion below within the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services section for the Company’s description of revenue from bulk customers.
(4) The Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment amounts were adjusted to reflect the classification of its sterile pharmaceutical manufacturing business in Humacao, Puerto Rico and a significant portion of its Healthcare Marketing Services business as discontinued operations. Prior period amounts were adjusted to reflect these changes in classification. See Note 21 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information regarding discontinued operations.
(5) Corporate revenue consists of the elimination of intersegment revenue for all periods presented and foreign currency translation adjustments in fiscal 2004.

 

36


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the revenue growth rates for the Company and its reportable segments, as well as the percent of Company revenue, excluding Corporate, each segment represents:

 

     Growth (1)    

Percent of
Company

Revenue

 

Years ended June 30,

   2006     2005     2006     2005     2004  

Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services

   11 %   16 %   82 %   80 %   80 %

Medical Products and Services

   2 %   7 %   12 %   13 %   14 %

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services

   4 %   11 %   3 %   4 %   4 %

Clinical Technologies and Services

   11 %   41 %   3 %   3 %   2 %

Total Company

   10 %   15 %   100 %   100 %   100 %

(1) Growth is calculated as change (increase or decrease) for a given year as compared to immediately preceding year.

Total Company. Total Company revenue increased 10% and 15%, respectively, during fiscal 2006 and 2005. The revenue growth in fiscal 2006 resulted from the following:

 

    increased revenue within each of the Company’s four reportable segments, including revenue growth of 11% within the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment, driven primarily by growth in revenue from bulk customers and 11% within the Clinical Technologies and Services segment, driven primarily by revenue growth within the Pyxis and Alaris products businesses;

 

    pharmaceutical price increases within its Pharmaceutical Distribution business averaging approximately 5.6% during fiscal 2006;

 

    the addition of new customers; and

 

    the addition of new products.

These increases were partially offset by slower revenue growth within the Medical Products and Services segment due to the loss of the Specialty Distribution business’ largest customer at the beginning of the third quarter of fiscal 2006 and the ultimate sale of a significant portion of this business in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006. In addition, the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment was adversely impacted by competitive pressures and pricing within the Nuclear Pharmacy Services business.

The revenue growth in fiscal 2005 resulted from the following:

 

    revenue growth from existing customers;

 

    the addition of new customers;

 

    the addition of new products;

 

    pharmaceutical price increases within its Pharmaceutical Distribution business averaging approximately 4.9% during fiscal 2005; and

 

    the year-over-year impact of acquisitions.

These increases during fiscal 2005 were partially offset by slower revenue growth within the Medical Products and Services and Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segments and a decline in revenue from Pyxis products within the Clinical Technologies and Services segment.

Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services. The Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment’s revenue increased 11% during fiscal 2006. The most significant growth was in revenue from bulk customers (described below), which increased approximately 24% during fiscal 2006. In addition, pharmaceutical price increases for the trailing twelve month period of approximately 5.6% contributed to the revenue growth in this segment.

 

37


Table of Contents

The Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment differentiates between bulk and non-bulk customers because bulk customers generate lower margins than non-bulk customers. Bulk customers consist of customers’ centralized warehouse operations and customers’ mail order businesses. Non-bulk customers include retail stores, hospitals, alternate care sites and other customers not specifically classified as bulk customers. Most deliveries to bulk customers consist of product shipped in the same form as the product is received from the manufacturer. Bulk customers have the ability to process large quantities of products in central locations and self distribute these products to their individual retail stores or customers. Non-bulk customers, on the other hand, require more complex servicing. These services include receiving inventory in large or full case quantities and breaking it down into smaller quantities, warehousing the product for a longer period of time, picking individual products specific to a customer’s order and delivering that smaller order to a customer location.

Bulk customers generate lower margins than non-bulk customers because of lower customer pricing and lower vendor margins. Both bulk and non-bulk customers generate vendor margins, but such margins for bulk customers are lower due to the impact of product mix. Lower customer pricing and vendor margins for bulk customers, however, are partially offset by the lower cost of servicing bulk customers. As noted above, deliveries to bulk customers have lower servicing costs related to warehousing and handling than deliveries to non-bulk customers. See the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment’s “Operating Earnings” discussion below for the significant items impacting margin within this segment.

Revenue from bulk customers for fiscal 2006 was $29.9 billion compared to $24.1 billion in fiscal 2005. The increase in revenue from bulk customers primarily relates to additional volume from existing large retail chain customers and market growth with customers in the mail order business. The increase from existing customers is primarily due to certain customers deciding to purchase from the Company rather than directly from the manufacturer.

The Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment’s revenue growth of 16% in fiscal 2005 resulted from strong sales to customers within this segment’s core Pharmaceutical Distribution business. The most significant growth was in revenue from bulk customers, which increased approximately 34%. The increase in revenue from bulk customers primarily relates to additional volume from existing and new customers as well as market growth within the mail order business. The increase from existing customers is primarily due to certain customers purchasing from the Company rather than directly from the manufacturer. In addition, pharmaceutical price increases for the trailing twelve month period of approximately 4.9% contributed to the revenue growth in this segment. However, the rate of price increases was lower than the rate experienced over the prior fiscal year.

Medical Products and Services. The Medical Products and Services segment’s revenue growth of 2% during fiscal 2006 resulted primarily from the following:

 

    revenue growth within the segment’s manufactured gloves and respiratory product lines primarily due to new customer accounts and new products;

 

    revenue growth within the segment’s distribution business primarily due to new customer accounts and increased volume from existing customers; and

 

    international revenue growth due to new customers, primarily in Canada.

The Specialty Distribution business’ largest customer began self distribution on January 1, 2006 which significantly impacted revenue growth during the second half of fiscal 2006. Revenue growth was lowered by approximately 2 percentage points during fiscal 2006 within this segment primarily due to the loss of this customer. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company completed the sale of a significant portion of the Specialty Distribution business to Oncology Therapeutics Network, a wholly owned subsidiary of Oncology Holdings, Inc. Oncology Therapeutics Network, a specialty pharmaceutical services company, acquired the Company’s oncology distribution capabilities and the Company will maintain a minority ownership in Oncology Holdings, Inc. In addition, revenue growth was adversely impacted by foreign exchange rates due to the stronger U.S. dollar.

 

38


Table of Contents

The Medical Products and Services revenue growth of 7% in fiscal 2005 resulted primarily from the following:

 

    increased volume to existing customer accounts;

 

    new contracts signed during fiscal 2004 within the medical-surgical distribution business;

 

    strong international growth, especially in Canada and Europe;

 

    favorable foreign exchange rates;

 

    increased revenue of approximately 11% within the Specialty Distribution business due to increased revenue from the business’ largest customer and growth of the existing customer base; and

 

    growth of 6% in the medical-surgical distribution business, primarily from increased sales to hospital supply and ambulatory care customers.

The segment’s revenue growth in fiscal 2005 was adversely affected by slower growth in the sale of self-manufactured products, and the loss of certain business from customers within a GPO.

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services. The Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment’s revenue growth of 4% during fiscal 2006 resulted primarily from the following:

 

    increased demand for certain proprietary and oral drug delivery formulations;

 

    improved terms with existing customers and increased volume on certain sterile products; and

 

    a payment of approximately $14.0 million from an ongoing customer within the Biotechnology and Sterile Life Sciences business for commitments through December 31, 2005 and for the cancellation of a future commitment.

The segment’s revenue growth was adversely affected by the competitive pressures and pricing within the Nuclear Pharmacy Services business and the stronger U.S. dollar adversely impacting revenue growth by approximately 1 percentage point.

The Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment’s revenue growth of 11% in fiscal 2005 resulted primarily from strong demand for certain softgel products, the impact of acquisitions, primarily Intercare and the acquisition of Geodax within the Nuclear Pharmacy Services business, and the impact of foreign exchange rates. Revenue growth was offset by certain operational issues as noted below. The net impact of acquisitions and divestitures within this segment accounted for approximately 5% of the revenue growth in fiscal 2005. Revenue in fiscal 2005 increased by approximately 2% as a result of the impact of foreign exchange rates. This impact takes into consideration the fiscal 2005 rate fluctuations due to the weakening of the U.S. dollar and the fiscal 2004 constant rate adjustment (see footnote 6 to the table in Note 17 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional discussion as it relates to fiscal 2004 constant rate adjustment). The segment’s growth was adversely affected by delays in opening new facilities and existing facilities operating below planned capacity within the Company’s Biotechnology and Sterile Life Sciences business.

Clinical Technologies and Services. The Clinical Technologies and Services segment’s revenue growth of 11% during fiscal 2006 resulted primarily from revenue growth within the Pyxis and Alaris products businesses. Pyxis products revenue increased approximately 15% due to higher unit sales resulting from increased demand for the Medstation ® 3000 product and improvements within the sales and installation cycles. Alaris products revenue increased approximately 19% during fiscal 2006 due to competitive displacements driven by technological advantages and sales obtained through the Company’s other relationships. In addition, Alaris revenue increased due to the continued demand for its core products and the introduction of new products into the market. These strong revenue increases were tempered by revenue growth of 5% during fiscal 2006 within the clinical services and consulting businesses.

 

39


Table of Contents

The Clinical Technologies and Services revenue growth of 41% in fiscal 2005 resulted from the impact of the acquisition of Alaris. Alaris’ results of operations were not included in the prior period amounts. Strong revenue growth within the clinical services and consulting businesses was offset by significant revenue declines within the Pyxis products business. The Pyxis products business experienced a revenue decline of approximately 17% in fiscal 2005 due to the following:

 

    a lengthened sales and installation cycle;

 

    the delayed introduction of Pyxis MedStation ® 3000;

 

    increased competition within the industry; and

 

    the impact from the Audit Committee’s internal review, as more fully described in Note 9 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” which created execution issues as the efforts and attention of certain sales and installation teams were diverted from ordinary business operations.

Operating Earnings

Operating earnings for the Company and its reportable segments are as follows:

 

     For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, (1) (2)  
(in millions)          2006                 2005                 2004        

Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services (3)

   $ 996.8     $ 997.1     $ 1,046.5  

Medical Products and Services

     646.8       620.4       661.7  

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services (4)

     304.7       313.9       417.8  

Clinical Technologies and Services

     384.2       245.6       322.8  

Corporate (5) (6)

     (365.8 )     (352.7 )     (118.1 )
                        

Total Company Operating Earnings

   $ 1,966.7     $ 1,824.3     $ 2,330.7  
                        

(1) See Note 17 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for discussion of changes to business segments during fiscal 2006.
(2) During the three months ended September 30, 2005, the Company changed its methodology for allocating corporate costs to the reportable segments to better align corporate spending with the segments that receive the related benefits. Prior period results were adjusted to reflect this change in methodology.
(3) The Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment amounts were adjusted to reflect the classification of its United Kingdom-based Intercare Pharmaceutical Distribution business as discontinued operations. Prior period amounts were adjusted to reflect this change in classification. See Note 21 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information regarding discontinued operations.
(4) The Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment amounts were adjusted to reflect the classification of its sterile pharmaceutical manufacturing business in Humacao, Puerto Rico and a significant portion of its Healthcare Marketing Services business as discontinued operations. Prior period amounts were adjusted to reflect this change in classification. See Note 21 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information regarding discontinued operations.
(5) During the first quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) applying the modified prospective method. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company accounted for equity-based awards under the intrinsic value method, which followed the recognition and measurement principles of APB Opinion No. 25 and related Interpretations, and equity-based compensation was included as pro forma disclosure within the notes to the financial statements. See Note 13 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information.
(6) Corporate operating earnings primarily include special items, equity-based compensation, impairment charges and other, investment spending and other unallocated corporate expenses. See footnote 6 to the table in Note 17 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for a description of Corporate operating earnings.

 

40


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the operating earnings growth rates for the Company and its reportable segments, as well as the percent of Company operating earnings, excluding Corporate, each segment represents:

 

     Growth (1)    

Percent of Company

Operating Earnings

 

Years ended June 30,

   2006     2005     2006     2005     2004  

Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services

   —       (5 )%   43 %   46 %   43 %

Medical Products and Services

   4 %   (6 )%   28 %   29 %   27 %

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services

   (3 )%   (25 )%   13 %   14 %   17 %

Clinical Technologies and Services

   56 %   (24 )%   16 %   11 %   13 %

Total Company (2)

   8 %   (22 )%   100 %   100 %   100 %

(1) Growth is calculated as change (increase or decrease) for a given year as compared to immediately preceding year.
(2) The Company’s overall operating earnings growth of 8% and (22)%, respectively, in fiscal 2006 and 2005 includes the effect of special items, equity-based compensation and impairment charges and other. Special items, equity-based compensation and impairment charges and other are not allocated to the segments. See Notes 2, 13 and 20 in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for further information regarding the Company’s special items, equity-based compensation and impairment charges and other.

Total Company. Total Company operating earnings increased 8% during fiscal 2006 due to operating earnings growth in the Clinical Technologies and Services and Medical Products and Services segments and the favorable year-over-year impact of special items and impairment charges and other, which were partially offset by increased selling, general and administrative expenses as discussed below. See Notes 2 and 20 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information regarding special items and impairment charges and other.

Total Company operating earnings increased 8% during fiscal 2006 as a result of the following factors affecting the Company’s reportable segments:

 

    Clinical Technologies and Services segment operating earnings increased 56% due to strong revenue growth, favorable product mix and manufacturing efficiencies and integration synergies from the Alaris acquisition;

 

    Medical Products and Services segment operating earnings were impacted by the favorable year-over-year impact of the latex litigation charge, favorable product mix and cost reductions which were partially offset by the loss of the Specialty Distribution business’ largest customer at the beginning of the third quarter of fiscal 2006;

 

    Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment operating earnings were flat due to the positive impact of signed distribution service agreements and earnings from generic products, offset by competitive pressures impacting selling margin and a charge of $31.8 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2006 reflecting credits owed to certain vendors;

 

    Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment operating earnings were adversely impacted by competitive pressures and pricing within the Nuclear Pharmacy Services business and the stronger U.S. dollar during fiscal 2006; and

 

    increased selling, general and administrative expenses allocated to each of the reportable segments.

Total Company selling, general and administrative expenses increased 15% during fiscal 2006 due in part to the impact of equity-based compensation, which represented 8 percentage points of the total increase. The Company recorded $237.3 million for equity-based compensation during fiscal 2006 compared to $10.1 million in the comparable prior year periods. See the “Overview” section above and Note 13 of “Notes to Consolidated

 

41


Table of Contents

Financial Statements” for additional information regarding equity-based compensation. In addition, operating earnings during fiscal 2006 were adversely impacted by the following:

 

    increased incentive compensation expense of approximately $38.2 million due to improved operating performance;

 

    incremental selling, general and administrative expenses associated with the One Cardinal Health initiative to streamline the Company’s operations and develop new capabilities in shared services, which are expected to favorably impact costs across the Company in the future; and

 

    increased legal expenses.

The Company expects selling, general and administrative expenses to grow at a slower rate in fiscal 2007 due in part to the significant changes made to the Company’s equity compensation program resulting in reductions in equity-based compensation, benefits received from the upfront investments related to the One Cardinal Health initiative and disciplined expense control.

Total Company operating earnings decreased 22% during fiscal 2005 as a result of declining operating earnings in each of the Company’s reportable segments. The Company’s gross margins were dampened primarily by the following:

 

    the Pharmaceutical Distribution business was impacted by reduced branded vendor margins driven primarily by changes in branded pharmaceutical manufacturers’ sales and pricing practices (see the “Overview” section for further discussion) and competitive pricing;

 

    the Medical Products and Services segment was impacted by an increased mix of lower-margin distribution business, competitive pricing and increased raw material and fuel costs;

 

    the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment was impacted by continued operational issues adversely affecting manufacturing efficiencies within; and

 

    the Clinical Technologies and Services segment was impacted by a lengthened sales and installation cycle, new product launch delays and increased competition within the Pyxis products business.

Total Company operating earnings were also adversely affected by the unfavorable impact related to special items of $218.0 million in fiscal 2005. These increased costs related to the Company’s global restructuring program associated with its One Cardinal Health initiative, the SEC investigation and Audit Committee internal review and related matters, and the integration of certain acquisitions, which were partially offset by settlements received in antitrust and vitamin litigation (see Note 2 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information).

In addition, the Company recorded $113.7 million for asset impairments during fiscal 2005 (see Note 20 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information). Total Company operating earnings for fiscal 2005 were impacted by the favorable impact of approximately $31.7 million from reductions in the LIFO reserve, primarily due to price deflation within generic pharmaceutical inventories, lower inventory levels and lower price increases related to branded pharmaceutical inventories. Total Company operating earnings for fiscal 2005 were also impacted by the unfavorable impact of the following:

 

 

    an increase in profit sharing expense of approximately $38.8 million compared to fiscal 2004;

 

    an increase in incentive compensation expense of approximately $37.0 million compared to fiscal 2004;

 

    expenses of approximately $28.2 million within the Medical Products and Services segment related to the estimated costs of defending or settling outstanding claims as well as pursuing insurance recoveries related to the latex litigation;

 

    purchase accounting adjustments related to the Alaris acquisition, which included an inventory valuation adjustment to “fair value,” and the adjusted, higher cost inventory being sold, adversely affecting gross margins by approximately $23.6 million;

 

42


Table of Contents
    product line rationalization and inventory and accounts receivable reserve adjustments within the Pyxis products business of approximately $30.3 million;

 

    an increase in inventory reserves within the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment of approximately $14.7 million related to a generic manufacturer’s bankruptcy and $10.0 million related to slow moving inventory; and

 

    an increase in audit and audit-related fees of approximately $7.5 million compared to fiscal 2004 due to increased costs associated with complying with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, expanded audit procedures and a revision in the allocation of audit and audit-related fees to fiscal periods.

Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services. The Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment’s operating earnings were flat in fiscal 2006. Operating earnings during fiscal 2006 include a LIFO reserve reduction of approximately $26.0 million primarily due to price deflation within generic pharmaceutical inventories. Operating earnings during fiscal 2006 benefited from the following:

 

    the segment’s revenue growth of 11% during fiscal 2006;

 

    the year-over-year positive impact of signed distribution service agreements;

 

    strong earnings from generic products;

 

    strong branded inflation within the portion of the segment’s business that remains contingent on price increases; and

 

    the addition of new vendors to the segment’s National Logistics Center.

These benefits were offset by competitive pressures impacting selling margin, the correction of an error, as described in detail below, and a reserve of $10.0 million related to excess inventory from a particular pharmaceutical manufacturer.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company discovered that it had inadvertently and erroneously failed to process credits owed to a vendor in prior years. After a thorough review, the Company determined that it had failed to process similar credits for a limited number of additional vendors. These processing failures, specific to a limited area of vendor credits, resulted from system programming, interface and data entry errors relating to these vendor credits which occurred over a period of years. As a result, the Company recorded a charge of $31.8 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2006 reflecting the credits owed to these vendors. Of this charge, approximately $14.2 million related to fiscal 2005, approximately $11.3 million related to fiscal 2004 and approximately $6.3 million related to fiscal 2003 and prior. In connection with this matter, the Company implemented an action plan that has addressed the issues related to the error.

The Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services operating earnings decreased 5% during fiscal 2005 primarily as a result of reduced branded vendor margins resulting from changes in branded pharmaceutical manufacturers’ sales and pricing practices, as discussed above in the “Overview” section, and competitive pricing pressures. Branded pharmaceutical manufacturers had changed their sales practices by restricting product available for purchase by pharmaceutical wholesalers. In addition, branded manufacturers’ product pricing practices were less predictable, as the frequency of price increases slowed and the amounts decreased versus historical levels. For fiscal 2005, pharmaceutical price increases for the trailing twelve month period were approximately 4.9% compared to 6.2% in fiscal 2004.

In addition, operating earnings during fiscal 2005 were adversely impacted by approximately $14.7 million for inventory reserves related to a generic manufacturer’s bankruptcy, approximately $10.0 million related to slow moving inventory reserves and approximately $7.8 million as a result of inventory rationalization of certain health and beauty care products. The decrease in this segment’s operating earnings was partially offset by $31.7 million from reductions in the LIFO reserve primarily due to price deflation within generic pharmaceutical inventories, lower inventory levels and lower price increases related to branded pharmaceutical inventories.

 

43


Table of Contents

Operating earnings were also impacted by improved margins from generic products and expense control within the Pharmaceutical Distribution business which resulted in lowering selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales.

Medical Products and Services. The Medical Products and Services segment’s operating earnings increased 4% during fiscal 2006 primarily due to the following:

 

    favorable year-over-year comparison resulting from a $28.2 million latex litigation charge taken during fiscal 2005;

 

    revenue growth of 2% during fiscal 2006;

 

    favorable product mix within the distribution business from private-label and branded products;

 

    manufacturing cost reductions;

 

    expense control, partially related to the Company’s global restructuring program; and

 

    strong international earnings growth in Canada.

The Medical Products and Services segment’s operating earnings were adversely impacted by increased selling, general and administrative expenses allocated to the segment. In addition, the Specialty Distribution business’ largest customer began self distribution on January 1, 2006, which impacted operating earnings growth during the second half of fiscal 2006. Operating earnings were negatively impacted by approximately 1 percentage point during fiscal 2006 within this segment primarily due to the loss of this customer.

The Medical Products and Services segment’s operating earnings decreased 6% during fiscal 2005 primarily due to the following:

 

    pricing pressures related to self-manufactured products;

 

    increased raw material and fuel costs;

 

    increased mix of lower margin distributed products;

 

    competitive pricing on a large GPO contract for convertors products; and

 

    adjustments of approximately $28.2 million for the estimated costs of defending or settling outstanding claims as well as pursuing insurance recoveries related to the latex litigation.

Selling, general and administrative expenses grew 11% during fiscal 2005 primarily due to the charge for latex litigation described above and higher personnel costs associated with the overall business growth. These items were partially offset by revenue growth of 7%, manufacturing efficiencies, expense control related to the Company’s global restructuring program and incremental operating earnings from new customers.

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services. The Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment’s operating earnings decreased 3% during fiscal 2006 primarily due to the following:

 

    the impact of competitive pressures and pricing within the Nuclear Pharmacy Services business;

 

    increased selling, general and administrative expenses allocated to the segment;

 

    the stronger U.S. dollar adversely impacting operating earnings growth by approximately 2 percentage points; and

 

    the sterile manufacturing business operating below optimum capacity which was offset by improved customer terms for services and a $14.0 million payment from an ongoing customer for commitments through December 31, 2005 and for the cancellation of a future commitment.

The Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment’s operating earnings decreased 25% during fiscal 2005 primarily due to the continued delays in opening new facilities and existing facilities operating below optimum capacity within the Company’s Biotechnology and Sterile Life Sciences business. Operating earnings were also adversely impacted by approximately $8.0 million related to the write down of inventory within the Biotechnology and Sterile Life Sciences business.

 

44


Table of Contents

The operating earnings declines were partially offset by the strength of certain softgel and controlled release products, and the year-over-year impact of acquisitions of approximately 6%. The impact of foreign exchange rates on operating earnings did not significantly affect the fiscal 2005 growth rates above. This takes into consideration the fiscal 2005 rate fluctuations due to the weakening of the U.S. dollar and the fiscal 2004 constant rate adjustment. See footnote 6 to the table in Note 17 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional discussion as it relates to the fiscal 2004 constant rate adjustment and the change made in fiscal 2005.

Clinical Technologies and Services. The Clinical Technologies and Services segment’s operating earnings increased 56% during fiscal 2006 primarily due to the following:

 

    revenue growth of 11% during fiscal 2006;

 

    higher margins due to favorable year-over-year sales mix;

 

    favorable manufacturing efficiencies;

 

    improvements in the sales and installation cycles;

 

    integration synergies from the Alaris acquisition; and

 

    favorable accounts receivable reserve adjustments of $8.0 million recorded during the third quarter of fiscal 2006 due to improved credit and collection processes and historical write-off trends.

Charges of $23.6 million during fiscal 2005 related to purchase accounting adjustments from the Alaris transaction also contributed to the favorable year-over-year comparison. The $23.6 million charge represented 14 percentage points of the fiscal 2006 operating earnings increase. The purchase accounting adjustments during fiscal 2005 included an inventory valuation adjustment to “fair value,” with the adjusted, higher cost inventory being sold during the first two quarters.

The Clinical Technologies and Services segment’s operating earnings decreased 24% during fiscal 2005 primarily from decreased operating earnings within the Pyxis products business which was impacted by:

 

    decreased revenue of 17% for fiscal 2005;

 

    lower unit margins due to year-over-year sales mix;

 

    more aggressive price discounting in the market place;

 

    a product line rationalization and inventory and accounts receivable reserve adjustments of approximately $30.3 million; and

 

    the positive segment allocation adjustments recorded during fiscal 2004 of $21 million for the estimated interest income that the business would have earned from assets sold as part of the leased asset portfolio sales (the proceeds from the sales were returned to Corporate for general corporate requirements). See footnote 6 to the table in Note 17 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional discussion as it relates to the fiscal 2004 interest income allocation and the change made in fiscal 2005.

The Alaris acquisition improved operating earnings for this segment by approximately 23% for fiscal 2005. The results of operations from this acquisition are not included in the prior period amounts. Operating results from Alaris, while incremental to the segment’s results year-over-year, were adversely impacted by the effect of purchase accounting adjustments recorded during the first two quarters of fiscal 2005. These adjustments included the inventory valuation adjustment noted above, which adversely affected gross margins by approximately $23.6 million.

Impairment Charges and Other

See Note 20 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information regarding “impairment charges and other.”

 

45


Table of Contents

Special Items

The following is a summary of the Company’s special items:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
(in millions)    2006     2005     2004  

Restructuring costs

   $ 60.7     $ 159.4     $ 35.7  

Merger-related costs

     26.5       46.4       43.9  

Litigation settlements, net

     (19.0 )     (42.3 )     (62.3 )

Other

     26.5       54.5       37.9  
                        

Total special items

   $ 94.7     $ 218.0     $ 55.2  
                        

See Note 2 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for detail of the Company’s special items during fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004.

Interest Expense and Other

“Interest expense and other” increased $1.7 million during fiscal 2006. Interest expense was relatively constant for fiscal 2006 as compared to the prior year.

“Interest expense and other” increased $23.2 million during fiscal 2005 primarily from increased interest expense of $55.0 million due to increased borrowing levels and interest rates. The Company manages its exposure to interest rates using various hedging strategies (see Notes 1 and 5 in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”). The $55.0 million increase in interest expense during fiscal 2005 was partially offset by the Company recording the minority interest impact of approximately $19.4 million for certain impairment charges within the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment’s Oral Technologies business. These impairment charges were recorded within “impairment charges and other” on the consolidated statements of earnings during fiscal 2005. See Note 20 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information regarding “impairment charges and other.”

Provision for Income Taxes

The provisions for income taxes relative to earnings before income taxes, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting were 32.2%, 34.6% and 31.8% of pretax earnings in fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Generally, fluctuations in the effective tax rate are due to changes within foreign and state effective tax rates resulting from the Company’s business mix and changes in the tax impact of special items, which may have unique tax implications depending on the nature of the item and the taxing jurisdiction. The Company’s effective tax rate reflects tax benefits derived from increasing operations outside the United States, which are generally taxed at rates lower than the U.S. statutory rate of 35%. The Company has tax incentive agreements in several non-U.S. tax jurisdictions which will expire in fiscal years 2009 through 2024 if not renewed. The Company does not believe that potential changes from existing tax incentive agreements will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

The Company’s fiscal 2006 provision for income taxes relative to earnings before income taxes and discontinued operations was $590.3 million and the effective tax rate was 32.2%. The fiscal 2006 effective tax rate benefited by 0.3 percentage points from equity-based compensation expense, which is deductible at a tax rate higher than the average tax rate. The fiscal 2006 effective tax rate was adversely impacted by 0.1 percentage points due to the non-deductibility of certain special items.

The Company’s fiscal 2005 provision for income taxes relative to earnings before income taxes and discontinued operations was $586.0 million and the effective tax rate was 34.6%. The fiscal 2005 effective tax rate was adversely impacted by 1.6 percentage points due to expenses related to the repatriation under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “AJCA”) and 0.6 percentage points due to the non-deductibility of certain special items. The tax rate during fiscal 2005 was not significantly impacted by equity-based compensation as the Company implemented FAS No. 123(R) applying the modified prospective method in the first quarter of fiscal 2006.

 

46


Table of Contents

A provision of the AJCA created a temporary incentive for U.S. corporations to repatriate undistributed income earned abroad by providing an 85% dividends received deduction for certain dividends from non-U.S. subsidiaries. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company determined that it would repatriate $500 million of accumulated non-U.S. earnings in fiscal 2006 pursuant to the repatriation provisions of the AJCA and the Company recorded a related tax liability of $26.3 million as of June 30, 2005. The $500 million is the maximum repatriation available to the Company under the repatriation provisions of the AJCA. During fiscal 2006, the Company repatriated $500 million of accumulated foreign earnings in accordance with its plan adopted during fiscal 2005. An additional tax liability of $0.4 million was recorded during fiscal 2006 due to new state legislation with respect to the AJCA, bringing the Company’s tax liability related to the repatriation recorded through June 30, 2006 to $26.7 million. Uses of repatriated funds include domestic expenditures related to non-executive salaries, capital asset investments and other permitted activities. See Note 6 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information.

Loss from Discontinued Operations

See Note 21 in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for information on the Company’s discontinued operations.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND SENSITIVE ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

Critical accounting policies are those accounting policies that can have a significant impact on the presentation of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, and require use of complex and subjective estimates based upon past experience and management’s judgment. Because of the uncertainty inherent in such estimates, actual results may differ from these estimates. Below are those policies applied in preparing the Company’s consolidated financial statements that management believes are the most dependent on the application of estimates and assumptions. For additional accounting policies, see Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Allowance for doubtful accounts

Trade receivables are amounts owed to the Company through its operating activities and are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company also provides financing to various customers. Such financing arrangements range from one to ten years at interest rates that generally are subject to fluctuation. These financings may be collateralized, guaranteed by third parties or unsecured. Finance notes and accrued interest receivables are recorded net of an allowance for doubtful accounts and are included in other assets. Extending credit terms and calculating the required allowance for doubtful accounts involve the use of judgment by the Company’s management.

In determining the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts, which includes general and specific reserves, the Company reviews accounts receivable aging, industry trends, customer financial strength, credit standing, historical write-off trends and payment history to assess the probability of collection. The Company continuously monitors the collectibility of its receivable portfolio by analyzing the aging of its accounts receivable, assessing credit worthiness of its customers and evaluating the impact of changes in economic conditions that may impact credit risks. If the frequency or severity of customer defaults changes due to changes in customers’ financial condition or general economic conditions, the Company’s allowance for uncollectible accounts may require adjustment.

The allowance for doubtful accounts was $134.8 million and $122.4 million at June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. This allowance represented 2.6% and 3.0% of customer receivables at June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of revenue was 0.17%, 0.16% and 0.20% at June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts was reduced by $24.8 million, $22.5 million and $21.8 million in fiscal 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively, for customer deductions and write-offs and was increased/(decreased) by additional provisions of $28.7 million, $8.7 million and $(0.1) million in

 

47


Table of Contents

fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. A hypothetical 0.1% increase or decrease in the reserve as a percentage of trade receivables to the fiscal 2006 reserve would result in an increase or decrease in bad debt expense of approximately $5.2 million.

Reserve methodologies are validated annually based on historical losses and economic, business and market trends. In addition, reserves are reviewed quarterly and updated if unusual circumstances or trends are present. The Company believes that the reserve maintained and expenses recorded in fiscal 2006 are appropriate and consistent with historical methodologies employed. At this time, the Company is not aware of any internal process or customer issues that might lead to a significant future increase in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of net revenue.

The total Company receivable balance greater than 60 days past due exceeded the total reserve balance by $2.4 million or 2% at June 30, 2006. The total reserve at June 30, 2005 exceeded the total Company receivable balance greater than 60 days past due at that same date. See Schedule II included in this Form 10-K which includes a rollforward of activity for these allowance reserves.

Inventories

A substantial portion of inventories (approximately 73% in 2006 and 67% in 2005) are stated at the lower of cost, using the LIFO method, or market. These inventories are included within the core distribution facilities and the National Logistics Center within the Company’s Pharmaceutical Distribution business and are primarily merchandise inventories. The LIFO impact on the consolidated statement of earnings in a given year is dependent on pharmaceutical price inflation and the level of inventory. Prices for branded pharmaceuticals and consumer products are primarily inflationary, which results in an increase in cost of products sold, whereas prices for generic pharmaceuticals are deflationary, which results in a decrease in cost of products sold.

Under the LIFO method, it is assumed that the most recent inventory purchases are the first items sold. As such, the Company uses LIFO to better match costs and revenues. Therefore, reductions in the overall inventory levels resulting from declining brand pharmaceutical and consumer product inventory levels generally will result in a decrease in future cost of goods sold, as the remaining inventory will be held at a lower cost due to the inflationary environment. Conversely, reductions in the overall inventory levels created by declining generic pharmaceutical inventory levels would generally increase future cost of goods sold, as the remaining inventory will be held at a higher cost due to the deflationary environment. In fiscal 2006, the LIFO credit of $26.0 million was primarily due to price deflation in generic pharmaceutical inventories. The LIFO credit in fiscal 2005 of $31.7 million was primarily due to price deflation within generic pharmaceutical inventories, lower inventory levels and lower price increases related to branded pharmaceutical inventories.

The remaining inventory is primarily stated at the lower of cost, using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method, or market. If the Company had used the FIFO method of inventory valuation for all inventory, which approximates current replacement cost, inventories would not have changed in fiscal 2006 and would have increased $26.0 million in 2005. Due to continued deflation in generic pharmaceutical inventories, inventories at LIFO are approximately $1.0 million higher than its FIFO value as of June 30, 2006. However, the Company’s policy is not to record inventories in excess of its current market value.

Below is a reconciliation of FIFO inventory to LIFO inventory:

 

     June 30,  
(in millions)    2006    2005  

FIFO inventory

   $ 7,714.2    $ 7,275.2  

LIFO reserve valuation

     —        (26.0 )
               

Total inventory

   $ 7,714.2    $ 7,249.2  
               

 

48


Table of Contents

Inventories recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets are net of reserves for excess and obsolete inventory which were $131.2 million and $127.7 million, respectively, at June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2005. The Company reserves for inventory obsolescence using estimates based on historical experiences, sales trends, specific categories of inventory and age of on-hand inventory. If actual conditions are less favorable than the Company’s assumptions, additional inventory reserves may be required, however these would not be expected to have a material adverse impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

The Company accounts for goodwill in accordance with SFAS No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” Under SFAS No. 142, purchased goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment annually or when indicators of impairment exist. Accordingly, the Company does not amortize goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives. Intangible assets with finite lives, primarily customer relationships and patents and trademarks, continue to be amortized over their useful lives. In conducting the impairment test, the fair value of the Company’s reporting units is compared to its carrying amount including goodwill. If the fair value exceeds the carrying amount, then no impairment exists. If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, further analysis is performed to assess impairment.

The Company’s impairment analysis is based on a review of the price/earnings ratio for publicly traded companies similar in nature, scope and size or a discounted cash flow analysis. The methods and assumptions used to test impairment have been consistently applied for the periods presented. The discount rate used for impairment testing is based on the risk-free rate plus an adjustment for risk factors. The use of alternative estimates, peer groups or changes in the industry, or adjusting the discount rate used could affect the estimated fair value of the assets and potentially result in impairment. Any identified impairment would result in an adjustment to the Company’s results of operations.

The Company performed its annual impairment tests in fiscal 2006 and 2005, neither of which resulted in the recognition of any impairment charges. Decreasing the price/earnings ratio of competitors used for impairment testing by one point or increasing the discount rate in the discounted cash flow analysis used for impairment testing by 1% would not have indicated impairment for any of the Company’s reporting units for fiscal 2006 or 2005. An increase in the price/earnings ratio of competitors used for impairment testing or a decrease in the discount rate in the discounted cash flow analysis would not adversely affect the computed fair value of the reporting units. See Note 16 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information regarding goodwill.

Business Combinations

Assumptions and estimates are used in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. A significant portion of the purchase price in many of the Company’s acquisitions is assigned to intangible assets which require management to use significant judgment in determining fair value. The Company typically utilizes third-party valuation experts for this process. In addition, current and future amortization expense for such intangibles is impacted by purchase price allocations as well as the assessment of estimated useful lives of such intangibles, excluding goodwill. The Company believes the assets recorded and the useful lives established are appropriate based upon current facts and circumstances.

In conjunction with the review of a transaction, the valuation experts assess the status of the acquired company’s research and development projects to determine the existence of in-process research and development (“IPR&D”). The Company has not historically recorded significant costs related to IPR&D. However, in conjunction with the acquisition of Alaris, the Company was required to estimate the fair value of acquired IPR&D which required selecting an appropriate discount rate and estimating future cash flows for each project. Management also assessed the current status of development, nature and timing of efforts to complete such development, uncertainties and other factors when estimating the fair value. Costs were not assigned to IPR&D unless future development was probable. Once the fair value was determined, an asset was established and, as

 

49


Table of Contents

required by U.S. GAAP, immediately written-off as a special item in the Company’s consolidated statement of earnings. The Company recorded $12.7 million as a special item in fiscal 2004 representing an estimate of Alaris’ IPR&D (see Note 2 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”).

Special Items

The Company’s special items consist primarily of costs that relate to the integration of previously acquired companies or costs of restructuring operations to improve productivity. Integration costs from acquisitions accounted for under the pooling of interests method have been recorded in accordance with EITF Issue No. 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs incurred in a Restructuring),” and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 100, “Restructuring and Impairment Charges.” Certain costs related to these acquisitions, such as employee and lease terminations and other facility exit costs, were recognized at the date the integration plan was adopted by management. Certain other integration costs that did not meet the criteria for accrual at the commitment date have been expensed as the integration plan has been implemented.

The costs associated with integrating acquired companies under the purchase method are recorded in accordance with EITF Issue No. 95-3, “Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination.” Certain costs to be incurred by the Company as the acquirer, such as employee and lease terminations and other facility exit costs, are recognized at the date the integration plan is committed to and adopted by management. Certain other integration costs that do not meet the criteria for accrual at the commitment date are expensed as the integration plan is implemented.

At the beginning of the third quarter of fiscal 2003, the Company implemented SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” to account for costs incurred in restructuring activities. Under this standard, a liability for most types of exit costs is recognized as incurred. As discussed above, the Company previously accounted for costs associated with restructuring activities under EITF Issue No. 94-3, which required the Company to recognize a liability for restructuring costs on the date of the commitment to an exit plan.

The majority of the special items related to acquisitions and restructurings can be classified in one of the following categories: employee-related costs, exit costs (including lease termination costs), asset impairments and other integration costs. Employee costs include severance and termination benefits. Lease termination costs include lease cancellation fees, forfeited deposits and remaining payments due under existing lease agreements less estimated sublease income. Other facility exit costs include costs to move equipment or inventory out of a facility as well as other costs incurred to shut down a facility. Asset impairment costs include the reduction in value of the Company’s assets as a result of the integration or restructuring activities. Other integration costs primarily include charges directly related to the integration plan such as consulting costs related to information systems and employee benefit plans as well as relocation and travel costs directly associated with the integration plan.

The Company also records settlements of significant lawsuits that are infrequent, non-recurring or unusual in nature as special items. In addition, costs related to legal fees and document preservation and production costs incurred in connection with the SEC investigation and the Audit Committee internal review and related matters are also classified as special items. See Note 2 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information.

Vendor Reserves

The Company maintains reserves to cover areas of exposure with its vendors. In determining appropriate vendor reserves, the Company assesses historical experience and current outstanding claims. The Company has established various levels of reserves based on the type of claim and status of review. The Company researches and resolves various types of contested transactions based on discussions with vendors, Company policy and

 

50


Table of Contents

findings of research performed. Though the transaction types are relatively consistent, the Company has periodically refined its estimate methodology over the past few years by updating the reserve estimate percentages based upon historical experiences. Changes to the estimate percentages have resulted in a financial impact to the Company’s cost of products sold in the period in which the change was made.

At June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2005, vendor reserves were $99.3 million and $103.1 million, respectively. Approximately 69% of the vendor reserve at June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2005 pertained to the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment. Fluctuations in the reserve balance are also caused by the variations of outstanding claims from period to period, timing of settlements and specific vendor issues, such as bankruptcies (significant events would be described above in the operating earnings discussion of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”). Though vendor transactions remain relatively consistent from period to period, unforeseen events such as the deterioration in the financial condition of a large vendor or a settlement of numerous outstanding claims could cause the reserve to fluctuate, and thus, have a financial impact on the period’s financial results.

At any given time, there are outstanding items in various stages of research and resolution. The ultimate outcome of certain claims may be different than the Company’s original estimate and may require adjustment. However, the Company believes reserves recorded for such disputes are adequate based upon current facts and circumstances.

Equity-Based Compensation

During the first quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) applying the modified prospective method. This Statement requires all equity-based payments to employees, including grants of options, to be recognized in the consolidated statement of earnings based on the grant date fair value of the award.

The fair values of options granted after the Company adopted this Statement were determined using a lattice valuation model and all options granted prior to adoption of this Statement were valued using a Black-Scholes model. The Company’s estimate of an option’s fair value is dependent on a complex estimation process that requires the estimation of future uncertain events. These estimates which are entered within the option valuation model include, but are not limited to, stock price volatility, the expected option life, expected dividend yield and option forfeiture rates. Effective with all options granted during fiscal 2006, the Company estimates its future stock price volatility based on implied volatility from traded options on the Company’s Common Shares and historical volatility over a period of time commensurate with the contractual term of the option grant (7 years). The Company analyzed historical data to estimate option exercise behaviors and employee terminations to estimate the expected option life and forfeiture rates. The Company calculated separate option valuations for three separate groups of employees with similar historical exercise behaviors. Once employee stock option values are determined, current accounting practices do not permit them to be changed, even if the estimates used in the valuation model are different from actual results. However, SFAS No. 123(R) requires the Company to compare its estimated option forfeiture rates to actual forfeiture rates and record any adjustments as necessary. See Note 13 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information regarding equity-based compensation.

Income Taxes

The Company’s income tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities and income tax reserves reflect management’s assessment of estimated future taxes to be paid on items in the financial statements.

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between financial reporting and tax reporting bases of assets and liabilities, as well as net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards for tax purposes. The Company had net deferred income tax assets of $461.1 million and $300.4 million at June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company also had net deferred income tax liabilities of $1,679.1 million and $1,536.3 million at June 30,

 

51


Table of Contents

2006 and 2005, respectively. Included in the net deferred income tax assets are net federal, state and local, and international loss and credit carryforwards at June 30, 2006 and 2005 of $84.9 million and $82.6 million, respectively. The Company has established a net valuation allowance of $34.4 million at June 30, 2006 against certain deferred tax assets, which primarily relates to state and international loss and credit carryforwards for which the ultimate realization of future benefits is uncertain. Expiring carryforwards and the required valuation allowances are adjusted annually. After application of the valuation allowances described above, the Company anticipates no limitations will apply with respect to utilization of any of the other net deferred income tax assets described above.

In addition, the Company has established an estimated liability for federal, state and non-U.S. income tax exposures that arise and meet the criteria for accrual under SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.” The Company prepares and files tax returns based on its interpretation of tax laws and regulations and records estimates based on these judgments and interpretations. In the normal course of business, the Company’s tax returns are subject to examination by various taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in future tax and interest assessments by these taxing authorities. Inherent uncertainties exist in estimates of tax contingencies due to changes in tax law resulting from legislation, regulation and/or as concluded through the various jurisdictions tax court systems.

The Company has developed a methodology for estimating its tax liability related to such matters and has consistently followed such methodology from period to period. The liability amounts for such matters are based on an evaluation of the underlying facts and circumstances, a thorough research of the technical merits of the Company’s arguments and an assessment of the probability of the Company prevailing in its arguments. In all cases, the Company considers previous findings of the Internal Revenue Service and other taxing authorities. The Company generally consults with external tax advisers in reaching its conclusions. Amounts accrued for a particular period are adjusted when a significant change in facts or circumstances has occurred.

The Company believes that its estimates for the valuation allowances against deferred tax assets and tax contingency reserves are appropriate based on current facts and circumstances. However, other people applying reasonable judgment to the same facts and circumstances could develop a different estimate and the amount ultimately paid upon resolution of issues raised may differ from the amounts accrued.

In addition to income mix from geographical regions, the significant assumptions and estimates described in the preceding paragraphs are important contributors to the ultimate effective tax rate in each year. Although not material to the effective tax rate for the three fiscal years ended June 30, 2006, if any of the Company’s assumptions or estimates were to change, an increase/decrease in the Company’s effective tax rate by 1% on earnings before income taxes, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting would have caused income tax expense to increase/decrease by $18.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006.

Loss Contingencies

The Company accrues for contingencies related to litigation in accordance with SFAS No. 5, which requires the Company to assess contingencies to determine degree of probability and range of possible settlement. An estimated loss contingency is accrued in the Company’s consolidated financial statements if it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the settlement can be reasonably estimated. Assessing contingencies is highly subjective and requires judgments about future events. The Company regularly reviews contingencies to determine the adequacy of the accruals and related disclosures. The amount of ultimate settlement may differ from these estimates.

Self Insurance Accruals

The Company is self-insured for employee medical and dental insurance programs. The Company had recorded liabilities totaling $24.1 million and $26.0 million for estimated costs related to outstanding claims at June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These costs include an estimate for expected settlements on pending

 

52


Table of Contents

claims, administrative fees and an estimate for claims incurred but not reported. These estimates are based on the Company’s assessment of outstanding claims, historical analysis and current payment trends. The Company records an estimate for the claims incurred but not reported using an estimated lag period. This lag period assumption has been consistently applied for the periods presented. If the lag period was hypothetically adjusted by a period equal to a half month, the impact on earnings would be $5.5 million. If the amount of claims, medical or dental costs increase beyond what was estimated, the reserve might not be sufficient and additional expense could be required. However, the Company believes the liabilities recorded are adequate based upon current facts and circumstances. Medical and dental insurance expense was $164.8 million, $162.5 million and $140.8 million in fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Through a wholly owned insurance subsidiary, the Company has certain deductibles or is self-insured for various risks including general liability, product liability, pharmacist professional liability, auto liability, property and workers’ compensation. However, claims in excess of certain limits are insured with commercial insurers. The Company had recorded liabilities totaling $76.3 million and $66.4 million for anticipated costs related to liability, property and workers’ compensation at June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These costs include an estimate for expected settlements on pending claims, defense costs, claims adjustment costs and an estimate for claims incurred but not reported. For certain types of exposures the Company uses third parties to assist in developing the estimate of expected ultimate costs to settle each claim which is based on specific information related to each claim. For claims incurred but not reported the liabilities are calculated by outside actuaries and are derived in accordance with generally accepted actuarial practices. The amount of ultimate liability in respect to these matters is dependent on future contingent events that cannot be predicted with certainty and may differ from these estimates. Although the Company believes that liability estimates are appropriate based on information available at June 30, 2006, it is possible, based on generally accepted actuarial analysis, that under adverse conditions the ultimate liability could exceed recorded expected liabilities as of June 30, 2006 by as much as $4.2 million. The insurance expense for general liability, product liability, pharmacist professional liability, auto liability, property and workers’ compensation was $77.9 million, $75.0 million and $59.8 million in fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Sources and Uses of Cash

The following table summarizes the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004:

 

     Fiscal Years Ended June 30,  
(in millions)    2006     2005     2004  

Net cash provided by/(used in):

      

Operating activities

   $ 2,140.3     $ 2,842.8     $ 2,623.7  

Investing activities

   ($ 1,187.2 )   ($ 876.1 )   ($ 2,439.4 )

Financing activities

   ($ 1,032.2 )   ($ 1,657.3 )   ($ 815.7 )

Operating activities. Net cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2006 totaled approximately $2.1 billion, a decrease of $702.5 million when compared to fiscal 2005. The year-over-year decrease was primarily a result of the net proceeds received during fiscal 2005 of $550 million under the Company’s committed receivables sales facility program. See Note 8 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for information regarding this program. During fiscal 2006, accounts payable increased approximately $1.5 billion, which was partially offset by increased inventories of $368.2 million and increased accounts receivable of approximately $929.3 million during this period. The accounts payable and related receivable and inventory increases are due to the new sales volume from an existing large retail chain customer and the timing of inventory purchases from vendors in the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment.

Net cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2005 totaled approximately $2.8 billion, an increase of $219.1 million when compared to fiscal 2004. The year-over-year increase was primarily a result of the net

 

53


Table of Contents

proceeds received during fiscal 2005 of $550 million under the Company’s committed receivables sales facility program. Overall, the operating cash flow benefits were adversely affected by a $408.9 million decrease in earnings from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting. A significant portion of the earnings decrease was due to non-cash asset impairments of approximately $185.4 million. For further discussion of changes in the Company’s earnings from continuing operations, see the “Results of Operations” section above.

Investing activities. Cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2006 primarily represents the Company’s purchase of $398.6 million of short-term investments classified as available for sale and capital spending of approximately $443.2 million to develop and enhance the Company’s infrastructure. In addition, during fiscal 2006, the Company used cash of approximately $362.2 million to complete acquisitions which expand its role as a provider of services to the healthcare industry and are primarily associated with the acquisitions of Dohmen and ParMed within the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment and Denver Biomedical and the remaining minority interest of Source Medical within the Medical Products and Services segment. See “Acquisitions and Divestitures” within “Item 1—Business” of this 10-K for further information regarding the Company’s acquisitions.

Cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2005 and 2004 primarily represents the Company’s use of cash to complete acquisitions and capital spending to develop and enhance the Company’s infrastructure, including facilities, information systems and other machinery and equipment. During fiscal 2005, the majority of the cash used in investing activities related to capital spending and costs associated with the acquisitions of Alaris and Geodax. During fiscal 2005, cash used in investing activities also included approximately $99.8 million related to the purchase of investment securities available for sale. See Note 22 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for information on the Company’s investments. The majority of the cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2004 was related to costs associated with the acquisitions of Alaris, Intercare and Medicap.

Financing activities. The Company’s financing activities utilized cash of $1,032.2 million, $1,657.3 million and $815.7 million during fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The Company’s financing activities used cash of $1,032.2 million during fiscal 2006 primarily due to the $1,499.9 million utilized to repurchase the Company’s Common Shares as authorized by its Board of Directors (see “Share Repurchase Program” below for additional information). In addition, the Company utilized cash to purchase certain buildings and equipment which were under capital lease agreements reflected in the reduction of long-term obligations of $306.1 million and pay dividends on its Common Shares of approximately $101.8 million. The above uses of cash were partially offset by $500 million received from the issuance of Notes in December of 2005 (net proceeds of $496.7 million) and the proceeds received from the shares issued under various employee stock plans of approximately $240.8 million.

Cash used in financing activities during fiscal 2005 primarily reflects the Company’s decisions to retire its commercial paper and certain debt assumed in the Alaris acquisition and repurchase its Common Shares as authorized by its Board of Directors. During fiscal 2005, the Company utilized $500.3 million to repurchase its Common Shares. Cash used in financing activities during fiscal 2004 primarily reflects the Company’s decision to repurchase approximately $1.5 billion of its shares as authorized by its Board of Directors. These cash outflows for fiscal 2004 were partially offset by net proceeds of approximately $512.8 million received from the Company’s debt facilities and proceeds of approximately $216.7 million received from shares issued under various employee stock plans.

International Cash

The Company’s cash balance of approximately $1.3 billion as of June 30, 2006 includes $362.9 million of cash held by its subsidiaries outside of the United States. Although the vast majority of cash held outside the United States is available for repatriation, doing so subjects it to United States federal income tax.

 

54


Table of Contents

Share Repurchases

During fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors approved, and management completed, several share repurchase programs. The Company repurchased approximately $3.5 billion of shares, in the aggregate, through these share repurchase programs over this period of time. During fiscal 2006, the Company repurchased approximately 21.9 million shares having an average price paid per share of $68.39. During fiscal 2005, the Company repurchased approximately 8.8 million shares having an average price paid per share of $56.76. During fiscal 2004, the Company repurchased approximately 24.2 million shares having an average price paid per share of $62.03. The repurchased shares were placed into treasury to be used for general corporate purposes. See “Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” within “Item 5—Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” within this Form 10-K for further information regarding the Company’s most recent share repurchase program.

Capital Resources

In addition to cash, the Company’s sources of liquidity include a $1 billion commercial paper program backed by a $1 billion revolving credit facility, a $150 million extendible commercial note program and a committed receivable sales facility program with a capacity to sell $800 million in receivables. See Note 8 in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for more information on the Company’s committed receivables sales facility program. The Company initiated the $1 billion commercial paper program in August 2006, which replaced its former $1.5 billion commercial paper program. As of June 30, 2006, the Company did not have any outstanding borrowings from the commercial paper program. The Company entered into a $1 billion revolving credit agreement in November 2005, which replaced two $750 million revolving credit facilities. This new facility is available for general corporate purposes. The Company also has other short-term credit facilities of approximately $323.6 million, of which $163.5 million was outstanding as of June 30, 2006. On December 15, 2005, the Company issued $500 million of 5.85% Notes due 2017. The proceeds of the debt issuance were used for general corporate purposes, which included working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, investments, repayment of indebtedness and repurchases of equity securities.

During fiscal 2001, the Company entered into an agreement to periodically sell trade receivables to a special purpose accounts receivable and financing entity (the “Accounts Receivable and Financing Entity”), which is exclusively engaged in purchasing trade receivables from, and making loans to, the Company. The Accounts Receivable and Financing Entity, which is consolidated by the Company as it is the primary beneficiary of the variable interest entity, issued $250 million and $400 million in preferred variable debt securities to parties not affiliated with the Company during fiscal 2004 and 2001, respectively. These preferred debt securities are classified as “long-term obligations, less current portion and other short-term obligations” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

From time to time, the Company considers and engages in acquisition transactions in order to expand its role as a leading provider of services to the healthcare industry. The Company evaluates possible candidates for merger or acquisition and considers opportunities to expand its role as a provider of products and services to the healthcare industry through all its reportable segments. If additional transactions are entered into or consummated, the Company may need to enter into funding arrangements for such mergers or acquisitions.

The Company currently believes that, based upon existing cash, operating cash flows, available capital resources (as discussed above) and other available market transactions, it has adequate capital resources at its disposal to fund currently anticipated capital expenditures, business growth and expansion, contractual obligations and current and projected debt service requirements, including those related to business combinations.

Debt Ratings/Covenants

The Company’s senior debt credit ratings from S&P, Moody’s and Fitch are BBB, Baa2 and BBB+, respectively, the commercial paper ratings are A-2, P-2 and F2, respectively, and the ratings outlooks are “stable”.

 

55


Table of Contents

The Company’s various borrowing facilities and long-term debt, except for the preferred debt securities as discussed below, are free of any financial covenants other than minimum net worth which cannot fall below $5.0 billion at any time. As of June 30, 2006, the Company was in compliance with this covenant. The Company’s preferred debt securities contain a minimum adjusted tangible net worth covenant (adjusted tangible net worth cannot fall below $2.5 billion) and certain financial ratio covenants. As of June 30, 2006, the Company was in compliance with these covenants. A breach of any of these covenants would be followed by a grace period during which the Company may discuss remedies with the security holders, or extinguish the securities, without causing an event of default.

Interest Rate and Currency Risk Management

The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps to manage its exposure to cash flow variability. The Company also uses foreign currency forward contracts and interest rate swaps to protect the value of its existing foreign currency assets and liabilities and the value of its debt. See Notes 1 and 5 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for information regarding the use of financial instruments and derivatives, including foreign currency hedging instruments.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

As of June 30, 2006, the Company’s contractual obligations, including estimated payments due by period, are as follows:

 

     Payments Due by Period
(in millions)    2007    2008-2009    2010-2011    Thereafter    Total

On Balance Sheet:

              

Long-term debt (1)

   $ 224.7    $ 874.0    $ 490.4    $ 1,213.9    $ 2,803.0

Interest on long-term debt

     170.2      316.0      217.0      542.9      1,246.1

Capital lease obligations (2)

     6.9      10.2      8.8      7.7      33.6

Other long-term liabilities (3)

     3.0      5.6      5.8      89.3      103.7

Off-Balance Sheet:

              

Operating leases (4)

     99.5      165.2      116.8      149.4      530.9

Purchase obligations (5)

     632.0      32.8      7.6      3.0      675.4
                                  

Total financial obligations

   $ 1,136.3    $ 1,403.8    $ 846.4    $ 2,006.2    $ 5,392.7
                                  

(1) Represents maturities of the Company’s long-term debt obligations excluding capital lease obligations described below. See Note 4 in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for further information.
(2) Represents maturities of the Company’s capital lease obligations included within long-term debt on the Company’s balance sheet and the related estimated future interest payments.
(3) Represents cash outflows by period for certain of the Company’s long-term liabilities in which cash outflows could be reasonably estimated. The primary items included are estimates of the Company’s pension and other post-retirement benefit obligations as well as accrued marketing fees and other long-term liabilities. Certain long-term liabilities, such as deferred taxes, have been excluded from the table above as there are no cash outflows associated with the liabilities or the timing of the cash outflows cannot reasonably be estimated.
(4) Represents minimum rental payments and the related estimated future interest payments for operating leases having initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms as described in Note 10 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”
(5)

Purchase obligations are defined as an agreement to purchase goods or services that is enforceable and legally binding and specifying all significant terms, including the following: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and approximate timing of the transaction. The purchase obligation amounts disclosed above represent estimates of the minimum for which the Company is obligated and the time period in which cash outflows will occur. Purchase orders and authorizations to

 

56


Table of Contents
 

purchase that involve no firm commitment from either party are excluded from the above table. In addition, contracts that can be unilaterally cancelled with no termination fee or with proper notice are excluded from the Company’s total purchase obligations except for the amount of the termination fee or the minimum amount of goods that must be purchased during the requisite notice period. The significant amount disclosed within fiscal 2007, as compared to other periods, primarily represents obligations to purchase inventories within the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

See Note 8 in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for a discussion of off-balance sheet arrangements.

OTHER

Recent Financial Accounting Standards. See Note 1 in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for a discussion of recent financial accounting standards.

Recent Developments . On August 28, 2006, the Company announced that is has suspended production, sales, repairs and installation of its Alaris ® SE infusion pump after approximately 1,300 units were seized by the FDA. On August 15, 2006, the Company initiated a voluntary field corrective action of the product as a result of information indicating that a sensitive keypad posed a risk of “key bounce” and could lead to over-infusion of patients. As part of the field corrective action, the Company sent letters and warning labels to its customers and is currently testing a modification that reduces sensitivity of the keypad. This modification will need to be validated on the product and approved by the FDA. These actions did not require the return of products currently in use by customers and the Company currently has no plans of recalling these products. The Company has stopped manufacturing and distribution of the Alaris SE infusion pumps pending resolution of the issue with the FDA. There have been approximately 140,000 Alaris SE infusion pumps distributed worldwide during the past 12 years and the product line currently represents less than 1% of annual revenue for the Clinical Technologies and Services segment. The Company does not believe that implementation of the modification currently being tested will materially affect the Company’s results of operations or financial condition. However, the Company has not completed its testing or received approval from the FDA and if additional remedial actions are deemed necessary by the Company or the FDA, the effect could become material to the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

See Note 23 in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for discussion of additional subsequent events after June 30, 2006.

Item 7A: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The Company is exposed to cash flow and earnings fluctuations as a result of certain market risks. These market risks primarily relate to foreign exchange, interest rate, and commodity related changes. The Company maintains a comprehensive hedging program to manage volatility related to these market exposures. It employs operational, economic, and derivative financial instruments in order to mitigate risk. See Notes 1 and 5 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for further discussion regarding the Company’s use of derivative instruments.

Foreign Exchange Rate Sensitivity. By nature of the Company’s global operations, it is exposed to cash flow and earnings fluctuations resulting from foreign exchange rate variation. These exposures are transactional and translational in nature. Since the Company manufactures and sells its products throughout the world, its foreign currency risk is diversified. Principal drivers of this diversified foreign exchange exposure include the European euro, Mexican peso, British pound, Canadian dollar, Australian dollar and Thai baht.

 

57


Table of Contents

Transactional Exposure

The Company’s transactional exposure arises from the purchase and sale of goods and services in currencies other than the functional currency of the parent or its subsidiaries. As part of its risk management program, at the end of each fiscal year the Company performs a sensitivity analysis on its forecasted transactional exposure for the upcoming fiscal year. The 2006 analysis utilizes an implied volatility measurement for each currency to estimate the net potential gain or loss. The 2005 analysis assumed a hypothetical 10% strengthening or weakening of the U.S dollar. Included in the analysis is the estimated impact of its hedging program, which mitigates the Company’s transactional exposure. At June 30, 2006 and 2005, the Company had hedged approximately 44% and 52%, respectively, of its transactional exposures. The following table summarizes the analysis as it relates to the Company’s transactional exposure:

 

(in millions)    2006     2005  

Net estimated transactional exposure

   $ 496.8     $ 324.5  

Sensitivity gain/loss

     41.6       32.5  

Estimated offsetting impact of hedges

     (18.4 )     (16.8 )
                

Estimated net gain/loss

   $ 23.2     $ 15.7  
                

Translational Exposure

The Company also has exposure related to the translation of financial statements of its foreign divisions into U.S dollars, the functional currency of the parent. It performs a similar analysis as described above related to this translational exposure. The Company does not typically hedge any of its translational exposure and no hedging impact was included in the Company’s analysis at June 30, 2006 and 2005. The following table summarizes the Company’s translational exposure and the impact of a hypothetical 10% strengthening or weakening in the U.S dollar:

 

(in millions)    2006    2005

Net estimated translational exposure

   $ 200.4    $ 187.7

Sensitivity gain/loss

   $ 20.4    $ 18.8

Interest Rate Sensitivity. The Company is exposed to changes in interest rates primarily as a result of its borrowing and investing activities to maintain liquidity and fund business operations. The nature and amount of the Company’s long-term and short-term debt can be expected to fluctuate as a result of business requirements, market conditions and other factors. The Company’s policy is to manage exposures to interest rates using a mix of fixed and floating rate debt as deemed appropriate by management. The Company utilizes interest rate swap instruments to mitigate its exposure to interest rate movements.

As part of its risk management program, the Company annually performs a sensitivity analysis on its forecasted exposure to interest rates for the following fiscal year. This analysis assumes a hypothetical 10% change in interest rates. At June 30, 2006 and 2005, the potential increase or decrease in interest expense under this analysis as a result of this hypothetical change was $6.2 million and $4.6 million, respectively.

Commodity Price Sensitivity. The Company purchases certain commodities for use in its manufacturing processes, which include latex, heating oil, diesel fuel and polystyrene, among others. The Company typically purchases these commodities at market prices, and as a result, is affected by price fluctuations. As part of its risk management program, the Company performs sensitivity analysis on its forecasted commodity exposure for the following fiscal year. At June 30, 2006 and 2005, the Company had not hedged any of these exposures. The table

 

58


Table of Contents

below summarizes the Company’s analysis of these forecasted commodity exposures and a hypothetical 10% fluctuation in commodity prices as of June 30, 2006 and 2005:

 

(in millions)    2006    2005

Estimated commodity exposure

   $ 173.7    $ 141.0

Sensitivity gain/loss

   $ 17.4    $ 14.1

The Company also has exposure to certain energy related commodities, including natural gas and electricity through its normal course of business. These exposures result primarily from operating the Company’s distribution, manufacturing, and corporate facilities. In certain deregulated markets, the Company from time to time enters into long-term purchase contracts to supply these items at a specific price.

Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule:

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2006 and 2005

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2006, 2005

and 2004

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Schedule II

 

59


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the

Board of Directors of Cardinal Health, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cardinal Health, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2006. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2). These consolidated financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and the schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2006 and 2005, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2006, in conformity with the U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” applying the modified prospective method at the beginning of fiscal year 2006. As discussed in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of recognizing cash discounts effective at the beginning of fiscal year 2004.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated August 31, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Columbus, Ohio

August 31, 2006

 

60


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

(In millions, except per Common Share amounts)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Revenue

   $ 81,363.6     $ 74,271.6     $ 64,522.6  

Cost of products sold

     76,082.7       69,345.1       59,879.5  
                        

Gross margin

     5,280.9       4,926.5       4,643.1  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     3,199.3       2,770.5       2,268.7  

Impairment charges and other

     20.2       113.7       (11.5 )

Special items—restructuring charges

     60.7       159.4       35.7  

            —merger related charges

     26.5       46.4       43.9  

            —foundation contribution

     —         —         31.7  

            —other

     7.5       12.2       (56.1 )
                        

Operating earnings

     1,966.7       1,824.3       2,330.7  

Interest expense and other

     131.7       130.0       106.8  
                        

Earnings before income taxes, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting

     1,835.0       1,694.3       2,223.9  

Provision for income taxes

     590.3       586.0       706.7  
                        

Earnings from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting

     1,244.7       1,108.3       1,517.2  

Loss from discontinued operations (net of tax benefits of $36.0, $0.8 and $0.4 for the year-to-date periods ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively)

     (244.6 )     (57.6 )     (4.2 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting

     —         —         (38.5 )
                        

Net earnings

   $ 1,000.1     $ 1,050.7     $ 1,474.5  
                        

Basic earnings per Common Share:

      

Continuing operations

   $ 2.96     $ 2.57     $ 3.49  

Discontinued operations

     (0.58 )     (0.13 )     (0.01 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting

     —         —         (0.09 )
                        

Net basic earnings per Common Share

   $ 2.38     $ 2.44     $ 3.39  
                        

Diluted earnings per Common Share:

      

Continuing operations

   $ 2.90     $ 2.54     $ 3.45  

Discontinued operations

     (0.57 )     (0.13 )     (0.01 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting

     —         —         (0.09 )
                        

Net diluted earnings per Common Share

   $ 2.33     $ 2.41     $ 3.35  
                        

Weighted average number of shares outstanding:

      

Basic

     421.2       430.5       434.4  

Diluted

     428.5       435.7       440.0  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

 

61


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In millions)

 

     June 30,
2006
    June 30,
2005
 

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and equivalents

   $ 1,320.9     $ 1,400.0  

Short-term investments available for sale

     498.4       99.8  

Trade receivables, net

     4,111.6       3,102.3  

Current portion of net investment in sales-type leases

     290.1       238.2  

Inventories

     7,714.2       7,249.2  

Prepaid expenses and other

     628.9       634.9  

Assets held for sale and discontinued operations

     212.6       808.1  
                

Total current assets

     14,776.7       13,532.5  
                

Property and equipment, at cost:

    

Land, buildings and improvements

     1,837.2       1,647.5  

Machinery and equipment

     3,055.7       2,782.2  

Furniture and fixtures

     167.7       152.8  
                

Total property and equipment, at cost

     5,060.6       4,582.5  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (2,476.6 )     (2,137.4 )
                

Property and equipment, net

     2,584.0       2,445.1  

Other assets:

    

Net investment in sales-type leases, less current portion

     754.7       693.8  

Goodwill and other intangibles, net

     4,992.4       4,842.5  

Other

     266.3       324.3  
                

Total assets

   $ 23,374.1     $ 21,838.2  
                

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Current liabilities:

    

Current portion of long-term obligations and other short-term borrowings

   $ 229.2     $ 307.9  

Accounts payable

     9,009.3       7,351.5  

Other accrued liabilities

     2,053.9       1,897.8  

Liabilities from businesses held for sale and discontinued operations

     80.4       345.5  
                

Total current liabilities

     11,372.8       9,902.7  
                

Long-term obligations, less current portion and other short-term borrowings

     2,599.7       2,319.9  

Deferred income taxes and other liabilities

     910.9       1,022.6  

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Preferred Shares, without par value Authorized - 0.5 million shares, Issued - none

     —         —    

Common Shares, without par value Authorized - 755.0 million shares, Issued - 482.3 million shares and 476.5 million shares at June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively

     3,195.5       2,765.5  

Retained earnings

     9,760.5       8,874.2  

Common Shares in treasury, at cost, 71.5 million shares and 50.3 million shares at June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively

     (4,499.2 )     (3,043.6 )

Other comprehensive income

     33.9       20.2  

Other

     —         (23.3 )
                

Total shareholders’ equity

     8,490.7       8,593.0  
                

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 23,374.1     $ 21,838.2  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

 

62


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In millions)

 

     Common Shares    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury Shares    

Other

Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)

    Other    

Total

Shareholders’
Equity

 
     Shares
Issued
   Amount      Shares     Amount        

BALANCE, JUNE 30, 2003

   467.2    $ 2,403.7    $ 6,465.2     (18.8 )   $ (1,135.8 )   $ (50.7 )   $ (7.9 )   $ 7,674.5  

Comprehensive income:

                  

Net earnings

           1,474.5               1,474.5  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                 68.3         68.3  

Unrealized gain on derivatives

                 11.7         11.7  

Unrealized loss on investments

                 (1.3 )       (1.3 )

Net change in minimum pension liability

                 0.9         0.9  
                        

Total comprehensive income

                     1,554.1  

Employee stock plans activity, including tax benefits of $66.4 million

   5.9      237.2      0.8       47.7         1.6       286.5  

Treasury shares acquired

           (24.2 )     (1,500.0 )         (1,500.0 )

Dividends declared

           (51.8 )             (51.8 )

Stock issued for acquisitions and other

        12.9      0.1               13.0  
                                                          

BALANCE, JUNE 30, 2004

   473.1    $ 2,653.8    $ 7,888.0     (42.2 )   $ (2,588.1 )   $ 28.9     $ (6.3 )   $ 7,976.3  

Comprehensive income:

                  

Net earnings

           1,050.7               1,050.7  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                 (6.3 )       (6.3 )

Unrealized gain on derivatives

                 (2.4 )       (2.4 )
                        

Total comprehensive income

                     1,042.0  

Employee stock plans activity, including tax benefits of $18.1 million

   3.4      111.7      0.8       44.8         (17.0 )     139.5  

Treasury shares acquired

           (8.9 )     (500.3 )         (500.3 )

Dividends declared

           (64.5 )             (64.5 )
                                                          

BALANCE, JUNE 30, 2005

   476.5    $ 2,765.5    $ 8,874.2     (50.3 )   $ (3,043.6 )   $ 20.2     $ (23.3 )   $ 8,593.0  

Comprehensive income:

                  

Net earnings

           1,000.1               1,000.1  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                 16.4         16.4  

Unrealized gain on derivatives

                 4.7         4.7  

Net change in minimum pension liability

                 (7.4 )       (7.4 )
                        

Total comprehensive income

                     1,013.8  

Employee stock plans activity, including tax benefits of $48.6 million

   5.8      430.0      0.8       44.3         23.3       497.6  

Treasury shares acquired

           (22.0 )     (1,499.9 )         (1,499.9 )

Dividends declared

           (113.8 )             (113.8 )
                                                          

BALANCE, JUNE 30, 2006

   482.3    $ 3,195.5    $ 9,760.5     (71.5 )   $ (4,499.2 )   $ 33.9     $ —       $ 8,490.7  
                                                          

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

 

63


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In millions)

 

   

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 
    2006     2005     2004  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

     

Net earnings

  $ 1,000.1     $ 1,050.7     $ 1,474.5  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting

    —         —         38.5  

Loss from discontinued operations

    244.6       57.6       4.2  
                       

Earnings from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting

    1,244.7       1,108.3       1,517.2  

Adjustments to reconcile earnings from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting to net cash from operations:

     

Depreciation and amortization

    392.7       390.2       289.5  

Asset impairments

    24.1       185.4       5.7  

Equity compensation

    237.3       10.1       3.3  

Provision for deferred income taxes

    31.6       50.5       102.8  

Provision for bad debts

    28.7       8.7       (0.1 )

Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions:

     

Increase in trade receivables

    (929.3 )     (12.5 )     (411.7 )

(Increase)/decrease in inventories

    (368.2 )     60.2       237.5  

Increase in net investment in sales-type leases

    (113.1 )     (183.9 )     (7.2 )

Increase in accounts payable

    1,516.1       1,148.9       1,023.4  

Other accrued liabilities and operating items, net

    98.0       65.1       (108.8 )
                       

Net cash provided by operating activities - continuing operations

    2,162.6       2,831.0       2,651.6  

Net cash (used in) / provided by operating activities - discontinued operations

    (22.3 )     11.8       (27.9 )
                       

Net cash provided by operating activities

    2,140.3       2,842.8       2,623.7  
                       

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

     

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of divestitures and cash acquired

    (362.2 )     (273.2 )     (2,092.4 )

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

    17.6       19.9       19.4  

Additions to property and equipment

    (443.2 )     (554.2 )     (395.7 )

Purchase of investment securities available for sale

    (398.6 )     (99.8 )     —    
                       

Net cash used in investing activities - continuing operations

    (1,186.4 )     (907.3 )     (2,468.7 )

Net cash (used in) / provided by investing activities - discontinued operations

    (0.8 )     31.2       29.3  
                       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (1,187.2 )     (876.1 )     (2,439.4 )
                       

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

     

Net change in commercial paper and short-term borrowings

    (26.6 )     (555.6 )     639.1  

Reduction of long-term obligations

    (306.1 )     (1,932.6 )     (464.3 )

Proceeds from long-term obligations, net of issuance costs

    595.0       1,279.5       338.0  

Proceeds from issuance of Common Shares

    240.8       110.5       216.7  

Tax benefits from exercises of stock options

    48.6       —         —    

Dividends on Common Shares

    (101.8 )     (51.7 )     (52.3 )

Purchase of treasury shares

    (1,499.9 )     (500.3 )     (1,500.0 )
                       

Net cash used in financing activities - continuing operations

    (1,050.0 )     (1,650.2 )     (822.8 )

Net cash provided by / (used in) financing activities - discontinued operations

    17.8       (7.1 )     7.1  
                       

Net cash used in financing activities

    (1,032.2 )     (1,657.3 )     (815.7 )
                       

NET (DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS

    (79.1 )     309.4       (631.4 )

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR

    1,400.0       1,090.6       1,722.0  
                       

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR

  $ 1,320.9     $ 1,400.0     $ 1,090.6  
                       

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION:

     

Cash payments for:

     

Interest

  $ 158.0     $ 127.4     $ 112.7  

Income taxes

    551.9       535.8       566.3  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

 

64


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company is a leading provider of products and services supporting the healthcare industry and helping healthcare providers and manufacturers improve the productivity and safety of healthcare. As of June 30, 2006, the Company conducted its business within the following four reportable segments: Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services; Medical Products and Services; Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services; and Clinical Technologies and Services. See Note 17 for information related to the Company’s reportable segments.

Effective for the first quarter of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, the Company will report financial information for the following five reportable segments: Supply Chain Services – Pharmaceutical; Supply Chain Services – Medical; Medical Products Manufacturing; Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services; and Clinical Technologies and Services.

Basis of Presentation. The consolidated financial statements of Cardinal Health, Inc. include the accounts of all majority-owned subsidiaries, and all significant inter-company amounts have been eliminated. (References to the “Company” in these consolidated financial statements shall be deemed to be references to Cardinal Health, Inc. and its majority-owned subsidiaries unless the context otherwise requires.)

During fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company completed several acquisitions that were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The consolidated financial statements include the results of operations from each of these business combinations as of the date of acquisition. Additional disclosure related to the Company’s acquisitions is provided in Note 2.

The Company revised its consolidated statement of cash flows for fiscal 2005 and 2004 to separately disclose the operating portions of the cash flows attributable to the Company’s discontinued operations. The Company had previously reported these amounts within “other accrued liabilities and operating items, net” within its statement of cash flows.

Effective the third quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company reclassified a significant portion of its Healthcare Marketing Services business and its United Kingdom-based Intercare Pharmaceutical Distribution business to discontinued operations. In addition, effective the first quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company reclassified its sterile pharmaceutical manufacturing business in Humacao, Puerto Rico to discontinued operations. Prior period financial results were reclassified to conform to these changes in presentation. See Note 21 for additional information.

Also during the third quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company committed to a plan to sell a significant portion of the Specialty Distribution business. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” the net assets held for sale of this business are presented separately on the consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2005 and were recorded at the net expected fair value less costs to sell, as this amount was lower than the business’ net carrying value. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company sold this business. See Note 21 for additional information.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Such estimates include, but are not limited to, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory valuation, goodwill and intangible asset impairment, vendor reserves, equity-based compensation, income taxes, loss contingencies and restructuring charge reserves. Actual amounts may differ from these estimated amounts.

Cash Equivalents. The Company considers all liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The carrying value of these cash equivalents approximates fair value. See Note 2 for additional information regarding non-cash investing activities related to certain recent acquisitions.

 

65


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Short-term Investments. The Company’s short-term investments at June 30, 2006 and 2005 include approximately $208.9 million and $79.8 million, respectively, in tax-exempt variable rate demand notes and approximately $289.5 million and $20.0 million, respectively, in tax-exempt auction rate securities. These short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The Company’s investments in these securities are recorded at cost, which approximates fair market value due to their variable interest rates. See Note 22 for additional information regarding short-term investments.

Receivables. Trade receivables are primarily comprised of amounts owed to the Company through its pharmaceutical and other healthcare service activities and are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $113.2 million and $104.1 million at June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. An account is considered past due on the first day after its due date. In accordance with contract terms, the Company generally has the ability to charge a customer service fees or higher prices if an account is considered past due. The Company continuously monitors past due accounts and establishes appropriate reserves to cover potential losses. The Company will write-off any amounts deemed uncollectible against an established bad debt reserve.

The Company provides financing to various customers. Such financing arrangements range from one year to ten years, at interest rates that generally are subject to fluctuation. Interest income on these accounts is recognized by the Company as it is earned. The financings may be collateralized, guaranteed by third parties or unsecured. Finance notes and accrued interest receivables were $32.8 million and $46.5 million at June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively, (current portions were $27.8 million and $29.6 million, respectively) and are included in other assets. During fiscal 2006, the Company sold certain notes to a bank, see Note 19 below for additional information. These amounts are reported net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $15.0 million and $4.4 million at June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

The Company has formed special purpose entities with the sole purpose of buying receivables or sales-type leases from various legal entities of the Company and selling those receivables or sales-type leases to certain multi-seller conduits administered by banks or other third-party investors. See Note 8 for additional disclosure regarding off-balance sheet financing.

During fiscal 2001, the Company entered into an agreement to periodically sell trade receivables to a special purpose accounts receivable and financing entity (the “Accounts Receivable and Financing Entity”) which is exclusively engaged in purchasing trade receivables from, and making loans to, the Company. The Accounts Receivable and Financing Entity, which is consolidated by the Company, issued $250 million and $400 million in preferred variable debt securities to parties not affiliated with the Company during fiscal 2004 and 2001, respectively. See Note 4 for additional information.

Inventories. A substantial portion of inventories (approximately 73% in 2006 and 67% in 2005) are stated at the lower of cost, using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method, or market. These inventories are included within the core distribution facilities within the Company’s Pharmaceutical Distribution business and are primarily merchandise inventories. The remaining inventory is primarily stated at the lower of cost, using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method, or market. If the Company had used the FIFO method of inventory valuation, which approximates current replacement cost, inventories would have been the same at June 30, 2006 and higher than the LIFO method reported at June 30, 2005 by $26.0 million. In fiscal 2006 and 2005, the Company recorded LIFO reserve reductions of $26.0 million and $31.7 million, respectively.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles. The Company accounts for purchased goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” Under SFAS No. 142, purchased goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually. Intangible assets with finite lives, primarily customer relationships and patents and trademarks, continue to be amortized over their useful lives. The Company’s impairment analysis is based on a

 

66


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

review of the price/earnings ratio for publicly traded companies similar in nature, scope and size or a discounted cash flow analysis. The methods and assumptions used to test impairment have been consistently applied for the periods presented. The discount rate used for impairment testing is based on the risk-free rate plus an adjustment for risk factors. The use of alternative estimates, peer groups or changes in the industry, or adjusting the discount rate used could affect the estimated fair value of the assets and potentially result in impairment. Any identified impairment would result in an adjustment to the Company’s results of operations. The Company performed its annual impairment test in fiscal 2006 and 2005, neither of which resulted in the recognition of any impairment charges. See Note 16 for additional disclosure regarding goodwill and other intangible assets.

Property and Equipment. Property and equipment are primarily stated at cost. Depreciation expense for financial reporting purposes is primarily computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, including capital lease assets which are depreciated over the terms of their respective leases. The Company uses the following range of useful lives for its property and equipment categories: buildings and improvements – 1 to 50 years; machinery and equipment – 3 to 20 years; furniture and fixtures – 7 years. Depreciation expense was $332.2 million, $332.1 million and $272.4 million for fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The Company expenses repairs and maintenance expenditures as incurred. The Company capitalizes interest on long-term fixed asset projects using a rate of 5.9%, which approximates the Company’s weighted average interest rate on long-term debt. The amount of capitalized interest within the Corporate entity was immaterial for all fiscal years presented.

Other Accrued Liabilities. Other accrued liabilities represent various obligations of the Company including certain accrued operating expenses and taxes payable. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, the largest component of other accrued liabilities were net current deferred tax liabilities of approximately $607.2 million and $538.9 million, respectively. Other significant components of other accrued liabilities were current taxes payable and employee compensation and related benefit accruals. For fiscal 2006 and 2005, current taxes payable were $225.1 million and $217.6 million, respectively, while employee compensation and related benefit accruals were $414.1 million and $380.1 million, respectively.

Revenue Recognition. In accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 104, “Revenue Recognition,” the Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, product delivery has occurred or the services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue is recognized net of sales returns and allowances.

Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services

This segment records distribution revenue when title transfers to its customers and the business has no further obligation to provide services related to such merchandise. This revenue is recorded net of sales returns and allowances (see “Sales Returns and Allowances” below for further information).

Revenue within this segment includes revenue from bulk customers. Most deliveries to bulk customers consist of product shipped in the same form as the product is received from the manufacturer. Bulk customers have the ability to process large quantities of products in central locations and self distribute these products to their individual retail stores or customers. Revenue from bulk customers is recorded when title transfers to its customers and the business has no further obligation to provide services related to such merchandise.

Revenue for deliveries to customer warehouses whereby the Company acts as an intermediary in the ordering and delivery of pharmaceutical products is recorded gross in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 99-19, “Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an Agent.” This revenue is recorded on a gross basis since the Company incurs credit risk from the customer, bears the risk of loss for incomplete shipments and does not receive a separate fee or commission for the transaction.

 

67


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

This segment also owns certain consignment inventory and recognizes revenue when that inventory is sold to a third party by the segment’s customer.

Through its Medicine Shoppe International, Inc. (“Medicine Shoppe”) and Medicap Pharmacies Incorporated (“Medicap”) franchise operations, the Company has apothecary-style pharmacy franchisees in which it earns franchise and origination fees. Franchise fees represent monthly fees based upon franchisees’ sales and are recognized as revenue when they are earned. Origination fees from signing new franchise agreements are recognized as revenue when the new franchise store is opened.

Medical Products and Services

This segment records distribution and self-manufactured medical product revenue when title transfers to its customers and the business has no further obligation to provide services related to such merchandise. This generally occurs upon delivery. This revenue is recorded net of sales returns and allowances (see “Sales Returns and Allowances” below for further information).

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services

Manufacturing and packaging revenue is recognized either upon shipment or delivery of the product, in accordance with the terms of the contract which specify when transfer of title occurs. Non-product revenue includes annual exclusivity fees, option fees to extend exclusivity agreements and milestone payments for attaining certain regulatory approvals. Exclusivity payments are received from certain manufacturers in return for the Company’s commitment not to enter into agreements to manufacture competing products. The revenue related to these agreements is recognized over the term of the exclusivity agreement or the term of the option agreement unless a particular milestone is designated, in which case revenue is recognized when all obligations of performance have been completed.

Radiopharmaceutical revenue is recognized upon delivery of the product to the customer. Service-related revenue, including fees received for analytical services or sales and marketing services, is recognized upon the completion of such services.

Clinical Technologies and Services

The Pyxis products business leases or sells point-of-use systems. Revenue is recognized from these transactions as follows:

 

    Revenue is recognized on sales-type leases when the lease becomes noncancellable. The lease is determined to be noncancellable upon completion of the installation, when the equipment is functioning according to material specifications of the user’s manual and the customer has accepted the equipment, as evidenced by signing an equipment confirmation document. Interest income on sales-type leases is recognized in revenue using the interest method.

 

    Revenue is recognized on the sale of point-of-use systems upon completion of the Company’s installation obligations and upon customer acceptance of the equipment, as evidenced by signing the equipment confirmation document.

 

    Consistent with sales-type leases, revenue is recognized on operating leases after installation is complete and customer acceptance has occurred. Operating lease revenue is recognized over the lease term as such amounts become receivable according to the provisions of the lease.

The Alaris products business recognizes revenue, net of an allowance for estimated returns and credits, upon delivery and/or installation (depending on the product) and once transfer of title and risk of loss have occurred. This business frequently enters into revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables, which is recognized upon completion of the installation process, and is allocated to each element using the relative fair value or vendor-specific objective evidence, as appropriate.

 

68


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Pharmacy management and other service revenue is recognized as the services are rendered according to the contracts established. A fee is charged under such contracts through a capitated fee, a dispensing fee, a monthly management fee or an actual costs-incurred arrangement. Under certain contracts, fees for services are guaranteed by the Company not to exceed stipulated amounts or have other risk-sharing provisions. Revenue is adjusted to reflect the estimated effects of such contractual guarantees and risk-sharing provisions.

Multiple Segments or Business Units

Arrangements containing multiple revenue generating activities are accounted for in accordance with EITF Issue No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” If the deliverable meets the criteria of a separate unit of accounting, the arrangement revenue is allocated to each element based upon its relative fair value or vendor specific objective evidence and recognized in accordance with the applicable revenue recognition criteria for each element.

Savings Guarantees

Some of the Company’s customer contracts include a guarantee of a certain amount of savings through utilization of the Company’s services. Revenue associated with a guarantee in which the form of consideration is cash or credit memos is not recorded until the guaranteed savings is fully recognized. For guarantees with consideration paid in the form of free products or services, the cost of goods sold related to those sales is increased by the amount of the guarantee.

Sales Returns and Allowances. Pharmaceutical distribution revenue is recorded net of sales returns and allowances. The Pharmaceutical Distribution business recognizes sales returns as a reduction of revenue and cost of sales for the sales price and cost, respectively, when products are returned. The Pharmaceutical Distribution business’ customer return policy requires that the product be physically returned, subject to restocking fees, and only allows customers to return products that can be added back to inventory and resold at full value, or that can be returned to vendors for credit. Product returns are generally consistent throughout the year, and typically are not specific to any particular product or customer. Amounts recorded in revenue and cost of sales under this accounting policy closely approximate what would have been recorded under SFAS No. 48, “Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists.” Applying the provisions of SFAS No. 48 would not materially change the Company’s financial position and results of operations. Sales returns and allowances for the Pharmaceutical Distribution business were approximately $1.4 billion, $1.4 billion and $1.3 billion in fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Distributed and self-manufactured medical product revenue is recorded net of sales returns and allowances. The Medical Products and Services segment has established a reserve against returned goods in accordance with SFAS No. 48. This reserve amount was immaterial for all periods presented. This segment’s customer return policy requires that the product be physically returned, subject to restocking fees, and only allows customers to return products that can be added back to inventory and resold at full value, or that can be returned to vendors for credit. Product returns are generally consistent throughout the year, and typically are not specific to any particular product or customer. Sales returns and allowances for the Medical Products and Services segment were approximately $60.6 million, $70.8 million and $56.9 million in fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Cash Discounts. Cash discounts are recorded as a component of inventory cost and recognized as a reduction of cost of products sold when related inventory is sold. See Note 15 for further information regarding cash discounts and the change in accounting method adopted in 2004.

Distribution Service Agreement and Other Vendor Fees . The Company’s Pharmaceutical Distribution business accounts for fees received from its distribution service agreements and other fees received from vendors related to the purchase or distribution of the vendor’s inventory as a reduction in cost of sales, in accordance with EITF Issue No. 02-16, “Accounting by a Customer for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor.”

 

69


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Accounting for Vendor Reserves. In the ordinary course of business, vendors may challenge deductions or billings taken against payments otherwise due them from the Company. These contested transactions are researched and resolved based upon Company policy and findings of the research performed. At any given time, there are outstanding items in various stages of research and resolution. In determining an appropriate vendor reserve, the Company assesses historical information and current outstanding claims. The ultimate outcome of certain claims may be different than the Company’s original estimate and may require adjustment. All adjustments to vendor reserves are included in cost of sales.

Equity-Based Compensation. During the first quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) applying the modified prospective method. This Statement requires all equity-based payments to employees, including grants of options, to be recognized in the consolidated statement of earnings based on the grant date fair value of the award.

The fair values of options granted after the Company adopted this Statement were determined using a lattice valuation model and all options granted prior to adoption of this Statement were valued using a Black-Scholes model. The Company’s estimate of an option’s fair value is dependent on a complex estimation process that requires the estimation of future uncertain events. These estimates which are entered within the option valuation model include, but are not limited to, stock price volatility, the expected option life, expected dividend yield and option forfeiture rates. See Note 13 below for additional information regarding equity-based compensation.

Shipping and Handling. Shipping and handling costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of earnings. Shipping and handling costs include all delivery expenses as well as all costs to prepare the product for shipment to the end customer. Shipping and handling costs totaled $274.3 million, $275.7 million and $250.3 million for fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Shipping and handling revenue received was immaterial for all periods presented.

Translation of Foreign Currencies. Financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries outside the U.S. generally are measured using the local currency as the functional currency. Adjustments to translate the assets and liabilities of these foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars are accumulated in a separate component of shareholders’ equity utilizing period-end exchange rates. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses calculated by utilizing weighted average exchange rates for the period are included in the consolidated statements of earnings in “interest expense and other” and were immaterial for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

Interest Rate and Currency Risk Management. The Company accounts for derivative instruments in accordance with SFAS No. 133, as amended, “Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging Activity.” Under this standard, all derivative instruments are recorded at fair value on the balance sheet and all changes in fair value are recorded to net earnings or shareholders’ equity through other comprehensive income.

The Company uses forward currency exchange contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps to manage its exposures to the variability of cash flows primarily related to the foreign exchange rate changes of future foreign currency transaction costs and to the interest rate changes on borrowing costs. These contracts are designated as cash flow hedges.

The Company also uses interest rate swaps to hedge changes in the value of fixed rate debt due to variations in interest rates. Both the derivative instruments and underlying debt are adjusted to market value through “interest expense and other” at the end of each period. The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts to protect the value of existing foreign currency assets and liabilities. The remeasurement adjustments for any foreign currency denominated assets or liabilities are included in “interest expense and other.” The

 

70


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

remeasurement adjustment is offset by the foreign currency forward contract settlements which are also classified in “interest expense and other . ” Both interest rate swaps and foreign currency forward contracts are designated as fair value hedges.

The Company’s derivative contracts are adjusted to current market values each period and qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS No. 133, as amended. Periodic gains and losses of contracts designated as cash flow hedges are deferred in other comprehensive income until the underlying transactions are recognized. Upon recognition, such gains and losses are recorded in net earnings as an adjustment to the carrying amounts of underlying transactions in the period in which these transactions are recognized. For those contracts designated as fair value hedges, resulting gains or losses are recognized in net earnings offsetting the exposures of underlying transactions. Carrying values of all contracts are included in other assets or liabilities.

The Company’s policy requires contracts used as hedges must be effective at reducing the risk associated with the exposure being hedged and must be designated as a hedge at the inception of the contract. Hedging effectiveness is assessed periodically. Any contract not designated as a hedge, or so designated but ineffective, is adjusted to market value and recognized in net earnings immediately. If a fair value or cash flow hedge ceases to qualify for hedge accounting or is terminated, the contract would continue to be carried on the balance sheet at fair value until settled and future adjustments to the contract’s fair value would be recognized in earnings immediately. If a forecasted transaction were no longer probable to occur, amounts previously deferred in other comprehensive income would be recognized immediately in earnings. Additional disclosure related to the Company’s hedging contracts is provided in Note 5 below.

Research and Development Costs. Costs incurred in connection with development of new products and manufacturing methods are charged to expense as incurred. Research and development expenses were $133.3 million, $117.2 million and $56.5 million in fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The increase in fiscal 2005 primarily relates to incremental expenses from the acquisition of ALARIS Medical Systems, Inc. (“Alaris”). The Company received reimbursement for certain research and development costs from select customers of approximately $34.9 million, $18.7 million and $11.7 million in fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Income Taxes. In accordance with provisions of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” the Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. The asset and liability method requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax consequences of temporary differences that currently exist between tax bases and financial reporting bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Historically, no provision was made for U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries because those earnings are considered permanently reinvested in the operations of those subsidiaries. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in the respective jurisdictions in which the Company operates. In assessing the ability to realize deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred taxes are not provided on the unremitted earnings of subsidiaries outside of the U.S. when it is expected that these earnings are permanently reinvested.

The Company repatriated $500 million of accumulated foreign earnings in fiscal 2006 pursuant to the repatriation provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “AJCA”) and has a total liability of $26.7 million and $26.3 million at June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The $500 million is the maximum repatriation available to the Company under the repatriation provisions of the AJCA. See Note 6 below for additional information.

Earnings per Common Share. Basic earnings per Common Share (“Basic EPS”) is computed by dividing net earnings (the numerator) by the weighted average number of Common Shares outstanding during each period

 

71


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(the denominator). Diluted earnings per Common Share is similar to the computation for Basic EPS, except that the denominator is increased by the dilutive effect of stock options, restricted shares and restricted share units computed using the treasury stock method.

Dividends. Excluding dividends paid by all entities with which the Company has merged, the Company paid cash dividends per Common Share of $0.24, $0.12 and $0.12 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Recent Financial Accounting Standards. In November 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs-an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4.” This Statement requires abnormal amounts of idle capacity and spoilage costs to be excluded from the cost of inventory and expensed when incurred. SFAS No. 151 is applicable to inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The adoption of this Statement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets-an amendment of Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 29.” This Statement requires exchanges of productive assets to be accounted for at fair value, rather than at carryover basis, unless: (a) neither the asset received nor the asset surrendered has a fair value that is determinable within reasonable limits; or (b) the transactions lack commercial substance. This Statement is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The adoption of this Statement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” which revises SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” SFAS No. 123(R) supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and amends SFAS No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” This Statement requires that a public entity measure the cost of equity-based service awards based on the grant date fair value of the award. All share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, are required to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair value. The Company adopted this Statement on July 1, 2005 (see Note 13 for the Company’s disclosure).

In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations.” This Interpretation clarifies the term of conditional asset retirement obligations as used in SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations.” This Interpretation is effective no later than the end of fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005. The adoption of this Interpretation did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections.” SFAS No. 154 is a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20, “Accounting Changes” and SFAS No. 3, “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements.” This Statement requires voluntary changes in accounting to be accounted for retrospectively and all prior periods to be restated as if the newly adopted policy had always been used, unless it is impracticable. APB Opinion No. 20 previously required most voluntary changes in accounting to be recognized by including the cumulative effect of the change in accounting in net income in the period of change. This Statement also requires that a change in method of depreciation, amortization or depletion for a long-lived asset be accounted for as a change in estimate that is affected by a change in accounting principle. This Statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. Once adopted by the Company, this Statement could have an impact on prior year consolidated financial statements if the Company has a change in accounting.

In November 2005, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. SFAS 115-1 and SFAS 124-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments.” This FSP amends

 

72


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,” and SFAS No. 124, “Accounting for Certain Investments Held by Not-for-Profit Organizations,” and APB Opinion No. 18, “The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock.” This FSP provides guidance on the determination of when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other-than-temporary and the measurement of an impairment loss. This FSP also requires disclosure about unrealized losses that have not been recognized as other-than-temporary impairments. This FSP is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2005. The adoption of this FSP did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In November 2005, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 123(R)-3, “Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards.” This FSP provides that companies may elect to use a specified “short-cut” method to calculate the historical pool of windfall tax benefits upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R). The option to use the “short-cut” method is available regardless of whether SFAS No. 123(R) was adopted using the modified prospective or modified retrospective application transition method, and whether it has the ability to calculate its pool of windfall tax benefits in accordance with the guidance in paragraph 81 of SFAS No. 123(R). This method only applies to awards that are fully vested and outstanding upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R). This FSP became effective after November 10, 2005. The Company has elected the specified “short cut” method to calculate its beginning pool of additional paid-in capital related to equity-based compensation, and this election had no impact on the Company’s financial statements (see Note 13 for the Company’s disclosure).

In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments” an amendment of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” and SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.” This Statement permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that would otherwise be required to be bifurcated from its host contract. The election to measure a hybrid financial instrument at fair value, in its entirety, is irrevocable and all changes in fair value are to be recognized in earnings. This Statement also clarifies and amends certain provisions of SFAS No. 133 and SFAS No. 140. This Statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired, issued or subject to a remeasurement event occurring in fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. Early adoption is permitted, provided the Company has not yet issued financial statements, including financial statements for any interim period, for that fiscal year. The adoption of this Statement is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.” This Interpretation prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. This Interpretation is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The cumulative effects, if any, of applying this Interpretation will be recorded as an adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The Company is in the process of determining the impact of adopting this Interpretation.

2.    BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND SPECIAL ITEMS

Business Combinations

Fiscal 2006. During fiscal 2006, the Company completed acquisitions that individually were not significant. The aggregate purchase price of these acquisitions, which was paid in cash, was approximately $364 million. Assumed liabilities of these acquired businesses were approximately $149 million. The consolidated financial statements include the results of operations from each of these business combinations from the date of acquisition. The Company is still finalizing the allocation of purchase price for certain transactions that occurred

 

73


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

in the later half of fiscal 2006. Had the transactions occurred on July 1, 2003, results of operations would not have differed materially from reported results.

Fiscal 2005. During fiscal 2005, the Company completed acquisitions that individually were not significant. The aggregate purchase price of these acquisitions, which was paid in cash, was approximately $107 million. Assumed liabilities of these acquired businesses were approximately $27 million. The consolidated financial statements include the results of operations from each of these business combinations from the date of acquisition. Had the transactions occurred on July 1, 2003, results of operations would not have differed materially from reported results.

Fiscal 2004. On June 28, 2004, the Company acquired approximately 98.7% of the outstanding common stock of Alaris, a San Diego, California-based provider of intravenous medication safety products and services. On July 7, 2004, Alaris merged with a subsidiary of the Company to complete the transaction. The cash transaction was valued at approximately $2.1 billion, including the assumption of approximately $358 million of debt. Under the agreement, the Company agreed to make a cash tender offer to acquire all of the outstanding shares of Alaris common stock at a price of $22.35 per share. Alaris employees with outstanding stock options either elected to receive a cash payment or convert their options into an option to purchase the Company’s Common Shares. In July 2004, certain Alaris employees elected to convert their options for the right to purchase a total of approximately 0.6 million Common Shares of the Company.

The allocation of the Alaris purchase price resulted in an allocation to goodwill of approximately $1.6 billion and an allocation to identifiable intangible assets of $413.2 million. The Company valued intangible assets related to trademarks, trade names, patents and customer relationships. The detail by category is as follows:

 

Category

   Amount
(in millions)
   Average
Life (Years)

Trademarks and trade names

   $ 153.8    Indefinite

Patents

     108.2    10

Customer relationships

     151.2      8
         

Total intangible assets acquired

   $ 413.2   
         

The Company worked with a third-party valuation expert to determine the fair value of in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) and the fair value of identifiable intangible assets. As required by SFAS 141 “Business Combinations,” amounts assigned to tangible and intangible assets to be used in research and development projects that have no alternate future use were charged to expense at the acquisition date. The Company recorded a charge in fiscal 2004 of $12.7 million within special items in the Company’s consolidated statement of earnings for an estimate of acquired IPR&D.

Supplemental pro forma results of operations are not disclosed as the impact to the Company from the Alaris acquisition was not material. The fiscal 2004 consolidated financial statements include the results of operations from June 28, 2004.

During December 2003, the Company completed its acquisition of The Intercare Group, plc (“Intercare”), a European pharmaceutical products and services company. The cash transaction was valued at approximately $570 million, including the assumption of approximately $150 million in Intercare debt. During fiscal 2006, the United Kingdom-based Intercare Pharmaceutical Distribution business was classified as discontinued operations. See Note 21 below for additional information.

In addition, during fiscal 2004, the Company completed other acquisitions that individually were not significant. The aggregate purchase price of these acquisitions, which was paid in cash, was approximately $168

 

74


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

million. Assumed liabilities of these acquired businesses, including those of Alaris and Intercare, were approximately $1.1 billion. The consolidated financial statements include the results of operations from each of these business combinations from the date of acquisition. Had the transactions, including Alaris and Intercare, occurred on July 1, 2003, results of operations would not have differed materially from reported results.

Special Items Policy

Costs associated with integrating acquired companies under the purchase method are recorded in accordance with EITF Issue No. 95-3, “Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination.” Certain costs to be incurred by the Company, as the acquirer, such as employee and lease terminations and other facility exit costs, are recognized at the date the integration plan is committed to and adopted by management. Certain other integration costs not meeting the criteria for accrual at the commitment date are expensed as the integration plan is implemented.

At the beginning of the third quarter of fiscal 2003, the Company implemented SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” to account for costs incurred in restructuring activities. Under this standard, a liability for an exit cost is recognized as incurred. As discussed above, the Company previously accounted for costs associated with restructuring activities under EITF Issue No. 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs incurred in a Restructuring),” which required the Company to recognize a liability for restructuring costs on the date of the commitment to an exit plan.

The Company records settlements of significant lawsuits that are infrequent, non-recurring or unusual in nature as special items. The Company also records legal fees and document preservation and production costs incurred in connection with the SEC investigation and the Audit Committee internal review and related matters as special items. Also, the Company records, from time to time, material charges that are one-time, unusual or infrequent in nature as special items.

Special Items

The following is a summary of the Company’s special items for fiscal years ended June 30, 2006, 2005, and 2004.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
(in millions, except per Common Share amounts)    2006     2005     2004  

Restructuring costs

   $ 60.7     $ 159.4     $ 35.7  

Merger-related costs

     26.5       46.4       43.9  

Litigation settlements, net

     (19.0 )     (42.3 )     (62.3 )

Other

     26.5       54.5       37.9  
                        

Total special items

     94.7       218.0       55.2  

Tax effect of special items (1)

     (28.0 )     (64.1 )     (20.9 )
                        

Net earnings effect of special items

   $ 66.7     $ 153.9     $ 34.3  
                        

Net decrease on Diluted EPS

   $ 0.16     $ 0.36     $ 0.08  
                        

(1) The Company applies varying tax rates to its special items depending upon the tax jurisdiction where the item was incurred. The overall effective tax rate varies each period depending upon the unique nature of the Company’s special items and the tax jurisdictions where the items were incurred.

 

75


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Restructuring Costs

The following table segregates the Company’s restructuring costs into the various reportable segments impacted by the restructuring projects. See the paragraphs that follow for additional information regarding the Company’s restructuring plans.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(in millions)    2006     2005    2004

Restructuring costs:

       

Global restructuring program:

       

Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services

   $ 0.9     $ 9.5    $ —  

Medical Products and Services

     9.0       27.0      —  

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services

     0.3       80.7      —  

Clinical Technologies and Services

     —         0.7      —  

Other

     33.8       30.0      —  

Other restructuring programs:

       

Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services

     1.8       0.5      —  

Medical Products and Services

     1.7       8.5      8.7

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services

     13.5       0.8      21.9

Clinical Technologies and Services

     —         0.6      4.2

Other

     (0.3 )     1.1      0.9
                     

Total restructuring costs

   $ 60.7     $ 159.4    $ 35.7
                     

Global Restructuring Program. As previously reported during fiscal 2005, the Company launched a global restructuring program in connection with its One Cardinal Health initiative with a goal of increasing the value that the Company provides its customers through better integration of existing businesses and improved efficiency from a more disciplined approach to procurement and resource allocation. The program is being implemented in two phases and is expected to be substantially completed by the end of fiscal 2008.

The first phase of the program (“Phase I”) focuses on business consolidations and process improvements, including rationalizing facilities worldwide, reducing the Company’s global workforce, and rationalizing and discontinuing overlapping and under-performing product lines. The second phase of the program (“Phase II”) focuses on longer term integration activities that will enhance service to customers through improved integration across the Company’s segments and continue to streamline internal operations.

 

76


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following tables summarize the significant costs recorded within special items for fiscal 2006 and 2005 in connection with Phase I and Phase II, including the year in which the project activities are expected to be completed, the expected headcount reductions and the actual headcount reductions to date.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(in millions)    2006     2005    2004

Global restructuring program costs:

       

Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services

       

Employee-related costs (1)

   $ —       $ 2.9    $ —  

Asset impairments (3)

     0.1       —        —  

Facility exit and other costs (2)

     0.8       6.6      —  
                     

Total Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services

     0.9       9.5      —  

Medical Products and Services

       

Employee-related costs (1)

     2.6       17.5      —  

Asset impairments (3)

     0.1       —        —  

Facility exit and other costs (2)

     6.3       9.5      —  
                     

Total Medical Products and Services

     9.0       27.0      —  

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services

       

Employee-related costs (1)

     3.1       11.9      —  

Asset impairments (3)

     (3.8 )     66.7      —  

Facility exit and other costs (2)

     1.0       2.1      —  
                     

Total Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services

     0.3       80.7      —  

Clinical Technologies and Services

       

Employee-related costs (1)

     —         0.7      —  
                     

Total Clinical Technologies and Services

     —         0.7      —  

Other

       

Employee-related costs (1)

     11.6       8.0      —  

Facility exit and other costs (2)

     22.2       22.0      —  
                     

Total Other

     33.8       30.0      —  
                     

Total global restructuring program costs

   $ 44.0     $ 147.9    $ —  
                     

(1) Employee-related costs consist primarily of severance accrued upon either communication of terms to employees or management’s commitment to the restructuring plan when a defined severance plan exists. Outplacement services provided to employees who have been involuntarily terminated and duplicate payroll costs during transition periods are also included within this classification.
(2) Facility exit and other costs consist of accelerated depreciation, equipment relocation costs, project consulting fees and costs associated with restructuring the Company’s delivery of information technology infrastructure services.
(3) In fiscal 2005, asset impairments were recorded in connection with the Company’s plan to sell two facilities and transfer business from a third facility. In fiscal 2006, an adjustment was recorded as the decision was made not to sell one of the facilities. These items are discussed in more detail below.

 

77


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    

Expected/Actual

Fiscal Year of
Completion

   Headcount Reduction
        Expected (1)   

As of

June 30, 2006

Global restructuring program:

        

Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services

   2006    75    75

Medical Products and Services

   2008    2,682    1,238

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services

   2009    911    511

Clinical Technologies and Services

   2005    15    15

Other

   2009    1,662    636
            

Total global restructuring program

      5,345    2,475
            

(1) Represents projects that have been initiated as of June 30, 2006.

The Company incurred costs of $0.9 million and $9.5 million during fiscal 2006 and 2005, respectively, related to restructuring projects associated with Phase I initiated within the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment. The projects within this segment include the closing of two distribution centers and consolidation into existing locations, the closing of multiple Company-owned pharmacies within Medicine Shoppe and the outsourcing of information technology functions.

The Company incurred costs of $9.0 million and $27.0 million during fiscal 2006 and 2005, respectively, related to restructuring projects associated with Phase I initiated within the Medical Products and Services segment. The projects within this segment include centralizing of management functions and consolidation of facilities within the distribution business, transitioning to a customer needs-based sales representative model in the ambulatory care business and improvements within the manufacturing business through consolidation or outsourcing of production from higher cost facilities to lower cost facilities.

The Company incurred costs of $0.3 million and $80.7 million during fiscal 2006 and 2005, respectively, related to restructuring projects associated with Phases I and II initiated within the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment. The projects within this segment include planned reductions of headcount within existing operations and consolidation of overlapping operations. The total costs for fiscal 2005 include $66.7 million of asset impairment charges of which approximately $66.4 million related to its plan to sell two facilities and transfer business from a third facility. The Company planned to sell a portion of the businesses housed in each of the two facilities available for sale and transfer the remaining portion of the businesses to other existing Company facilities. One facility was sold in fiscal 2005. The carrying amount of the two facilities to be sold was $64.6 million, which included $15.4 million of goodwill allocated in accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” As the Company determined that the plan of sale criteria in SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” had been met during fiscal 2005, the carrying value of the asset groups being sold was adjusted to $22.8 million, the estimated fair market values less costs to sell. As a result, the Company recognized asset impairment charges of $41.8 million associated with the two businesses during fiscal 2005. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company made the decision not to sell one of the two facilities it had originally planned to sell, resulting in an adjustment of $3.8 million to increase the carrying value of the disposal group to its fair value at the time of the decision not to sell. As stated above, the Company also committed to a plan to transfer production from a third facility within this segment to another existing Company facility in fiscal 2005. Production is expected to continue at the third facility through fiscal 2009. The Company recorded an asset impairment of $24.6 million in fiscal 2005 based on an analysis of discounted cash flows in accordance with SFAS No. 144.

 

78


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company incurred costs of $0.7 million during fiscal 2005 related to a restructuring project associated with Phase I initiated within the Clinical Technologies and Services segment. The costs were incurred in connection with a planned headcount reduction.

During fiscal 2006 and 2005, the Company incurred costs of $33.8 million and $30.0 million, respectively, related to restructuring projects associated with Phases I and II that impacted multiple segments. The costs for fiscal 2006 related primarily to design and implementation of the Company’s restructuring plans for certain administrative functions, restructuring the Company’s delivery of information technology infrastructure services, consolidation of existing customer service operations into two locations and severance accrued upon communication of terms to employees. The costs for fiscal 2005 related primarily to design and implementation of the Company’s overall restructuring plan, restructuring the Company’s delivery of information technology infrastructure services and severance accrued upon communication of terms to employees or management’s commitment to the restructuring plan when a defined severance plan exists.

Other Restructuring Programs. Separate from the global restructuring program discussed above, the Company incurred costs of $16.7 million in fiscal 2006 to restructure operations (both domestically and internationally) throughout the Company as compared to $11.5 million in fiscal 2005 and $35.7 million in fiscal 2004. The restructuring plans across all segments focused on various aspects of operations, including closing and consolidating certain manufacturing operations, rationalizing headcount both domestically and internationally, and aligning operations in the most strategic and cost-efficient structure. In connection with implementing these restructuring plans, the Company incurred costs that included employee-related costs, the majority of which represents severance accrued upon either communication of terms to employees or management’s commitment to the restructuring plan when a defined severance plan exists, exit costs, including asset impairment charges, costs incurred to relocate physical assets, project management costs and costs to restructure the delivery of information technology infrastructure services. Included in these costs for fiscal 2006 were $7.0 million in asset impairments to reduce the long-lived assets of one of its North American manufacturing facilities within its Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment to their net realizable value based upon a discounted cash flow analysis due to the Company’s commitment to a plan to exit the facility. The Company expects to continue production at the facility through fiscal 2008. Included in these costs for fiscal 2004 were $13.7 million in asset impairments related to the Company’s decision to exit certain North American commodity operations within the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment.

With respect to other restructuring programs, the following table summarizes the year in which the project activities are expected to be completed, the expected headcount reductions and the actual headcount reductions as of June 30, 2006:

 

     Expected Fiscal
Year of
Completion
   Headcount Reduction
        Expected (1)   

As of

June 30, 2006

Other restructuring programs:

        

Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services

   2007    109    75

Medical Products and Services

   2007    2,305    2,188

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services

   2008    1,197    980
            

Total other restructuring programs

      3,611    3,243
            

(1) Represents projects that have been initiated as of June 30, 2006.

 

79


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Merger-Related Costs

Costs of integrating operations of various merged companies are recorded as merger-related costs when incurred. The merger-related costs incurred during fiscal 2006 and 2005 were primarily a result of the Alaris and Syncor International Corporation (“Syncor”) acquisitions. The merger-related costs incurred during fiscal 2004 were primarily a result of the Syncor acquisition. During the fiscal years noted above, the Company also incurred merger-related costs for numerous smaller acquisitions. The following table and paragraphs provide additional detail regarding the types of merger-related costs incurred by the Company.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
(in millions)    2006    2005    2004

Merger-related costs:

        

Employee-related costs

   $ 10.0    $ 16.3    $ 11.8

Asset impairments and other exit costs

     1.6      1.4      0.9

Debt issuance cost write-off

     —        8.8      —  

In-process research and development

     —        —        12.7

Integration costs and other

     14.9      19.9      18.5
                    

Total merger-related costs

   $ 26.5    $ 46.4    $ 43.9
                    

Employee-Related Costs. During fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company incurred employee-related costs associated with certain merger and acquisition transactions of $10.0 million, $16.3 million and $11.8 million, respectively. These costs primarily consist of severance, stay bonuses, non-compete agreements and other forms of compensatory payouts made to employees as a direct result of the mergers or acquisitions. The fiscal 2006 charges relate primarily to the Alaris acquisition. The fiscal 2005 charges related primarily to the Alaris and Syncor acquisitions. The fiscal 2004 charges were primarily a result of the Syncor acquisition.

Asset Impairments and Other Exit Costs. During fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company incurred asset impairment and other exit costs of $1.6 million, $1.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively. The asset impairment and other exit costs incurred during fiscal 2006 were primarily a result of facility integration plans for the Alaris acquisition. The asset impairment and other exit costs incurred during fiscal 2005 were primarily a result of fixed asset disposals due to the Alaris acquisition and facility closures associated with the Syncor acquisition. The asset impairment and other exit costs incurred during fiscal 2004 related primarily to plans to consolidate operations as a result of the Syncor acquisition.

Debt Issuance Cost Write-Off. During the first two quarters of fiscal 2005, the Company incurred charges of $8.8 million related to the write-off of debt issuance costs and other debt tender offer costs related to the Company’s decision to retire certain Alaris debt instruments that carried higher interest rates than the Company’s cost of debt. As a result, the Company retired such debt instruments in advance of their original maturity dates.

In-Process Research and Development. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004, the Company recorded a charge of $12.7 million related to the write-off of in-process research and development costs associated with the Alaris acquisition.

Integration Costs and Other. During fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company incurred integration costs and other of $14.9 million, $19.9 million and $18.5 million, respectively. The costs included in this category generally relate to expenses incurred to integrate merged or acquired companies’ operations and systems into the Company’s pre-existing operations and systems. These costs include, but are not limited to, the integration of information systems, employee benefits and compensation, accounting/ finance, tax, treasury, internal audit, risk management, compliance, administrative services, sales and marketing and other.

 

80


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Litigation Settlements, Net

The following table summarizes the Company’s net litigation settlements during fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
(in millions)    2006     2005     2004  

Litigation settlements, net:

      

Pharmaceutical manufacturer antitrust litigation

   $ (25.5 )   $ (41.7 )   $ (55.9 )

New York Attorney General investigation

     8.0       —         —    

Vitamin litigation

     —         (0.6 )     (6.5 )

Other

     (1.5 )     —         0.1  
                        

Total litigation settlements, net

   $ (19.0 )   $ (42.3 )   $ (62.3 )
                        

Pharmaceutical Manufacturer Antitrust Litigation. The Company recorded income of $25.5 million, $41.7 million and $55.9 million in fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, resulting from settlement of antitrust claims alleging certain prescription drug manufacturers took improper actions to delay or prevent generic drug competition. The total recovery of such claims through June 30, 2006 was $123.1 million (net of attorney fees, payments due to other interested parties and expenses withheld).

New York Attorney General Investigation . The Company recorded a reserve of $8.0 million during fiscal 2006 with respect to the previously-reported investigation by the New York Attorney General’s Office. The Company has recently commenced negotiations with the New York Attorney General’s Office for a civil resolution of this investigation. There can be no assurance that the Company’s efforts to resolve the New York Attorney General’s Office’s investigation with respect to the Company will be successful, or that the amount reserved will be sufficient, and the Company cannot predict the timing or the final terms of any settlement. For further information regarding this matter, see Note 10.

Vitamin Litigation. During fiscal 2005 and 2004, the Company recorded income of $0.6 million and $6.5 million, respectively, resulting from the recovery of antitrust claims against certain vitamin manufacturers for amounts overcharged in prior years. The total recovery of antitrust claims against certain vitamin manufacturers through June 30, 2005 was $145.3 million (net of attorney fees, payments due to other interested parties and expenses withheld). There have been no recoveries since December 31, 2004 and the Company has settled all known claims, and the total amount of any future recovery is not likely to be material.

Other Litigation. During fiscal 2006 and 2004, the Company recorded settlement recoveries of $1.5 million and settlement charges of $0.1 million, respectively, related to certain immaterial litigation matters.

Other

Fiscal 2006. During fiscal 2006, the Company incurred costs recorded within other special items totaling $26.5 million. These costs primarily relate to settlement reserves, legal fees and document preservation and production costs incurred in connection with the SEC investigation and the Audit Committee internal review and related matters. The Company continues to engage in settlement discussions with the staff of the SEC and has reached an agreement-in-principle on the basic terms of a potential settlement involving the Company that the SEC staff has indicated it is prepared to recommend to the Commission. The proposed settlement is subject to the completion of definitive documentation as well as acceptance and authorization by the Commission and would, among other things, require the Company to pay a $35 million penalty. The Company accordingly recorded a reserve of $10 million during fiscal 2006 in addition to the $25 million reserve recorded during fiscal 2005.

 

81


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

There can be no assurance that the Company’s efforts to resolve the SEC’s investigation with respect to the Company will be successful, or that the amount reserved will be sufficient, and the Company cannot predict the timing or the final terms of any settlement. For further information regarding this matter, see Notes 9 and 10.

Fiscal 2005. During fiscal 2005, the Company incurred costs recorded within other special items totaling $54.5 million. These costs primarily relate to legal fees and document preservation and production costs incurred in connection with the SEC investigation and the Audit Committee internal review and related matters. In addition, these costs include a $25.0 million reserve for the potential settlement with the SEC regarding resolution of its investigation with respect to the Company. For further information regarding this matter, see Notes 9 and 10.

Fiscal 2004. During fiscal 2004, the Company incurred other special items totaling $37.9 million. This total comprises two items. First, the Company made a special contribution to The Cardinal Health Foundation during the fourth quarter which totaled approximately $31.7 million. The special contribution was made as a direct result of a large pharmaceutical manufacturer antitrust litigation settlement received during the fourth quarter. The Cardinal Health Foundation is the primary vehicle used by the Company to provide charitable support to the community and various organizations. Prior contributions to the Cardinal Health Foundation were immaterial. Second, the Company incurred costs of $6.2 million during the fourth quarter related to the SEC investigation and the Audit Committee’s internal review. These costs primarily represent legal fees and document preservation and production costs incurred in responding to requests related to the SEC’s investigation and the Audit Committee’s internal review. Prior costs incurred related to these matters were immaterial.

Special Items Accrual Rollforward

The following table summarizes activity related to liabilities associated with the Company’s special items.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
(in millions)    2006     2005     2004  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 85.9     $ 39.5     $ 45.7  

Additions (1)

     121.7       260.3       117.5  

Payments

     (126.2 )     (213.9 )     (123.7 )
                        

Balance at end of year

   $ 81.4     $ 85.9     $ 39.5  
                        

(1) Amounts represent items that have been expensed as incurred or accrued in accordance with GAAP. These amounts do not include gross litigation settlement income recorded during fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004 of $27.0 million, $42.3 million and $62.3 million, respectively, which were recorded as special items.

Purchase Accounting Accruals

In connection with restructuring and integration plans related to its acquisition of the wholesale pharmaceutical, health and beauty and related drugstore products distribution business of The F. Dohmen Co. and certain of its subsidiaries (“Dohmen”), the Company accrued, as part of its acquisition adjustments, a liability of $4.8 million related to employee termination and relocation costs and $17.4 million related to closing of certain facilities. The Company is still finalizing the allocation of purchase price for Dohmen and no payments were made in connection with the employee related costs or facility closures during fiscal 2006.

In connection with restructuring and integration plans related to Intercare, the Company accrued, as part of its acquisition adjustments, a liability of $10.4 million related to employee termination and relocation costs and $11.0 million related to closing of certain facilities. During fiscal 2006, the amounts specifically related to the United Kingdom-based Intercare Pharmaceutical Distribution business were reclassified to discontinued

 

82


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

operations. In addition, the amounts allocated to planned facility closures of $16.3 million were reversed against goodwill and deferred taxes as the Company subsequently decided not to close these facilities. During fiscal 2005, the Company reversed a $1.5 million accrual against goodwill as it was no longer necessary.

In connection with restructuring and integration plans related to Syncor, the Company accrued, as part of its acquisition adjustments, a liability of $15.1 million related to employee termination and relocation costs and $10.4 million related to closing of duplicate facilities. As of June 30, 2006, the Company had paid $14.0 million of employee related costs, $7.4 million associated with the facility closures and $1.1 million of other restructuring costs.

Other

Certain merger, acquisition and restructuring costs are based upon estimates. Actual amounts paid may ultimately differ from these estimates. If additional costs are incurred or recorded amounts exceed costs, such changes in estimates will be recorded in special items when incurred.

The Company estimates it will incur additional costs in future periods associated with various mergers, acquisitions and restructuring activities totaling approximately $96 million (approximately $62 million net of tax). These estimated costs are primarily associated with the first and second phases of the Company’s previously-announced global restructuring program, restructurings within the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment, and the Alaris acquisition. The Company believes it will incur these costs to properly restructure, integrate and rationalize operations, a portion of which represents facility rationalizations and implementing efficiencies regarding information systems, customer systems, marketing programs and administrative functions, among other things. Such amounts will be expensed as special items when incurred.

3.    LEASES

Sales-Type Leases. The Company’s sales-type leases are for terms generally ranging up to five years. Lease receivables are generally collateralized by the underlying equipment. The components of the Company’s net investment in sales-type leases are as follows:

 

(in millions)    June 30,
2006
    June 30,
2005
 

Future minimum lease payments receivable

   $ 1,174.0     $ 1,056.0  

Unguaranteed residual values

     24.3       23.8  

Unearned income

     (146.9 )     (133.9 )

Allowance for uncollectible minimum lease payments receivable

     (6.6 )     (13.9 )
                

Net investment in sales-type leases

     1,044.8       932.0  

Less: current portion

     290.1       238.2  
                

Net investment in sales-type leases, less current portion

   $ 754.7     $ 693.8  
                

Future minimum lease payments to be received pursuant to sales-type leases during the next five fiscal years and thereafter are:

 

(in millions)    2007    2008    2009    2010    2011    Thereafter    Total

Minimum lease payments

   $ 346.8    $ 326.5    $ 268.9    $ 169.4    60.1    $ 2.3    $ 1,174.0

During fiscal 2004, the Company entered into two separate agreements to transfer ownership of certain lease receivables along with a security interest in the related leased equipment to the leasing subsidiary of a bank. The net book value of the leases sold was $314.2 million for fiscal 2004 (see Note 8 for additional information).

 

83


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

4.    LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS AND OTHER SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

Long-term obligations and other short-term borrowings consist of the following:

 

(in millions)    June 30,
2006
   June 30,
2005

4.00% Notes due 2015

   $ 434.9    $ 473.7

5.85% Notes due 2017

     500.0      —  

6.00% Notes due 2006

     —        150.2

6.25% Notes due 2008

     150.0      150.0

6.75% Notes due 2011

     487.8      506.6

7.25% Senior subordinated notes due 2011

     11.4      11.6

7.30% Notes due 2006

     127.4      128.1

7.80% Debentures due 2016

     75.7      75.7

7.00% Debentures due 2026

     192.0      192.0

Preferred debt securities

     650.0      650.0

Short-term borrowings, reclassified

     2.8      5.6

Other obligations; interest averaging 4.73% in 2006 and 4.91% in 2005, due in varying installments through 2015

     196.9      284.3
             

Total

     2,828.9      2,627.8

Less: current portion and other short-term borrowings

     229.2      307.9
             

Long-term obligations, less current portion and other short-term borrowings

   $ 2,599.7    $ 2,319.9
             

The 4.00%, 5.85%, 6.00%, 6.25% and 6.75% Notes represent unsecured obligations of the Company. The 7.30% Notes and the 7.80% and 7.00% Debentures represent unsecured obligations of Allegiance Corporation, which are guaranteed by the Company. These obligations are not subject to a sinking fund and are not redeemable prior to maturity, except for the 7.00% Debentures which included put options that expired on September 15, 2003, without any put options being exercised. Interest is paid pursuant to the terms of the obligations. These notes and guarantees of the Company are structurally subordinated to the liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries, including trade payables of $9.0 billion.

As part of the Company’s acquisition of Alaris in fiscal 2004, the Company assumed $195.3 million of Senior subordinated notes due 2011, which includes a premium of $20.3 million based on the fair value of the debt. The Senior subordinated notes bear interest at an annual rate of 7.25%, which is payable semi-annually in arrears on July 1 and January 1 of each year, commencing January 1, 2004, and mature on July 1, 2011. The Senior subordinated notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or after July 1, 2007 at an initial redemption price of 103.625%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption, with the redemption price declining annually thereafter. In addition, subject to certain limitations, the Company could redeem up to 35% of the Senior subordinated notes on or before July 1, 2006 with the net cash proceeds of one or more equity offerings, at a price of 107.25%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. In the event of a change of control, as defined in the indenture governing the Senior subordinated notes, holders may require the Company to purchase their Senior subordinated notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. The Senior subordinated notes are subject to certain restrictive and reporting covenants. As of June 30, 2004, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants. During fiscal 2005, the Company paid off $183.6 million of the Senior subordinated notes and amended the bond indenture to remove the restrictive covenants. The remaining balance at June 30, 2006 of $11.4 million is callable at any time on or after July 1, 2007. Also related to the Alaris acquisition, the Company assumed a bank credit facility consisting of a six-year $245 million term loan

 

84


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

and a five-year $30 million revolving credit facility. During fiscal 2005, the Company paid off the term loan and terminated the credit facility.

In addition to cash, the Company’s sources of liquidity include a $1 billion commercial paper program backed by a $1 billion revolving credit facility and a $150 million extendible commercial note program. The Company initiated the $1 billion commercial paper program in August 2006, which replaced its former $1.5 billion commercial paper program. The Company did not have any outstanding borrowings from the commercial paper program or the extendible commercial notes program at June 30, 2006 or June 30, 2005. The Company also maintains other short-term credit facilities and an unsecured line of credit that allow for borrowings up to $323.6 million. At June 30, 2006 and 2005, $163.5 million and $136.0 million, respectively, were outstanding under these uncommitted facilities. The June 30, 2006 and 2005 balances include $2.8 million and $5.6 million, respectively, in short-term borrowings reclassified. The effective interest rate on these short-term borrowings reclassified as of June 30, 2006 and 2005 was 0.93% and 0.72%, respectively. The June 30, 2006 balance also includes $160.7 million, which is classified in other obligations. The remaining $36.2 million balance of other obligations at June 30, 2006 consists primarily of additional notes, loans and capital leases. The June 30, 2005 balance also includes $130.4 million, which is classified in other obligations. The remaining $153.9 million balance of other obligations at June 30, 2005 consisted primarily of additional notes, loans and capital leases.

The Company entered into a $1 billion revolving credit agreement in November 2005, which replaced two $750 million revolving credit facilities. This new facility expires on November 18, 2010 and is available for general corporate purposes. At expiration, this facility can be extended upon mutual consent of the Company and the lending institutions. During the first quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company borrowed $500 million on its revolving credit facilities. The proceeds of this borrowing were utilized to repay a portion of the Company’s commercial paper and for general corporate purposes, including the establishment of pharmaceutical inventory at the Pharmaceutical Distribution business’ National Logistics Center in Groveport, Ohio. During the second quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company borrowed an additional $750 million on the revolving credit facilities, with the proceeds utilized primarily for the establishment of inventory at the National Logistics Center. The Company fully repaid the $1.25 billion in outstanding balances under its bank revolving credit facilities during the second quarter of fiscal 2005 due to stabilization in its short-term liquidity requirements in light of, among other things, the Company having substantially completed the initial establishment of inventory at the National Logistics Center. This revolving credit facility exists largely to support issuances of commercial paper as well as other short-term borrowings and remained unused at June 30, 2006 and 2005, except for $57.8 million and $46.2 million, respectively, of standby letters of credit issued on behalf of the Company. At June 30, 2006 and 2005, $2.8 million and $5.6 million, respectively, of other short-term borrowings were reclassified as long-term. These reclassifications reflect the Company’s intent and ability, through the existence of the unused revolving credit facilities, to refinance these borrowings.

During fiscal 2001, the Company entered into an agreement to periodically sell trade receivables to a special purpose accounts receivable and financing entity (the “Accounts Receivable and Financing Entity”), which is exclusively engaged in purchasing trade receivables from, and making loans to, the Company. The Accounts Receivable and Financing Entity, which is consolidated by the Company as it is the primary beneficiary of the variable interest entity, issued $250 million and $400 million in preferred variable debt securities to parties not affiliated with the Company during fiscal 2004 and 2001, respectively. These preferred debt securities are classified as “long-term obligations, less current portion and other short-term obligations” debt in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. At June 30, 2006 and 2005, the Accounts Receivable and Financing Entity owned approximately $580.8 million and $534.0 million, respectively, of receivables that are included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The effective interest rate as of June 30, 2006 and 2005 was 5.90% and 3.96%, respectively. Other than for loans made to the Company or for breaches of certain representations, warranties or covenants, the Accounts Receivable and Financing Entity does not have any recourse against the general credit of the Company.

 

85


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Maturities of long-term obligations for future fiscal years are:

 

(in millions)    2007    2008    2009    2010    2011    Thereafter    Total

Maturities of long-term obligations

   $ 229.2    $ 76.5    $ 805.0    $ 4.7    492.5    $ 1,221.0    $ 2,828.9

5.    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Interest Rate Risk Management . The Company is exposed to the impact of interest rate changes. The Company’s objective is to manage the impact of interest rate changes on cash flows and the market value of its borrowings. The Company maintains fixed rate debt as a percentage of its net debt within a certain range.

The Company utilizes a mix of debt maturities along with both fixed-rate and variable-rate debt to manage changes in interest rates. In addition, the Company enters into interest rate swaps to further manage its exposure to interest rate variations related to its borrowings and to lower its overall borrowing costs.

At June 30, 2006, the Company held no pay-fixed interest rate swaps. The pay-fixed interest rate swaps held at June 30, 2005 were terminated in September 2005 as the forecasted transactions related to the swaps did not occur at that time, and thus, a portion of each of the contracts became ineffective. The termination of these contracts resulted in a cash receipt of $1.2 million. The ineffective portion of the contracts, totaling less than a $0.1 million loss, was recorded in “interest expense and other” during fiscal 2006. During fiscal 2006, the Company held two other pay-fixed interest rate swaps to hedge the variability of cash flows related to forecasted transactions. These contracts matured through 2010 and 2017, respectively. These contracts were also terminated resulting in a cash receipt of $12.7 million. The ineffective portion of the contracts, totaling a gain of $2.7 million, was recorded in “interest expense and other” during fiscal 2006.

At June 30, 2005, the Company held two pay-fixed interest rate swaps to hedge the variability of cash flows relating to forecasted transactions. These contracts were classified as cash flow hedges and matured through 2010 and 2017, respectively. The Company adjusted these pay-fixed interest rate swaps to current market values through other comprehensive income, as the contracts were effective in offsetting the interest rate exposure of the forecasted transactions. During fiscal 2005, the Company held two additional pay-fixed interest rate swaps to hedge the variability of cash flows related to forecasted transactions. These contracts matured through 2010 and 2017, respectively. The forecasted transactions related to the two additional pay-fixed interest rate swaps did not occur during fiscal 2005, and thus, a portion of each of the contracts became ineffective. Payments totaling $11.6 million were made to terminate the contracts in fiscal 2005 and the ineffective portion of each of the contracts, totaling a $1.3 million loss, was recorded in interest expense and other during fiscal 2005. The remaining $10.3 million of the payments that relates to the portion of the contracts that was effective prior to the termination date was adjusted to current market value through other comprehensive income during fiscal 2005, and an adjustment was recognized in interest expense and other in future periods in conjunction with the occurrence of the originally forecasted transactions.

The Company also holds pay-floating interest rate swaps to hedge the change in fair value of the fixed-rate debt related to fluctuations in interest rates. These contracts are classified as fair value hedges and mature through June 2015. The gain/(loss) recorded on the pay-floating interest rate swaps is directly offset by the change in fair value of the underlying debt. Both the derivative instrument and the underlying debt are adjusted to market value at the end of each period with any resulting gain/(loss) recorded in interest expense and other.

 

86


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table represents the notional amount hedged, fair value of the interest rate swaps outstanding at June 30, 2006 and 2005 included in other assets/liabilities. The net gains/(losses) for pay-floating interest rate swaps recognized through interest expense and other during fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004 were approximately $(6.4) million, $22.7 million and $34.8 million, respectively.

 

(in millions)    2006    2005

Pay-fixed interest rate swaps:

     

Notional amount

   $ —      $ 500.0

Assets

     —        —  

Liabilities

     —        7.3

Pay-floating interest rate swaps:

     

Notional amount

   $ 877.8    $ 1,027.8

Assets

     —        7.1

Liabilities

     75.0      22.9

The Company had net deferred (gains)/losses on pay-fixed interest rate swaps of $0.8 million recorded in other comprehensive income at June 30, 2006. The Company had net deferred losses on pay-fixed interest rate swaps of $7.3 million recorded in other comprehensive income at June 30, 2005. During fiscal 2006, the Company incurred gains of less than $0.1 million. During fiscal 2005 and 2004 the Company recognized losses of approximately $0.7 million and $4.5 million, respectively, within interest expense and other related to these interest rate swaps.

The counterparties to these contracts are major financial institutions and the Company does not have significant exposure to any one counterparty. Management believes the risk of loss is remote and in any event would not be material.

Currency Risk Management. The Company conducts business in several major international currencies and is subject to risks associated with changing foreign exchange rates. The Company’s objective is to reduce earnings and cash flow volatility associated with foreign exchange rate changes to allow management to focus its attention on its business operations. Accordingly, the Company enters into various contracts that change in value as foreign exchange rates change to protect the value of existing foreign currency assets and liabilities, commitments and anticipated foreign currency revenue and expenses. The gains and losses on these contracts offset changes in the value of the underlying transactions as they occur.

At June 30, 2006 and 2005, the Company held forward contracts expiring through June 2007 and June 2006, respectively, to hedge probable, but not firmly committed, revenue and expenses. These hedging contracts are classified as cash flow hedges and, accordingly, are adjusted to current market values through other comprehensive income until the underlying transactions are recognized. Upon recognition, such gains and losses are recorded in operations as an adjustment to the recorded amounts of the underlying transactions in the period in which these transactions are recognized. The principal currencies hedged are the European euro, British pound, Mexican peso, Canadian dollar, Australian dollar and Thai baht.

The Company also held forward contracts expiring in December 2013 at June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively, to hedge the value of foreign currency assets and liabilities. These forward contracts are classified as fair value hedges and are adjusted to current market values through “interest expense and other,” directly offsetting the adjustment of the foreign currency asset or liability.

 

87


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table represents the notional amount hedged, the value of the forward contracts outstanding at June 30, 2006 and 2005 included in other assets or liabilities. The amount of net losses related to fair value forward contracts recognized through interest expense and other during fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004 were approximately $9.9 million, $18.5 million and $12.7 million, respectively.

 

(in millions)    2006    2005

Forward contracts – cash flow hedge:

     

Notional amount

   $ 269.2    $ 286.4

Assets

     2.2      7.9

Liabilities

     6.4      2.5

Forward contracts – fair value hedge:

     

Notional amount

   $ 834.0    $ 563.7

Assets

     0.8      1.1

Liabilities

     14.6      16.8

At June 30, 2006, the Company had net deferred losses related to forward contract cash flow hedges of $4.2 million as compared to net deferred gains of $5.4 million at June 30, 2005. These gains and losses were recorded in other comprehensive income. During fiscal 2006, the Company recognized gains of approximately $5.6 million within net earnings related to these forward contracts. During fiscal 2005 and 2004, the Company recognized losses of approximately $8.0 million and $14.9 million, respectively, within net earnings related to these forward contracts.

The income/(loss) recorded on the forward contract fair value hedge is offset by the remeasurement adjustment on the foreign currency denominated asset or liability. The settlement of the derivative instrument and the remeasurement adjustment on the foreign currency denominated asset or liability are both recorded in interest expense and other at the end of each period. The Company did not recognize any material gains/(losses) related to contracts that were not effective or forecasted transactions that did not occur during fiscal 2006 and 2005.

In connection with the Company’s acquisition of Alaris, the Company acquired certain options hedging European euro, Australian dollar, Canadian dollar and British pound. These options were entered into by Alaris to reduce the risk of earnings and cash flow volatility related to certain forecasted transactions. The options expired in fiscal 2005 and the Company did not recognize any material gains/(losses) related to these options.

The counterparties to these contracts are major financial institutions and the Company does not have significant exposure to any one counterparty. Management believes the risk of loss is remote and in any event would not be material.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The carrying amounts of cash and equivalents, trade receivables, accounts payable, notes payable-banks, other short-term borrowings and other accrued liabilities at June 30, 2006 and 2005, approximate their fair value because of the short-term maturities of these items.

Cash balances are invested in accordance with the Company’s investment policy. These investments are exposed to market risk from interest rate fluctuations and credit risk from the underlying issuers, although this is mitigated through diversification.

The estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term obligations was $2,824.1 million and $2,720.2 million as compared to the carrying amounts of $2,828.9 million and $2,627.8 million at June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The fair value of the Company’s long-term obligations is estimated based on either the quoted market prices for the same or similar issues and the current interest rates offered for debt of the same remaining maturities or estimated discounted cash flows.

 

88


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following is a summary of the fair value gain/(loss) of the Company’s derivative instruments, based upon the estimated amount that the Company would receive (or pay) to terminate the contracts as of June 30. The fair values are based on quoted market prices for the same or similar instruments.

 

(in millions)    2006     2005  
    

Notional

Amount

  

Fair Value

Gain/(Loss)

   

Notional

Amount

  

Fair Value

Gain/(Loss)

 

Foreign currency forward contracts

   $ 1,103.2    $ (18.0 )   $ 850.1    $ (10.3 )

Interest rate swaps

   $ 877.8    $ (75.0 )   $ 1,527.8    $ (23.1 )

6.    INCOME TAXES

Earnings before income taxes, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting are as follows (in millions):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
     2006    2005    2004

U.S. Operations

   $ 1,246.5    $ 1,326.6    $ 1,831.0

Non-U.S. Operations

     588.5      367.7      392.9
                    
   $ 1,835.0    $ 1,694.3    $ 2,223.9
                    

The provision for income taxes from continuing operations before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting consists of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
     2006     2005    2004  

Current:

       

Federal

   $ 433.0     $ 430.4    $ 523.9  

State and local

     51.8       38.3      59.0  

Non-U.S.

     73.5       40.5      21.0  
                       

Total

   $ 558.3       509.2      603.9  

Deferred:

       

Federal

   $ 53.8     $ 41.0    $ 93.9  

State and local

     (3.2 )     3.8      10.7  

Non-U.S.

     (19.0 )     5.7      (1.8 )
                       

Total

   $ 31.6     $ 50.5    $ 102.8  

Unremitted earnings repatriated due to AJCA

     0.4       26.3      —    
                       

Total provision

   $ 590.3     $ 586.0    $ 706.7  
                       

 

89


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

A reconciliation of the provision based on the federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate from continuing operations before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting is as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
         2006             2005             2004      

Provision at Federal statutory rate

   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit

   1.6     2.1     2.1  

Foreign tax rate differential

   (7.7 )   (5.2 )   (4.2 )

Nondeductible/nontaxable items

   1.6     0.8     0.3  

Unremitted earnings repatriated due to AJCA

   —       1.6     —    

Other

   1.7     0.3     (1.4 )
                  

Effective income tax rate

   32.2 %   34.6 %   31.8 %
                  

A provision of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “AJCA”) created a temporary incentive for U.S. corporations to repatriate undistributed income earned abroad by providing an 85% dividends received deduction for certain dividends from non-U.S. subsidiaries. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company determined that it would repatriate $500 million of accumulated non-U.S. earnings in fiscal 2006 pursuant to the repatriation provisions of the AJCA, and accordingly the Company recorded a related tax liability of $26.3 million as of June 30, 2005. The $500 million is the maximum repatriation available to the Company under the repatriation provisions of the AJCA. During fiscal 2006, the Company repatriated $500 million of accumulated foreign earnings in accordance with its plan adopted during fiscal 2005. An additional tax liability of $0.4 million was recorded during fiscal 2006 due to new state legislation with respect to the AJCA, bringing the Company’s total tax liability related to the repatriation recorded through June 30, 2006 to $26.7 million. Uses of repatriated funds include domestic expenditures related to non-executive salaries, capital assets investments and other permitted activities.

As of June 30, 2006 the Company had $1,522.9 million of undistributed earnings from non-U.S. subsidiaries that are intended to be permanently reinvested in non-U.S. operations. Because these earnings are considered permanently reinvested, no U.S. tax provision has been accrued related to the repatriation of these earnings. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of U.S tax that might be payable on the eventual remittance of such earnings.

 

90


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between financial reporting and tax reporting bases of assets and liabilities, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards for tax purposes. The components of the deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in millions):

 

     June 30,
2006
    June 30,
2005
 

Deferred income tax assets:

    

Receivable basis difference

   $ 59.9     $ 46.1  

Accrued liabilities

     204.0       167.1  

Equity compensation

     82.1       —    

Loss and tax credit carryforwards

     84.9       82.6  

Other

     64.6       13.0  
                

Total deferred income tax assets

   $ 495.5     $ 308.8  

Valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets

     (34.4 )     (8.4 )
                

Net deferred income tax assets

   $ 461.1     $ 300.4  
                

Deferred income tax liabilities:

    

Inventory basis differences

   $ (766.5 )   $ (613.8 )

Property-related

     (487.9 )     (385.6 )

Goodwill and other intangibles

     (240.9 )     (259.3 )

Revenues on lease contracts

     (141.3 )     (187.4 )

Other

     (42.5 )     (90.2 )
                

Total deferred income tax liabilities

   $ (1,679.1 )   $ (1,536.3 )
                

Net deferred income tax liabilities

   $ (1,218.0 )     (1,235.9 )
                

Deferred tax assets and liabilities in the preceding table, after netting by taxing jurisdiction, are in the following captions in the consolidated balance sheet:

 

     June 30,
2006
    June 30,
2005
 

Current deferred tax asset (1)

   $ 33.0     $ 28.5  

Noncurrent deferred tax asset (2) (5)

     40.1       13.2  

Current deferred tax liability (3)

     (607.2 )     (538.9 )

Noncurrent deferred tax liability (4)

     (683.9 )     (738.7 )
                

Net deferred tax liability (5)

   $ (1,218.0 )   $ (1,235.9 )
                

(1) Included in “Prepaid Expenses and Other.”
(2) Included in “Other Assets.”
(3) Included in “Other Accrued Liabilities.”
(4) Included in “Deferred Income Taxes and Other Liabilities.”
(5) Includes a $24.9 deferred tax asset at June 30, 2006 in “Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations.”

In fiscal 2006, the Company discovered that the netting of current deferred tax assets and liabilities and long-term deferred tax assets and liabilities was not consistently reflected on the balance sheet resulting in an inconsistent classification between the balance sheet and the tax footnote disclosure in prior years. As a result, the prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation. The fiscal 2005

 

91


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

balance sheet depicts a reclassification resulting in a reduction in net current deferred tax assets and liabilities of $204 million and a reduction in net long term deferred tax assets and liabilities of $17 million from what was reported in the 2005 Form 10-K. Similar reclassifications impacted the disclosed total assets for each year presented in Item 6 “Selected Financial Data.”

At June 30, 2006, the Company had gross federal, state and international loss and credit carryforwards of $56.7 million, $894.6 million and $167.8 million, respectively. The tax effect of which is an aggregate deferred tax asset of $84.9 million. Substantially all of these carryforwards are available for at least three years or have an indefinite carryforward period. Approximately $22.8 million of the valuation allowance at June 30, 2006 applies to certain non-U.S. and state and local carryforwards that, in the opinion of management, are more likely than not to expire unutilized. However, to the extent that tax benefits related to these carryforwards are realized in the future, up to $0.4 million of the reduction in the valuation allowance could potentially be applied against goodwill and all other reductions would be applied against income tax expense.

With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local or non-U.S. income tax audits by tax authorities for years before June 30, 1995. The years subsequent to 1995 contain matters that could be subject to differing interpretations of applicable tax laws and regulations as it relates to the amount and/or timing of income, deductions and tax credits. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) commenced an examination of the Company’s U.S. income tax returns for fiscal 2003 through 2005 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, in addition to ongoing examinations of open years from 1996 through 2002. Although the outcome of tax audits is always uncertain, the Company believes that adequate amounts of tax and interest have been provided for any adjustments that are expected to result for these years. While it is not currently possible to predict the impact of settlements or other IRS audit activity on income tax expense or cash flows during the next 12 months, the Company does not expect any significant impact on financial position.

On August 2, 2006, the Company received a Revenue Agent Report from the Internal Revenue Service related to fiscal years 2001 and 2002. The Company is currently assessing the report. The Company expects to complete its initial communications to the IRS with respect to the Revenue Agent Report by the end of September 2006.

7.    EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

The Company sponsors various retirement and pension plans, including defined benefit retirement plans, other postretirement benefit plans and defined contribution retirement plans. Substantially all of the Company’s domestic non-union employees are eligible to be enrolled in Company-sponsored contributory profit sharing and retirement savings plans, which include features under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and provide for Company matching and profit sharing contributions. The Company’s contributions to the plans are determined by the Board of Directors subject to certain minimum requirements as specified in the plans.

The total expense for employee retirement benefit plans (excluding defined benefit retirement and other postretirement benefit plans, see below) was $121.0 million, $86.1 million and $54.5 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans. The Company has several defined benefit retirement plans covering substantially all R.P. Scherer Corporation (“Scherer”) salaried and hourly employees in the United States and elsewhere around the world. The Company also assumed defined benefit retirement plans through certain acquisitions including Intercare and Alaris. The Company’s domestic defined benefit retirement

 

92


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

plans provide defined benefits based on years of service and level of compensation. Foreign subsidiaries provide for retirement benefits in accordance with local customs or law. The Company funds its retirement plans at amounts required by applicable regulations.

The Company also has postretirement medical and life insurance plans in the United States and Canada that cover all eligible Scherer and Alaris participants.

The Company uses a measurement date of June 30 for substantially all its retirement and postretirement benefit plans.

Obligations and Funded Status

The following table provides a reconciliation of the change in projected benefit obligation:

 

     Retirement
Benefits
    Other
Postretirement
Benefits
 
(in millions)    2006     2005     2006     2005  

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 219.9     $ 195.6     $ 7.4     $ 5.1  

Service cost

     2.3       1.9       —         —    

Interest cost

     11.1       11.4       0.5       0.4  

Benefits paid

     (7.5 )     (7.7 )     (0.3 )     (0.2 )

Participant contributions

     0.1       0.1       —         —    

Curtailments

     (0.4 )     —         —         —    

Settlements

     —         (2.2 )     —         —    

Actuarial loss/(gain)

     22.4       20.8       (2.1 )     2.1  

Cumulative translation adjustment

     2.2       —         0.1       —    
                                

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 250.1     $ 219.9     $ 5.6     $ 7.4  
                                

The following table provides a reconciliation of the change in fair value of plan assets:

 

     Retirement
Benefits
    Other
Postretirement
Benefits
 
(in millions)    2006     2005     2006     2005  

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 127.9     $ 119.5     $ —       $ —    

Participant contributions

     0.1       0.1       —         —    

Employer contributions

     17.1       6.1       0.3       0.2  

Benefits paid

     (7.5 )     (6.5 )     (0.3 )     (0.2 )

Actual return on plan assets

     18.7       10.9       —         —    

Settlements

     —         (2.2 )     —         —    

Cumulative translation adjustment

     0.6       —         —         —    
                                

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 156.9     $ 127.9     $ —       $ —    
                                

 

93


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of the net amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets:

 

     Retirement
Benefits
    Other
Postretirement
Benefits
 
(in millions)    2006     2005     2006     2005  

Funded status

   $ (93.2 )   $ (92.0 )   $ (5.6 )   $ (7.4 )

Unrecognized net transition asset

     0.4       (0.2 )     —         —    

Unrecognized prior service cost

     0.1       0.1       —         —    

Unrecognized net actuarial loss/(gain)

     66.8       58.5       (3.1 )     (0.8 )

Other

     0.3       1.0       0.1       —    
                                

Net amount recognized

   $ (25.6 )   $ (32.6 )   $ (8.6 )   $ (8.2 )
                                

Prepaid benefit cost

   $ 15.0     $ 0.3     $ —       $ —    

Accrued benefit cost

     (95.6 )     (87.3 )     (8.6 )     (8.2 )

Intangible asset

     0.4       0.1       —         —    

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     54.6       54.3       —         —    
                                

Net amount recognized

   $ (25.6 )   $ (32.6 )   $ (8.6 )   $ (8.2 )
                                

The projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for retirement plans and other postretirement plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets are as follows:

 

     Retirement
Benefits
   Other
Postretirement
Benefits
(in millions)    2006    2005    2006    2005

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 202.2    $ 216.8    $ 5.6    $ 7.4

Fair value of plan assets

     101.9      124.8      —        —  

The accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for pension plans and other postretirement plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets are as follows:

 

     Retirement
Benefits
   Other
Postretirement
Benefits
(in millions)    2006    2005    2006    2005

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 196.7    $ 215.4    N/A    N/A

Fair value of plan assets

     101.9      127.9    —      —  

Net Periodic Benefit Cost

Components of the Company’s net periodic benefit costs are as follows:

 

    

Retirement

Benefits

   

Other

Postretirement

Benefits

 
(in millions)    2006     2005     2004     2006    2005     2004  

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

             

Service cost

   $ 2.3     $ 1.9     $ 1.6     $ —      $ —       $ —    

Interest cost

     11.1       11.4       9.2       0.5      0.4       0.3  

Expected return on plan assets

     (8.8 )     (8.5 )     (5.6 )     —        —         —    

Net amortization and other (1)

     2.4       2.5       2.8       0.2      (0.1 )     (0.1 )
                                               

Net amount recognized

   $ 7.0     $ 7.3     $ 8.0     $ 0.7    $ 0.3     $ 0.2  
                                               

(1) Amount primarily represents the amortization of unrecognized actuarial losses, as well as the amortization of the transition obligation and prior service costs.

 

94


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Assumptions

The weighted average assumptions used in determining benefit obligations are as follows:

 

     Retirement
Benefits
    Other
Postretirement
Benefits
 
     2006     2005     2006     2005  

Discount rate

   5.17 %   5.03 %   5.91 %   5.75 %

Rate of increase in compensation levels

   2.57 %   2.71 %   N/A     N/A  

The weighted average assumptions used in determining net periodic pension cost are as follows:

 

     Retirement Benefits     Other Postretirement
Benefits
 
       2006         2005         2004         2006         2005         2004    

Discount rate

   5.03 %   5.47 %   5.50 %   5.75 %   5.98 %   6.25 %

Rate of increase in compensation levels

   2.71 %   2.71 %   3.50 %   N/A     N/A     N/A  

Expected long-term rate of return (1)

   7.18 %   6.53 %   6.30 %   N/A     N/A     N/A  

(1) To develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption, the Company considered the historical returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio.

Healthcare Cost Trend Rates

The United States healthcare cost trend rates assumed for next year for other postretirement benefits at December 31 are as follows:

 

     Other Postretirement Benefits  
       2006         2005    

Healthcare cost trend rate assumed for next year:

    

Pre – Medicare

   9.80 %   10.90 %

Post – Medicare

   10.20 %   12.20 %

Rate to which the cost trend is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate):

    

Pre – Medicare

   5.60 %   5.60 %

Post – Medicare

   5.70 %   5.70 %

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate:

    

Pre – Medicare

   2014     2014  

Post – Medicare

   2012     2014  

A one percentage point change in the assumed healthcare cost trend rates would not have a material impact on total service cost, total interest cost or the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation.

 

95


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Plan Assets

The Company’s weighted average asset allocations at the measurement date and the target asset allocations by category are as follows:

 

     2006     2005        
     Actual $    Actual %     Actual $    Actual %     Target  

Asset Category

            

Equity Securities

   $ 80.6    51 %   $ 67.0    52 %   52 %

Debt Securities

     39.3    25 %     34.8    27 %   28 %

Real Estate

     8.0    5 %     6.6    5 %   5 %

Other

     29.0    19 %     19.5    16 %   15 %
                                

Total

   $ 156.9    100 %   $ 127.9    100 %   100 %
                                

The investment policy reflects the long-term nature of the plans’ funding obligations. The assets are invested to provide the opportunity for both income and growth of principal. This objective is pursued as a long-term goal designed to provide required benefits for participants without undue risk. It is expected that this objective can be achieved through a well-diversified asset portfolio. All equity investments are made within the guidelines of quality, marketability and diversification mandated by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) (for plans subject to ERISA) and other relevant statutes. Investment managers are directed to maintain equity portfolios at a risk level approximately equivalent to that of the specific benchmark established for that portfolio. Assets invested in fixed income securities and pooled fixed income portfolios are managed actively to pursue opportunities presented by changes in interest rates, credit ratings or maturity premiums.

Contributions

The total estimated contributions for the 2007 measurement year are $3.8 million.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

Future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, during the next five fiscal years, and in the aggregate for the five fiscal years thereafter, are:

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

(in millions)

   Retirement
Benefits
   Other
Benefits

2007

   $ 6.6    $ 0.5

2008

     7.0      0.5

2009

     7.4      0.5

2010

     7.8      0.5

2011

     8.1      0.5

2012 – 2016

     47.3      2.4

 

96


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

8.    OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

The Company periodically enters into certain off-balance sheet arrangements, primarily receivable sales and operating leases, in order to maximize diversification of funding and return on assets. The receivable sales, as described below, also provide for the transfer of credit risk to third parties.

Lease Receivable-Related Arrangements

A subsidiary of the Company has agreements to transfer ownership of certain equipment lease receivables, plus security interests in the related equipment, to the leasing subsidiary of a bank. In order to qualify for sale treatment under SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities,” the Company formed wholly-owned, special purpose, bankruptcy-remote subsidiaries (the “Pyxis SPEs”) of its subsidiary, Cardinal Health 301, Inc. (“Pyxis”), and each of the Pyxis SPEs formed wholly-owned, qualified special purpose subsidiaries (the “QSPEs”) to effectuate the removal of the lease receivables from the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In accordance with SFAS No. 140, the Company consolidates the Pyxis SPEs and does not consolidate the QSPEs. Both the Pyxis SPEs and QSPEs are separate legal entities that maintain separate financial statements from the Company and Pyxis. The assets of the Pyxis SPEs and QSPEs are available first and foremost to satisfy the claims of their respective creditors.

Other Receivable-Related Arrangements

Cardinal Health Funding, LLC (“CHF”) was organized for the sole purpose of buying receivables and selling undivided interests in those receivables to multi-seller conduits administered by third party banks or other third party investors. CHF was designed to be a special purpose, bankruptcy-remote entity. Although consolidated in accordance with GAAP, CHF is separate legal entity from the Company, and the Company’s subsidiary that sells and contributes the receivables to CHF. The sale of receivables by CHF qualifies for sales treatment under SFAS No. 140 and accordingly the receivables are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

At June 30, 2006, the Company had a committed receivables sales facility program available through CHF with capacity to sell $800 million in receivables. Recourse is provided under the program by the requirement that CHF retain a percentage subordinated interest in the sold receivables. During the third quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company sold and subsequently repurchased $150.0 million of receivable interests under this receivables sales facility program. After these transactions, the Company had $550 million of receivable interest sales outstanding at June 30, 2006. The Company also provided a security interest in its residual interest in the receivables of $265.5 million at June 30, 2006, as required under this program.

At June 30, 2005, the Company had a committed receivables sales facility program available through CHF with capacity to sell $800 million in receivables. During the first quarter of fiscal 2005, the capacity under the committed receivables sales facility program was increased from $500 million to $800 million. CHF has retained an undivided subordinated percentage interest in the receivables which acts as credit enhancement for the sold interests. The Company sold $500 million of receivable interests under this committed receivables sales facility program during the first quarter of fiscal 2005. The Company sold an additional $300 million of receivable interests under this program during the second quarter of fiscal 2005. In the third quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company repurchased and subsequently sold $133.8 million of receivable interests under this program. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company repurchased $250 million of receivable interests under this program. After these transactions, the Company had $550 million of receivable interest sales outstanding at June 30, 2005. The Company also provided a security interest in its residual interest in the receivables of $274.2 million at June 30, 2005, as required under this program.

 

97


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Cash Flows from all Receivable-Related Arrangements

The Company’s net cash flow benefit related to receivable interest transfers for fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:

 

(in millions)

       2006             2005            2004    

Proceeds received on transfer of receivables interests

   $ —       $ 550.0    $ 321.4

Cash collected in servicing of related receivables

     2.2       3.9      3.9

Proceeds received on subordinated interests

     —         1.9      8.9
                     

Cash inflow to the Company

     2.2       555.8      334.2

Cash collection remitted to the bank

     161.2       224.6      226.0

Cash collection remitted to QSPE

     —         1.9      8.9
                     

Net benefit to the Company’s Cash Flow

   $ (159.0 )   $ 329.3    $ 99.3
                     

Pyxis and CHF were required to repurchase any receivables or interests sold only if it is determined that the representations and warranties with regard to the related receivables were not accurate on the date sold.

Operating Leases

The Company has entered into operating lease agreements with several third party banks for the construction of various facilities and equipment. The initial terms of the lease agreements have varied maturity dates ranging from September 2008 through June 2013. In the event of termination, the Company is required (at its election) to either purchase the facility or vacate the property and make reimbursement for a portion of any unrecovered property cost. The maximum portion of unrecovered property costs that the Company could be required to reimburse does not exceed the amount expended to acquire and/or construct the facilities. As of June 30, 2006, the amount expended to acquire and/or construct the facilities was $202.3 million. The agreements provide for maximum funding of $249.8 million, which is currently greater than the estimated cost to complete the construction projects. The required lease payments equal the interest expense for the period on the amounts drawn. During fiscal 2006, the Company purchased certain buildings and equipment of approximately $142.0 million which were previously under operating lease agreements. Lease payments under the agreements are based primarily upon LIBOR and are subject to interest rate fluctuations. As of June 30, 2006, the weighted average interest rate on the agreements approximated 6.01%. The Company’s estimated minimum annual lease payments under the agreements at June 30, 2006 were approximately $12.2 million.

During fiscal 2005, the Company decided to purchase certain buildings, equipment and land of approximately $132.3 million which were previously under operating lease agreements. In addition, certain of these leases qualified as capital lease obligations, and accordingly, the Company had approximately $81.1 million of property and equipment offset by long-term liabilities on its balance sheet at June 30, 2005. Based upon current market information obtained from a third-party valuation expert, the Company believed that the payment obligation under certain leases would exceed the proceeds from the sale of related properties and equipment. Therefore, the Company recorded impairment charges during fiscal 2005. See Note 20 below for additional information regarding these impairment charges.

 

98


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

9.    ACCOUNTING INVESTIGATIONS AND RESTATEMENT

The following is a summary of the previously reported governmental and internal investigations regarding the Company and related matters. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 (the “2004 Form 10-K”) reflected certain conclusions reached by the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors and restated and reclassified the Company’s consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2004 and certain information was updated and/or corrected in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 (the “2005 Form 10-K”). As discussed more fully below, the Company is engaged in settlement discussions with the SEC regarding resolution of its investigation with respect to the Company, and the Company has recorded total reserves of $35 million for fiscal 2005 and 2006 in respect of a possible settlement of the SEC investigation.

In October 2003, the SEC initiated an informal inquiry regarding the Company. The SEC’s initial request sought historical financial and related information including but not limited to the accounting treatment of certain recoveries from vitamin manufacturers. In connection with the SEC’s informal inquiry, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company commenced its own internal review in April 2004, assisted by independent counsel. On May 6, 2004, the Company was notified that the pending SEC informal inquiry had converted into a formal investigation. On June 21, 2004, as part of the SEC’s formal investigation, the Company received an additional SEC subpoena that included a request for the production of documents relating to revenue classification, and the methods used for such classification, in the Company’s Pharmaceutical Distribution business as either “Operating Revenue” or “Bulk Deliveries to Customer Warehouses and Other.” In addition, the Company learned that the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of New York had also commenced an inquiry that the Company understands relates to the same subject. On October 12, 2004, in connection with the SEC’s formal investigation, the Company received a subpoena from the SEC requesting the production of documents relating to compensation information for specific current and former employees and officers of the Company. The Company was notified in April 2005 that certain current and former employees and directors received subpoenas from the SEC requesting the production of documents. The subject matter of these requests is consistent with the subject matter of the subpoenas that the Company had previously received from the SEC.

During September and October 2004, the Audit Committee reached certain conclusions with respect to findings from its internal review. These conclusions regarding certain items that impact revenue and earnings related to four primary areas of focus: (1) classification of sales to customer warehouses between “Operating Revenue” and “Bulk Deliveries to Customer Warehouses and Other” within the Company’s Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment; (2) disclosure of the Company’s practice, in certain reporting periods, of accelerating its receipt and recognition of cash discounts earned from suppliers for prompt payment; (3) timing of revenue recognition within the Company’s former Automation and Information Services segment; and (4) certain balance sheet reserve and accrual adjustments that had been identified in the internal review. In connection with these conclusions, the Audit Committee determined that the consolidated financial statements of the Company with respect to fiscal 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003, as well as the first three quarters of fiscal 2004, should be restated to reflect the conclusions from its internal review. These restatements were reflected in the 2004 Form 10-K.

Following the conclusions reached by the Audit Committee in September and October 2004, the Audit Committee began the task of assigning responsibility for the financial statement matters described above which were reflected in the 2004 Form 10-K, and, in January 2005, took disciplinary actions with respect to the Company’s employees who it determined bore responsibility for these matters, other than with respect to the accounting treatment of certain recoveries from vitamin manufacturers for which there was a separate Board committee internal review that has been completed (discussed below). The disciplinary actions ranged from terminations or resignations of employment to required repayments of some or all of fiscal 2003 bonuses from certain employees to letters of reprimand. These disciplinary actions affected senior financial and managerial personnel, as well as other personnel, at the corporate level and in the four business segments. The Audit

 

99


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Committee has completed its determinations of responsibility for the financial statement matters described above which were reflected in the 2004 Form 10-K, although responsibility for matters relating to the Company’s accounting treatment of certain recoveries from vitamin manufacturers was addressed by a separate committee of the Board, as discussed below. The Audit Committee internal review is substantially complete.

In connection with the SEC’s formal investigation, a committee of the Board of Directors, with the assistance of independent counsel, separately initiated an internal review to assign responsibility for matters relating to the Company’s accounting treatment of certain recoveries from vitamin manufacturers. In the 2004 Form 10-K, as part of the Audit Committee’s internal review, the Company reversed its previous recognition of estimated recoveries from vitamin manufacturers for amounts overcharged in prior years and recognized the income from such recoveries as a special item in the period in which cash was received from the manufacturers. The SEC staff had previously advised the Company that, in its view, the Company did not have an appropriate basis for recognizing the income in advance of receiving the cash. In August 2005, the separate Board committee reached certain conclusions with respect to findings from its internal review and determined that no additional disciplinary actions were required beyond the disciplinary actions already taken by the Audit Committee, as described above. The separate Board committee internal review is complete.

The Company continues to engage in settlement discussions with the staff of the SEC and has reached an agreement-in-principle on the basic terms of a potential settlement involving the Company that the SEC staff has indicated it is prepared to recommend to the Commission. The proposed settlement is subject to the completion of definitive documentation as well as acceptance and authorization by the Commission and would, among other things, require the Company to pay a $35 million penalty. The Company accordingly recorded a reserve of $10 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 in addition to the $25 million reserve recorded during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005. There can be no assurance that the Company’s efforts to resolve the SEC’s investigation with respect to the Company will be successful, or that the amount reserved will be sufficient, and the Company cannot predict the timing or the final terms of any settlement.

The conclusions of the Audit Committee’s internal review with respect to financial statement matters were set forth in Notes 1 and 2 of “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” included in the 2004 Form 10-K. Additional information with respect to the prior conclusions of the Audit Committee’s internal review and the impact of the reclassification and restatement adjustments on the relevant reporting periods was set forth in Notes 1 and 2 of “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” included in the 2005 Form 10-K.

Revenue Impact: Classification of Sales To Customer Warehouses Between “Operating Revenue” and “Bulk Deliveries to Customer Warehouses and Other” Within the Company’s Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services Segment

As presented historically since 1998, the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment’s revenue was classified into two categories (“Operating Revenue” and “Bulk Deliveries to Customer Warehouses and Other”). The “Bulk Deliveries to Customer Warehouses and Other” category had historically included revenue arising from sales where the Company ordered pharmaceutical product in bulk on behalf of a specific warehousing customer and either the manufacturer shipped the product directly to the customer’s warehouse or the product was shipped to the customer’s warehouse by the Company shortly after it was received by the Company and was not put into the Company’s inventory (in either case, “Bulk Revenue”). For all Bulk Revenue, the product was shipped to the customer in the same bulk form in which it was received by the Company from the manufacturers. From November 2001 through March 2004, the Company followed an internal policy for distinguishing between Operating Revenue and Bulk Revenue based on how long the product was in the Company’s possession prior to being shipped to customers. If the product was in the possession of the Company for more than 24 hours prior to being shipped to customers, then, regardless of other characteristics of the transaction or the reason for the product being held more than 24 hours, the sale of that product was deemed to be Operating Revenue. The Company’s internal policy also provided that customer orders for bulk shipments filled

 

100


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

from inventory within the Company’s warehouse were deemed to be Operating Revenue. Based on results of the internal review conducted by the Audit Committee, the Company concluded that certain bulk shipments ordered by customers were intentionally held beyond 24 hours so that, pursuant to the internal policy, such shipments were classified as Operating Revenue in four quarters within fiscal 2003 and 2002. The impact of this practice was not previously quantified and disclosed as part of the Company’s reported Operating Revenue. The improper classification between Bulk Revenue and Operating Revenue had no impact on the Company’s previously reported total revenue or operating or net earnings for these periods.

Undisclosed Earnings Impact: Disclosure of the Company’s Practice, in Certain Reporting Periods, of Accelerating Its Receipt and Recognition of Cash Discounts Earned From Suppliers for Prompt Payment

Historically, the Company recognized cash discounts as a reduction of cost of products sold primarily upon payment of vendor invoices. Cash discounts are discounts the Company receives from some vendors for timely payment of invoices. The Company had a practice of accelerating payment of vendor invoices at the end of certain reporting periods in order to accelerate the recognition of cash discounts, which had the effect of improving operating results for those reporting periods. Although the effect of these accelerated payments were properly included in the Company’s reported earnings, the impact of this acceleration practice was not separately quantified and disclosed in the periods in which the Company benefited from this practice. The net increase/(decrease) in net earnings as a result of this practice for fiscal 2004 is as follows:

 

(in millions)    Fiscal 2004
As Corrected
 

First Quarter

   $ (0.2 )

Second Quarter

     3.7  

Third Quarter

     (1.2 )

Fourth Quarter

     (0.7 )
        

Total

   $ 1.6  
        

The above information includes corrections from the amounts reported in the 2004 Form 10-K based on additional information, as reported in Note 1 of “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” included in the 2005 Form 10-K. The net impact of these corrections resulted in an increase of $0.3 million for fiscal 2004.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004, the Company changed its accounting method for recognizing cash discounts from recognition primarily upon payment of vendor invoices to recording cash discounts as a component of inventory cost and recognizing such discounts as a reduction to cost of products sold upon sale by the Company of the purchased inventory. The Company believes the change in accounting method provides a more objectively determinable method of recognizing cash discounts and a better matching of inventory cost to revenue. This change was retroactively effective to the beginning of fiscal 2004. As a result, the Company restated its previously reported fiscal 2004 quarterly results to reflect this change. See Note 15 below for further discussion of this change in accounting.

Revenue and Earnings Impact: Timing of Revenue Recognition Within the Company’s Former Automation and Information Services Segment

Within its former Automation and Information Services segment (which is now the Pyxis products business in the Clinical Technologies and Services segment; see Note 17 below), the Company’s revenue recognition policy for equipment systems installed at a customer’s site is to recognize revenue once the Company’s installation obligations are complete and the equipment is functioning according to the material specifications of the user’s manual and the customer has accepted the equipment as evidenced by signing an equipment

 

101


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

confirmation document. As described in the 2004 Form 10-K, the Company learned of concerns during the Audit Committee’s internal review that some equipment confirmation documents were being executed prior to the time when installations were complete and revenue could be recognized. In order to assess the implications of any premature execution of equipment confirmations and corresponding revenue recognition, the Audit Committee review included the following:

 

    document and process reviews, including a sample of equipment confirmation forms;

 

    certifications for selected employees involved in the installation process;

 

    interviews of selected employees across regions within the U.S. and at various levels of the Company;

 

    interviews of certain former employees of the Company; and

 

    interviews of selected customers across all regions within the U.S.

This inquiry indicated some equipment confirmations, particularly in some sales regions, had been prematurely executed by customers at the request of certain Company employees, including certain situations where inducements to the customer (such as deferral of payments) were offered to obtain premature execution. As a result, it was determined that a material weakness in the Company’s internal controls existed with respect to the timing of revenue recognition within this segment. The Company concluded the following in connection with its review of premature revenue recognition:

 

    equipment confirmations in the last several weeks of a quarter were the most likely to be executed early by the customer due to requests from certain Company employees;

 

    no evidence was discovered of fictitious sales being recorded by the Company;

 

    revenue was recognized early primarily by one quarter; in most cases, installations were completed in the following quarter; and

 

    the impact on the Company’s financial results was not deemed material for any individual quarter or annually.

The net impact of this premature revenue recognition was assessed as of June 30, 2004 based upon interviews of customers representing a substantial percentage of the segment’s end of quarter reported revenue. As a result, it was determined that approximately 10.8% of revenue in the last 10 days of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004 was being recognized prematurely (based upon an extrapolation). The Company recorded an $8.3 million reduction of revenue and a $5.3 million reduction of operating earnings during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004 to adjust for premature revenue recognition that was determined to have occurred within that quarter. This revenue and operating earnings were recognized in the first quarter of fiscal 2005 upon completion of the applicable installation process.

The Company does not maintain accounting records that allow it to determine the precise impact of this matter on prior quarters. However, during the investigation there was sufficient data accumulated independent of the accounting systems to estimate the impact using a variety of methods. These estimation methods were utilized solely to test the materiality of prior periods and are not necessarily indicative of what the actual results would have been. If the results of the June 30, 2004 interviews were applied (i.e., utilizing the 10.8% exception rate) the net increase/(decrease) in revenue and operating earnings for the first three quarters of fiscal 2004, and the related percentage of the former Automation and Information Services segment’s reported amounts, would have been as follows:

 

     Revenue     % Change     Operating
Earnings
    % Change  

Fiscal 2004

        

First Quarter

   $ 3.7     2.6 %   $ 2.4     4.5 %

Second Quarter

     0.1     0.0 %     —       0.0 %

Third Quarter

     (1.9 )   (1.1 %)     (1.2 )   (1.7 %)
                    

Year-To-Date

   $ 1.9     0.4 %   $ 1.2     0.6 %
                    

 

102


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Using different estimation methods than the methodology used to derive the table above, the percentage change in operating earnings for the periods noted above would range from less than 1% to a high of 5.5%. There was one quarter in which the estimated impact was over 5% (third quarter of fiscal 2004 negative impact of 5.5%). The Company believes that the impact of the adjustments resulting from the estimation methods are not material to previously reported results because such estimated adjustments do not distort trends in revenue and operating earnings growth that were previously reported and would not alter the Company’s previous disclosures related to the former Automation and Information Services segment.

Given the premature revenue recognition practices identified at June 30, 2004, the Company completed a similar review of the installation process during the first quarter of fiscal 2005, including interviews with selected customers representing a substantial percentage of the former Automation and Information Services segment’s end of quarter reported revenue. While the results from the interviews performed in the first quarter of fiscal 2005 suggested a lower incidence of premature revenue recognition than at June 30, 2004, the sample of customers interviewed was more limited than was completed at June 30, 2004. In addition, the Company’s efforts to improve its system of internal controls were in the early stages. As a result, the Company in conjunction with the Audit Committee decided to adjust reported revenue utilizing the same error rate, 10.8%, as was utilized at June 30, 2004. Utilizing the same 10.8% assumed error rate, the Company recorded a $4.2 million reduction in revenue and a $2.5 million reduction in operating earnings during the first quarter of fiscal 2005. This adjustment is exclusive of the recognition of the $8.3 million in revenue and $5.3 million of operating earnings in the first quarter of fiscal 2005 described above.

Following the completion of the first quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company reiterated the revenue recognition policy for equipment systems installed at a customer’s site for its former Automation and Information Services segment, and instructed all employees to strictly adhere to this policy. The Company has implemented corrective actions in response to these findings regarding its revenue recognition practices within its former Automation and Information Services segment, as described in Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in the 2004 Form 10-K. During the second, third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2005, the Company’s internal audit function completed a review of revenue recognition practices associated with the equipment installation process for its former Automation and Information Services segment, including interviews with selected customers and site visits to related customer locations representing a substantial percentage of the former Automation and Information Services segment’s end of quarter reported revenue. The results of the interviews and site visits performed by the internal audit function during the second, third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2005 did not indicate any additional occurrences of premature revenue recognition as described above.

Previously Restated Earnings: Certain Balance Sheet Reserve and Accrual Adjustments

The Audit Committee’s internal review included a review to determine if period-end adjustments to balance sheet reserve accounts and other accruals recorded in fiscal 2000 through fiscal 2004 were properly recorded in accordance with GAAP. Based upon the Audit Committee’s internal review, the Company determined that there were various situations where (a) the amount of reserve, (b) the timing of reserve recognition, or (c) the timing of reserve adjustments could not be substantiated or was in error. As a result, as described in the 2004 Form 10-K, the consolidated financial statements for certain prior fiscal quarters and years were restated by the Company.

The types of balance sheet reserves and accrual adjustments that were previously restated consist of the following:

1. Errors arising from misapplication of GAAP. These errors primarily include (a) reductions in reserve accounts made in periods subsequent to the period in which the excess had been identified by the Company, (b) a LIFO inventory adjustment, and (c) a change in accounting policy for dividends to recognition when declared versus when paid. The net impact of these errors on the first three quarters of fiscal 2004 is reflected in the table below.

 

103


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

2. Errors made in previous periods which were identified and appropriately corrected in a subsequent period when discovered. These items were not reported as prior period corrections at the time of their discovery because they were deemed immaterial. However, the Company restated its prior consolidated financial statements to correct for such items identified during the internal review. The net impact of these errors on the first three quarters of fiscal 2004 is reflected in the table below.

The following table summarizes the restatement impact on previously reported net earnings as defined above for the first three quarters of fiscal 2004:

 

(in millions)    Misapplication
of GAAP
    Errors     Total
Restatement
 

Fiscal 2004:

      

First Quarter

   $ (0.3 )   $ (4.5 )   $ (4.8 )

Second Quarter

     (0.4 )     (4.5 )     (4.9 )

Third Quarter

     —         (5.7 )     (5.7 )
                        

Year-to-Date

   $ (0.7 )   $ (14.7 )   $ (15.4 )
                        

Prior Period Errors and Corrections

As the Company continued to respond to the SEC’s investigation and the Audit Committee’s internal review, the Company identified errors in certain restatement adjustments reflected in the 2004 Form 10-K. The impact of the individual and consolidated adjustments on operating earnings, net earnings and the related per share amounts was immaterial for all periods presented. Corrections to these errors were addressed in Note 1 of “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” included in the 2005 Form 10-K.

The SEC investigation and the U.S. Attorney inquiry remain ongoing. Although the Company is continuing in its efforts to respond to these inquiries and provide all information required, the Company cannot predict the outcome of the SEC investigation or the U.S. Attorney inquiry. The outcome of the SEC investigation, the U.S. Attorney inquiry and any related legal and administrative proceedings could include the institution of administrative, civil injunctive or criminal proceedings involving the Company and/or current or former Company employees, officers and/or directors, as well as the imposition of fines and other penalties, remedies and sanctions.

In addition, there can be no assurance that additional restatements will not be required, that the historical consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s previously-filed public reports or this report will not change or require amendment, or that additional disciplinary actions will not be required in such circumstances. In addition, as the SEC investigation and the U.S. Attorney inquiry continue, new issues may be identified, or the Audit Committee may make additional findings if it receives additional information, that may have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the scope of the restatements described in the Company’s previously-filed public reports or this report.

10.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

The future minimum rental payments for operating leases (including those referenced in Note 8) having initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year at June 30, 2006 are:

 

(in millions)    2007    2008    2009    2010    2011    Thereafter    Total

Minimum rental payments

   $ 99.5    $ 90.4    $ 74.8    $ 62.7    $ 54.1    $ 149.4    $ 530.9

 

104


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The amounts above within 2009 and thereafter include the Company’s obligation to purchase certain buildings and equipment at the end of the related lease term. See Note 8 above for additional information related to these lease agreements.

Rental expense relating to operating leases (including those referenced in Note 8) was approximately $120.6 million, $125.2 million and $120.6 million in fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Sublease rental income was not material for any period presented herein.

Derivative Actions

On November 8, 2002, a complaint was filed by a purported shareholder against the Company and its directors in the Court of Common Pleas, Delaware County, Ohio, as a purported derivative action. Doris Staehr v. Robert D. Walter, et al., No. 02-CVG-11-639 . On or about March 21, 2003, after the defendants filed a Motion to Dismiss the complaint, an amended complaint was filed alleging breach of fiduciary duties and corporate waste in connection with the alleged failure by the Board of Directors of the Company to renegotiate or terminate the Company’s proposed acquisition of Syncor, and to determine the propriety of indemnifying Monty Fu, the former Chairman of Syncor. The defendants filed a Motion to Dismiss the amended complaint, and the plaintiffs subsequently filed a second amended complaint that added three new individual defendants and included new allegations that, among other things, the defendants improperly recognized revenue in December 2000 and September 2001 related to settlements with certain vitamin manufacturers. The defendants filed a Motion to Dismiss the second amended complaint, and on November 20, 2003, the Court denied the motion. On May 31, 2006, the plaintiffs filed a third amended complaint, which now mirrors most of the substantive allegations of the consolidated amended complaint filed in the Cardinal Health federal securities actions (see “Shareholder/ERISA Litigation against Cardinal Health” below). The defendants intend to vigorously defend this action. It is not currently possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of this proceeding. However, the Company currently does not believe that this proceeding will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

Since July 1, 2004, three complaints have been filed by purported shareholders against the members of the Company’s Board of Directors, certain of the Company’s current and former officers and employees and the Company as a nominal defendant in the Court of Common Pleas, Franklin County, Ohio, as purported derivative actions (collectively referred to as the “Cardinal Health Franklin County derivative actions”). These cases include Donald Bosley, Derivatively on behalf of Cardinal Health, Inc. v. David Bing, et al., Sam Wietschner, Derivatively on behalf of Cardinal Health, Inc. v. Robert D. Walter, et al. and Green Meadow Partners, LLP, Derivatively on behalf of Cardinal Health, Inc. v. David Bing, et al . The Cardinal Health Franklin County derivative actions allege that the individual defendants failed to implement adequate internal controls for the Company and thereby violated their fiduciary duty of good faith, GAAP and the Company’s Audit Committee charter. The complaints in the Cardinal Health Franklin County derivative actions seek money damages and equitable relief against the defendant directors and an award of attorney’s fees. On November 22, 2004, the Cardinal Health Franklin County derivative actions were transferred to be heard by the same judge. On June 20, 2006, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint that raises many of the same substantive allegations as the consolidated amended complaint filed in the Cardinal Health federal securities actions (see “Shareholder/ERISA Litigation against Cardinal Health” below) and the Bean complaint (see below). On August 22, 2006, the Court granted the parties’ joint Motion to Stay the actions pending the Court’s resolution of the plaintiffs’ Motion to Consolidate the Cardinal Health Franklin County derivative actions with the Staehr derivative action pending in Delaware County, which is discussed above. None of the defendants has responded to the complaint. It is not currently possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of these proceedings.

 

105


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

On December 6, 2005, a derivative complaint was filed by a purported shareholder against certain members of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, certain of the Company’s current and former officers and the Company as a nominal defendant in the Court of Common Pleas, Franklin County, Ohio, as a purported derivative action. Vernon Bean v. John F. Havens, et al., No. 05CVH-12-13644. The complaint alleges that the individual defendants breached their fiduciary duties with respect to the timing of the Company’s option grants in August 2004 and that the officer defendants were unjustly enriched with respect to such grants. The complaint seeks money damages, disgorgement of options, equitable relief against the individual defendants and an award of attorney’s fees. On July 20, 2006, the Court conditionally granted defendants’ Motion to Dismiss for failure to verify the complaint as required. The dismissal was entered on August 23, 2006.

Shareholder/ERISA Litigation against Cardinal Health

Since July 2, 2004, 10 purported class action complaints have been filed by purported purchasers of the Company’s securities against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors, asserting claims under the federal securities laws (collectively referred to as the “Cardinal Health federal securities actions”). To date, all of these actions have been filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio. These cases include Gerald Burger v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 575), Todd Fener v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 579), E. Miles Senn v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 597), David Kim v. Cardinal Health, Inc. (04 CV 598), Arace Brothers v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 604), John Hessian v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 635), Constance Matthews Living Trust v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 636), Mariss Partners, LLP v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 849), The State of New Jersey v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 831) and First New York Securities, LLC v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 911).

The Cardinal Health federal securities actions purport to be brought on behalf of all purchasers of the Company’s securities during various periods beginning as early as October 24, 2000 and ending as late as July 26, 2004 and allege, among other things, that the defendants violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder and Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act by issuing a series of false and/or misleading statements concerning the Company’s financial results, prospects and condition. The alleged misstatements relate to the Company’s accounting for recoveries relating to antitrust litigation against vitamin manufacturers, and to classification of revenue in the Company’s Pharmaceutical Distribution business as either operating revenue or revenue from bulk deliveries to customer warehouses, and other accounting and business model transition issues, including reserve accounting. The alleged misstatements are claimed to have caused an artificial inflation in the Company’s stock price during the proposed class period. The complaints seek unspecified money damages and equitable relief against the defendants and an award of attorney’s fees. On December 15, 2004, the Cardinal Health federal securities actions were consolidated into one action captioned In re Cardinal Health, Inc. Federal Securities Litigation , and on January 26, 2005, the Court appointed the Pension Fund Group as lead plaintiff in this consolidated action. On April 22, 2005, the lead plaintiff filed a consolidated amended complaint naming the Company, certain current and former officers and employees and the Company’s external auditors as defendants. The complaint seeks unspecified money damages and other unspecified relief against the defendants and includes the aforementioned Section 10(b), Rule 10b-5 and Section 20 claims. On March 27, 2006, the Court granted a Motion to Dismiss with respect to the Company’s external auditors and a former officer and denied the Motion to Dismiss with respect to the Company and the other individual defendants. Discovery is now proceeding.

Since July 2, 2004, 15 purported class action complaints (collectively referred to as the “Cardinal Health ERISA actions”) have been filed against the Company and certain officers, directors and employees of the Company by purported participants in the Cardinal Health Profit Sharing, Retirement and Savings Plan (now known as the Cardinal Health 401(k) Savings Plan, or the “401(k) Plan”). To date, all of these actions have been

 

106


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio. These cases include David McKeehan and James Syracuse v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 643), Timothy Ferguson v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 668), James DeCarlo v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 684), Margaret Johnson v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 722), Harry Anderson v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 725), Charles Heitholt v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 736), Dan Salinas and Andrew Jones v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 745), Daniel Kelley v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 746), Vincent Palyan v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 778), Saul Cohen v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 789), Travis Black v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 790), Wendy Erwin v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 803), Susan Alston v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 815), Jennifer Brister v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (04 CV 828) and Gint Baukus v. Cardinal Health, Inc., et al. (05 C2 101).

The Cardinal Health ERISA actions purport to be brought on behalf of participants in the 401(k) Plan and the Syncor Employees’ Savings and Stock Ownership Plan (the “Syncor ESSOP,” and together with the 401(k) Plan, the “Plans”), and also on behalf of the Plans themselves. The complaints allege that the defendants breached certain fiduciary duties owed under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”), generally asserting that the defendants failed to make full disclosure of the risks to the Plans’ participants of investing in the Company’s stock, to the detriment of the Plans’ participants and beneficiaries, and that Company stock should not have been made available as an investment alternative for the Plans’ participants. The misstatements alleged in the Cardinal Health ERISA actions significantly overlap with the misstatements alleged in the Cardinal Health federal securities actions. The complaints seek unspecified money damages and equitable relief against the defendants and an award of attorney’s fees. On December 15, 2004, the Cardinal Health ERISA actions were consolidated into one action captioned In re Cardinal Health, Inc. ERISA Litigation . On January 14, 2005, the Court appointed lead counsel and liaison counsel for the consolidated Cardinal Health ERISA action. On April 29, 2005, the lead plaintiff filed a consolidated amended ERISA complaint naming the Company, certain current and former directors, officers and employees, the Company’s Employee Benefits Policy Committee and Putnam Fiduciary Trust Company as defendants. The complaint seeks unspecified money damages and other unspecified relief against the defendants. On March 31, 2006, the Court granted the Motion to Dismiss with respect to Putnam Fiduciary Trust Company and with respect to plaintiffs’ claim for equitable relief. The Court denied the remainder of the Motion to Dismiss filed by the Company and certain defendants. Discovery is now proceeding.

With respect to the proceedings described above under the headings “Derivative Actions” and “Shareholder/ERISA Litigation Against Cardinal Health,” the Company currently believes that there will be some insurance coverage available under the Company’s insurance policies. Such policies are with financially viable insurance companies, and are subject to self-insurance retentions, exclusions, conditions, any potential coverage defenses or gaps, policy limits and insurer solvency.

The Company is currently unable to predict or determine the outcome or resolution of the proceedings described under the heading “Shareholder/ERISA Litigation Against Cardinal Health,” or to estimate the amounts of, or potential range of, loss with respect to these proceedings. The range of possible resolutions of these proceedings could include judgments against the Company or settlements that could require substantial payments by the Company. These payments could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows.

Shareholder/ERISA Litigation against Syncor

Eleven purported class action lawsuits have been filed against Syncor and certain of its officers and directors, asserting claims under the federal securities laws (collectively referred to as the “Syncor federal securities actions”). All of these actions were filed in the United States District Court for the Central District of

 

107


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

California. These cases include Richard Bowe v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., No. CV 02-8560 LGB (RCx) (C.D. Cal.), Alan Kaplan v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., No. CV 02-8575 CBM (MANx) (C.D. Cal), Franklin Embon, Jr. v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., No. CV 02-8687 DDP (AJWx) (C.D. Cal), Jonathan Alk v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., No. CV 02-8841 GHK (RZx) (C.D. Cal), Joyce Oldham v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., CV 02-8972 FMC (RCx) (C.D. Cal), West Virginia Laborers Pension Trust Fund v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., No. CV 02-9076 NM (RNBx) (C.D. Cal), Brad Lookingbill v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., CV 02-9248 RSWL (Ex) (C.D. Cal), Them Luu v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., CV 02-9583 RGK (JwJx) (C.D. Cal), David Hall v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., CV 02-9621 CAS (CWx) (C.D. Cal), Phyllis Walzer v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., CV 02-9640 RMT (AJWx) (C.D. Cal), and Larry Hahn v. Syncor Int’l Corp., et al., CV 03-52 LGB (RCx) (C.D. Cal.) . The Syncor federal securities actions purport to be brought on behalf of all purchasers of Syncor shares during various periods, beginning as early as March 30, 2000 and ending as late as November 5, 2002. The actions allege, among other things, that the defendants violated Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder and Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act by issuing a series of press releases and public filings disclosing significant sales growth in Syncor’s international business, but omitting mention of certain allegedly improper payments to Syncor’s foreign customers, thereby artificially inflating the price of Syncor shares. The lead plaintiff filed a third amended consolidated complaint on December 29, 2004. Syncor filed a Motion to Dismiss the third amended consolidated complaint on January 31, 2005. On April 15, 2005, the Court granted the Motion to Dismiss with prejudice. The lead plaintiff has appealed this decision.

A purported class action complaint, captioned Pilkington v. Cardinal Health, et al., was filed on April 8, 2003 against the Company, Syncor and certain officers and employees of the Company by a purported participant in the Syncor ESSOP. A related purported class action complaint, captioned Donna Brown, et al. v. Syncor International Corp, et al., was filed on September 11, 2003 against the Company, Syncor and certain individual defendants. Another related purported class action complaint, captioned Thompson v. Syncor International Corp., et al. , was filed on January 14, 2004 against the Company, Syncor and certain individual defendants. Each of these actions was brought in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. A consolidated complaint was filed on February 24, 2004 against Syncor and certain former Syncor officers, directors and/or employees alleging that the defendants breached certain fiduciary duties owed under ERISA based on the same underlying allegations of improper and unlawful conduct alleged in the federal securities litigation. The consolidated complaint seeks unspecified money damages and other unspecified relief against the defendants. On April 26, 2004, the defendants filed Motions to Dismiss the consolidated complaint. On August 24, 2004, the Court granted in part and denied in part defendants’ Motions to Dismiss. The Court dismissed, without prejudice, all claims against two individual defendants, all claims alleging co-fiduciary liability against all defendants, and all claims alleging that the individual defendants had conflicts of interest precluding them from properly exercising their fiduciary duties under ERISA. A claim for breach of the duty to prudently manage plan assets was upheld against Syncor, and a claim for breach of the alleged duty to “monitor” the performance of Syncor’s Plan Administrative Committee was upheld against defendants Monty Fu and Robert Funari. On January 10, 2006, the Court entered summary judgment in favor of all defendants on all remaining claims. Consistent with that ruling, on January 11, 2006, the Court entered a final order dismissing this case. The lead plaintiff has appealed this decision.

It is not currently possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of the proceedings described under the heading “Shareholder/ERISA Litigation Against Syncor.” However, the Company currently does not believe that the impact of these proceedings will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition. The Company currently believes that there will be some insurance coverage available under the Company’s and Syncor’s insurance policies Such policies are with financially viable insurance companies, and are subject to self-insurance retentions, exclusions, conditions, any potential coverage defenses or gaps, policy limits and insurer solvency.

 

108


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DuPont Litigation

On September 11, 2003, E.I. Du Pont De Nemours and Company (“DuPont”) filed a lawsuit against the Company and others in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee. E.I. Du Pont De Nemours and Company v. Cardinal Health, Inc., BBA Materials Technology and BBA Nonwovens Simpsonville, Inc., No. 3-03-0848 . The complaint alleges various causes of action against the Company relating to the production and sale of surgical drapes and gowns by the Company’s Medical Products and Services segment. DuPont’s claims generally fall into the categories of breach of contract, false advertising and patent infringement. On September 12, 2005, the Court granted summary judgment in favor of the Company on all of DuPont’s patent infringement claims. On November 7, 2005, the Court granted summary judgment in favor of the Company on DuPont’s federal false advertising claims and dismissed all of Dupont’s remaining claims for lack of jurisdiction.

On October 17, 2005, DuPont filed a lawsuit against the Company in the Circuit Court for Davidson County, Tennessee. E.I. DuPont De Nemours and Company v. Cardinal Health 200, Inc., No. 05C3191 . This lawsuit essentially repeats the breach of contract claims from DuPont’s earlier federal lawsuit. The complaint does not request a specific amount of damages. The Company believes that the claims made in the complaint are without merit, and it intends to vigorously defend this action. It is not currently possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of this proceeding. However, the Company currently does not believe that the impact of this proceeding, if any, will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

ICU Litigation

Prior to the completion of the Company’s acquisition of Alaris, on June 16, 2004, ICU Medical, Inc. (“ICU”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Alaris in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California. In the lawsuit, ICU claims that the Alaris SmartSite ® family of needle-free valves and systems infringes upon ICU patents. ICU seeks monetary damages plus permanent injunctive relief to prevent Alaris from selling SmartSite ® products. On July 30, 2004, the Court denied ICU’s application for a preliminary injunction, finding, among other things, that ICU had failed to show a substantial likelihood of success on the merits. The Company intends to vigorously defend this action. It is not currently possible to estimate the amount of loss or range of possible loss that might result from an adverse judgment or a settlement of this proceeding. However, the Company currently does not believe that this proceeding will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

SEC Investigation and U.S. Attorney Inquiry

On October 7, 2003, the Company received a request from the SEC, in connection with an informal inquiry, for historical financial and related information. The SEC’s request sought a variety of documentation, including the Company’s accounting records for fiscal 2001 through fiscal 2003, as well as notes, memoranda, presentations, e-mail and other correspondence, budgets, forecasts and estimates.

On May 6, 2004, the Company was notified that the pending SEC informal inquiry had been converted into a formal investigation. On June 21, 2004, as part of the SEC’s formal investigation, the Company received an SEC subpoena that included a request for the production of documents relating to revenue classification, and the methods used for such classification, in the Company’s Pharmaceutical Distribution business as either “Operating Revenue” or “Bulk Deliveries to Customer Warehouses and Other.” In addition, the Company learned that the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of New York had also commenced an inquiry that the Company understands relates to this same subject. On October 12, 2004, the Company received a subpoena from the SEC requesting the production of documents relating to compensation information for specific current and former employees and officers of the Company. The Company was notified in April 2005

 

109


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

that certain current and former employees and directors received subpoenas from the SEC requesting the production of documents. The subject matter of these requests is consistent with the subject matter of the subpoenas that the Company had previously received from the SEC.

In connection with the SEC’s informal inquiry, the Company’s Audit Committee commenced its own internal review in April 2004, assisted by independent counsel. This internal review was prompted by documents contained in the production to the SEC that raised issues as to certain accounting and financial reporting matters, including, but not limited to, the establishment and adjustment of certain reserves and their impact on the Company’s quarterly earnings. The Audit Committee and its independent counsel also have reviewed the revenue classification issue that is the subject of the SEC’s June 21, 2004 subpoena and other matters identified in the course of the Audit Committee’s internal review. During September and October 2004, the Audit Committee reached certain conclusions with respect to findings from its internal review. In connection with the Audit Committee’s conclusions reached in September and October 2004, the Company made certain reclassification and restatement adjustments to its fiscal 2004 and prior historical consolidated financial statements. The Audit Committee’s conclusions were disclosed, and the reclassification and restatement adjustments were reflected, in the 2004 Form 10-K and subsequent public reports filed by the Company.

Following the conclusions reached by the Audit Committee in September and October 2004, the Audit Committee began the task of assigning responsibility for the financial statement matters described above which were reflected in the 2004 Form 10-K, and, in January 2005, took disciplinary actions with respect to the Company’s employees who it determined bore responsibility for these matters, other than with respect to the accounting treatment of certain recoveries from vitamin manufacturers for which there was a separate Board committee internal review that has been completed (discussed below). The disciplinary actions ranged from terminations or resignations of employment to required repayments of some or all of fiscal 2003 bonuses from certain employees to letters of reprimand. These disciplinary actions affected senior financial and managerial personnel, as well as other personnel, at the corporate level and in the four business segments. The Audit Committee has completed its determinations of responsibility for the financial statement matters described above which were reflected in the 2004 Form 10-K, although responsibility for matters relating to the Company’s accounting treatment of certain recoveries from vitamin manufacturers was addressed by a separate committee of the Board as discussed below. The Audit Committee internal review is substantially complete.

In connection with the SEC’s formal investigation, a committee of the Board of Directors, with the assistance of independent counsel, separately initiated an internal review to assign responsibility for matters relating to the Company’s accounting treatment of certain recoveries from vitamin manufacturers. In the 2004 Form 10-K, as part of the Audit Committee’s internal review, the Company reversed its previous recognition of estimated recoveries from vitamin manufacturers for amounts overcharged in prior years and recognized the income from such recoveries as a special item in the period in which cash was received from the manufacturers. The SEC staff had previously advised the Company that, in its view, the Company did not have an appropriate basis for recognizing the income in advance of receiving the cash. In August 2005, the separate Board committee reached certain conclusions with respect to findings from its internal review and determined that no additional disciplinary actions were required beyond the disciplinary actions already taken by the Audit Committee, as described above. The separate Board committee internal review is complete.

The Company continues to engage in settlement discussions with the staff of the SEC and has reached an agreement-in-principle on the basic terms of a potential settlement involving the Company that the SEC staff has indicated it is prepared to recommend to the Commission. The proposed settlement is subject to the completion of definitive documentation as well as acceptance and authorization by the Commission and would, among other things, require the Company to pay a $35 million penalty. The Company accordingly recorded a reserve of $10 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 in addition to the $25 million reserve recorded during the fiscal

 

110


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

year ended June 30, 2005. There can be no assurance that the Company’s efforts to resolve the SEC’s investigation with respect to the Company will be successful, or that the amount reserved will be sufficient, and the Company cannot predict the timing or the final terms of any settlement.

The SEC investigation and the U.S. Attorney inquiry remain ongoing. Although the Company is continuing in its efforts to respond to these inquiries and provide all information required, the Company cannot predict the outcome of the SEC investigation or the U.S. Attorney inquiry. The outcome of the SEC investigation, the U.S. Attorney inquiry and any related legal and administrative proceedings could include the institution of administrative, civil injunctive or criminal proceedings involving the Company and/or current or former Company employees, officers and/or directors, as well as the imposition of fines and other penalties, remedies and sanctions.

In addition, there can be no assurance that additional restatements will not be required, that the historical consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s previously-filed public reports or this report will not change or require amendment, or that additional disciplinary actions will not be required in such circumstances. In addition, as the SEC investigation and the U.S. Attorney inquiry continue, new issues may be identified, or the Audit Committee may make additional findings if it receives additional information, that may have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the scope of the restatements described in the Company’s previously-filed public reports or this report.

New York Attorney General Investigation

In April 2005, one of the Company’s subsidiaries received a subpoena from the Attorney General’s Office of the State of New York. The Company believes that the New York Attorney General is conducting a broad industry inquiry that appears to focus on, among other things, the secondary market within the wholesale pharmaceutical industry. The Company is one of multiple parties that have received such a subpoena. The Company has been producing documents and providing information and testimony to the New York Attorney General’s Office in response to the April 2005 subpoena as well as subsequent informal requests. The Company has recently commenced negotiations with the New York Attorney General’s Office for a civil resolution of this investigation. In connection with these developments, the Company recorded a reserve of $8.0 million with respect to this matter during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006. There can be no assurance that the Company’s efforts to resolve the New York Attorney General’s Office’s investigation with respect to the Company will be successful, or that the amount reserved will be sufficient, and the Company cannot predict the timing or the final terms of any settlement.

Other Matters

In addition to the matters described above, the Company also becomes involved from time-to-time in other litigation and regulatory matters incidental to its business, including, without limitation, inclusion of certain of its subsidiaries as a potentially responsible party for environmental clean-up costs as well as litigation in connection with acquisitions. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself against such other litigation and does not currently believe that the outcome of any such other litigation will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

11.    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

At June 30, 2006 and 2005, the Company’s authorized capital shares consisted of the following: 750 million common shares, without par value (“Class A common shares”); 5 million Class B common shares, without par value; and 0.5 million non-voting preferred shares, without par value. The Class A common shares and Class B

 

111


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

common shares are collectively referred to below as “Common Shares.” Holders of Common Shares are entitled to share equally in any dividends declared by the Company’s Board of Directors and to participate equally in all distributions of assets upon liquidation. Generally, the holders of Class A common shares are entitled to one vote per share and the holders of Class B common shares are entitled to one-fifth of one vote per share on proposals presented to shareholders for vote. Under certain circumstances, the holders of Class B common shares are entitled to vote as a separate class. Only Class A common shares were outstanding as of June 30, 2006 and 2005.

On April 26, 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of Common Shares up to an aggregate amount of $500 million. Pursuant to this authorization, the Company repurchased approximately 7.4 million Common Shares having an aggregate cost of approximately $500.0 million during fiscal 2006. The average price paid per Common Share was $67.28. The repurchased shares are held in treasury to be used for general corporate purposes.

On June 22, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of Common Shares up to an aggregate amount of $1 billion. Pursuant to this authorization, the Company repurchased approximately 14.5 million Common Shares having an aggregate cost of approximately $1 billion during fiscal 2006. The average price paid per Common Share was $68.96. The repurchased shares are held in treasury to be used for general corporate purposes.

On December 8, 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of Common Shares up to an aggregate amount of $500.0 million. Pursuant to this authorization, the Company repurchased approximately 8.8 million Common Shares having an aggregate cost of approximately $500.0 million during fiscal 2005. The average price paid per Common Share was $56.76. The repurchased shares are held in treasury to be used for general corporate purposes.

On February 27, 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of Common Shares up to an aggregate amount of $500 million. Pursuant to this authorization, the Company repurchased approximately 6.9 million Common Shares under an accelerated share repurchase program having an aggregate cost of approximately $460.3 million. The initial price paid per share was $66.80. The approximately 6.9 million shares repurchased under the program were subject to a future contingent purchase price adjustment which was settled during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004. The purchase price adjustment was based upon the volume weighted average price during the actual repurchase period and was subject to certain provisions which establish a cap and a floor for the average share price in the Company’s agreement with its broker-dealer who executed the repurchase transactions.

The accelerated share repurchase program was completed on May 11, 2004. The final volume weighted average price was $70.07. As a result, the Company settled the forward contract for $22.5 million in cash, which cost was included in the amount associated with Common Shares in treasury. The Company used the remaining $17.2 million of the initial authorization to repurchase additional shares of approximately 0.2 million having an average price paid per share of $70.73. The repurchased shares were placed into treasury to be used for general corporate purposes.

On August 1, 2003, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of Common Shares up to an aggregate amount of $1.0 billion. Pursuant to this authorization, the Company repurchased approximately 17.0 million Common Shares having an aggregate cost of approximately $1.0 billion during fiscal 2004. The average price paid per share was $58.65. The repurchased shares were placed into treasury to be used for general corporate purposes.

12.    CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS

The Company invests cash in deposits with major banks throughout the world and in high quality short-term liquid instruments. Such investments are made only in instruments issued or enhanced by high quality institutions. These investments mature within three months and the Company has not incurred any related losses.

 

112


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company’s trade receivables, finance notes and accrued interest receivables, and lease receivables are exposed to a concentration of credit risk with customers in the retail and healthcare sectors. Credit risk can be affected by changes in reimbursement and other economic pressures impacting the hospital and acute care sectors of the healthcare industry. However, such credit risk is limited due to supporting collateral and the diversity of the customer base, including its wide geographic dispersion. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial conditions and maintains reserves for credit losses. Such losses historically have been within the Company’s expectations.

The following table summarizes all of the Company’s customers which individually account for at least 10% of the Company’s revenue. The customers in the table below are serviced through the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment.

 

     Percent of Revenue  
     2006     2005     2004  

CVS Corporation (“CVS”)

   21 %   21 %   18 %

Walgreen Co. (“Walgreens”)

   14 %   10 %   8 %

At June 30, 2006 and 2005, CVS accounted for 25% and 27%, respectively, and Walgreens accounted for 26% and 20%, respectively, of the Company’s gross trade receivable balance.

Certain of the Company’s businesses have entered into agreements with group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”) that act as purchasing agents that negotiate vendor contracts on behalf of their members. In fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, approximately 15%, 15% and 17%, respectively, of revenue was derived from GPO members through the contractual arrangements established with Novation, LLC and Premier Purchasing Partners, L.P., the Company’s two largest GPO relationships in terms of revenue. However, the Company’s trade receivable balances are with individual members of the GPO and therefore no significant concentration of credit risk exists with these types of arrangements.

13.    EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company maintains several stock incentive plans (collectively, the “Plans”) for the benefit of certain of its officers, directors and employees. Historically, employee options granted under the Plans typically vested in full on the third anniversary of the grant date and were exercisable for periods up to ten years from the date of grant at a price equal to the fair market value of the Common Shares underlying the option at the date of grant. Employee options granted under the Plans during fiscal 2006 generally vest in equal annual installments over four years and are exercisable for periods up to seven years from the date of grant at a price equal to the fair market value of the Common Shares underlying the option at the date of grant. Under the Plans the Company currently utilizes for equity award grants, the Company was authorized to grant up to 19.5 million shares as of June 30, 2006, of which 1.1 million shares have been granted.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” applying the modified prospective method. This Statement requires all equity-based payments to employees, including grants of employee options, to be recognized in the consolidated statement of earnings based on the grant date fair value of the award. Under the modified prospective method, the Company is required to record equity-based compensation expense for all awards granted after the date of adoption and for the unvested portion of previously granted awards outstanding as of the date of adoption. The fair values of options granted after the Company adopted this Statement were determined using a lattice valuation model and all options granted prior to adoption of this Statement were valued using a Black-Scholes model. The Company believes the lattice model provides for better estimates as it has the ability to take into account employee exercise patterns based on changes in the Company’s stock price and other variables and it provides for a range of input assumptions. The impact of adopting SFAS No. 123(R) as it relates to employee stock options and the Company’s stock purchase plan was approximately $117.0 million on net earnings and $0.28 and $0.27, respectively, on net basic and diluted earnings per share.

 

113


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In anticipation of the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company did not modify the terms of any previously-granted options. The Company made significant changes to its equity compensation program with its annual equity grant in the first quarter of fiscal 2006, including reducing the overall number of employee options granted and utilizing a mix of restricted share and option awards. The Company also moved from three-year cliff vesting to installment vesting over four years for annual employee option awards and shortened the option term from ten to seven years.

The fair value of restricted shares and restricted share units is determined by the number of shares granted and the grant date market price of the Company’s Common Shares. The compensation expense recognized for all equity-based awards is net of estimated forfeitures and is recognized using the straight-line method over the awards’ service period. In accordance with SAB No. 107, the Company classified equity-based compensation within selling, general and administrative expenses to correspond with the same line item as the majority of the cash compensation paid to employees. The Company does not allocate the equity-based compensation to its reportable segments.

In accordance with FSP No. FAS 123(R)-3 issued in November 2005, the Company elected the specified “short cut” method to calculate its beginning pool of additional paid-in capital related to equity-based compensation. This accounting policy election had no impact on the Company’s financial statements.

The following table illustrates the impact of equity-based compensation on reported amounts:

 

    

Fiscal Year Ended

June 30, 2006 (1)

 
(in millions, except per share amounts)    As Reported    Impact of
Equity-Based
Compensation
 

Operating earnings (2) (3) (4) (5)

   $ 1,966.7    $ (237.3 )

Earnings from continuing operations

   $ 1,244.7    $ (154.7 )

Net earnings

   $ 1,000.1    $ (157.7 )

Net basic earnings per Common Share

   $ 2.38    $ (0.37 )

Net diluted earnings per Common Share

   $ 2.33    $ (0.37 )

(1) Prior to the first quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company accounted for equity-based awards under the intrinsic value method, which followed the recognition and measurement principles of APB Opinion No. 25 and related Interpretations.
(2) The total equity-based compensation expense includes gross employee option expense of approximately $162.7 million during fiscal 2006. The expense related to options represents the unvested portion of previously granted option awards outstanding as of the date of adoption and expense for all awards granted after the date of adoption.
(3)

The total equity-based compensation expense includes gross stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) expense of approximately $36.9 million during fiscal 2006. This expense primarily relates to the previously reported August 3, 2005 SAR grant to the Company’s then Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Robert D. Walter, that satisfied the Company’s original intent and understanding with respect to a 1999 option award that was in excess of the number of shares permitted to be granted to a single individual during any fiscal year under the relevant equity compensation plan. Equity-based compensation expense was significantly impacted during the first quarter of fiscal 2006 from the vesting of the SARs upon issuance with an exercise price significantly below the then-current price of the Company’s Common Shares. In subsequent quarters, the fair value of the SARs will be remeasured until they are settled, and any increase in fair value will be recorded as equity-based compensation. Any decrease in the fair value of the SARs will only be recognized to the extent of the expense previously recorded.

 

114


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(4) The total equity-based compensation expense includes gross restricted share and restricted share unit expense of approximately $25.5 million during fiscal 2006.
(5) The total equity-based compensation expense also includes gross employee stock purchase plan expense of approximately $12.2 million during fiscal 2006.

The total equity-based compensation expense of $237.3 million discussed above includes approximately $15.3 million related to the acceleration of the vesting conditions for all unvested equity awards held by the Company’s Executive Chairman of the Board, Mr. Walter. The acceleration of the equity-based compensation resulted from his second amended and restated employment agreement, dated April 17, 2006, which relinquished the service period related to his outstanding unvested equity awards. On August 2, 2006, the Company and Mr. Walter entered into an amendment to the second amended and restated employment agreement. The amendment removes the Company’s commitment to accelerate vesting in the event that the Company terminates Mr. Walter’s employment for cause or Mr. Walter terminates his employment without good reason prior to the termination of the employment period. This amendment applies to both existing and future equity awards. This amendment does not impact the acceleration of the $15.3 million noted above.

The following summarizes all stock option transactions for the Company under the Plans from July 1, 2003 through June 30, 2006, giving retroactive effect to conversions of options in connection with merger transactions and stock splits:

 

(in millions, except per Common Share amounts)    Options
Outstanding
   

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

per Common Share

Balance at June 30, 2005

   47.6     $ 53.64

Granted

   5.5       59.73

Exercised

   (4.8 )     42.97

Canceled

   (3.5 )     57.77

Other

   —         —  
            

Balance at June 30, 2006

   44.8     $ 55.13
            

Additional information concerning stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2006 is presented below:

 

     Outstanding    Exercisable

Range of

exercise prices

per Common

Share

  

Options

(in millions)

   Weighted average
remaining
contractual life in
years
   Weighted
average
exercise price
per Common
Share
  

Options

(in millions)

   Weighted
average
exercise price
per Common
Share

$  0.01 - $  44.14

   5.2    2.9    $ 29.23    4.9    $ 28.48

$44.15 - $  59.19

   16.5    7.2    $ 48.94    2.7    $ 50.78

$59.20 - $  64.11

   8.9    7.3    $ 61.50    1.1    $ 62.28

$64.12 - $  67.90

   8.5    5.6    $ 67.21    8.3    $ 67.24

$67.91 - $132.72

   5.7    5.3    $ 68.98    4.9    $ 68.79
                            

$  0.01 - $132.72

   44.8    6.1    $ 55.13    21.9    $ 56.57
                            

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal 2006 and outstanding and exercisable at June 30, 2006 are approximately $124.8 million, $462.9 million and $216.2 million, respectively. The weighted average fair value of options granted during fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004 are $18.79, $16.89 and $22.78, respectively.

 

115


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The fair values of the options granted to the Company’s employees and directors during fiscal 2006 were estimated on the date of grant using a lattice valuation model. The lattice valuation model incorporates ranges of assumptions that are disclosed in the table below. The risk-free rate is based on the United States Treasury yield curve at the time of the grant. The Company analyzed historical data to estimate option exercise behaviors and employee terminations to be used within the lattice model. The Company calculated separate option valuations for three separate groups of employees with similar historical exercise behaviors. The expected life of the options granted was calculated from the option valuation model and represents the length of time in years that the options granted are expected to be outstanding. The range of expected lives in the table below results from the separate groups of employees identified by the Company based on their option exercise behaviors. Expected volatilities are based on implied volatility from traded options on the Company’s Common Shares and historical volatility over a period of time commensurate with the contractual term of the option grant (7 years). The following table provides the range of assumptions used for options valued during fiscal 2006:

 

     For The Year Ended
June 30, 2006

Risk-free interest rate

   3.3 % - 5.1%

Expected life in years

   5.6 - 7.0 years

Expected volatility

   20.9% - 27.0%

Dividend yield

   0.32% - 0.55%

The fair values of the options granted to Company employees and directors during fiscal years 2005 and 2004 were estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions for grants in the respective periods:

 

     For The Years Ended
June 30,
     2005    2004

Risk-free interest rate

   3.50%    3.17%

Expected life

   5 years    5 years

Expected volatility

   38%    37%

Dividend yield

   0.27%    0.19%

The Company’s restricted shares and share units are expensed over the awards’ service period, generally three years. As of June 30, 2006, approximately 1.7 million shares and share units remained restricted and subject to forfeiture.

The Company has employee stock purchase plans under which the sale of 12.0 million of the Company’s Common Shares has been authorized. Employees who have been employed by the Company for at least 30 days may be eligible to contribute from 1% to 15% of eligible compensation. The purchase price is determined by the lower of 85% of the closing market price on the first day of the offering period or 85% of the closing market price on the last day of the offering period. During any given calendar year, there are two offering periods: January 1–June 30; and July 1–December 31. At June 30, 2006, subscriptions of 0.4 million shares were outstanding. Through June 30, 2006, 4.7 million shares had been issued to employees under the plans.

Fair Value Disclosures – Prior to adopting SFAS No. 123(R)

Prior to the first quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company accounted for equity-based awards in accordance with APB No. 25, and related interpretations. Except for costs related to restricted shares, restricted share units, stock appreciation rights and an insignificant number of amended options requiring a new measurement date, no

 

116


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

compensation expense was recognized in net earnings, as all options granted had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. The following tables illustrate the effect on net earnings and earnings per share if the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
 
(in millions, except per Common Share amounts)    2005     2004  

Net Earnings, as reported

   $ 1,050.7     $ 1,474.5  

Stock-based employee compensation expense, included in net earnings, net of related tax effects

     6.3       2.0  

Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value method for all awards, net of related tax effects (1)

     (138.9 )     (104.3 )
                

Pro Forma net earnings

   $ 918.1     $ 1,372.2  
                

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
     2005    2004

Basic earnings per Common Share:

     

As reported

   $ 2.44    $ 3.39

Pro Forma basic earnings per Common Share

   $ 2.13    $ 3.16

Diluted earnings per Common Share

     

As reported

   $ 2.41    $ 3.35

Pro Forma diluted earnings per Common Share (2)

   $ 2.12    $ 3.14

(1) The total stock-based employee compensation expense was adjusted to include net employee stock purchase plan expense of $7.5 million and $8.4 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
(2) The Company uses the treasury stock method when calculating diluted earnings per Common Share as presented in the table above. Under the treasury stock method, diluted shares outstanding is adjusted for the weighted-average unrecognized compensation component should the Company adopt SFAS 123.

14.    EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table reconciles the number of Common Shares used to compute basic and diluted earnings per Common Share for the three years ending June 30, 2006:

 

(in millions)    2006    2005    2004

Weighted-average shares-basic

   421.2    430.5    434.4

Effect of dilutive securities:

        

Employee options, restricted shares and restricted share units

   7.3    5.2    5.6
              

Weighted-average shares-diluted

   428.5    435.7    440.0
              

The potentially dilutive employee stock options that were antidilutive for fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004 were 13.8 million, 27.0 million and 18.4 million, respectively.

 

117


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

15.    CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING

Effective fiscal 2004, the Company changed its method of recognizing cash discounts from recognizing cash discounts as a reduction of cost of products sold primarily upon payment of vendor invoices to recording cash discounts as a component of inventory cost and recognizing such discounts as a reduction to cost of products sold upon the sale of inventory. The Company believes the change in accounting method provides a more objectively determinable method of recognizing cash discounts and a better matching of inventory cost to revenue.

The Company recorded a $38.5 million (net of tax of $22.5 million) cumulative effect of change in accounting in the consolidated statements of earnings. The cumulative effect reduced net diluted earnings per Common Share by $0.09. The impact of this change for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 was an increase in earnings from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting by approximately $13.2 million. This resulted in an increase in diluted earnings per Common Share from continuing operations of $0.03 for fiscal 2004.

 

118


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

16.    GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the two years ended June 30, 2006, in total and by reportable segment:

 

(in millions)    Pharmaceutical
Distribution
and Provider
Services
    Medical
Products
and
Services
    Pharmaceutical
Technologies
and Services
    Clinical
Technologies
and Services
    Total  

Balance at June 30, 2004

   $ 144.6     $ 675.8     $ 1,684.1     $ 1,582.8     $ 4,087.3  
                                        

Goodwill acquired, net of purchase price adjustments, foreign currency translation adjustments and other (1)(2)(3)

     24.7       (3.7 )     83.1       106.5       210.6  

Impairment charges (4)

     —         —         (18.7 )     —         (18.7 )

Goodwill related to the divestiture/ closure of businesses (5)

     —         —         (7.3 )     —         (7.3 )

Transfer (6)

     (60.1 )     —         —         60.1       —    
                                        

Balance at June 30, 2005

   $ 109.2     $ 672.1     $ 1,741.2     $ 1,749.4     $ 4,271.9  
                                        

Goodwill acquired, net of purchase price adjustments, foreign currency translation adjustments and other (7)(8)(9)(10)

     112.7       127.4       (18.3 )     (32.2 )     189.6  

Goodwill related to the divestiture/closure of businesses

       (1.9 )       (6.5 )     (8.4 )
                                        

Balance at June 30, 2006

   $ 221.9     $ 797.6     $ 1,722.9     $ 1,710.7     $ 4,453.1  
                                        

(1) The increase within the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment primarily relates to Medicap purchase price tax adjustments of approximately $25.2 million.
(2) The increase within the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment primarily relates to the acquisition of Geodax Technology, Inc. and an acquisition within the Intercare business, which resulted in goodwill allocations of approximately $63.8 and $26.6 million respectively. The affect of these acquisitions was partially offset by purchase price adjustments of approximately $18.6 million. The remaining amounts represent goodwill acquired from another immaterial acquisition, other purchase price adjustments and foreign currency translation adjustments.
(3) The increase within the Clinical Technologies and Services segment primarily relates to Alaris purchase price tax adjustments of approximately $117.9 million which were offset by approximately $19.3 million for the reclassification of goodwill to intangibles within the Alaris business.
(4) These impairment charges relate to the Pharmaceutical Development, Oral Technologies and Biotechnology and Sterile Life Science businesses within the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment.
(5) This goodwill decrease relates to the sale of the Radiation Management Services business within the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment during the second quarter. See Note 21 below for additional information regarding this sale of business.
(6) During the first quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company transferred its Clinical Services and Consulting business, previously reported within the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment, to its Clinical Technologies and Services segment to better align business operations. This transfer resulted in approximately $60.1 million of goodwill being reclassed between the segments.
(7)

The increase within the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment primarily relates to the acquisition of ParMed Pharmaceutical, Inc. and Dohmen resulting in a goodwill allocation of $22.9 million and $101.4 million, respectively. The remaining amounts represent purchase price adjustments and other foreign currency translation adjustments.

 

119


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(8) The increase within the Medical Products and Services segment primarily relates to the acquisition of the remaining interest of the Source Medical joint venture and the acquisition of Denver BioMedical, Inc. resulting in a goodwill allocation of $36.5 million and $78.2 million, respectively. The remaining amounts represent purchase price adjustments and other foreign currency translation adjustments.
(9) The decrease within Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services includes the purchase accounting accrual amounts allocated to planned facility closures for the Intercare acquisition of $12.1 million which were reversed against goodwill as the Company subsequently decided not to close these facilities. See Note 2 for additional information.
(10) The decrease within Clinical Technologies and Services segment primarily relates to a deferred tax adjustment of approximately $32.2 million related to the Alaris acquisition.

The allocation of the purchase price related to certain acquisitions are not yet finalized and are subject to adjustment as the Company assesses the value of the pre-acquisition contingencies and certain other matters. The Company expects any future adjustments to the allocation of the purchase price to be recorded to goodwill.

Intangible assets with definite lives are being amortized using the straight-line method over periods that range from three to forty years. The detail of other intangible assets by class for the three years ended June 30, 2006 is as follows:

 

(in millions)    Gross
Intangible
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Net
Intangible

June 30, 2005

        

Unamortized intangibles:

        

Trademarks and patents

   $ 181.5    $ 0.4    $ 181.1
                    

Total unamortized intangibles

   $ 181.5    $ 0.4    $ 181.1

Amortized intangibles:

        

Trademarks and patents

   $ 151.3    $ 23.9    $ 127.4

Non-compete agreements

     4.0      1.6      2.4

Customer relationships

     221.6      32.3      189.3

Other

     98.6      28.2      70.4
                    

Total amortized intangibles

   $ 475.5    $ 86.0    $ 389.5
                    

Total intangibles

   $ 657.0    $ 86.4    $ 570.6

June 30, 2006

        

Unamortized intangibles:

        

Trademarks and patents

   $ 185.4    $ 0.4    $ 185.0
                    

Total unamortized intangibles

   $ 185.4    $ 0.4    $ 185.0

Amortized intangibles:

        

Trademarks and patents

   $ 164.9    $ 40.3    $ 124.6

Non-compete agreements

     4.5      2.8      1.7

Customer relationships

     230.5      59.9      170.6

Other

     107.7      50.3      57.4
                    

Total amortized intangibles

   $ 507.6    $ 153.3    $ 354.3
                    

Total intangibles

   $ 693.0    $ 153.7    $ 539.3
                    

 

120


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Amortization expense for the years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was approximately $54.7 million, $55.3 million and $12.2 million, respectively. Amortization expense is estimated to be:

 

(in millions)    2007    2008    2009    2010    2011

Amortization expense

   $ 53.7    $ 48.5    $ 45.5    $ 44.1    $ 43.3

17.    SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company’s operations are principally managed on a products and services basis and are comprised of four reportable segments: Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services; Medical Products and Services; Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services; and Clinical Technologies and Services. During the first quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company changed its methodology for allocating corporate costs to the reportable segments to better align corporate spending with the segments that receive the related benefits. Prior period results were adjusted to reflect this change in methodology. In addition, during the first quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company transferred certain businesses and administrative support functions to better align business operations. Prior period financial results have not been adjusted because each of these transfers was not significant within its segment and did not have a material impact on its segment’s growth rates.

During the third quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company committed to plans to sell a significant portion of its Healthcare Marketing Services business and its United Kingdom-based Intercare Pharmaceutical Distribution business, thereby meeting the held for sale criteria set forth in SFAS No. 144. In accordance with SFAS No. 144 and EITF Issue No. 03-13, “Applying the Conditions in Paragraph 42 of FASB Statement No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, in Determining Whether to Report Discontinued Operations”, the net assets of these businesses are presented separately as assets held for sale and the operating results of these businesses are presented within discontinued operations. Prior period results were adjusted to reflect this change. See Note 21 below for additional information.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company decided to close its Humacao operations as part of its global restructuring program and committed to sell the assets of the Humacao operations and planned to transfer certain production to other existing facilities, thereby meeting the held for sale criteria set forth in SFAS No. 144. During the three months ended September 30, 2005, the Company subsequently decided not to transfer production from its Humacao operations to other Company-owned facilities, thereby meeting the criteria for classification of discontinued operations in accordance with SFAS No. 144 and EITF Issue No. 03-13. The net assets of these businesses are presented separately as assets held for sale and the operating results of these businesses are presented within discontinued operations. Prior period results were adjusted to reflect this change. See Note 21 below for additional information.

During the first quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company transferred its Specialty Distribution business, previously included within the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment, to the Medical Products and Services segment. This transfer was effected to better align business operations with the current management and reporting structure. Prior period financial results were adjusted to reflect these changes.

The Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment distributes pharmaceuticals, healthcare products and other items typically sold by hospitals, retail drug stores and other healthcare providers. This segment provides distribution and other services to certain pharmaceutical manufacturers. The segment also provides support services complementing its distribution activities and a pharmaceutical repackaging and distribution program for independent and chain drug store customers as well as customers in the mail order business. In addition, this segment franchises and operates apothecary-style retail pharmacies.

 

121


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Medical Products and Services segment manufactures medical and surgical products and distributes these self-manufactured products, as well as medical, surgical and laboratory products manufactured by other suppliers, to hospitals, physician offices, surgery centers and other healthcare providers. In addition, the segment distributes therapeutic plasma to hospitals, clinics and other providers. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company completed the sale of its oncology distribution capabilities. See Note 21 below for additional information.

The Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment provides products and services to the healthcare industry through pharmaceutical development and manufacturing services in nearly all oral and sterile dose forms, including those incorporating the Company’s proprietary drug delivery systems, such as softgel capsules, controlled release forms, Zydis ® fast dissolving wafers and advanced sterile delivery technologies. This segment also provides packaging, radiopharmaceutical manufacturing and distribution, pharmaceutical development and analytical science services and scientific and regulatory consulting. It also manufactures and markets generic pharmaceutical products for sale to hospitals, clinics and pharmacies in the United Kingdom.

The Clinical Technologies and Services segment provides products and services to hospitals and other healthcare providers that focus on patient treatment and safety as well as improving hospital operating efficiencies. This segment designs, develops, manufactures, sells and services intravenous medication safety and infusion therapy delivery systems and designs, develops, manufactures, leases, sells and services point-of-use systems that automate the distribution and management of medications and supplies in hospitals and other healthcare facilities. In addition, this segment provides services to the healthcare industry through integrated pharmacy management.

The Company evaluates the performance of the segments based on operating earnings after the corporate allocation of certain administrative expenses. Information about interest income and expense and income taxes is not provided on a segment level. In addition, equity-based compensation, special items, impairment charges, and investment spending are not allocated to the segments. See Notes 2 and 13 above for further discussion of the Company’s special items and equity-based compensation and Note 20 below for a discussion of impairment charges and other. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

The following tables include revenue and operating earnings for each business segment and reconciling items necessary to agree to amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004:

 

(in millions)    Revenue  
     2006     2005     2004  

Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services (1)

   $ 67,100.7     $ 60,463.8     $ 52,152.7  

Medical Products and Services (2)

     10,013.8       9,824.0       9,143.5  

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services (3)

     2,826.4       2,716.7       2,454.7  

Clinical Technologies and Services (4)

     2,430.3       2,189.3       1,550.6  

Corporate (5)

     (1,007.6 )     (922.2 )     (778.9 )
                        

Total revenue

   $ 81,363.6     $ 74,271.6     $ 64,522.6  
                        

 

122


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(in millions)    Operating Earnings  
     2006     2005     2004  

Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services

   $ 996.8     $ 997.1     $ 1,046.5  

Medical Products and Services

     646.8       620.4       661.7  

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services (6)

     304.7       313.9       417.8  

Clinical Technologies and Services (6)

     384.2       245.6       322.8  

Corporate (6) (7)

     (365.8 )     (352.7 )     (118.1 )
                        

Total operating earnings

   $ 1,966.7     $ 1,824.3     $ 2,330.7  
                        

The following tables include depreciation and amortization expense and capital expenditures for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004 for each segment as well as reconciling items necessary to total the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements:

 

(in millions)    Depreciation and
Amortization Expense
     2006    2005    2004

Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services

   $ 29.7    $ 45.0    $ 42.0

Medical Products and Services

     83.2      95.7      88.5

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services

     124.5      122.9      100.2

Clinical Technologies and Services

     73.7      83.8      21.8

Corporate

     81.6      42.8      37.0
                    

Total depreciation and amortization expense

   $ 392.7    $ 390.2    $ 289.5
                    

 

(in millions)    Capital Expenditures
     2006    2005    2004

Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services

   $ 30.3    $ 69.7    $ 54.3

Medical Products and Services

     77.1      117.0      101.2

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services

     116.5      242.5      178.6

Clinical Technologies and Services

     71.8      59.8      29.6

Corporate

     147.5      65.2      32.0
                    

Total capital expenditures

   $ 443.2    $ 554.2    $ 395.7
                    

The following table includes total assets at June 30, 2006 and 2005 for each segment as well as reconciling items necessary to total the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements:

 

(in millions)    Assets
     2006    2005

Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services

   $ 10,442.1    $ 9,047.1

Medical Products and Services

     3,859.5      4,078.8

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services

     4,043.4      4,268.6

Clinical Technologies and Services

     3,714.6      3,560.7

Corporate (8)

     1,314.5      883.0
             

Total assets

   $ 23,374.1    $ 21,838.2
             

(1) The Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment’s revenue is primarily derived from one main product category, Pharmaceutical and Healthcare products, for all fiscal periods presented.

 

123


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(2) The Medical Products and Services segment’s revenue is derived from two main product categories. These product categories and their respective contributions to revenue are as follows:

 

Product Category

       2006             2005             2004      

Medical, Surgical and Laboratory Products

   78 %   76 %   77 %

Specialty Pharmaceutical Products

   22 %   24 %   23 %
                  

Total

   100 %   100 %   100 %
                  

 

(3) The Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment’s revenue is derived from three main product categories. These product categories and their respective contributions to revenue are as follows:

 

Product Category

       2006             2005             2004      

Manufactured Products and Radiopharmaceuticals

   81 %   78 %   77 %

Packaged Products

   17 %   15 %   16 %

Other Products and Services

   2 %   7 %   7 %
                  

Total

   100 %   100 %   100 %
                  

 

(4) The Clinical Technologies and Services segment’s revenue is derived from three main product categories. These product categories and their respective contributions to revenue are as follows:

 

Product Category

       2006             2005             2004      

Clinical Services and Consulting

   42 %   45 %   55 %

Intravenous Medication Safety and Infusion Delivery Systems

   32 %   29 %   1 %

Point-of-Use Systems

   26 %   26 %   44 %
                  

Total

   100 %   100 %   100 %
                  
(5) Corporate revenue consists of the elimination of inter-segment revenue and in fiscal 2004 foreign currency translation adjustments.
(6) Corporate operating earnings include special items of $94.7 million, $218.0 million and $55.2 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively (see Note 2 for discussion of special items). As discussed above, the Company modified the way in which corporate costs are allocated to the business segments, to better align corporate spending with the business segments based on the benefits received. During fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, corporate operating earnings include special items, equity-based compensation, impairment charges and other and certain other Corporate directed costs described below:
    Investment spending – The Company has encouraged its business units to identify investment projects which will provide future returns. These projects typically require incremental strategic investments in the form of additional capital or operating expenses. As approval decisions for such projects are dependent upon Corporate management, the expenses for such projects are retained at the Corporate segment. Investment spending for fiscal years, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $18.9 million, $18.0 million and $41.7 million, respectively.

 

   

Interest income adjustment – At the direction of Corporate management, the former Automation and Information Services segment sold portions of its leased asset portfolio and transferred the proceeds to Corporate. As the capital proceeds associated with these sales have not been redeployed within the business segment, but utilized for other general corporate purposes, the segment was allocated a benefit by Corporate for the interest income that would have been earned associated with these sold leases. In fiscal 2004, the segment received a $21 million allocation from Corporate. Effective the first quarter of fiscal 2005, the Pyxis products business did not receive an allocation adjustment from Corporate for the estimated interest income related to the sale of certain lease portfolios.

 

124


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Foreign exchange adjustments – Effective the first quarter of fiscal 2005, the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment changed its basis for measuring the impact of translating foreign subsidiaries’ operating results into U.S. dollars. Historically since 2000, this segment’s revenue and operating earnings were not impacted by foreign exchange fluctuations as the Company applied constant exchange rates to translate its foreign operating results into U.S. dollars and recorded the actual impact of foreign exchange rate changes within the Corporate segment. For fiscal 2004, $11.2 million of expenses were allocated to Corporate representing the difference between “constant rates” and “actual” exchange rates. Effective the first quarter of fiscal 2005, the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations were included in the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment.

 

(7) During the three months ended September 30, 2005, the Company changed its methodology for allocating corporate costs to the reportable segments to better align corporate spending with the segments that receive the related benefits. All reported prior period amounts were adjusted to reflect this change in methodology.
(8) The Corporate assets primarily include cash and cash equivalents, net property and equipment and unallocated deferred taxes.

The following table presents revenue and long-lived assets by geographic area:

 

     Revenue    Long-Lived Assets
     For The Fiscal Year Ended June 30,    As of June 30,
(in millions)    2006    2005    2004    2006    2005    2004

United States

   $ 80,100.0    $ 72,545.2    $ 63,038.4    $ 2,317.7    $ 1,729.7    $ 1,789.0

International

     1,263.6      1,726.4      1,484.2      266.3      715.4      511.5
                                         

Total

   $ 81,363.6    $ 74,271.6    $ 64,522.6    $ 2,584.0    $ 2,445.1    $ 2,300.5
                                         

Long-lived assets include property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation.

18.    SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following is selected quarterly financial data for fiscal 2006 and 2005. The sum of the quarters may not equal year-to-date due to rounding.

 

(in millions, except per Common Share amounts)    First
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
 

Fiscal 2006

        

Revenue

   $ 19,237.2     $ 19,780.6     $ 20,637.5     $ 21,708.3  

Gross margin

     1,194.2       1,290.1       1,369.2       1,427.4  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     793.7       773.0       778.6       854.0  

Earnings from continuing operations

     237.5       312.6       355.8       338.8  

Loss from discontinued operations

     (9.2 )     (8.6 )     (209.0 )     (17.8 )
                                

Net earnings

   $ 228.3     $ 304.0     $ 146.8     $ 321.0  

Earnings from continuing operations

per Common Share:

        

Basic

   $ 0.56     $ 0.73     $ 0.85     $ 0.82  

Diluted

   $ 0.55     $ 0.72     $ 0.83     $ 0.80  

 

125


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company recorded the following significant adjustments in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006:

 

    an adjustment of approximately $15.3 million related to the acceleration of the vesting conditions for all unvested equity awards held by the Company’s Executive Chairman of the Board, Robert D. Walter. The acceleration of the equity-based compensation resulted from his second amended and restated employment agreement, dated April 17, 2006, which relinquished the service period related to his unvested equity awards;

 

    an adjustment of approximately $10.0 million related to excess inventory from a particular pharmaceutical manufacturer within the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment; and

 

    an adjustment of $8.0 million for the current year impact for the Company’s long-term incentive cash program for fiscal years 2006 through 2008.

 

     First
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
   Third
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
 

Fiscal 2005

         

Revenue

   $ 17,633.0     $ 18,378.6    $ 18,959.6     $ 19,300.4  

Gross margin

     1,064.4       1,184.4      1,328.9       1,348.9  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     671.1       676.8      678.7       744.0  

Earnings from continuing operations

     223.0       208.2      374.5       302.6  

Earnings/(loss) from discontinued operations

     (9.7 )     5.8      (8.8 )     (44.9 )
                               

Net earnings

   $ 213.3     $ 214.0    $ 365.7     $ 257.7  
Earnings from continuing operations
per Common Share:
         

Basic

   $ 0.52     $ 0.48    $ 0.87     $ 0.71  

Diluted

   $ 0.51     $ 0.48    $ 0.86     $ 0.70  

As discussed in Note 2, special items were recognized in each quarter of fiscal 2006 and 2005. The following table summarizes the impact of such costs on net earnings and diluted earnings per Common Share in the quarters in which they were recorded:

 

(in millions, except per Common Share amounts)    First
Quarter
     Second
Quarter
    

Third

Quarter

    

Fourth

Quarter

 

Fiscal 2006

           

Net earnings

   $ (13.5 )    $ (13.6 )    $ (15.6 )    $ (24.0 )

Diluted net earnings per Common Share

   $ (0.03 )    $ (0.03 )    $ (0.04 )    $ (0.06 )
                                   

Fiscal 2005

           

Net earnings

   $ (17.9 )    $ (70.9 )    $ (28.2 )    $ (37.0 )

Diluted net earnings per Common Share

   $ (0.04 )    $ (0.16 )    $ (0.06 )    $ (0.09 )
                                   

19.    GUARANTEES

The Company has contingent commitments related to certain operating lease agreements (see Note 8). These operating leases consist of certain real estate and equipment used in the operations of the Company. In the event of termination of these operating leases, which range in length from five to ten years, the Company guarantees reimbursement for a portion of any unrecovered property cost. At June 30, 2006, the maximum amount the Company could be required to reimburse was $162.0 million. In accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 45,

 

126


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

the Company recorded a liability of $3.4 million as of June 30, 2006 related to these agreements. The Company’s maximum amount to be reimbursed decreased significantly during fiscal 2006 due to the Company’s decision to repurchase certain buildings, equipment and land of approximately $142.0 million which were previously under lease agreements.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company, from time to time, agrees to indemnify certain other parties under agreements with the Company, including under acquisition and disposition agreements, customer agreements and intellectual property licensing agreements. Such indemnification obligations vary in scope and, when defined, in duration. In many cases, a maximum obligation is not explicitly stated and, therefore, the overall maximum amount of the liability under such indemnification obligations cannot be reasonably estimated. Where appropriate, such indemnification obligations are recorded as a liability. Historically, the Company has not, individually or in the aggregate, made payments under these indemnification obligations in any material amounts. In certain circumstances, the Company believes that its existing insurance arrangements, subject to the general deduction and exclusion provisions, would cover portions of the liability that may arise from these indemnification obligations. In addition, the Company believes that the likelihood of material liability being triggered under these indemnification obligations is not significant.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company, from time to time, enters into agreements that obligate the Company to make fixed payments upon the occurrence of certain events. Such obligations primarily relate to obligations arising under acquisition transactions, where the Company has agreed to make payments based upon the achievement of certain financial performance measures by the acquired business. Generally, the obligation is capped at an explicit amount. The Company’s aggregate exposure for these obligations, assuming the achievement of all financial performance measures, is not material. Any potential payment for these obligations would be treated as an adjustment to the purchase price of the related entity and would have no impact on the Company’s results of operations.

In the ordinary course of business, the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment of the Company, from time to time, extend loans to its customers which are subsequently sold to a bank. The bank services and administers these loans as well as any new loans the Company may direct. In order for the bank to purchase such loans, it requires the absolute and unconditional obligation of the Company to repurchase such loans upon the occurrence of certain events described in the agreement including, but not limited to, borrower payment default that exceeds 90 days, insolvency and bankruptcy. In the event of default, in addition to repurchasing the loans, the Company must repay any premium that was received in advance of the bank’s collection of the loan. At June 30, 2006 and 2005, notes in the program subject to the guaranty of the Company totaled $35.1 million and $11.2 million, respectively. At June 30, 2006 and 2005, accruals for premiums received in advance of the bank’s collection of notes were $0.6 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

20.    IMPAIRMENT CHARGES AND OTHER

The Company classifies certain asset impairments related to restructurings in special items, which are included in operating earnings within the consolidated statements of earnings. Asset impairments and gains and losses from the sale of assets not eligible to be classified as special items or discontinued operations are classified within “impairment charges and other” within the consolidated statements of earnings. These asset impairment charges were included within the Corporate segment’s results.

During fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company recorded charges/(gains) of $20.2 million, $113.7 million and $(11.5) million, respectively.

During fiscal 2006, the only significant charge was approximately $6.2 million related to the loss on sale of a significant portion of the Company’s Specialty Distribution business (see Note 21 for additional information).

 

127


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

With respect to the significant asset impairments recorded during fiscal 2005, the Company incurred the following:

 

    Impairments of approximately $71.7 million within the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment. The impairments related primarily to recognizing reductions in the value of assets within the Oral Technologies business based on discounted cash flow analyses performed in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” as a result of strategic business decisions made during the second quarter of fiscal 2005.

 

    Impairments of approximately $21.9 million related to lease agreements for certain real estate and equipment used in the operations of the Company (see Notes 8 and 19 above for additional information regarding these lease agreements).

 

    Impairments of $7.2 million within the Corporate entity relating to a decision to write-off internally developed software.

With respect to the significant items recorded during fiscal 2004, the Company incurred the following gains:

 

    A net gain of approximately $8.7 million related to the sale of a non-strategic business within its Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment.

 

    A net gain of approximately $6.8 million related to the sale of land within its Medical Products and Services segment.

 

    A net gain of approximately $6.3 million related to the sale of a non-strategic business within its Medical Products and Services segment.

21.    DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

During the third quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company committed to plans to sell a significant portion of its Healthcare Marketing Services (“HMS”) business (“HMS disposal group”) and its United Kingdom-based Intercare Pharmaceutical Distribution business (“IPD”), thereby meeting the held for sale criteria set forth in SFAS No. 144. The remaining portion of the HMS business will remain within the Company. In accordance with SFAS No. 144 and EITF Issue No. 03-13, “Applying the Conditions in Paragraph 42 of FASB Statement No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, in Determining Whether to Report Discontinued Operations,” the net assets of these businesses are presented separately as assets held for sale and the operating results of these businesses are presented within discontinued operations. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, the net assets held for sale of each business were recorded at the net expected fair value less costs to sell, as this amount was lower than the businesses’ net carrying value. The resulting impairment charges of approximately $171.0 million and approximately $66.4 million for the HMS disposal group and IPD business, respectively, are recorded within discontinued operations. The Company will continue to assess the net expected value less costs to sell to determine if any adjustments are necessary prior to the closing of the sale transaction. The net assets held for sale of the HMS disposal group at June 30, 2006 and 2005 are included within the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment. The net assets held for sale of the IPD business at June 30, 2006 and 2005 are included within the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment. The Company expects to sell both of the businesses prior to the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2007.

The Specialty Distribution business’ largest customer began self distribution on January 1, 2006, which significantly impacted revenue and operating earnings for this business as this customer represented approximately $1.5 billion of fiscal 2005 revenue. During the third quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company committed to a plan to sell a significant portion of the Specialty Distribution business. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, the net assets held for sale of this business are presented separately on the consolidated balance sheets and were recorded at the net expected fair value less costs to sell, as this amount was lower than the business’ net

 

128


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

carrying value. The resulting impairment charge of approximately $6.2 million is recorded within “impairment charges and other” during fiscal 2006. See Note 20 for additional information on “impairment charges and other.” In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company sold the business. The results of the Specialty Distribution business are reported within earnings from continuing operations on the consolidated statements of earnings. The net assets held for sale of the portion of the Specialty Distribution business at June 30, 2005 are included within the Medical Products and Services segment.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company decided to close its sterile pharmaceutical manufacturing business in Humacao, Puerto Rico as part of its global restructuring program and committed to sell the assets of the Humacao operations, thereby meeting the held for sale criteria set forth in SFAS No. 144. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company recognized an asset impairment to write the carrying value of the Humacao assets down to fair value, less costs to sell. During the first quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company subsequently decided not to transfer production from Humacao to other Company-owned facilities, thereby meeting the criteria for classification of discontinued operations in accordance with SFAS No. 144 and EITF Issue No. 03-13. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, the net assets of Humacao are presented as assets held for sale and the results of operations of Humacao are presented as discontinued operations. The net assets at June 30, 2006 and 2005 for the discontinued operations are included within the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment.

In connection with the acquisition of Syncor, the Company acquired certain operations of Syncor that were discontinued. Prior to the acquisition, Syncor announced the discontinuation of certain operations, including the medical imaging business and certain overseas operations. The Company continued with these plans and added additional international and non-core domestic businesses to the discontinued operations. In accordance with SFAS No. 144 and EITF Issue No. 03-13, the results of operations of these businesses were presented as discontinued operations. The Company sold all of the remaining Syncor discontinued operations prior to the end of fiscal 2005.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2005, the Company recorded a gain of approximately $18.7 million related to the sale of the Radiation Management Services business within the Company’s Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment. This business unit was not previously classified as discontinued operations because it did not qualify in accordance with SFAS No. 144 and EITF Issue No. 03-13 until the second quarter of fiscal 2005. The assets and liabilities were not classified as held for sale and the results of operations related to this business were not classified as discontinued operations as the amounts were not significant.

The results of discontinued operations for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are summarized as follows:

 

    

Fiscal Year

Ended June 30,

 
(in millions)    2006     2005     2004  

Revenue

   $ 531.5     $ 643.5     $ 607.9  

Gain from sale of business unit

     —         18.7       —    

Impairment charges

     (237.4 )     —         —    

Loss before income taxes

     (280.6 )     (58.4 )     (4.6 )

Income tax benefit (1) (2)

     36.0       0.8       0.4  
                        

Loss from discontinued operations

   $ (244.6 )   $ (57.6 )   $ (4.2 )
                        

 

129


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 


(1) The discontinued operations income tax benefit was $36.0 million or 12.8% in fiscal 2006. This tax rate percentage is significantly impacted by the non-tax deductibility of $150.7 million of goodwill write-offs included in the aforementioned impairment charges for IPD and HMS recorded during fiscal 2006. As a result, the net effective tax benefit is $28.5 or 12.2% on the $237.4 million of impairment charges included in discontinued operations.
(2) The discontinued operations income tax benefit was $0.8 million or 1.4% in fiscal 2005. This tax rate percentage is significantly impacted by the tax expense recognized on the $18.7 million gain on the sale related to the Radiation Management Services business discussed above.

Interest expense allocated to the HMS discontinued operations was $1.8 million, $2.0 million and $2.3 million for fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Interest expense allocated to the IPD discontinued operations was $1.1 million, $1.4 million and $0.7 million for fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Interest expense allocated to the Humacao discontinued operations was $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.6 million for fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Interest expense was allocated to discontinued operations based upon a ratio of the net assets of discontinued operations versus the overall net assets of the Company.

There was no interest expense allocated to the Syncor discontinued operations for fiscal 2006 or 2005 as a note assumed in connection with the Syncor acquisition was paid off in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004. Interest expense allocated to the Syncor discontinued operations was $0.2 million for fiscal 2004. Interest expense was allocated to discontinued operations based upon a ratio of the net assets of discontinued operations versus the overall net assets of Syncor.

At June 30, 2006 and 2005 the major components of assets and liabilities held for sale and discontinued operations were as follows:

 

    

Fiscal Year

Ended June 30,

(in millions)    2006    2005

Current Assets

   $ 178.8    $ 514.3

Property and Equipment

     20.9      38.9

Other Assets

     12.9      254.9
             

Total Assets

   $ 212.6    $ 808.1
             

Current Liabilities

   $ 67.7    $ 343.8

Long Term Debt and Other

     12.7      1.7
             

Total Liabilities

   $ 80.4    $ 345.5
             

Operating cash flows generated from discontinued operations are presented separately on the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows.

22.    INVESTMENTS

At June 30, 2006 and 2005 the Company invested approximately $208.9 million and $79.8 million, respectively, in tax exempt variable rate demand notes and approximately $289.5 million and $20.0 million, respectively, in tax exempt auction rate securities. These short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The interest rate payable on the Company’s current investments resets every seven, twenty-eight, or thirty-five days, and the investments are automatically reinvested unless the Company provides notice of intent to liquidate to the broker. The Company’s investments in these securities are recorded at cost, which approximates fair market value due to their variable interest rates. The underlying maturities of the current investments range from four to thirty-five years. The bonds are issued by

 

130


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

municipalities and other tax exempt entities. Most are backed by letters of credit from the banking institutions that broker the debt placements or another financial institution. All of the investments have ratings of at least AA.

At June 30, 2006, the Company also held a $16.7 million cost investment. The entity invested in (the “investee”) is continuously incurring losses. The Company’s share of the investee’s loss from its fiscal 2006 is deemed immaterial to the Company. It is also noted that the investee is expecting net income in fiscal 2007 and 2008. Therefore, the Company does not believe that its investment is impaired. The Company will continue to evaluate the investee’s financial performance in order to assess for impairment.

23.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent to June 30, 2006, the Company signed a definitive agreement to acquire MedMined, Inc., which provides technology and services that identify and prevent hospital-acquired infections. This business will be consolidated within the Company’s Clinical Technologies and Services segment.

Also subsequent to June 30, 2006, the Company announced the sale of its United Kingdom-based Intercare Pharmaceutical Distribution unit to Alliance Boots plc. This business was consolidated within the Pharmaceutical Distribution and Provider Services segment.

Also subsequent to June 30, 2006, the Company announced the sale of a manufacturing facility within its Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment to Adams Respiratory Therapeutics, Inc. The sale was finalized on July 31, 2006.

On July 11, 2006, the Company agreed to repurchase $395 million of its Common Shares in a private transaction with an unaffiliated third party. The share repurchase, which was completed on July 14, 2006, was a part of a $500 million share repurchase program approved by the Company’s Board of Directors on June 28, 2006. On August 3, 2006, the Company announced a $1.5 billion share repurchase program in addition to the $500 million plan approved on June 28, 2006. The Company plans to complete the combined $2 billion share repurchase during fiscal 2007 and 2008.

On August 2, 2006, the Company received a Revenue Agent Report from the Internal Revenue Service related to fiscal years 2001 and 2002. The Company is currently assessing the report. The Company expects to complete its initial communications to the IRS with respect to the Revenue Agent Report by the end of September 2006.

On August 28, 2006, the Company announced that it has suspended production, sales, repairs and installation of its Alaris ® SE infusion pump after approximately 1,300 units were seized by the Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”). On August 15, 2006, the Company initiated a voluntary field corrective action of the product as a result of information indicating that a sensitive keypad posed a risk of “key bounce” and could lead to over-infusion of patients. As part of the field corrective action, the Company sent letters and warning labels to its customers and is currently testing a modification that reduces sensitivity of the keypad. This modification will need to be validated on the product and approved by the FDA. These actions did not require the return of products currently in use by customers and the Company currently has no plans of recalling these products. The Company has stopped manufacturing and distribution of the Alaris SE infusion pumps pending resolution of the issue with the FDA. There have been approximately 140,000 Alaris SE infusion pumps distributed worldwide during the past 12 years and the product line currently represents less than 1% of annual revenue for the Clinical Technologies and Services segment. The Company does not believe that implementation of the modification currently being tested will materially affect the Company’s results of operations or financial condition. However, the Company has not completed its testing or received approval from the FDA and if additional remedial actions are deemed necessary by the Company or the FDA, the effect could become material to the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

 

131


Table of Contents

Item 9: Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A: Controls and Procedures

The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in its reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Form 10-K, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms. The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are also designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to management to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Company’s internal controls are designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of its consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP.

As disclosed in Note 9 in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” prior to filing the 2004 Form 10-K, the Company made certain reclassification and restatement adjustments to its fiscal 2004 and prior historical consolidated financial statements as a result of the internal review undertaken by the Audit Committee with respect to certain accounting matters. Specifically, the Company restated its consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2004, reclassified certain categories of revenue, reduced its fourth quarter fiscal 2004 results for premature revenue recognition in its former Automation and Information Services segment, and expanded disclosure. The reclassification and restatement adjustments were reflected in the 2004 Form 10-K.

In connection with the Audit Committee’s internal review, since the end of fiscal 2004, the Company has adopted and substantially implemented various measures in connection with the Company’s ongoing efforts to improve its internal control processes and corporate governance. For additional information regarding these measures, refer to Item 9A of the Company’s 2005 Form 10-K. The Company will continue to develop policies and procedures and reinforce compliance with existing policies and procedures in the Company’s effort to constantly improve its internal control environment.

The Company believes that the implementation of the enhancements resulting from the Audit Committee’s internal review, as well as other control and governance enhancements, have remediated the “material weaknesses” (as defined under standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board) in the Company’s entity level controls relating to the Company’s control environment through June 30, 2004 and with respect to the timing of revenue recognition within the Company’s former Automation and Information Services segment, which material weaknesses were identified and communicated to the Company by its independent auditors prior to the filing of the 2004 Form 10-K.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. The Company carried out an evaluation, as required by Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act, with the participation of the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of June 30, 2006. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of June 30, 2006.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

132


Table of Contents

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2006. In making this assessment, management used the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). Based on management’s assessment and the COSO criteria, management believes that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2006.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, has issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Ernst & Young LLP’s report appears below under this Item 9A and expresses unqualified opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended June 30, 2006 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, its internal control over financial reporting.

Significant Deficiencies. As noted above, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2006 did not result in the identification of any material weaknesses. However, the Company identified a limited number of “significant deficiencies” (as defined under standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board) as of June 30, 2006 that do not, in the aggregate, rise to the level of a material weakness. The Company has developed specific action plans to address each of these significant deficiencies.

Limitations on Control Systems . The Company’s management, including its principal executive officer and the principal financial officer, does not expect that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control processes will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be detected. The Company monitors its disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls and makes modifications as necessary; the Company’s intent in this regard is that the disclosure controls and procedures and the internal controls will be maintained as dynamic systems that change (including with improvements and corrections) as conditions warrant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and as discussed above under this Item 9A, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of June 30, 2006. In addition, also as discussed above, the Company’s management believes that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2006.

 

133


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM OF MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The Shareholders and the

Board of Directors of Cardinal Health, Inc.:

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting,” that Cardinal Health, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2006, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Cardinal Health, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2006 and our report dated August 31, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Columbus, Ohio

August 31, 2006

 

134


Table of Contents

Item 9B: Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10: Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

Certain of the information called for in this Item 10, including the information relating to directors, is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Company’s 2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2006 Annual Meeting”) under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Corporate Governance—Policies on Business Ethics; Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer.”

Information with respect to executive officers of the Company appears in Part I of this report and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11: Executive Compensation

The information called for by this Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement relating to the 2006 Annual Meeting under the caption “Executive Compensation” (other than information set forth under the subcaptions “Human Resources and Compensation Committee Report” and “Shareholder Performance Graph”).

Item 12: Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Certain of the information called for by this Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement relating to the 2006 Annual Meeting under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Certain of the Company’s equity compensation plans are subject to shareholder approval and other plans have been authorized solely by the Board of Directors. The following is a description of the Company’s plans that have not been approved by shareholders.

Broadly-based Equity Incentive Plan, as amended

The Company’s Broadly-based Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Broadly-based Plan”), was adopted by the Board of Directors effective November 15, 1999. The term of the Broadly-based Plan expired on November 14, 2005, and no new awards are being granted under it. The Broadly-based Plan provides for grants in the form of nonqualified stock options, restricted shares and restricted share units to employees of the Company. The aggregate number of Common Shares authorized for issuance under the Broadly-based Plan is 36 million with no more than 10% of the authorized amount issuable in the form of restricted shares and restricted share units having a restriction period of less than three years. The Broadly-based Plan is not intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code and is not subject to any of the provisions of ERISA.

Amended and Restated Outside Directors Equity Incentive Plan, as amended

The Company’s Amended and Restated Outside Directors Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Outside Directors Plan”), was adopted by the Board of Directors effective May 10, 2000. The Outside Directors Plan provides for grants in the form of nonqualified stock options, restricted shares and restricted share units to members of the Board of Directors who are not employees of the Company. The aggregate number of Common Shares authorized for issuance under the Outside Directors Plan is 1.5 million. The plan is not intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code and is not subject to any of the provisions of ERISA.

 

135


Table of Contents

Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated

The Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2005 (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”), was adopted by the Board of Directors effective April 7, 1994. On December 8, 2004, the Deferred Compensation Plan was amended and restated effective January 1, 2005 to reflect the consolidation of the Company’s Directors Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated, with and into the Deferred Compensation Plan for Company executives and to address changes required of nonqualified deferred compensation plans by new Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, enacted as part of the AJCA. The Deferred Compensation Plan permits certain management employees of the Company to defer salary and bonus into any of several investment alternatives, including a stock equivalent account. In addition, the Company may, in its discretion, make additional matching or fixed contributions to the deferred balances of participating management employees. The Deferred Compensation Plan also permits directors of the Company to defer board fees into any of several investment alternatives, including a stock equivalent account. Deferrals into the stock equivalent account are valued as if each deferral were invested in the Company’s Common Shares as of the deferral date.

For management employees, deferred balances are paid upon retirement, termination from employment, death or disability. For directors, deferred balances are paid upon retirement or other termination from board service, death or disability. The maximum aggregate number of Common Shares that can be credited to stock equivalent accounts under the plan is 2.34 million. Deferred balances are paid in cash, or in Common Shares in kind, with any fractional shares paid in cash. The Deferred Compensation Plan contains a dividend reinvestment feature for the stock equivalent account with dividends generally being reinvested in investment options other than the stock equivalent account for reporting persons under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. The Deferred Compensation Plan is not intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code and is exempt from many of the provisions of ERISA as a “top hat” plan for a select group of management or highly compensated employees.

Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated

The Company’s Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated (the “Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan”), was adopted by the Board of Directors on February 9, 2000. The Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan permits certain international employees to purchase Common Shares through payroll deductions. The total number of Common Shares made available for purchase under the plan is 4.5 million. International employees who have been employed by the Company for at least 30 days may be eligible to contribute from 1% to 15% of eligible compensation. The purchase price is determined by the lower of 85% of the closing market price on the first day of the offering period or 85% of the closing market price on the last day of the offering period. During any given calendar year, there are two offering periods: January 1–June 30; and July 1–December 31. The Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan is not intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code and is not subject to any of the provisions of ERISA.

 

136


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes information relating to the Company’s equity compensation plans at June 30, 2006:

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Plan Category

  

Number of Common
Shares to be Issued
Upon Exercise of
Outstanding Options

(in millions)

(a)

   

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options

(b)

   

Number of Common Shares
Remaining Available for Future
Issuance Under Equity
Compensation Plans (excluding
Common Shares reflected in
column (a))

(in millions)

(c)

 

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders (1)

   17.7 (2)   $ 54.64 (2)   19.7 (3)

Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders

   24.8 (4)   $ 57.41 (4)   7.9 (5)

Equity compensation plans acquired through acquisition (6)

   2.8 (6)   $ 38.50     —    
                    

Total at June 30, 2006

   45.3     $ 55.15     27.6  
                    

(1) Under the Company’s Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Equity Incentive Plan”), which was approved by the Company’s shareholders in November 1995, the total number of Common Shares available for grant of awards under the Equity Incentive Plan is an amount equal to the sum of (a) 1.5% of the total outstanding Common Shares as of the last day of the Company’s immediately preceding fiscal year, plus (b) the number of Common Shares available for grant under the Equity Incentive Plan as of November 23, 1998, plus (c) any Common Shares related to awards that expire or are unexercised, forfeited, terminated, cancelled, settled in such a manner that all or some of the Common Shares covered by an award are not issued to a participant, or returned to the Company in payment of the exercise price or tax withholding obligations in connection with outstanding awards, plus (d) any unused portion of the Common Shares available under clause (a) above for the previous two fiscal years as a result of not being used in such previous two fiscal years. The term of the Equity Incentive Plan expired on November 14, 2005, and no new awards are being granted under it.
(2) In addition to stock options outstanding under the Equity Incentive Plan and the Company’s 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2005 Plan”), also includes 557,683 and 111,550 restricted share units outstanding under the Equity Incentive Plan and 2005 Plan, respectively, that are payable solely in Common Shares. Restricted share units do not have an exercise price, and therefore were not included for purposes of computing the weighted-average exercise price.
(3) Includes approximately 17.0 million Common Shares remaining available for future issuance under the 2005 Plan in the form of options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards or other stock-based awards. Also includes approximately 2.7 million Common Shares remaining available for future issuance under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated.
(4) In addition to stock options outstanding under the Broadly-based Plan and Outside Directors Plan, also includes 24,250 and 5,820 restricted share units outstanding under the Broadly-based Plan and Outside Directors Plan, respectively, that are payable solely in Common Shares. Also includes 51,140 Common Share units outstanding under the Deferred Compensation Plan that are payable in cash or Common Shares. These awards do not have an exercise price, and therefore were not included for purposes of computing the weighted-average exercise price.
(5)

Includes approximately 1.3 million Common Shares remaining available for future issuance under the Outside Directors Plan in the form of options, restricted shares or restricted share units; approximately 2.3 million Common Shares remaining available for future issuance under the Deferred Compensation Plan; and approximately 4.3 million Common Shares remaining available for future issuance under the Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

137


Table of Contents
(6) Includes options to purchase approximately 0.8 million Common Shares in the aggregate that were assumed by the Company in connection with acquisitions that were approved by the Company’s shareholders. The remaining options to purchase approximately 2.0 million Common Shares in the aggregate were assumed by the Company in connection with acquisitions that were not approved by the Company’s shareholders.

Item 13: Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

The information called for by this Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement relating to the 2006 Annual Meeting under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

Item 14: Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information called for by this Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement relating to the 2006 Annual Meeting under the caption “Independent Accountants.”

PART IV

Item 15: Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1) The following financial statements are included in Item 8 of this report:

 

       Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   60

Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the Fiscal Years Ended
June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004

   61

Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2006 and 2005

   62

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Fiscal
Years Ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004

   63

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended
June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004

   64

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   65

(a)(2) The following Supplemental Schedule is included in this report:

 

     Page

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

   148

All other schedules not listed above have been omitted as not applicable or because the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or in notes thereto.

(a)(3) Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K:

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

3.01    Cardinal Health, Inc. Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.01 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, File No. 1-11373)
3.02    Cardinal Health, Inc. Restated Code of Regulations (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.01 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005, File No. 1-11373)

 

138


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

4.01    Specimen Certificate for Common Shares of Cardinal Health, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.01 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2001, File No. 1-11373)
4.02    Indenture, dated as of April 18, 1997, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Bank One, Columbus, NA, Trustee, relating to Cardinal Health, Inc.’s 6  1 / 4 % Notes due 2008, 6  3 / 4 % Notes due 2011, 4.00% Notes due 2015 and 5.85% Notes due 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 21, 1997, File No. 1-11373)
4.03    Indenture, dated as of October 1, 1996, between Allegiance Corporation and PNC Bank, Kentucky, Inc. (“PNC”), Trustee; and First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 3, 1999, by and among Allegiance Corporation, Cardinal Health, Inc. and Chase Manhattan Trust Company, National Association (as successor in interest to PNC), Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.05 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on March 19, 1999, No. 333-74761)
4.04    Form of Debt Securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.08 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on June 13, 2001, No. 333-62944)
4.05    Agreement to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request a copy of instruments defining the rights of holders of certain long-term debt of Cardinal Health, Inc. and consolidated subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.07 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, File No. 1-11373)
10.01    Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, dated August 9, 2006, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and The Bank of New York
10.02    Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement, dated August 9, 2006, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
10.03    Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement, dated August 9, 2006, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC
10.04    Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement, dated August 9, 2006, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC
10.05    Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement, dated August 9, 2006, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co.
10.06    Five-Year Credit Agreement, dated November 18, 2005, between the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company, certain lenders, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Barclays Bank PLC, as Syndication Agents, Bank of America, N.A. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Documentation Agents, and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Lead Arrangers and Book Managers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 22, 2005, File No. 1-11373)
10.07    Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2004, among Cardinal Health Funding, LLC, as Seller, Griffin Capital, LLC, as Servicer, the Conduits party thereto, the Financial Institutions party thereto, the Managing Agents party thereto and Bank One, NA (Main Office Chicago), as Agent (confidential treatment has been requested for certain confidential commercial and financial information, pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Exchange Act) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, File No. 1-11373)

 

139


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

10.08    Omnibus Amendment and Reaffirmation of Performance Guaranty, dated as of August 18, 2004, by and among Cardinal Health Funding, LLC, Griffin Capital, LLC, the Conduits party thereto, the Financial Institutions party thereto, the Managing Agents party thereto, Bank One, NA (Main Office Chicago), as the Agent, and Cardinal Health, Inc. (confidential treatment has been requested for certain confidential commercial and financial information, pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Exchange Act) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.02 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, File No. 1-11373)
10.09    Omnibus Limited Waiver and Second Omnibus Amendment and Reaffirmation of Performance Guaranty, dated as of September 24, 2004, by and among Cardinal Health Funding, LLC, Griffin Capital, LLC, the Conduits party thereto, the Financial Institutions party thereto, the Managing Agents party thereto, Bank One, NA (Main Office Chicago), as the Agent, and Cardinal Health, Inc. (confidential treatment has been requested for certain confidential commercial and financial information, pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Exchange Act) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.03 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, File No. 1-11373)
10.10    Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement and Confirmations of Transfers, dated as of September 30, 2004, by and among Griffin Capital, LLC, Cardinal Health Funding, LLC, each entity signatory thereto as a Conduit, each entity signatory thereto as a Financial Institution, each entity signatory thereto as a Managing Agent and Bank One, NA (Main Office Chicago), as the Agent (confidential treatment has been requested for certain confidential commercial and financial information, pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Exchange Act) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.04 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, File No. 1-11373)
10.11    Amendment No. 4 to Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2005, by and among Cardinal Health Funding, LLC, Griffin Capital, LLC, each entity signatory thereto as a Conduit, each entity signatory thereto as a Financial Institution, each entity signatory thereto as a Managing Agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, NA (Main Office Chicago)), as the Agent (confidential treatment has been requested for certain confidential commercial and financial information, pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Exchange Act) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005, File No. 1-11373)
10.12    Amendment No. 5 to Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2005, by and among Cardinal Health Funding, LLC, Griffin Capital, LLC, each entity signatory thereto as a Conduit, each entity signatory thereto as a Financial Institution, each entity signatory thereto as a Managing Agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, NA (Main Office Chicago)), as the Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 3, 2005, File No. 1-11373)
10.13    Amended and Restated Performance Guaranty, dated as of September 30, 2004, executed by Cardinal Health, Inc. in favor of Cardinal Health Funding, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.05 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, File No. 1-11373)
10.14    Cardinal Health, Inc. 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 7, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*
10.15    First Amendment to Cardinal Health, Inc. 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006, File No. 1-11373)*

 

140


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

10.16    Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Cardinal Health, Inc. 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.03 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 7, 2006, File No. 1-11373)*
10.17    Form of Restricted Share Units Agreement under the Cardinal Health, Inc. 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.04 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 7, 2006, File No. 1-11373)*
10.18    Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Cardinal Health, Inc. 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended, for California residents (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.05 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 7, 2006, File No. 1-11373)*
10.19    Form of Restricted Share Units Agreement under the Cardinal Health, Inc. 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended, for California residents (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.06 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 7, 2006, File No. 1-11373)*
10.20    Cardinal Health, Inc. Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*
10.21    Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Cardinal Health, Inc. Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, for cliff vesting and manual signature (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*
10.22    Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Cardinal Health, Inc. Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, for cliff vesting and electronic signature (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.02 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*
10.23    Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Cardinal Health, Inc. Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, for residents of California, cliff vesting and electronic signature*
10.24    Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Cardinal Health, Inc. Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, for staggered vesting and manual signature (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.03 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*
10.25    Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Cardinal Health, Inc. Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, for staggered vesting and electronic signature (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.04 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*
10.26    Form of Restricted Share Units Agreement under the Cardinal Health, Inc. Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, for cliff vesting (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.05 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*
10.27    Form of Restricted Share Units Agreement under the Cardinal Health, Inc. Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, for staggered vesting (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.06 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*
10.28    Form of Directors’ Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Cardinal Health, Inc. Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.07 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 7, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*

 

141


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

10.29    Cardinal Health, Inc. Amended and Restated Outside Directors Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*
10.30    First Amendment to Cardinal Health, Inc. Amended and Restated Outside Directors Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.02 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006, File No. 1-11373)*
10.31    Form of Directors’ Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Cardinal Health, Inc. Amended and Restated Outside Directors Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.08 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 7, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*
10.32    Form of Directors’ Restricted Share Units Agreement under the Cardinal Health, Inc. Amended and Restated Outside Directors Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.09 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 7, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*
10.33    Cardinal Health, Inc. Broadly-based Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.52 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, File No. 1-11373) *
10.34    Cardinal Health Deferred Compensation Plan, amended and restated effective January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.02 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2004, File No. 1-11373)*
10.35    Amendment to the Cardinal Health Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*
10.36    Cardinal Health, Inc. Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated*
10.37    Cardinal Health, Inc. Management Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2004, File No. 1-11373)*
10.38    Cardinal Health, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Cash Program for Fiscal Years 2006-2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 7, 2006, File No. 1-11373)*
10.39    Cardinal Health, Inc. Policy Regarding Shareholder Approval of Severance Agreements (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.09 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 7, 2006, File No. 1-11373)*
10.40    Supplemental Benefit Plan for Key Employees of R.P. Scherer Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.07 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*
10.41    Employment Agreement, dated April 17, 2006, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and R. Kerry Clark (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 19, 2006, File No. 1-11373)*
10.42    Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated April 17, 2006, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and R. Kerry Clark (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.04 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 19, 2006, File No. 1-11373)*
10.43    Restricted Share Units Agreement, dated April 17, 2006, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and R. Kerry Clark (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.05 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 19, 2006, File No. 1-11373)*

 

142


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

10.44    Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated April 17, 2006, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Robert D. Walter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.02 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 19, 2006, File No. 1-11373)*
10.45    First Amendment, dated August 2, 2006, to Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated April 17, 2006, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Robert D. Walter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 7, 2006, File No. 1-11373)*
10.46    Restricted Share Units Agreement, dated October 15, 2001, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Robert D. Walter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, File No. 1-11373)*
10.47    Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated November 19, 2001, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Robert D. Walter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.04 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2001, File No. 1-11373)*
10.48    Restricted Share Units Agreement, dated November 20, 2001, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Robert D. Walter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2001, File No. 1-11373)*
10.49    Restricted Share Units Agreement, dated December 31, 2001, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Robert D. Walter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, File No. 1-11373)*
10.50    Restricted Share Units Agreement, dated February 1, 2002, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Robert D. Walter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, File No. 1-11373)*
10.51    Restricted Share Units Agreement, dated February 1, 2002, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Robert D. Walter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, File No. 1-11373)*
10.52    Deferred Payment Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2005, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Robert D. Walter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 4, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*
10.53    Deferred Payment Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, dated as of August 3, 2005, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Robert D. Walter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 5, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*
10.54    Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated September 2, 2005, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Robert D. Walter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 9, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*
10.55    Restricted Share Unit Agreement, dated September 2, 2005, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Robert D. Walter (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.02 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 9, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*
10.56    Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated August 15, 2006, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Robert D. Walter*
10.57    Restricted Share Units Agreement, dated August 15, 2006, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Robert D. Walter*
10.58    Retention Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2004, between ALARIS Medical Systems, Inc. and David L. Schlotterbeck (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*

 

143


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

10.59    First Amendment to the Retention Agreement between ALARIS Medical Systems, Inc. and David L. Schlotterbeck, dated and effective as of November 2, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.06 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 7, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*
10.60    Employment Agreement, dated and effective as of November 5, 2003, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Ronald K. Labrum (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.05 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-11373)*
10.61    First Amendment to Employment Agreement between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Ronald K. Labrum, dated and effective as of September 15, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 21, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*
10.62    Letter Agreement, dated May 29, 2006, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Ronald Labrum (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 30, 2006, File No. 1-11373)*
10.63    Letter providing terms of offer of employment, executed by Cardinal Health, Inc. on April 13, 2005, and confirmed by Jeffrey W. Henderson on April 13, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 15, 2005, File No. 1-11373)*
10.64    Amendment, dated August 5, 2006, to letter providing terms of offer of employment, executed by Cardinal Health, Inc. on April 12, 2005, and confirmed by Jeffrey W. Henderson on April 13, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.02 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 7, 2006, File No. 1-11373)*
10.65    Employment Agreement, effective as of February 1, 2004, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and George L. Fotiades (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.02 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 6, 2004, File No. 1-11373)*
10.66    Amendment, dated and effective as of February 4, 2005, to Employment Agreement, dated and effective as of February 1, 2004, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and George L. Fotiades (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.08 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2004, File No. 1-11373)*
10.67    Separation Agreement, dated April 17, 2006, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and George L. Fotiades (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.03 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 19, 2006, File No. 1-11373)*
10.68    Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated May 12, 2006, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and George L. Fotiades*
10.69    Restricted Share Units Agreement, dated December 31, 2001, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and George L. Fotiades (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.07 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2001, File No. 1-11373)*
10.70    Employment Agreement, dated and effective as of July 26, 2004, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and J. Michael Losh* (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, File No. 1-11373)*
10.71    Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated July 27, 2004, between Cardinal Health, Inc. and J. Michael Losh*
10.72    Form of Indemnification Agreement between Cardinal Health, Inc. and individual directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, File No. 1-11373)*

 

144


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

10.73    Form of Indemnification Agreement between Cardinal Health, Inc. and individual officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, File No. 1-11373)*
10.74    Description of compensation and benefits for named executive officers effective September 1, 2006*
10.75    Description of outside director compensation effective February 23, 2006*
21.01    List of Subsidiaries of Cardinal Health, Inc.
23.01    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
31.01    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.02    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.01    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.02    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
99.01    Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information
99.02    Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated

* Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.

 

145


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on September 1, 2006.

 

   

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC.

Date: September 1, 2006    

By:

 

/s/ R. Kerry Clark

       

R. Kerry Clark, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

146


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on September 1, 2006.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/ R. Kerry Clark        

R. Kerry Clark

  

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)

/s/ Jeffrey W. Henderson        

Jeffrey W. Henderson

  

Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)

/s/ Eric R. Slusser        

Eric R. Slusser

  

Executive Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller (principal accounting officer)

/s/ Calvin Darden        

Calvin Darden

  

Director

/s/ George H. Conrades        

George H. Conrades

  

Director

/s/ John F. Finn        

John F. Finn

  

Director

/s/ Robert L. Gerbig        

Robert L. Gerbig

  

Director

/s/ John F. Havens        

John F. Havens

  

Director

/s/ J. Michael Losh        

J. Michael Losh

  

Director

/s/ John B. McCoy        

John B. McCoy

  

Director

/s/ Richard C. Notebaert        

Richard C. Notebaert

  

Director

/s/ Michael D. O’Halleran        

Michael D. O’Halleran

  

Director

/s/ David W. Raisbeck        

David W. Raisbeck

  

Director

/s/ Jean G. Spaulding        

Jean G. Spaulding

  

Director

/s/ Matthew D. Walter        

Matthew D. Walter

  

Director

/s/ Robert D. Walter        

Robert D. Walter

  

Director

 

147


Table of Contents

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(In millions)

 

Description

   Balance at
Beginning of
Period
   Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
    Charged to
Other
Accounts (1) (2)
   Deductions (3)     Balance at
End of
Period

Fiscal Year 2006:

            

Accounts receivable

   $ 104.1    $ 21.6     $ 8.4    $ (20.9 )   $ 113.2

Finance notes receivable

     4.4      11.0       0.1      (0.5 )     15.0

Net investment in sales-type leases

     13.9      (3.9 )     —        (3.4 )     6.6
                                    
   $ 122.4    $ 28.7     $ 8.5    $ (24.8 )   $ 134.8
                                    

Fiscal Year 2005:

            

Accounts receivable

   $ 112.2    $ 8.7     $ 2.7    $ (19.5 )   $ 104.1

Finance notes receivable

     4.1      2.0       0.8      (2.5 )     4.4

Net investment in sales-type leases

     15.7      (2.0 )     0.7      (0.5 )     13.9
                                    
   $ 132.0    $ 8.7     $ 4.2    $ (22.5 )   $ 122.4
                                    

Fiscal Year 2004:

            

Accounts receivable

   $ 115.3    $ 4.8     $ 12.6    $ (20.5 )   $ 112.2

Finance notes receivable

     4.5      0.3       1.5      (2.2 )     4.1

Net investment in sales-type leases

     17.8      (5.2 )     2.2      0.9       15.7
                                    
   $ 137.6    $ (0.1 )   $ 16.3    $ (21.8 )   $ 132.0
                                    

(1) During fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004 recoveries of amounts provided for or written off in prior years were $2.5 million, $3.6 million and $3.8 million, respectively.
(2) In fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, $11.9 million, $0.2 million and $13.9 million, respectively, relates to the beginning balance for acquisitions accounted for as purchase transactions.
(3) Write-off of uncollectible accounts.

 

148

Exhibit 10.01

ISSUING AND PAYING AGENCY AGREEMENT

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street, Floor 8 West

New York, New York 10286

Attn: Corporate Trust Administration

Re: Cardinal Health, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter sets forth the understanding between you and Cardinal Health, Inc. (the “Company”), whereby you have agreed to act (a) as depositary for the safekeeping of certain notes of the Company which may be issued and sold in the United States commercial paper market (the “CP Notes”; such CP Notes when issued in book-entry form being hereinafter referred to as “Book-Entry CP Notes” and when issued in the form of certificated promissory notes being hereinafter referred to as the “Certificated CP Notes”), (b) as issuing agent on behalf of the Company in connection with the issuance of the CP Notes, (c) as paying agent to undertake certain obligations to make payments in respect of the CP Notes, and (d) as depositary to receive certain funds on behalf of the Company, as set forth herein. You have executed or will promptly hereafter execute a Letter of Representations (the “Letter of Representations”, which term shall include the procedures referred to therein) with the Company and The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and a Certificate Agreement (the “Certificate Agreement”) with DTC which establish or will establish, among other things, the procedures to be followed by you in connection with the issuance and custody of Book-Entry CP Notes.

This letter (the “Agreement”) will govern your rights, powers and duties as such depositary, issuing agent and paying agent for the CP Notes and no implied covenants and obligations shall be read into this Agreement or any other agreement against you.

1. Appointment of Agent . The Company hereby appoints you and you hereby agree to act, on the terms and conditions specified herein and in the Letter of Representations and Certificate Agreement, as depositary, issuing and paying agent for the CP Notes. The CP Notes will be sold through such commercial paper dealers and/or placement agents as the Company shall have notified you in writing from time to time (collectively, the “Dealers”). The Dealers currently are Banc of America Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC.

2. Supply of CP Notes .

(a) The Company will from time to time to the extent it determines to issue Certificated CP Notes, furnish to you an adequate supply of CP Notes. Certificated CP Notes, if any, shall be in substantially the form agreed upon by the Company and you and shall be serially


numbered and shall have been executed by manual or facsimile signature of an Authorized Representative (as hereafter defined), but shall otherwise be uncompleted. Book-Entry CP Notes shall be substantially in the form attached to the Letter of Representations attached hereto as Exhibit A and shall be represented by one or more master notes (“Master Note” or “Master Notes”) which shall be executed by manual or facsimile signature by an Authorized Representative in accordance with the Letter of Representations. Pending receipt of instructions pursuant to this Agreement, you will hold the Certificated CP Notes and Master Note(s) in safekeeping for the account of the Company or DTC, as the case may be, in accordance with your customary practice and the requirements of the Certificate Agreement.

(b) Each Certificated CP Note or Master Note delivered to you shall be accompanied by a letter from the Company, as the case may be, identifying the Certificated CP Note or Master Note(s) transmitted therewith, and you shall acknowledge receipt of such Certificated CP Note(s) or Master Note(s) on the copy of such letter or pursuant to some other form of written receipt deemed appropriate by you at the time of delivery to you of such Certificated CP Note(s) or Master Note(s). Pending the issuance of Certificated CP Notes as provided in Section 4 hereof, all Certificated CP Notes and Master Note(s) delivered to you shall be held by you for the account of the Company or DTC, as the case may be, for safekeeping in accordance with your customary practice and the requirements of the Certificate Agreement.

3. Authorized Representatives .

(a) With the delivery of this Agreement, the Company is furnishing to you, and from time to time thereafter may furnish to you, and shall furnish to you upon your request, certificates (“Incumbency Certificates”) of a responsible officer of the Company certifying the incumbency and specimen signatures of officers or agents of the Company authorized to execute CP Notes on behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile signature and/or to take other action hereunder on behalf of the Company (each an “Authorized Representative”); such certificate shall also authorize you to deal with representatives of Banc of America Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC (each a “Dealer Representative”). Until you receive a subsequent incumbency certificate of the Company, you are entitled to conclusively rely on the last such certificate delivered to you for purposes of determining the Authorized Representatives. You shall not have any responsibility to the Company to determine by whom or by what means a facsimile signature may have been affixed on the CP Notes, or to determine whether any facsimile or manual signature resembles the specimen signature(s) filed with you by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Any CP Note bearing the manual or facsimile signature of a person who is an Authorized Representative on the date such signature is affixed shall be binding on the Company after the authentication thereof by you notwithstanding that such person shall have died or shall have otherwise ceased to hold his office on the date such CP Note is countersigned or delivered to you.

(b) Upon your receipt of this Agreement, and from time to time thereafter as you choose or upon request by the Company, you shall deliver a certificate (a “Certificate of Designation”) certifying the incumbency and specimen signatures of your designated signers (“Designated Officers”) who are authorized to receipt for and authenticate CP Notes, and deliver CP Notes. Until the Company shall receive a subsequent Certificate of Designation, or unless an

 

- 2 -


Authorized Representative shall have received written notice of the lack of authority of any individual, the Company may rely on the last such Certificate of Designation delivered to it.

4. Completion, Authentication and Delivery of CP Notes .

(a) From time to time during the term of this Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, and upon your timely receipt of written or telecopy instructions, notice transmitted directly to your computers or in such manner as you then employ as your normal business practice (collectively, “Instructions”), not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on a day on which you are open for business (a “Business Day”), from an Authorized Representative or a Dealer Representative, on the date of issuance of any Certificated CP Notes (in the case of instructions from an Authorized Representative, a copy of such instructions shall be sent to the Dealer Representative by said Authorized Representative) you shall withdraw the respective Certificated CP Notes from safekeeping and in accordance with the Instructions so received, take the following actions with respect to each such Certificated CP Note:

(i) date each such Certificated CP Note the date of issuance thereof (which shall be a Business Day) and insert the maturity date thereof (provided that the Authorized Representative or Dealer Representative shall ensure that such date is a Business Day and that it shall not be more than 364 days from the date of issue and that the aggregate principal amount of CP Notes outstanding shall not exceed $1,000,000,000) and the face amount (provided that the Authorized Representative or the Dealer Representative shall ensure that such face amount is not less than $250,000) thereof in figures;

(ii) authenticate (by countersigning) each such Certificated CP Note in the appropriate space provided thereon; and

(iii) deliver in the Borough of Manhattan south of Chambers Street each such Certificated CP Note to the Dealer, or the consignee, if any, designated by such Authorized Representative or Dealer Representative for the account of the Dealer against Payment in immediately available funds of the principal amount of CP Notes.

(b) In the case of Book-Entry CP Notes, from time to time during the term of this Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, and upon your timely receipt of written or telecopy instructions, notice transmitted directly to your computers or in such a manner as you then employ as your normal business practices, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, in the case of Book-Entry CP Notes, on a Business Day, from an Authorized Representative or a Dealer Representative, on the date of issuance of any Book-Entry CP Notes (in the case of instructions from an Authorized Representative, a copy of such instructions shall be sent to the Dealer Representative by said Authorized Representative) you shall give issuance instructions for the issuance of Book-Entry CP Notes to DTC in a manner set forth in, and take other actions as are required by, the Letter of Representations and the Certificate Agreement. Instructions for the issuance of Book-Entry CP Notes shall include the following information with respect to each Book-Entry CP Note:

(i) the date of issuance of each such Book-Entry CP Note (which shall be a Business Day);

 

- 3 -


(ii) the maturity date of each such Book-Entry CP Note (provided that the Authorized Representative or Dealer Representative shall ensure that such date is a Business Day and that it shall not be more than 364 days from the date of issue); and

(iii) the face amount (provided that the Authorized Representative or the Dealer Representative shall ensure that such face amount is not less than $250,000) in figures.

(c) You shall send a report (by telecopy or other means permitted hereunder) to the Company on a monthly basis of your issuance of CP Notes under this Section 4, including the maturity date and face amounts of each CP Note issued.

(d) Instructions given must be received by you by 1:00 p.m., New York City time, for physical issuance and 1:00 p.m., New York City time, for book-entry issuance, New York time, if the CP Note(s) are to be delivered the same day. Telephone instructions shall be confirmed in writing the same day.

(e) The Company understands that although you have been instructed to deliver CP Notes against payment, delivery of CP Notes may, in accordance with the custom prevailing in the commercial paper market, be made before receipt of payment in immediately available funds. Therefore, once you have delivered a CP Note to a Dealer or its agent as provided herein, the Company shall bear the risk that a Dealer or its agent fails to remit payment for the CP Note to you. You shall have no liability to the Company for any failure or inability on the part of the Dealer to make payment for CP Notes. Nothing in this Agreement shall require you to purchase any CP Note or expend your own funds for the purchase price of a CP Note or CP Notes.

(f) Except as may otherwise be provided in the Letter of Representations, if at any time the Company instructs you to cease issuing Certificated CP Notes and to issue only Book-Entry CP Notes, you agree that all CP Notes will be issued as Book-Entry CP Notes and that no Certificated CP Notes shall be exchanged for Book-Entry CP Notes unless and until you have received written instructions from an Authorized Representative (any such instructions from a Dealer Representative shall not be sufficient for this purpose) to the contrary.

(g) It is understood that you are not under any obligation to assess or review the financial condition or credit worthiness of any person to or for whose account you deliver a CP Note pursuant to instructions from an Authorized Representative or Dealer Representative or to advise the Company as to the results of any such appraisal or investigation you may have conducted on your own or of any adverse information concerning any such person that may in any way have come to your attention.

(h) It is understood that DTC may request the delivery of Certificated CP Notes in exchange for Book-Entry CP Notes upon the termination of DTC’s services pursuant to the DTC Letter of Representations. Accordingly, upon such termination, you are authorized to complete and deliver Certificated CP Notes in partial or complete substitution for Book-Entry CP Notes of the same face amount and maturity as requested by DTC. Upon the completion or delivery of

 

- 4 -


any such Certificated CP Note, you shall annotate your records regarding the Master Note with respect to such Book-Entry CP Notes to reflect a corresponding reduction in the face amount of the outstanding Book-Entry CP Notes. Your authority to so complete and deliver such Certificated CP Notes shall be irrevocable at all times from the time a Book-Entry CP Note is purchased until the indebtedness evidenced thereby is paid in full.

(i) If you shall receive instructions (confirmed in writing in accordance with this Agreement) from the Company not to issue or deliver CP Notes, until revoked in writing or superseded by further written instructions from the Company, you shall not issue or deliver CP Notes, provided, however, that, notwithstanding contrary instructions from the Company, you shall be required to deliver CP Notes in respect of agreements for the sale of CP Notes concluded by an Authorized Representative or Dealer Representative prior to receipt by the Authorized Representative or Dealer Representative of notice of such instructions from the Company, which the Authorized Representative or Dealer Representative shall be required to confirm to you in writing prior to your delivery of the CP Notes. For purposes of this Section (i), you may rely on written notice given or delivered to you by an Authorized Representative or Dealer Representative as to whether any particular CP Notes are to be issued in respect of such agreements concluded by such Authorized Representative or Dealer Representative, and you shall have no obligation to make any other or further investigation.

5. Proceeds of the Sale of the CP Notes . Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and for the purposes of this Agreement, you will establish an account designated as the AGL Capital Corporation Note Account in the Company’s name (the “Note Account”). On each day on which a Dealer or its agent receives CP Notes (whether through the facilities of DTC in the manner set forth in the Letter of Representations or by delivery in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement), all proceeds received by you in connection with such sale shall be credited in immediately available funds to the Note Account. From time to time, upon written instructions received by you from an Authorized Representative, you agree to transfer immediately available funds from the Note Account to any bank or trust company in the United States for the Company’s account.

6. Payment of Matured CP Notes .

(a) By 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date that any CP Notes are scheduled to mature, there shall have been transferred to you for deposit in the Note Account immediately available funds at least equal to the amount of CP Notes maturing on such date. When any matured CP Note is presented to you for payment by the holder thereof (which may, in the case of Book-Entry CP Notes held by you pursuant to the Certificate Agreement, be DTC or a nominee of DTC), payment shall be made from and charged to the Note Account to the extent funds are available in said account.

(b) Each CP Note presented to you for payment at or prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Business Day at or after the maturity date of such CP Note shall be paid by you on the same day as such presentation (or if presented after 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on any such Business Day, then on the next succeeding Business Day) to the extent of funds available in the Note Account. Upon payment by you as aforesaid, you shall mark Certificated CP Note(s) presented as paid, cancel such Certificated CP Note(s) and dispose of

 

- 5 -


such cancelled Certificated CP Notes in accordance with your customary procedures. After payment of any matured Book-Entry CP Note, you shall annotate your records to reflect the face amount of Book-Entry CP Notes outstanding in accordance with the Letter of Representations.

7. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby warrants and represents to you, and, each request to issue CP Notes shall constitute the Company’s continuing warranty and representation, as follows:

(a) This Agreement is, and all CP Notes delivered to you pursuant to this Agreement will be, duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(b) The issuance and delivery of the CP Notes will not violate any state or Federal law and the CP Notes do not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(c) This Agreement constitutes and the CP Notes, when completed, countersigned, and delivered pursuant hereto, will constitute, the Company’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and by general principles of equity.

(d) The Company is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Ohio and no liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy, windup or similar proceedings have been instituted with respect to the Company.

(e) The Company has, and at all relevant times has had, all necessary power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to issue the CP Notes.

(f) All actions on the part of the Company which are required for the authorization of the issuance of the CP Notes and for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement do not require the approval or consent of any holder or trustee of any indebtedness or obligations of the Company.

(g) The issuance of CP Notes by the Company (i) does not and will not contravene any provision of any governmental law, regulation or rule applicable to the Company, and (ii) does not and will not conflict with, breach or contravene the provisions of any contract or other instrument binding upon the Company.

 

- 6 -


8. Reliance on Instructions . Except as otherwise set forth herein, you shall incur no liability to the Company or any Dealer Representative in acting hereunder upon telephonic or other instructions or notices contemplated hereby which you reasonably believed in good faith to have been given by an Authorized Representative or a Dealer Representative, as the case may be. In the event a discrepancy exists with respect to such instructions, the telephonic instructions as recorded by you will be deemed the controlling and proper instructions, unless such instructions are required by this Agreement to be in writing or have not been recorded by you as contemplated by the next sentence. It is understood that all telephonic instructions may be recorded by you and the Company hereby consents to such recording.

9. Cancellation of CP Notes . You will in due course cancel Certificated CP Note(s) presented for payment, and dispose of such cancelled Certificated CP Note(s) in accordance with your customary procedures. After payment of any matured Book-Entry CP Note, you shall annotate your records to reflect the face amount of Book-Entry CP Notes outstanding in accordance with the Letter of Representations. Promptly upon the written request of the Company, you agree to cancel and return to the Company all unissued Certificated CP Notes in your possession at the time of such request.

10. Notices; Addresses .

(a) All communications by or on behalf of the Company or a Dealer, by telephone or otherwise, relating to the completion, delivery or payment of the CP Note(s) are to be directed to you.

(b) Notices and other communications hereunder shall (except to the extent otherwise expressly provided) be in writing (which may be by facsimile) and shall be addressed as follows, or to such other address as the party receiving such notice shall have previously specified to the party sending such notice:

If to the Company, at:

7000 Cardinal Place

Dublin, Ohio 43017

Attention: Treasury

Facsimile No.: 614-652-4304

Telephone No.: 614-757-7650

If to you at:

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street, Floor 8 West

New York, New York 10286

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

Facsimile No.: (212) 815-5707

(c) In any case where it is provided in this Agreement that a copy of any instruction, demand or other notice is to be delivered to a Dealer, such copy shall be delivered to the Dealer at the address set forth below by the same means as the original thereof shall have

 

- 7 -


been given, provided that the failure of such copy to be given to any Dealer shall not invalidate or adversely affect the original thereof:

Dealer:

Banc of America Securities LLC

600 Montgomery Street

CA5-801-15-31

San Francisco, CA 94111

Attention: Money Market Finance, Manager

Phone: (415) 913-3689

Fax: (415) 913-6288

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

85 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

Attention: Money Market Origination

Phone: (212) 902-6181

Fax: (212) 902-0683

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

Investor Marketing

Short-Term Fixed Income Division

270 Park Avenue, 8 th Floor

New York, NY 10017

Phone: (212) 834-5071

Fax: (212) 834-6172

Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC

Debt Capital Markets

301 South College Street

Charlotte, NC 28202-0602

Phone: (704) 715-8316

Fax: (704) 383-0661

Notices shall be deemed delivered when received at the address specified above. For purposes of this Section 10, “when received” shall mean actual receipt (i) of an electronic communication by a telecopier or issuance system specified in or pursuant to this Agreement; (ii) of an oral communication by any person answering the telephone in the office of the individual or department specified in or pursuant to this Agreement; or (iii) of a written communication hand-delivered at the office specified in or pursuant to this Agreement.

11. Liability . Neither your nor your officers, employees or agents shall be liable for any act or omission hereunder, except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct as described in Section 12 herein. Your duties and obligations and those of your officers and employees shall be determined by the express provisions of this Agreement, the Letter of

 

- 8 -


Representations and the Certificate Agreement (including the documents referred to therein), and you and your officers, employees and agents shall be responsible for the performance of only such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth herein and therein, and no implied covenants shall be read into any such document against you or your officers, employees or agents. Neither you nor your officers, employees or agents shall be required to ascertain whether any issuance or sale of CP Note(s) (or any amendment or termination of this Agreement) has been duly authorized or is in compliance with any other agreement, ordinance, resolution or other undertaking or document to which the Company is a party or by which it or its property may be bound (whether or not you are a party to such other agreement).

12. Indemnity . The Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold you, your employees and any of your officers and agents harmless, from and against, and you shall not be liable for, any and all losses, liabilities (including liabilities for penalties), actions, suits, judgments, demands, damages, costs and expenses of any nature (including, without limitation, interest and reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses, and the allocable costs of in-house legal services) arising out of or resulting from the exercise of your rights and/or the performance of your duties (or those of your agents and employees) hereunder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to indemnify or pay you with respect to any loss, liability, action, suit, judgment, demand, damage, cost or expense that directly results from your gross negligence or willful misconduct or that of your officers or employees. The foregoing indemnity includes, but is not limited to, any action taken or omitted to be taken by you upon telephonic or other electronically transmitted instructions (authorized herein) received by you from, or believed by you in good faith to have been given by, the proper person or persons. The provisions of this Section 12 shall survive (i) your resignation or removal hereunder and (ii) the termination of this Agreement.

13. Termination .

(a) This Agreement may be terminated at any time by either you or the Company by 15 days’ prior written notice to the other, provided that you agree to continue acting as issuing and paying agent hereunder until such time as your successor has been selected and has entered into an agreement with the Company to that effect. Such termination shall not affect the respective liabilities of the parties hereunder arising prior to termination.

(b) If no successor has been appointed within 30 days of such notice, you shall have the right to petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor issuing and paying agent. You shall be reimbursed by the Company for any and all expenses in connection with any such petition and appointment.

(c) On the Business Day following the date of termination of this Agreement, you shall transfer all Certificated CP Notes in your possession to the successor Issuing and Paying Agent or to the Company, at the Company’s written request, and shall transfer to the Company all funds, if any, then on deposit in the Note Account.

 

- 9 -


14. Amendments and Modifications . No amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent to any departure by any party from any provision hereof binding upon such party, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by all the parties hereto.

15. Binding Effect; Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, including successors by merger, and assigns; provided, however, that no party hereto may assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder, except with the prior written consent of all the other parties hereto.

16. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

17. Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts; each counterpart, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original; and all of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

18. Headings . Section headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

19. Compensation and Expenses . The Company shall pay you from time to time following the execution of this Agreement such compensation for all services rendered by you hereunder as agreed in writing between you and the Company. The Company shall reimburse you upon your request for all expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by you in accordance with any provision of this Agreement (including the compensation and the expenses and disbursements of your agents, counsel and allocated costs of in-house counsel) except any expense or disbursement attributable to your gross negligence or willful misconduct. The provision of this Section 19 shall survive (i) your resignation or removal hereunder and (ii) the termination of this Agreement.

20. Miscellaneous .

(a) No provision of this Agreement shall require you to risk your own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of your duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of your duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of your rights and powers hereunder.

(b) You may consult with counsel of your selection, and any opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by you, in the absence of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct on your part, in reliance on such advice or opinion.

(c) You make no representation as to, and shall have no responsibility for, the correctness of any statement contained in, or the validity or sufficiency of, this Agreement or any documents or instruments referred to in this Agreement or as to or for the validity or collectability of any obligation contemplated by this Agreement. You shall not be accountable

 

- 10 -


for the use or application by any person of disbursements properly made by you in conformity with the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) You may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting upon any document or writing presented to you hereunder and reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed and presented by an authorized person or persons.

(e) Your relationship with the Company is that of an agent and you shall not be deemed to be acting as a trustee under the terms of this Agreement.

[SIGNATURES BEGIN ON NEXT PAGE]

 

- 11 -


If the foregoing is acceptable to you, please indicate your agreement therewith by signing one or more counterparts of this Agreement in the space provided below, and returning such signed counterpart(s) to the Company, whereupon this letter when signed by you and the Company, will become a binding agreement among us.

 

Cardinal Health, Inc. as Issuer
/s/ Linda Harty
By: Linda Harty
Its: SVP and Treasurer

 

Agreed to and Accepted

this 9th day of August, 2006

 

The Bank of New York,

as Issuing and Paying Agent

By:   /s/ Louis P. Young
Its:   Vice President

 

- 12 -


Exhibit A

Letter of Representations

 

- 13 -


The Depository Trust Company

A Subsidiary of The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation

Book-Entry-Only Corporate Commercial Paper

(Master Note) Program

Letter of Representations

(To be Completed by Issuer, Issuing Agent, and Paying Agent)

Cardinal Health, Inc.

 


[Name of Issuer]

The Bank of New York/1541

 


[Name and DTC Participant Number of Issuing Agent and Paying Agent]

 

   August 7, 2006
    
   [Date]

Attention: Underwriting Department

The Depository Trust Company

55 Water Street, 25 th Floor

New York, NY 10041-0099

 

Re:    Cardinal Health, Inc.                                                                             
   Commercial Paper Program Exempt from Registration Under           
   Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933                                            
   [Description of Program, including reference to the provision of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to which Program is exempt from registration.]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter sets forth our understanding with respect to certain matters relating to the issuance by Issuer from time to time of notes under its Commercial Paper program described above (the “Securities”). Issuing Agent shall act as issuing agent with respect to the Securities. Paying Agent shall act as paying agent or other such agent of Issuer with respect to the Securities. Issuance of the Securities has been authorized pursuant to a prospectus supplement, offering circular, or other such document authorizing the issuance of the Securities dated August 7, 2006 .

Paying Agent has entered into a Money Market Instrument or Commercial Paper Certificate Agreement with The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) dated as of August 7, 2006 , pursuant to which Paying Agent shall act as custodian of a Master Note Certificate evidencing the Securities, when issued. Paying Agent shall amend Exhibit A to such Certificate Agreement to include the program described above, prior to issuance of the Securities.


To induce DTC to accept the Securities as eligible for deposit at DTC and to act in accordance with its Rules with respect to the Securities, Issuer, Issuing Agent, and Paying Agent make the following representations to DTC:

1. The Securities shall be evidenced by a Master Note Certificate in registered form registered in the name of DTC’s nominee, Cede & Co., and such Master Note Certificate shall represent 100% of the principal amount of the Securities. The Master Note Certificate shall include the substance of all material provisions set forth in the DTC model Commercial Paper Master Note, a copy of which previously has been furnished to Issuing Agent and Paying Agent, and may include additional provisions as long as they do not conflict with the material provisions set forth in the DTC model.

2. Issuer: (a) understands that DTC has no obligation to, and will not, communicate to its participants (“Participants”) or to any person having an interest in the Securities any information contained in the Master Note Certificate; and (b) acknowledges that neither DTC’s Participants nor any person having an interest in the Securities shall be deemed to have notice of the provisions of the Master Note Certificate by virtue of submission of such Certificate to DTC.

3. For Securities to be issued at a discount from the face value to be paid at maturity (“Discount Securities”), Issuer or Issuing Agent has obtained from the CUSIP Service Bureau a written list of two basic six-character CUSIP numbers (each of which uniquely identifies Issuer and two years of maturity dates for the Discount Securities to be issued under its Commercial Paper program described above). The CUSIP numbers on such list have been reserved for future assignment to issues of the Discount Securities based on the maturity year of the Discount Securities and will be perpetually reassignable in accordance with DTC’s Procedures, including DTC’s Final Plan for DTC Money Market Programs and DTC’s Issuing/Paying Agent General Operating Procedures for Corporate Commercial Paper (the “MMI Procedures”), a copy of which previously has been furnished to Issuing Agent and Paying Agent.

For Securities to be issued at face value with interest to be paid at maturity only or periodically (“Interest Bearing Securities”), Issuer or Issuing Agent has obtained from the CUSIP Service Bureau a written list of approximately 900 nine-character numbers (the basic first six characters of which are the same and uniquely identify Issuer and the Interest Bearing Securities to be issued under its Commercial Paper program described above). The CUSIP numbers on such list have been reserved for future assignment to issues of the Interest Bearing Securities. At any time when fewer than 100 of the CUSIP numbers on such list remain unassigned, Issuer or Issuing Agent shall promptly obtain from the CUSIP Service Bureau an additional written list of approximately 900 such numbers.

4. When Securities are to be issued through DTC, Issuing Agent shall notify Paying Agent and shall give issuance instructions to DTC in accordance with the MMI Procedures. The giving of such issuance instructions, which include delivery instructions, to DTC shall constitute: (a) a representation that the Securities are issued in accordance with applicable law; and (b) a confirmation that the Master Note Certificate evidencing such Securities, in the form described in paragraph 1, has been issued and authenticated.

 

-2-


5. All notices and payment advises sent to DTC shall contain the CUSIP number of the Securities.

6. Issuer recognizes that DTC does not in any way undertake to, and shall not have any responsibility to, monitor or ascertain the compliance of any transactions in the Securities with the following, as amended from time to time: (a) any exemptions from registration under the Securities Act of 1933; (b) the Investment Company Act of 1940; (c) the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; (d) the Internal Revenue Code of 1986; (e) any rules of any self-regulatory organizations (as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); or (f) any other local, state, federal, or foreign laws or regulations thereunder.

7. Notwithstanding anything set forth in any document relating to a letter of credit facility, neither DTC nor Cede & Co. shall have any obligations or responsibilities relating to the letter of credit facility, if any, unless such obligations or responsibilities are expressly set forth herein.

8. If issuance of Securities through DTC is scheduled to take place one or more days after Issuing Agent has given issuance instructions to DTC, Issuing Agent may cancel such issuance by giving a cancellation instruction to DTC in accordance with the MMI Procedures.

9. At any time that Paying Agent has Securities in its DTC accounts, it may request withdrawal of such Securities from DTC by giving a withdrawal instruction to DTC in accordance with the MMI Procedures. Upon DTC’s acceptance of such withdrawal instruction, Paying Agent shall reduce the principal amount of the Securities evidenced by the Master Note Certificate accordingly.

10. In the event of any solicitation of consents from or voting by holders of the Securities, Issuer, Issuing Agent, or Paying Agent shall establish a record date for such purposes (with no provision for revocation of consents or votes by subsequent holders) and shall send notice of such record date to DTC’s Reorganization Department, Proxy Unit no fewer than 15 calendar days in advance of such record date. If sent by telecopy, such notice shall be directed to (212) 855-5181 or (212) 855-5182. If the party sending the notice does not receive a telecopy receipt from DTC, such party shall confirm DTC’s receipt of such telecopy by telephoning (212) 855-5187. For information regarding such notices, telephone The Depository Trust and Clearing Corporation’s Proxy hotline at (212) 855-5191.

11. Paying Agent may override DTC’s determination of interest and principal payment dates, in accordance with the MMI Procedures.

12. Notice regarding the amount of variable interest and principal payments on the Securities shall be given to DTC by Paying Agent in accordance with the MMI Procedures.

13. All notices sent to DTC shall contain the CUSIP number of the Securities.

14. Paying Agent shall confirm with DTC daily, by CUSIP number, the face value of the Securities outstanding, and Paying Agent’s corresponding interest and principal payment obligation, in accordance with the MMI Procedures.

 

-3-


15. DTC may direct Issuer, Issuing Agent, or Paying Agent to use any other number or address as the number or address to which notices or payments may be sent.

16. Payments on the Securities, including payments in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, shall be made by Paying Agent in accordance with the MMI Procedures.

17. In the event that Issuer determines that beneficial owners of the Securities shall be able to obtain certificated Securities, Issuer, Issuing Agent, or Paying Agent shall notify DTC of the availability of certificates. In such event, Issuer, Issuing Agent, or Paying Agent shall issue, transfer, and exchange certificates in appropriate amounts, as required by DTC and others.

18. Issuer authorizes DTC to provide to Issuing Agent and/or Paying Agent listings of DTC Participants’ holdings, known as Security Position Reports (“SPRs”) with respect to the Assets from time to time at the request of Issuing Agent or Paying Agent. DTC charges a fee for such SPRs. This authorization, unless revoked by Issuer, shall continue with respect to the Assets while any Assets are on deposit at DTC, until and unless Issuing Agent and/or Paying Agent shall no longer be acting as Issuing and/or Paying Agent for Issuer. In such event, Issuer shall provide DTC with similar evidence, satisfactory to DTC, of the authorization of any successor thereto so to act. Proxy Web Services are available at www.dtc.org . To register for or inquire about Proxy Web Services, telephone The Depository Trust and Clearing Corporation’s Proxy Hotline at (212) 855-5191.

19. DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depository with respect to the Securities at any time by giving reasonable notice to Issuer, Issuing Agent, or Paying Agent (at which time DTC will confirm with Issuer, Issuing Agent, or Paying Agent the aggregate amount of Securities outstanding by CUSIP number). Under such circumstances, at DTC’s request Issuer, Issuing Agent, and Paying Agent shall cooperate fully with DTC by taking appropriate action to make available one or more separate certificates evidencing Securities to any Participant having Securities credited to its DTC accounts.

20. Nothing herein shall be deemed to require Issuing Agent or Paying Agent to advance funds on behalf of Issuer.

21. This Letter of Representations may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

22. This Letter of Representations shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

23. The sender of each notice delivered to DTC pursuant to this Letter of Representations is responsible for confirming that such notice was properly received by DTC.

24. Issuer represents that the Securities are not securities of an issuer that is listed on the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) issuer list distributed by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, or of an issuer that is incorporated in a country that is on the OFAC list of “pariah” countries.

 

-4-


25. Issuer, Issuing Agent and Paying Agent shall comply with the applicable requirements stated in DTC’s MMI Procedures, as they may be amended from time to time.

26. The following riders, attached hereto, are hereby incorporated into this Letter of Representations:

 


 


[The remainder of this page was intentionally left blank.]

 

-5-


Note:

 

Schedule A contains statements that DTC believes accurately describe DTC, the method of effecting book-entry transfer of securities distributed through DTC, and certain related matters.    
    Very truly yours,
    Cardinal Health, Inc.
   

[Issuer]

      By:   /s/ Linda S. Harty
        [Authorized Officer’s Signature]
        
      [Guarantor]
      By:     
        [Authorized Officer’s Signature]
    The Bank of New York
          [Issuing Agent]
      By:   /s/ Louis P. Young
        [Authorized Officer’s Signature]
    The Bank of New York
          [Paying Agent]
      By:   /s/ Louis P. Young
        [Authorized Officer’s Signature]

 

Received and Accepted:

THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY

cc:   Underwriter
  Underwriter’s Counsel

 

-6-


SCHEDULE A

SAMPLE OFFERING DOCUMENT LANGUAGE

DESCRIBING BOOK-ENTRY-ONLY ISSUANCE

(Prepared by DTC – bracketed material may be applicable only to certain issues)

1. The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), New York, NY, will act as securities depository for the securities (the “Securities”). The Securities will be issued as fully registered securities registered in the name of Cede & Co. (DTC’s partnership nominee) or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. One fully registered Security certificate will be issued for [each issue of] the Securities, [each] in the aggregate principal amount of such issue, and will be deposited with DTC. [If, however, the aggregate principal amount of [any] issue exceeds $500 million, one certificate will be issued with respect to each $500 million of principal amount, and an additional certificate will be issued with respect to any remaining principal amount of such issue.]

2. DTC, the world’s largest securities depository, is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. DTC holds and provides asset servicing for over 2.2 million issues of U.S. and non-U.S. equity issues, corporate and municipal debt issues, and money market instruments (from over 100 countries) that DTC’s participants (“Direct Participants”) deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the post-trade settlement among Direct Participants of sales and other securities transactions in deposited securities, through electronic computerized book-entry transfers and pledges between Direct Participants’ accounts. This eliminates the need for physical movement of securities certificates. Direct Participants include both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations. DTC is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation (“DTCC”). DTCC, in turn, is owned by a number of Direct Participants of DTC and Members of the National Securities Clearing Corporation, Fixed Income Clearing Corporation, and Emerging Markets Clearing Corporation (NSCC, FICC, and EMCC, also subsidiaries of DTCC), as well as by the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., the American Stock Exchange LLC, and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, and clearing corporations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Direct Participant, either directly or indirectly (“Indirect Participants”). DTC has Standard & Poor’s highest rating: AAA. The DTC Rules applicable to its Participants are on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. More information about DTC can be found at www.dtcc.com and www.dtc.org.

3. Purchases of Securities under the DTC system must be made by or through Direct Participants, which will receive a credit for the Securities on DTC’s records. The ownership interest of each actual purchaser of each Security (“Beneficial Owner”) is in turn to be recorded on the Direct and Indirect Participants’ records. Beneficial Owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase. Beneficial Owners are, however, expected to receive written confirmation providing details of the transaction, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the Direct and Indirect Participant through which the Beneficial Owner

 

-i-


entered into the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the Securities are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of Direct and Indirect Participants acting on behalf of Beneficial Owners. Beneficial Owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in Securities, except in the event that use of the book-entry system for the Securities is discontinued.

4. To facilitate subsequent transfers, all Securities deposited by Direct Participants with DTC are registered in the name of DTC’s partnership nominee, Cede & Co., or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. The deposit of Securities with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede & Co. or such other DTC nominee do not effect any change in beneficial ownership. DTC has no knowledge of the actual Beneficial Owners of the Securities; DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the Direct Participants to whose accounts such Securities are credited, which may or may not be the Beneficial Owners. The Direct and Indirect Participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.

5. Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to Direct Participants, by Direct Participants to Indirect Participants, and by Direct Participants and Indirect Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. [Beneficial Owners of Securities may wish to take certain steps to augment the transmission to them of notices of significant events with respect to the Securities, such as redemptions, tenders, defaults, and proposed amendments to the Security documents. For example, Beneficial Owners of Securities may wish to ascertain that the nominee holding the Securities for their benefit has agreed to obtain and transmit notices to Beneficial Owners. In the alternative, Beneficial Owners may wish to provide their names and addresses to the registrar and request that copies of notices be provided directly to them.]

[6. Redemption notices shall be sent to DTC. If less than all of the Securities within an issue are being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each Direct Participant in such issue to be redeemed.]

7. Neither DTC nor Cede & Co. (nor any other DTC nominee) will consent or vote with respect to Securities unless authorized by a Direct Participant in accordance with DTC’s MMI Procedures. Under its usual procedures, DTC mails an Omnibus Proxy to Issuer as soon as possible after the record date. The Omnibus Proxy assigns Cede & Co.’s consenting or voting rights to those Direct Participants to whose accounts Securities are credited on the record date (identified in a listing attached to the Omnibus Proxy).

8. Redemption proceeds, distributions, and dividend payments on the Securities will be made to Cede & Co., or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. DTC’s practice is to credit Direct Participants’ accounts upon DTC’s receipt of funds and corresponding detail information from Issuer or Agent, on payable date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC’s records. Payments by Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such Participant and not of DTC, Agent, or Issuer, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of

 

-ii-


redemption proceeds, distributions, and dividend payments to Cede & Co. (or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC) is the responsibility of Issuer or Agent, disbursement of such payments to Direct Participants will be the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of such payments to the Beneficial Owners will be the responsibility of Direct and Indirect Participants.

[9. A Beneficial Owner shall give notice to elect to have its Securities purchased or tendered, through its Participant, to [Tender/Remarketing] Agent, and shall effect delivery of such Securities by causing the Direct Participant to transfer the Participant’s interest in the Securities, on DTC’s records, to [Tender/Remarketing] Agent. The requirement for physical delivery of Securities in connection with an optional tender or a mandatory purchase will be deemed satisfied when the ownership rights in the Securities are transferred by Direct Participants on DTC’s records and followed by a book-entry credit of tendered Securities to [Tender/Remarketing] Agent’s DTC account.]

10. DTC may discontinue providing its services as depository with respect to the Securities at any time by giving reasonable notice to Issuer or Agent. Under such circumstances, in the event that a successor depository is not obtained, Security certificates are required to be printed and delivered.

11. Issuer may decide to discontinue use of the system of book-entry-only transfers through DTC (or a successor securities depository). In that event, Security certificates will be printed and delivered to DTC.

12. The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC’s book-entry system has been obtained from sources that Issuer believes to be reliable, but Issuer takes no responsibility for the accuracy thereof.

 

-iii-


Book-Entry-Only Corporate Commercial Paper

(Master Note) Program

EXHIBIT A

 

EXHIBIT A of Certificate Agreement dated as of   February 28, 1995,    , (year)
Between The Depository Trust Company and     The Bank of New York.      
           (“Custodian”)   

 

Issuer Name

  

Program*

  

Master Note

Date of Issuance**

Cardinal Health    Commercial Paper Program Exempt from Registration Pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 506 thereunder    August 7, 2006

* As applicable: (i) series; (ii) rank of indebtedness; and (iii) reference to the provision of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to which the Program is exempt from registration.

 

** Date of issuance of master note, if the Program is a master note program or a combination master note and global certificates program; blank, if the Program is strictly a global certificates program.

 

5


The Depository Trust Company

A subsidiary of The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation

CORPORATE COMMERCIAL PAPER – MASTER NOTE

 

   August 7, 2006
   (Date of Issuance)

Cardinal Health, Inc. (“Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., as nominee of The Depository Trust Company, or to registered assigns: (i) the principal amount, together with unpaid accrued interest hereon, if any, on the maturity date of each obligation identified on the records of Issuer (the “Underlying Records”) as being evidenced by this Master Note, which Underlying Records are maintained by The Bank of New York (“Paying Agent”); (ii) interest on the principal amount of each such obligation is payable in installments, if any, on the due date of each installment, as specified on the Underlying Records; and (iii) the principal amount of each such obligation that is payable in installments, if any, on the due date of each installment, as specified on the Underlying Records. Interest shall be calculated at the rate and according to the calculation convention specified on the Underlying Records. Payments shall be made by wire transfer to the registered owner from Paying Agent without the necessity of presentation and surrender of this Master Note.

REFERENCE IS HEREBY MADE TO THE FURTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS MASTER NOTE SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

This Master Note is a valid and. binding obligation of Issuer.

Not Valid Unless Countersigned for Authentication by Paying Agent.

 

The Bank of New York     Cardinal Health, Inc.
      (Paying Agent)    

(Issuer)

By:   /s/ Louis P. Young     By:   /s/ Linda S. Harty
  (Authorized Countersignature)       (Authorized Signature)
      
    (Guarantor)
      By:     
        (Authorized Signature)


At the request of the registered owner, Issuer shall promptly issue and deliver one or more separate note certificates evidencing each obligation evidenced by this Master Note. As of the date any such note certificate or certificates are issued, the obligations which are evidenced thereby shall not longer be evidenced by this Master Note.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto

 


(Name, Address and Taxpayer Identification Number of Assignee)

the Master Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing                                                                               attorney to transfer said Master Note on the books of Issuer with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:         
    (Signature)
Signature(s) Guaranteed:     Notice: The signature on this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of this Master Note, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (“DTC”), to Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange, or payment, and any certificate issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.

Exhibit 10.02

Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement

4 (2) Program

Between:

Cardinal Health, Inc., as Issuer

and

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. , as Dealer

Concerning Notes to be issued pursuant to an

Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of August 9, 2006

between the Issuer and

The Bank of New York, as Issuing

and Paying Agent

Dated as of

August 9, 2006


Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement

[4(2) Program]

This agreement (the “Agreement”) sets forth the understandings between the Issuer and the Dealer, each named on the cover page hereof, in connection with the issuance and sale by the Issuer of its short-term promissory notes (the “Notes”) through the Dealer.

Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 6 hereof.

The Addendum to this Agreement, and any Annexes or Exhibits described in this Agreement or such Addendum, are hereby incorporated into this Agreement and made fully a part hereof.

 

1. Offers, Sales and Resales of Notes.

 

  1.1 While (i) the Issuer has and shall have no obligation to sell the Notes to the Dealer or to permit the Dealer to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, and (ii) the Dealer has and shall have no obligation to purchase the Notes from the Issuer or to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, the parties hereto agree that in any case where the Dealer purchases Notes from the Issuer, or arranges for the sale of Notes by the Issuer, such Notes will be purchased or sold by the Dealer in reliance on the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Issuer contained herein or made pursuant hereto and on the terms and conditions and in the manner provided herein.

 

  1.2 So long as this Agreement shall remain in effect, and in addition to the limitations contained in Section 1.7 hereof, the Issuer shall not, without the consent of the Dealer, offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes except (a) in transactions with one or more dealers which may from time to time after the date hereof become dealers with respect to the Notes by executing with the Issuer one or more agreements which contain provisions substantially identical to those contained in Section 1 of this Agreement, of which the Issuer hereby undertakes to provide the Dealer prompt notice or (b) in transactions with the other dealers listed on the Addendum hereto, which are executing agreements with the Issuer which contain provisions substantially identical to Section 1 of this Agreement contemporaneously herewith. In no event shall the Issuer offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes directly on its own behalf in transactions with persons other than broker-dealers as specifically permitted in this Section 1.2.

 

  1.3 The Notes shall be in a minimum denomination of $250,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, will bear such interest rates, if interest bearing, or will be sold at such discount from their face amounts, as shall be agreed upon by the Dealer and the Issuer, shall have a maturity not exceeding 364 days from the date of issuance and may have such terms as are specified in Exhibit C hereto or the Private Placement Memorandum. The Notes shall not contain any provision for extension, renewal or automatic “rollover.”

 

  1.4

The authentication and issuance of, and payment for, the Notes shall be effected in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, and the Notes shall be either individual physical certificates or book-entry notes evidenced by one or more master notes (each, a

 

2


 

“Master Note”) registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee, in the form or forms annexed to the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

  1.5 If the Issuer and the Dealer shall agree on the terms of the purchase of any Note by the Dealer or the sale of any Note arranged by the Dealer (including, but not limited to, agreement with respect to the date of issue, purchase price, principal amount, maturity and interest rate or interest rate index and margin (in the case of interest-bearing Notes) or discount thereof (in the case of Notes issued on a discount basis), and appropriate compensation for the Dealer’s services hereunder) pursuant to this Agreement, the Issuer shall cause such Note to be issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and payment for such Note shall be made by the purchaser thereof, either directly or through the Dealer, to the Issuing and Paying Agent, for the account of the Issuer. Except as otherwise agreed, in the event that the Dealer is acting as an agent and a purchaser shall either fail to accept delivery of or make payment for a Note on the date fixed for settlement, the Dealer shall promptly notify the Issuer, and if the Dealer has theretofore paid the Issuer for the Note, the Issuer will promptly return such funds to the Dealer against its return of the Note to the Issuer, in the case of a certificated Note, and upon notice of such failure in the case of a book-entry Note. If such failure occurred for any reason other than default by the Dealer, the Issuer shall reimburse the Dealer on an equitable basis for the Dealer’s loss of the use of such funds for the period such funds were credited to the Issuer’s account.

 

  1.6 The Dealer and the Issuer hereby establish and agree to observe the following procedures in connection with offers, sales and subsequent resales or other transfers of the Notes:

 

  (a) Offers and sales of the Notes by or through the Dealer shall be made only to: (i) investors reasonably believed by the Dealer to be Qualified Institutional Buyers, Institutional Accredited Investors or Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investors and (ii) non-bank fiduciaries or agents that will be purchasing Notes for one or more accounts, each of which is reasonably believed by the Dealer to be an Institutional Accredited Investor or Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investor.

 

  (b) Resales and other transfers of the Notes by the holders thereof shall be made only in accordance with the restrictions in the legend described in clause (e) below.

 

  (c) No general solicitation or general advertising shall be used in connection with the offering of the Notes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without the prior written approval of the Dealer, the Issuer shall not issue any press release or place or publish any “tombstone” or other advertisement relating to the Notes.

 

  (d) No sale of Notes to any one purchaser shall be for less than $250,000 principal or face amount, and no Note shall be issued in a smaller principal or face amount. If the purchaser is a non-bank fiduciary acting on behalf of others, each person for whom such purchaser is acting must purchase at least $250,000 principal or face amount of Notes.

 

  (e)

Offers and sales of the Notes by the Issuer through the Dealer acting as agent for the Issuer shall be made in accordance with Rule 506 under the Securities Act, and shall be subject to the restrictions described in the legend appearing on Exhibit A hereto. A legend

 

3


 

substantially to the effect of such Exhibit A shall appear as part of the Private Placement Memorandum used in connection with offers and sales of Notes hereunder, as well as on each individual certificate representing a Note and each Master Note representing book-entry Notes offered and sold pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  (f) The Dealer shall furnish or shall have furnished to each purchaser of Notes for which it has acted as the Dealer a copy of the then-current Private Placement Memorandum unless such purchaser has previously received a copy of the Private Placement Memorandum as then in effect. The Private Placement Memorandum shall expressly state that any person to whom Notes are offered shall have an opportunity to ask questions of, and receive information from, the Issuer and the Dealer and shall provide the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the persons from whom information regarding the Issuer may be obtained.

 

  (g) The Issuer agrees, for the benefit of the Dealer and each of the holders and prospective purchasers from time to time of the Notes that, if at any time the Issuer shall not be subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer will furnish, upon request and at its expense, to the Dealer and to holders and prospective purchasers of Notes information required by Rule 144A(d)(4)(i) in compliance with Rule 144A(d).

 

  (h) In the event that any Note offered or to be offered by the Dealer would be ineligible for resale under Rule 144A, the Issuer shall immediately notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such fact and shall promptly prepare and deliver to the Dealer an amendment or supplement to the Private Placement Memorandum describing the Notes that are ineligible, the reason for such ineligibility and any other relevant information relating thereto.

 

  (i) The Issuer represents that it is not currently issuing commercial paper in the United States market in reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act. The Issuer agrees that, if it shall issue commercial paper after the date hereof in reliance upon such exemption (a) the proceeds from the sale of the Notes will be segregated from the proceeds of the sale of any such commercial paper by being placed in a separate account; (b) the Issuer will institute appropriate corporate procedures to ensure that the offers and sales of notes issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Section 3(a)(3) exemption are not integrated with offerings and sales of Notes hereunder; and (c) the Issuer will comply with each of the requirements of Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act in selling commercial paper or other short-term debt securities other than the Notes in the United States.

 

  1.7 The Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the Dealer, in connection with offers, sales and resales of Notes, as follows:

 

  (a)

The Issuer hereby confirms to the Dealer that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i)) within the preceding six months neither the Issuer nor any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof acting on behalf of the Issuer has offered or sold any Notes, or any substantially similar security of the Issuer (including, without limitation, medium-term notes issued by the Issuer), to, or solicited offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof. The

 

4


 

Issuer also agrees that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i)), as long as the Notes are being offered for sale by the Dealer and the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof as contemplated hereby and until at least six months after the offer of Notes hereunder has been terminated, neither the Issuer nor any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof (except as contemplated by Section 1.2 hereof) will offer the Notes or any substantially similar security of the Issuer for sale to, or solicit offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof, it being understood that such agreement is made with a view to bringing the offer and sale of the Notes within the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder and shall survive any termination of this Agreement. The Issuer hereby represents and warrants that it has not taken or omitted to take, and will not take or omit to take, any action that would cause the offering and sale of Notes hereunder to be integrated with any other offering of securities, whether such offering is made by the Issuer or some other party or parties.

 

  (b) The Issuer represents and agrees that the proceeds of the sale of the Notes are not currently contemplated to be used for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities within the meaning of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. In the event that the Issuer determines to use such proceeds for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities, whether in connection with an acquisition of another company or otherwise, the Issuer shall give the Dealer at least five business days’ prior written notice to that effect. The Issuer shall also give the Dealer prompt notice of the actual date that it commences to purchase securities with the proceeds of the Notes. Thereafter, in the event that the Dealer purchases Notes as principal and does not resell such Notes on the day of such purchase, to the extent necessary to comply with Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder, the Dealer will sell such Notes either (i) only to offerees it reasonably believes to be Qualified Institutional Buyers or to Qualified Institutional Buyers it reasonably believes are acting for other Qualified Institutional Buyers, in each case in accordance with Rule 144A or (ii) in a manner which would not cause a violation of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder.

 

2. Representations and Warranties of Issuer.

The Issuer represents and warrants that:

 

  2.1 The Issuer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has all the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Notes, this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

  2.2 This Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

5


  2.3 The Notes have been duly authorized, and when issued as provided in the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

  2.4 The offer and sale of the Notes in the manner contemplated hereby do not require registration of the Notes under the Securities Act, pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) thereof, and no indenture in respect of the Notes is required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

  2.5 The Notes will rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Issuer.

 

  2.6 Except as provided in Section 1.6(j) hereof, no consent or action of, or filing or registration with, any governmental or public regulatory body or authority, including the SEC, is required to authorize, or is otherwise required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of, this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, except as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes.

 

  2.7 Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the issuance of the Notes in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof by the Issuer, will (i) result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of the Issuer, or (ii) violate or result in a breach or a default under any of the terms of the Issuer’s charter documents or by-laws, any contract or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which it or its property is bound, or any law or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or government instrumentality, to which the Issuer is subject or by which it or its property is bound, which breach or default might have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

  2.8 There is no litigation or governmental proceeding pending, or to the knowledge of the Issuer threatened, against or affecting the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries which might result in a material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

  2.9 The Issuer is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

6


  2.10  Neither the Private Placement Memorandum nor the Company Information contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

  2.11  Each (a) issuance of Notes by the Issuer hereunder and (b) amendment or supplement of the Private Placement Memorandum shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Issuer to the Dealer, as of the date thereof, that, both before and after giving effect to such issuance and after giving effect to such amendment or supplement, (i) the representations and warranties given by the Issuer set forth in this Section 2 remain true and correct on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, (ii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, the Notes being issued on such date have been duly and validly issued and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, since the date of the most recent Private Placement Memorandum, there has been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer which has not been disclosed to the Dealer in writing.

 

3. Covenants and Agreements of Issuer.

The Issuer covenants and agrees that:

 

  3.1 The Issuer will give the Dealer prompt notice (but in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder) of any amendment to, modification of or waiver with respect to, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, including a complete copy of any such amendment, modification or waiver.

 

  3.2 The Issuer shall, whenever there shall occur any change in the Issuer’s condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects or any development or occurrence in relation to the Issuer that would be material to holders of the Notes or potential holders of the Notes (including any downgrading or receipt of any notice of intended or potential downgrading or any review for potential change in the rating accorded any of the Issuer’s securities by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization which has published a rating of the Notes), promptly, and in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder, notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such change, development or occurrence.

 

  3.3 The Issuer shall from time to time furnish to the Dealer such information as the Dealer may reasonably request, including, without limitation, any press releases or material provided by the Issuer to any national securities exchange or rating agency, regarding (i) the Issuer’s operations and financial condition, (ii) the due authorization and execution of the Notes and (iii) the Issuer’s ability to pay the Notes as they mature.

 

  3.4

The Issuer will take all such action as the Dealer may reasonably request to ensure that each offer and each sale of the Notes will comply with any applicable state Blue Sky laws; provided,

 

7


 

however, that the Issuer shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

 

  3.5 The Issuer will not be in default of any of its obligations hereunder, under the Notes or under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, at any time that any of the Notes are outstanding.

 

  3.6 The Issuer shall not issue Notes hereunder until the Dealer shall have received (a) an opinion of counsel to the Issuer, addressed to the Dealer, satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer, (b) a copy of the executed Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement as then in effect, (c) a copy of resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer and certified by the Secretary or similar officer of the Issuer, authorizing execution and delivery by the Issuer of this Agreement, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and the Notes and consummation by the Issuer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (d) prior to the issuance of any book-entry Notes represented by a master note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, a copy of the executed Letter of Representations among the Issuer, the Issuing and Paying Agent and DTC and of the executed master note, (e) prior to the issuance of any Notes in physical form, a copy of such form (unless attached to this Agreement or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement) and (f) such other certificates, opinions, letters and documents as the Dealer shall have reasonably requested.

 

  3.7 The Issuer shall reimburse the Dealer for all of the Dealer’s out-of-pocket expenses related to this Agreement, including expenses incurred in connection with its preparation and negotiation, and the transactions contemplated hereby (including, but not limited to, the printing and distribution of the Private Placement Memorandum), and, if applicable, for the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Dealer’s counsel.

 

4. Disclosure.

 

  4.1 The Private Placement Memorandum and its contents (other than the Dealer Information) shall be the sole responsibility of the Issuer. The Private Placement Memorandum shall contain a statement expressly offering an opportunity for each prospective purchaser to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the Issuer concerning the offering of Notes and to obtain relevant additional information which the Issuer possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense.

 

  4.2 The Issuer agrees to promptly furnish the Dealer the Company Information as it becomes available.

 

  4.3 (a) The Issuer further agrees to notify the Dealer promptly upon the occurrence of any event relating to or affecting the Issuer that would cause the Company Information then in existence to include an untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

 

8


(b) In the event that the Issuer gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.3(a) and the Dealer notifies the Issuer that it then has Notes it is holding in inventory, the Issuer agrees promptly to supplement or amend the Private Placement Memorandum so that the Private Placement Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and the Issuer shall make such supplement or amendment available to the Dealer.

(c) In the event that (i) the Issuer gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.3(a), (ii) the Dealer does not notify the Issuer that it is then holding Notes in inventory and (iii) the Issuer chooses not to promptly amend or supplement the Private Placement Memorandum in the manner described in clause (b) above, then all solicitations and sales of Notes shall be suspended until such time as the Issuer has so amended or supplemented the Private Placement Memorandum, and made such amendment or supplement available to the Dealer.

(d) Without limiting the generality of Section 4.3(a), the Issuer shall review, amend and supplement the Private Placement Memorandum on a periodic basis, but no less than at least once annually, to incorporate current financial information of the Issuer to the extent necessary to ensure that the information provided in the Private Placement Memorandum is accurate and complete.

 

5. Indemnification and Contribution.

 

  5.1 Unless prohibited by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, the Issuer will indemnify and hold harmless the Dealer, each individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity controlling the Dealer, any affiliate of the Dealer or any such controlling entity and their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, incorporators, shareholders, servants, trustees and agents (hereinafter the “Indemnitees”) against any and all liabilities, penalties, suits, causes of action, losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel) or judgments of whatever kind or nature (each a “Claim”), imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against the Indemnitees arising out of or based upon (i) any allegation that the Private Placement Memorandum, the Company Information or any information provided by the Issuer to the Dealer included (as of any relevant time) or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted (as of any relevant time) or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (ii) arising out of or based upon the breach by the Issuer of any agreement, covenant or representation made in or pursuant to this Agreement which has a material adverse effect on the Dealer or the holders of the Notes. This indemnification shall not apply to the extent that the Claim arises out of or is based upon Dealer Information or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Dealer in the performance of, or the failure to perform, its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  5.2 Provisions relating to claims made for indemnification under this Section 5 are set forth on Exhibit B to this Agreement.

 

  5.3

In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is held to be unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless the Indemnitees, although applicable in accordance with the terms of this Section 5, the

 

9


 

Issuer shall contribute to the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer in connection with any Claim in the proportion of the respective economic interests of the Issuer and the Dealer; provided, however, that such contribution by the Issuer shall be in an amount such that the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer do not exceed the aggregate of the commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder with respect to the issue or issues of Notes to which such Claim relates. The respective economic interests shall be calculated by reference to the aggregate proceeds to the Issuer of the Notes issued hereunder and the aggregate commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder.

 

6. Definitions.

 

  6.1 “Claim” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

  6.2 “Company Information” at any given time shall mean the Private Placement Memorandum together with, to the extent applicable, (i) the Issuer’s most recent report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC and each report on Form 10-Q or 8-K filed by the Issuer with the SEC since the most recent Form 10-K, (ii) the Issuer’s most recent annual audited financial statements and each interim financial statement or report prepared subsequent thereto, if not included in item (i) above, (iii) the Issuer’s and its affiliates’ other publicly available recent reports, including, but not limited to, any publicly available filings or reports provided to their respective shareholders, (iv) any other information or disclosure prepared pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof and (v) any information prepared or approved by the Issuer for dissemination to investors or potential investors in the Notes.

 

  6.3 “Dealer Information” shall mean material concerning the Dealer provided by the Dealer in writing expressly for inclusion in the Private Placement Memorandum.

 

  6.4 “Exchange Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

  6.5 “Indemnitee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

  6.6 “Institutional Accredited Investor” shall mean an institutional investor that is an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and that has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating and bearing the economic risk of an investment in the Notes, including, but not limited to, a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or a savings and loan association or other institution, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity.

 

  6.7 “Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” shall mean the issuing and paying agency agreement described on the cover page of this Agreement, as such agreement may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

  6.8 “Issuing and Paying Agent” shall mean the party designated as such on the cover page of this Agreement, as issuing and paying agent under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, or any successor thereto in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

10


  6.9 “Non-bank fiduciary or agent” shall mean a fiduciary or agent other than (a) a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or (b) a savings and loan association, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act.

 

  6.10 “Private Placement Memorandum” shall mean offering materials prepared in accordance with Section 4 (including materials referred to therein or incorporated by reference therein, if any) provided to purchasers and prospective purchasers of the Notes, and shall include amendments and supplements thereto which may be prepared from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (other than any amendment or supplement that has been completely superseded by a later amendment or supplement).

 

  6.11 “Qualified Institutional Buyer” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

  6.12 “Rule 144A” shall mean Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

  6.13 “SEC” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  6.14 “Securities Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

  6.15 “Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investor” shall mean an individual who (a) is an accredited investor within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and (b) based on his or her pre-existing relationship with the Dealer, is reasonably believed by the Dealer to be a sophisticated investor (i) possessing such knowledge and experience (or represented by a fiduciary or agent possessing such knowledge and experience) in financial and business matters that he or she is capable of evaluating and bearing the economic risk of an investment in the Notes and (ii) having not less than $5 million in investments (as defined, for purposes of this section, in Rule 2a51-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended).

 

7. General

 

  7.1 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices under this Agreement to parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be effective when received at the address of the respective party set forth in the Addendum to this Agreement.

 

  7.2 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.

 

  7.3 The Issuer agrees that any suit, action or proceeding brought by the Issuer against the Dealer in connection with or arising out of this Agreement or the Notes or the offer and sale of the Notes shall be brought solely in the United States federal courts located in the Borough of Manhattan or the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan. EACH OF THE DEALER AND THE ISSUER WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

11


  7.4 This Agreement may be terminated, at any time, by the Issuer, upon one business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Dealer, or by the Dealer upon one business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Issuer. Any such termination, however, shall not affect the obligations of the Issuer under Sections 3.7, 5 and 7.3 hereof or the respective representations, warranties, agreements, covenants, rights or responsibilities of the parties made or arising prior to the termination of this Agreement.

 

  7.5 This Agreement is not assignable by either party hereto without the written consent of the other party; provided, however, that the Dealer may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any affiliate of the Dealer.

 

  7.6 This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

  7.7 This Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective permitted successors and assigns hereunder, and shall not be deemed to give any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim to any other person whatsoever.

 

  7.8 The Issuer acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Notes pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Issuer, on the one hand, and the Dealer, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction the Dealer is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Issuer, (iii) the Dealer has not assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Issuer with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Dealer has advised or is currently advising the Issuer on other matters) or any other obligation to the Issuer except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Issuer has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Issuer agrees that it will not claim that the Dealer has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Issuer, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

 

  7.9 In the case of any agreement by a Dealer to purchase a Note hereunder (other than as agent) which provides for a settlement date that is three Business Days or more after the date of such agreement, the obligation of the Dealer to purchase the Note under such agreement shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  a) the representations and warranties given by the Issuer set forth above in Section 2 shall be true and correct on and as of the settlement date as if made on and as of such date, and the Issuer shall have performed all of its obligations hereunder to be performed as of such date,

 

  b) since the date of the most recent Offering Materials, there shall have been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer (whether occurring before or after such agreement was entered into) which was not disclosed to the Dealer in writing prior to the time such agreement was entered into,

 

12


  c) the Issuer shall not be in default of any of its obligations hereunder, under the Notes or under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

  d) on or after the date of such agreement there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange; [or on [insert NASDAQ or other exchange if the NYSE is not the principal exchange on which the Issuer’s or its public company parent’s common stock is traded]]; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Issuer’s [or [insert public company parent]’s] securities on [insert NASDAQ or the principal exchange on which the Issuer’s or its public company parent’s common stock trades]; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York [or][,] [if the closing is not in New York, insert the State in which the closing will occur and if the Company is a banking company insert the States in which the Company does business] State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the judgment of the Dealer makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Note on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Offering Materials,

 

  e) on or after the date of such agreement, (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Issuer’s debt securities by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Issuer’s debt securities.

“Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Issuer and the Dealer, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above written.

 

Cardinal Health, Inc., as Issuer     J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Dealer
By:  

/s/ Eric Slusser

    By:  

/s/ Ronald Flynn

Name:

 

Eric Slusser

   

Name:

 

Ronald Flynn

Title:

 

SVP Controller

   

Title:

 

VP

 

13


Addendum

The following additional clauses shall apply to the Agreement and be deemed a part thereof.

 

1. The other dealers referred to in clause (b) of Section 1.2 of the Agreement are Goldman, Sachs & Co., Banc of America Securities LLC and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC.

 

2. The following changes are hereby made to the Agreement:

 

  (a) Section 1.6(j) is hereby added to the Agreement, as follows:

(j) The Issuer hereby agrees that, not later than 15 days after the first sale of Notes as contemplated by this Agreement, it will file with the SEC a notice on Form D in accordance with Rule 503 under the Securities Act and that it will thereafter file such amendments to such notice as Rule 503 may require.

 

  (b) Section 2.4 of the Agreement is amended by adding the words “and Regulation D thereunder” after the words “Section 4(2) thereof “ on the third line of such Section.

 

  (c) A new Section 6.16 is hereby added to the Agreement, as follows:

6.16 “Regulation D” shall mean Regulation D (Rules 501 et seq.) under the Securities Act.

 

3. The following Section 3.8 is hereby added to the Agreement:

3.8 Without limiting any obligation of the Issuer pursuant to this Agreement to provide the Dealer with credit and financial information, the Issuer hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Dealer may share the Company Information and any other information or matters relating to the Issuer or the transactions contemplated hereby with affiliates of the Dealer, including, but not limited to, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and that such affiliates may likewise share information relating to the Issuer or such transactions with the Dealer.

 

4. The addresses of the respective parties for the purposes of notices under Section 7.1 are as follows:

For the Issuer:

Address: Cardinal Health, Inc., 7000 Cardinal Place, Dublin, Ohio 43017

Attention: Jorge M. Gomez, Assistant Treasurer

Telephone: (614) 757-6707

For the Dealer:

Address: J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., 270 Park Avenue, 8 th Floor, New York, New York 10017

Attention: Short-Term Fixed Income Division

Telephone Number: (212) 834-5071

Fax Number: (212) 834-6172

 

14


Exhibit A

Form of Legend for Private Placement Memorandum and Notes

THE NOTES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW, AND OFFERS AND SALES THEREOF MAY BE MADE ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT (I) IT HAS BEEN AFFORDED AN OPPORTUNITY TO INVESTIGATE MATTERS RELATING TO THE ISSUER AND THE NOTES, (II) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING SUCH NOTE WITH A VIEW TO ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF AND (III) IT IS EITHER (A)(1) AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR OR SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL INVESTOR THAT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a) UNDER THE ACT AND WHICH, IN THE CASE OF AN INDIVIDUAL, (i) POSSESSES SUCH KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE IN FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS MATTERS THAT HE OR SHE IS CAPABLE OF EVALUATING AND BEARING THE ECONOMIC RISK OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES AND (ii) HAS NOT LESS THAN $5 MILLION IN INVESTMENTS (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR” OR “SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”, RESPECTIVELY) AND (2)(i) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, (ii) A BANK (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(2) OF THE ACT) OR A SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION OR OTHER INSTITUTION (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(5)(A) OF THE ACT) ACTING IN ITS INDIVIDUAL OR FIDUCIARY CAPACITY OR (iii) A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT (OTHER THAN A U.S. BANK OR SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS EACH OF WHICH ACCOUNTS IS SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR; OR (B) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (“QIB”) WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS, EACH OF WHICH ACCOUNTS IS A QIB; AND THE PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS AWARE THAT THE SELLER MAY RELY UPON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER THEREOF SHALL ALSO BE DEEMED TO AGREE THAT ANY RESALE OR OTHER TRANSFER THEREOF WILL BE MADE ONLY (A) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT, EITHER (1) TO THE ISSUER OR TO A PLACEMENT AGENT DESIGNATED BY THE ISSUER AS A PLACEMENT AGENT FOR THE NOTES (COLLECTIVELY, THE “PLACEMENT AGENTS”), NONE OF WHICH SHALL HAVE ANY OBLIGATION TO ACQUIRE SUCH NOTE, (2) THROUGH A PLACEMENT AGENT TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A QIB, OR (3) TO A QIB IN A TRANSACTION THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A AND (B) IN MINIMUM AMOUNTS OF $250,000.

 

15


Exhibit B

Further Provisions Relating to Indemnification

 

(a) The Issuer agrees to reimburse each Indemnitee for all expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of internal and external counsel) as they are incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect of which indemnification may be sought under Section 5 of the Agreement (whether or not it is a party to any such proceedings) provided, however, that if it is found in any such action, proceeding or investigation that any loss, claim, damage or liability of an Indemnitee has resulted from the Dealer Information or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitee in performing the services that are the subject of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall repay such portion of the reimbursed amounts that is attributable to expenses incurred in relation to the act or omission of the Indemnitee which is the subject of such finding.

 

(b) Promptly after receipt by an Indemnitee of notice of the existence of a Claim, such Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Issuer, notify the Issuer in writing of the existence thereof; provided that (i) the omission so to notify the Issuer will not relieve the Issuer from any liability which it may have hereunder unless and except to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such Claim and such failure results in the forfeiture by the Issuer of substantial rights and defenses, and (ii) the omission so to notify the Issuer will not relieve it from liability which it may have to an Indemnitee otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In case any such Claim is made against any Indemnitee and it notifies the Issuer of the existence thereof, the Issuer will be entitled to participate therein, and to the extent that it may elect by written notice delivered to the Indemnitee, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee; provided that if the defendants in any such Claim include both the Indemnitee and the Issuer, and the Indemnitee shall have concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Issuer, the Issuer shall not have the right to direct the defense of such Claim on behalf of such Indemnitee, and the Indemnitee shall have the right to select separate counsel to assert such legal defenses on behalf of such Indemnitee. Upon receipt of notice from the Issuer to such Indemnitee of the Issuer’s election so to assume the defense of such Claim and approval by the Indemnitee of counsel, the Issuer will not be liable to such Indemnitee for expenses incurred thereafter by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof (other than reasonable costs of investigation) unless (i) the Indemnitee shall have employed separate counsel in connection with the assertion of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the Issuer shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel in the jurisdiction in which any Claim is brought), approved by the Dealer, representing the Indemnitee who is party to such Claim), (ii) the Issuer shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee to represent the Indemnitee within a reasonable time after notice of existence of the Claim or (iii) the Issuer has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the Indemnitee. The indemnity, reimbursement and contribution obligations of the Issuer hereunder shall be in addition to any other liability the Issuer may otherwise have to an Indemnitee and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Issuer and any Indemnitee. The Issuer agrees that without the Dealer’s prior written consent, it will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any Claim in respect of which indemnification may be sought under the indemnification provision of the Agreement (whether or not the Dealer or any other Indemnitee is an actual or potential party to such Claim), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnitee from all liability arising out of such Claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or failure to act, by or on behalf of any Indemnitee.

 

16


Exhibit C

Statement of Terms for Interest – Bearing Commercial Paper Notes of [Name of Issuer]

THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH BELOW ARE QUALIFIED TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE BY THE TRANSACTION SPECIFIC [PRICING] [PRIVATE PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM] SUPPLEMENT (THE “SUPPLEMENT”) (IF ANY) SENT TO EACH PURCHASER AT THE TIME OF THE TRANSACTION.

 

1. General. (a) The obligations of the Issuer to which these terms apply (each a “Note”) are represented by one or more Master Notes (each, a “Master Note”) issued in the name of (or of a nominee for) The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), which Master Note includes the terms and provisions for the Issuer’s Interest-Bearing Commercial Paper Notes that are set forth in this Statement of Terms, since this Statement of Terms constitutes an integral part of the Underlying Records as defined and referred to in the Master Note.

(b) “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law, executive order or regulation to be closed in New York City and, with respect to LIBOR Notes (as defined below) is also a London Business Day. “London Business Day” means, a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

 

2. Interest. (a) Each Note will bear interest at a fixed rate (a “Fixed Rate Note”) or at a floating rate (a “Floating Rate Note”).

(b) The Supplement sent to each holder of such Note will describe the following terms: (i) whether such Note is a Fixed Rate Note or a Floating Rate Note and whether such Note is an Original Issue Discount Note (as defined below); (ii) the date on which such Note will be issued (the “Issue Date”); (iii) the Stated Maturity Date (as defined below); (iv) if such Note is a Fixed Rate Note, the rate per annum at which such Note will bear interest, if any, and the Interest Payment Dates; (v) if such Note is a Floating Rate Note, the Base Rate, the Index Maturity, the Interest Reset Dates, the Interest Payment Dates and the Spread and/or Spread Multiplier, if any (all as defined below), and any other terms relating to the particular method of calculating the interest rate for such Note; and (vi) any other terms applicable specifically to such Note. “Original Issue Discount Note” means a Note which has a stated redemption price at the Stated Maturity Date that exceeds its Issue Price by more than a specified de minimis amount and which the Supplement indicates will be an “Original Issue Discount Note”.

(c) Each Fixed Rate Note will bear interest from its Issue Date at the rate per annum specified in the Supplement until the principal amount thereof is paid or made available for payment. Interest on each Fixed Rate Note will be payable on the dates specified in the Supplement (each an “Interest Payment Date” for a Fixed Rate Note) and on the Maturity Date (as defined below). Interest on Fixed Rate Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

17


If any Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date of a Fixed Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the required payment of principal, premium, if any, and/or interest will be payable on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue in respect of the payment made on that next succeeding Business Day.

(d) The interest rate on each Floating Rate Note for each Interest Reset Period (as defined below) will be determined by reference to an interest rate basis (a “Base Rate”) plus or minus a number of basis points (one basis point equals one-hundredth of a percentage point) (the “Spread”), if any, and/or multiplied by a certain percentage (the “Spread Multiplier”), if any, until the principal thereof is paid or made available for payment. The Supplement will designate which of the following Base Rates is applicable to the related Floating Rate Note: (a) the CD Rate (a “CD Rate Note”), (b) the Commercial Paper Rate (a “Commercial Paper Rate Note”), (c) the Federal Funds Rate (a “Federal Funds Rate Note”), (d) LIBOR (a “LIBOR Note”), (e) the Prime Rate (a “Prime Rate Note”), (f) the Treasury Rate (a “Treasury Rate Note”) or (g) such other Base Rate as may be specified in such Supplement.

The rate of interest on each Floating Rate Note will be reset daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually (the “Interest Reset Period”). The date or dates on which interest will be reset (each an “Interest Reset Date”) will be, unless otherwise specified in the Supplement, in the case of Floating Rate Notes which reset daily, each Business Day, in the case of Floating Rate Notes (other than Treasury Rate Notes) that reset weekly, the Wednesday of each week; in the case of Treasury Rate Notes that reset weekly, the Tuesday of each week; in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset monthly, the third Wednesday of each month; in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset quarterly, the third Wednesday of March, June, September and December; and in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset semiannually, the third Wednesday of the two months specified in the Supplement. If any Interest Reset Date for any Floating Rate Note is not a Business Day, such Interest Reset Date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that in the case of a LIBOR Note, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Reset Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day. Interest on each Floating Rate Note will be payable monthly, quarterly or semiannually (the “Interest Payment Period”) and on the Maturity Date. Unless otherwise specified in the Supplement, and except as provided below, the date or dates on which interest will be payable (each an “Interest Payment Date” for a Floating Rate Note) will be, in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a monthly Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of each month; in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a quarterly Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of March, June, September and December; and in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a semiannual Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of the two months specified in the Supplement. In addition, the Maturity Date will also be an Interest Payment Date.

If any Interest Payment Date for any Floating Rate Note (other than an Interest Payment Date occurring on the Maturity Date) would otherwise be a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Payment Date shall be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that in the case of a LIBOR Note, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Payment Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day. If the Maturity Date of a Floating Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment of principal and interest will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest on such payment shall accrue for the period from and after such maturity.

Interest payments on each Interest Payment Date for Floating Rate Notes will include accrued interest from and including the Issue Date or from and including the last date in respect of which interest has been

 

18


paid, as the case may be, to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date. On the Maturity Date, the interest payable on a Floating Rate Note will include interest accrued to, but excluding, the Maturity Date. Accrued interest will be calculated by multiplying the principal amount of a Floating Rate Note by an accrued interest factor. This accrued interest factor will be computed by adding the interest factors calculated for each day in the period for which accrued interest is being calculated. The interest factor (expressed as a decimal) for each such day will be computed by dividing the interest rate applicable to such day by 360, in the cases where the Base Rate is the CD Rate, Commercial Paper Rate, Federal Funds Rate, LIBOR or Prime Rate, or by the actual number of days in the year, in the case where the Base Rate is the Treasury Rate. The interest rate in effect on each day will be (i) if such day is an Interest Reset Date, the interest rate with respect to the Interest Determination Date (as defined below) pertaining to such Interest Reset Date, or (ii) if such day is not an Interest Reset Date, the interest rate with respect to the Interest Determination Date pertaining to the next preceding Interest Reset Date, subject in either case to any adjustment by a Spread and/or a Spread Multiplier.

The “Interest Determination Date” where the Base Rate is the CD Rate or the Commercial Paper Rate will be the second Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate will be the Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is LIBOR will be the second London Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is the Treasury Rate will be the day of the week in which such Interest Reset Date falls when Treasury Bills are normally auctioned. Treasury Bills are normally sold at auction on Monday of each week, unless that day is a legal holiday, in which case the auction is held on the following Tuesday or the preceding Friday. If an auction is so held on the preceding Friday, such Friday will be the Interest Determination Date pertaining to the Interest Reset Date occurring in the next succeeding week.

The “Index Maturity” is the period to maturity of the instrument or obligation from which the applicable Base Rate is calculated.

The “Calculation Date,” where applicable, shall be the earlier of (i) the tenth calendar day following the applicable Interest Determination Date or (ii) the Business Day preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date.

All times referred to herein reflect New York City time, unless otherwise specified.

The Issuer shall specify in writing to the Issuing and Paying Agent which party will be the calculation agent (the “Calculation Agent”) with respect to the Floating Rate Notes. The Calculation Agent will provide the interest rate then in effect and, if determined, the interest rate which will become effective on the next Interest Reset Date with respect to such Floating Rate Note to the Issuing and Paying Agent as soon as the interest rate with respect to such Floating Rate Note has been determined and as soon as practicable after any change in such interest rate.

All percentages resulting from any calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five-one millionths of a percentage point rounded upwards. For example, 9.876545% (or .09876545) would be rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655). All dollar amounts used in or resulting from any calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded, in the

 

19


case of U.S. dollars, to the nearest cent or, in the case of a foreign currency, to the nearest unit (with one-half cent or unit being rounded upwards).

CD Rate Notes

“CD Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date for negotiable certificates of deposit having the Index Maturity as published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) in “Statistical Release H.15(519), Selected Interest Rates” or any successor publication of the FRB (“H.15(519)”) under the heading “CDs (Secondary Market)”.

If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the CD Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date set forth in the daily update of H.15(519), available through the world wide website of the FRB at http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h15/Update, or any successor site or publication or other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate (“H.15 Daily Update”) under the caption “CDs (Secondary Market)”.

If such rate is not published in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the CD Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered rates as of 10:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date of three leading nonbank dealers 1 in negotiable U.S. dollar certificates of deposit in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent for negotiable U.S. dollar certificates of deposit of major United States money center banks of the highest credit standing in the market for negotiable certificates of deposit with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity in the denomination of $5,000,000.

If the dealers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as set forth above, the CD Rate will remain the CD Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.

Commercial Paper Rate Notes

“Commercial Paper Rate” means the Money Market Yield (calculated as described below) of the rate on any Interest Determination Date for commercial paper having the Index Maturity, as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial”.

If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, then the Commercial Paper Rate will be the Money Market Yield of the rate on such Interest Determination Date for commercial paper of the Index Maturity as published in H.15 Daily Update under the heading “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial”.

If by 3:00 p.m. on such Calculation Date such rate is not published in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update, then the Calculation Agent will determine the Commercial Paper Rate to be the Money Market Yield of the arithmetic mean of the offered rates as of 11:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date of three leading dealers of U.S. dollar commercial paper in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent for commercial paper of the Index Maturity placed for an industrial issuer whose bond rating is “AA,” or the equivalent, from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

 

1 Such nonbank dealers referred to in this Statement of Terms may include affiliates of the Dealer.

 

20


If the dealers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned above, the Commercial Paper Rate with respect to such Interest Determination Date will remain the Commercial Paper Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.

“Money Market Yield” will be a yield calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

Money Market Yield =     D x 360    x 100   
   360 - (D x M)      

where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for commercial paper quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the interest period for which interest is being calculated.

Federal Funds Rate Notes

“Federal Funds Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date for federal funds as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Federal Funds (Effective)” and displayed on Moneyline Telerate (or any successor service) on page 120 (or any other page as may replace the specified page on that service) (“Telerate Page 120”).

If the above rate does not appear on Telerate Page 120 or is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Federal Funds Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date as published in H.15 Daily Update under the heading “Federal Funds/(Effective)”.

If such rate is not published as described above by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the Federal Funds Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates for the last transaction in overnight U.S. dollar federal funds arranged by each of three leading brokers of Federal Funds transactions in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent prior to 9:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date.

If the brokers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned above, the Federal Funds Rate will remain the Federal Funds Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.

LIBOR Notes

The London Interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) means, with respect to any Interest Determination Date, the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars having the Index Maturity that appears on the Designated LIBOR Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Interest Determination Date.

If no rate appears, LIBOR will be determined on the basis of the rates at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Interest Determination Date at which deposits in U.S. dollars are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in such market selected by the Calculation Agent for a term equal to the Index Maturity and in principal amount equal to an amount that in the Calculation Agent’s judgment is representative for a single transaction in U.S. dollars in such market at such time (a “Representative Amount”). The Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such

 

21


quotations are provided, LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, LIBOR for such interest period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted at approximately 11:00 a.m., in New York City, on such Interest Determination Date by three major banks in New York City, selected by the Calculation Agent, for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks, for a term equal to the Index Maturity and in a Representative Amount; provided, however, that if fewer than three banks so selected by the Calculation Agent are providing such quotations, the then existing LIBOR rate will remain in effect for such Interest Payment Period.

“Designated LIBOR Page” means the display designated as page “3750” on Moneyline Telerate (or such other page as may replace the 3750 page on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association for the purposes of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits).

Prime Rate Notes

“Prime Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Bank Prime Loan”.

If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) prior to 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, then the Prime Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date as published in H.15 Daily Update opposite the caption “Bank Prime Loan”.

If the rate is not published prior to 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update, then the Calculation Agent will determine the Prime Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates of interest publicly announced by each bank that appears on the Reuters Screen US PRIME1 Page (as defined below) as such bank’s prime rate or base lending rate as of 11:00 a.m., on that Interest Determination Date.

If fewer than four such rates referred to above are so published by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the Prime Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the prime rates or base lending rates quoted on the basis of the actual number of days in the year divided by 360 as of the close of business on such Interest Determination Date by three major banks in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent.

If the banks selected are not quoting as mentioned above, the Prime Rate will remain the Prime Rate in effect on such Interest Determination Date.

“Reuters Screen US PRIME1 Page” means the display designated as page “US PRIME1” on the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (or such other page as may replace the US PRIME1 page on that service for the purpose of displaying prime rates or base lending rates of major United States banks).

 

22


Treasury Rate Notes

“Treasury Rate” means:

(1) the rate from the auction held on the Interest Determination Date (the “Auction”) of direct obligations of the United States (“Treasury Bills”) having the Index Maturity specified in the Supplement under the caption “INVESTMENT RATE” on the display on Moneyline Telerate (or any successor service) on page 56 (or any other page as may replace that page on that service) (“Telerate Page 56”) or page 57 (or any other page as may replace that page on that service) (“Telerate Page 57”), or

(2) if the rate referred to in clause (1) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield (as defined below) of the rate for the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Auction High”, or

(3) if the rate referred to in clause (2) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the auction rate of the applicable Treasury Bills as announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or

(4) if the rate referred to in clause (3) is not so announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or if the Auction is not held, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15(519) under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market”, or

(5) if the rate referred to in clause (4) not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market”, or

(6) if the rate referred to in clause (5) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date calculated by the Calculation Agent as the Bond Equivalent Yield of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid rates, as of approximately 3:30 p.m. on that Interest Determination Date, of three primary United States government securities dealers selected by the Calculation Agent, for the issue of Treasury Bills with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity specified in the Supplement, or

(7) if the dealers so selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned in clause (6), the Treasury Rate in effect on the particular Interest Determination Date.

“Bond Equivalent Yield” means a yield (expressed as a percentage) calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

Bond Equivalent Yield =     D x N    x 100   
   360 - (D x M)      

 

23


where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for Treasury Bills quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal, “N” refers to 365 or 366, as the case may be, and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the applicable Interest Reset Period.

 

3. Final Maturity. The Stated Maturity Date for any Note will be the date so specified in the Supplement, which shall be no later than 364 days from the date of issuance. On its Stated Maturity Date, or any date prior to the Stated Maturity Date on which the particular Note becomes due and payable by the declaration of acceleration, each such date being referred to as a Maturity Date, the principal amount of each Note, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, will be immediately due and payable.

 

4. Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” with respect to a Note: (i) default in any payment of principal of or interest on such Note (including on a redemption thereof); (ii) the Issuer makes any compromise arrangement with its creditors generally including the entering into any form of moratorium with its creditors generally; (iii) a court having jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Issuer in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or there shall be appointed a receiver, administrator, liquidator, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar officer) with respect to the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of the Issuer and any such decree, order or appointment is not removed, discharged or withdrawn within 60 days thereafter; or (iv) the Issuer shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, administrator, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official), with respect to the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of the Issuer or make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the principal of each obligation evidenced by such Note (together with interest accrued and unpaid thereon) shall become, without any notice or demand, immediately due and payable. 2

 

5. Obligation Absolute. No provision of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement under which the Notes are issued shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on each Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

6. Supplement . Any term contained in the Supplement shall supercede any conflicting term contained herein.

 

2 Unlike single payment notes, where a default arises only at the stated maturity, interest-bearing notes with multiple payment dates should contain a default provision permitting acceleration of the maturity if the Issuer defaults on an interest payment.

 

24

Exhibit 10.03

Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement

4 (2) Program

Between:

Cardinal Health, Inc., as Issuer

and

Banc of America Securities LLC , as Dealer

Concerning Notes to be issued pursuant to an

Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of August 9, 2006

between the Issuer and

The Bank of New York, as Issuing

and Paying Agent

Dated as of

August 9, 2006


Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement

[4(2) Program]

This agreement (the “Agreement”) sets forth the understandings between the Issuer and the Dealer, each named on the cover page hereof, in connection with the issuance and sale by the Issuer of its short-term promissory notes (the “Notes”) through the Dealer.

Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 6 hereof.

The Addendum to this Agreement, and any Annexes or Exhibits described in this Agreement or such Addendum, are hereby incorporated into this Agreement and made fully a part hereof.

 

1. Offers, Sales and Resales of Notes.

 

  1.1 While (i) the Issuer has and shall have no obligation to sell the Notes to the Dealer or to permit the Dealer to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, and (ii) the Dealer has and shall have no obligation to purchase the Notes from the Issuer or to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, the parties hereto agree that in any case where the Dealer purchases Notes from the Issuer, or arranges for the sale of Notes by the Issuer, such Notes will be purchased or sold by the Dealer in reliance on the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Issuer contained herein or made pursuant hereto and on the terms and conditions and in the manner provided herein.

 

  1.2 So long as this Agreement shall remain in effect, and in addition to the limitations contained in Section 1.7 hereof, the Issuer shall not, without the consent of the Dealer, offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes except (a) in transactions with one or more dealers which may from time to time after the date hereof become dealers with respect to the Notes by executing with the Issuer one or more agreements which contain provisions substantially identical to those contained in Section 1 of this Agreement, of which the Issuer hereby undertakes to provide the Dealer prompt notice or (b) in transactions with the other dealers listed on the Addendum hereto, which are executing agreements with the Issuer which contain provisions substantially identical to Section 1 of this Agreement contemporaneously herewith. In no event shall the Issuer offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes directly on its own behalf in transactions with persons other than broker-dealers as specifically permitted in this Section 1.2.

 

  1.3 The Notes shall be in a minimum denomination of $250,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, will bear such interest rates, if interest bearing, or will be sold at such discount from their face amounts, as shall be agreed upon by the Dealer and the Issuer, shall have a maturity not exceeding 364 days from the date of issuance and may have such terms as are specified in Exhibit C hereto or the Private Placement Memorandum. The Notes shall not contain any provision for extension, renewal or automatic “rollover.”

 

  1.4

The authentication and issuance of, and payment for, the Notes shall be effected in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, and the Notes shall be either individual physical certificates or book-entry notes evidenced by one or more master notes (each, a

 

2


 

“Master Note”) registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee, in the form or forms annexed to the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

  1.5 If the Issuer and the Dealer shall agree on the terms of the purchase of any Note by the Dealer or the sale of any Note arranged by the Dealer (including, but not limited to, agreement with respect to the date of issue, purchase price, principal amount, maturity and interest rate or interest rate index and margin (in the case of interest-bearing Notes) or discount thereof (in the case of Notes issued on a discount basis), and appropriate compensation for the Dealer’s services hereunder) pursuant to this Agreement, the Issuer shall cause such Note to be issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and payment for such Note shall be made by the purchaser thereof, either directly or through the Dealer, to the Issuing and Paying Agent, for the account of the Issuer. Except as otherwise agreed, in the event that the Dealer is acting as an agent and a purchaser shall either fail to accept delivery of or make payment for a Note on the date fixed for settlement, the Dealer shall promptly notify the Issuer, and if the Dealer has theretofore paid the Issuer for the Note, the Issuer will promptly return such funds to the Dealer against its return of the Note to the Issuer, in the case of a certificated Note, and upon notice of such failure in the case of a book-entry Note. If such failure occurred for any reason other than default by the Dealer, the Issuer shall reimburse the Dealer on an equitable basis for the Dealer’s loss of the use of such funds for the period such funds were credited to the Issuer’s account.

 

  1.6 The Dealer and the Issuer hereby establish and agree to observe the following procedures in connection with offers, sales and subsequent resales or other transfers of the Notes:

 

  (a) Offers and sales of the Notes by or through the Dealer shall be made only to: (i) investors reasonably believed by the Dealer to be Qualified Institutional Buyers, Institutional Accredited Investors or Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investors and (ii) non-bank fiduciaries or agents that will be purchasing Notes for one or more accounts, each of which is reasonably believed by the Dealer to be an Institutional Accredited Investor or Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investor.

 

  (b) Resales and other transfers of the Notes by the holders thereof shall be made only in accordance with the restrictions in the legend described in clause (e) below.

 

  (c) No general solicitation or general advertising shall be used in connection with the offering of the Notes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without the prior written approval of the Dealer, the Issuer shall not issue any press release or place or publish any “tombstone” or other advertisement relating to the Notes.

 

  (d) No sale of Notes to any one purchaser shall be for less than $250,000 principal or face amount, and no Note shall be issued in a smaller principal or face amount. If the purchaser is a non-bank fiduciary acting on behalf of others, each person for whom such purchaser is acting must purchase at least $250,000 principal or face amount of Notes.

 

  (e)

Offers and sales of the Notes by the Issuer through the Dealer acting as agent for the Issuer shall be made in accordance with Rule 506 under the Securities Act, and shall be subject to the restrictions described in the legend appearing on Exhibit A hereto. A legend

 

3


 

substantially to the effect of such Exhibit A shall appear as part of the Private Placement Memorandum used in connection with offers and sales of Notes hereunder, as well as on each individual certificate representing a Note and each Master Note representing book-entry Notes offered and sold pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  (f) The Dealer shall furnish or shall have furnished to each purchaser of Notes for which it has acted as the Dealer a copy of the then-current Private Placement Memorandum unless such purchaser has previously received a copy of the Private Placement Memorandum as then in effect. The Private Placement Memorandum shall expressly state that any person to whom Notes are offered shall have an opportunity to ask questions of, and receive information from, the Issuer and the Dealer and shall provide the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the persons from whom information regarding the Issuer may be obtained.

 

  (g) The Issuer agrees, for the benefit of the Dealer and each of the holders and prospective purchasers from time to time of the Notes that, if at any time the Issuer shall not be subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer will furnish, upon request and at its expense, to the Dealer and to holders and prospective purchasers of Notes information required by Rule 144A(d)(4)(i) in compliance with Rule 144A(d).

 

  (h) In the event that any Note offered or to be offered by the Dealer would be ineligible for resale under Rule 144A, the Issuer shall immediately notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such fact and shall promptly prepare and deliver to the Dealer an amendment or supplement to the Private Placement Memorandum describing the Notes that are ineligible, the reason for such ineligibility and any other relevant information relating thereto.

 

  (i) The Issuer represents that it is not currently issuing commercial paper in the United States market in reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act. The Issuer agrees that, if it shall issue commercial paper after the date hereof in reliance upon such exemption (a) the proceeds from the sale of the Notes will be segregated from the proceeds of the sale of any such commercial paper by being placed in a separate account; (b) the Issuer will institute appropriate corporate procedures to ensure that the offers and sales of notes issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Section 3(a)(3) exemption are not integrated with offerings and sales of Notes hereunder; and (c) the Issuer will comply with each of the requirements of Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act in selling commercial paper or other short-term debt securities other than the Notes in the United States.

 

  1.7 The Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the Dealer, in connection with offers, sales and resales of Notes, as follows:

 

  (a)

The Issuer hereby confirms to the Dealer that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i)) within the preceding six months neither the Issuer nor any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof acting on behalf of the Issuer has offered or sold any Notes, or any substantially similar security of the Issuer (including, without limitation, medium-term notes issued by the Issuer), to, or solicited offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof. The

 

4


 

Issuer also agrees that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i)), as long as the Notes are being offered for sale by the Dealer and the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof as contemplated hereby and until at least six months after the offer of Notes hereunder has been terminated, neither the Issuer nor any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof (except as contemplated by Section 1.2 hereof) will offer the Notes or any substantially similar security of the Issuer for sale to, or solicit offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof, it being understood that such agreement is made with a view to bringing the offer and sale of the Notes within the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder and shall survive any termination of this Agreement. The Issuer hereby represents and warrants that it has not taken or omitted to take, and will not take or omit to take, any action that would cause the offering and sale of Notes hereunder to be integrated with any other offering of securities, whether such offering is made by the Issuer or some other party or parties.

 

  (b) The Issuer represents and agrees that the proceeds of the sale of the Notes are not currently contemplated to be used for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities within the meaning of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. In the event that the Issuer determines to use such proceeds for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities, whether in connection with an acquisition of another company or otherwise, the Issuer shall give the Dealer at least five business days’ prior written notice to that effect. The Issuer shall also give the Dealer prompt notice of the actual date that it commences to purchase securities with the proceeds of the Notes. Thereafter, in the event that the Dealer purchases Notes as principal and does not resell such Notes on the day of such purchase, to the extent necessary to comply with Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder, the Dealer will sell such Notes either (i) only to offerees it reasonably believes to be Qualified Institutional Buyers or to Qualified Institutional Buyers it reasonably believes are acting for other Qualified Institutional Buyers, in each case in accordance with Rule 144A or (ii) in a manner which would not cause a violation of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder.

 

2. Representations and Warranties of Issuer.

The Issuer represents and warrants that:

 

  2.1 The Issuer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has all the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Notes, this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

  2.2 This Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

5


  2.3 The Notes have been duly authorized, and when issued as provided in the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

  2.4 The offer and sale of the Notes in the manner contemplated hereby do not require registration of the Notes under the Securities Act, pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) thereof, and no indenture in respect of the Notes is required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

  2.5 The Notes will rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Issuer.

 

  2.6 Except as provided in Section 1.6(j) hereof, no consent or action of, or filing or registration with, any governmental or public regulatory body or authority, including the SEC, is required to authorize, or is otherwise required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of, this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, except as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes.

 

  2.7 Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the issuance of the Notes in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof by the Issuer, will (i) result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of the Issuer, or (ii) violate or result in a breach or a default under any of the terms of the Issuer’s charter documents or by-laws, any contract or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which it or its property is bound, or any law or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or government instrumentality, to which the Issuer is subject or by which it or its property is bound, which breach or default might have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

  2.8 There is no litigation or governmental proceeding pending, or to the knowledge of the Issuer threatened, against or affecting the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries which might result in a material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

  2.9 The Issuer is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

6


  2.10 Neither the Private Placement Memorandum nor the Company Information contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

  2.11 Each (a) issuance of Notes by the Issuer hereunder and (b) amendment or supplement of the Private Placement Memorandum shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Issuer to the Dealer, as of the date thereof, that, both before and after giving effect to such issuance and after giving effect to such amendment or supplement, (i) the representations and warranties given by the Issuer set forth in this Section 2 remain true and correct on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, (ii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, the Notes being issued on such date have been duly and validly issued and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, since the date of the most recent Private Placement Memorandum, there has been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer which has not been disclosed to the Dealer in writing.

 

3. Covenants and Agreements of Issuer.

The Issuer covenants and agrees that:

 

  3.1 The Issuer will give the Dealer prompt notice (but in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder) of any amendment to, modification of or waiver with respect to, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, including a complete copy of any such amendment, modification or waiver.

 

  3.2 The Issuer shall, whenever there shall occur any change in the Issuer’s condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects or any development or occurrence in relation to the Issuer that would be material to holders of the Notes or potential holders of the Notes (including any downgrading or receipt of any notice of intended or potential downgrading or any review for potential change in the rating accorded any of the Issuer’s securities by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization which has published a rating of the Notes), promptly, and in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder, notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such change, development or occurrence.

 

  3.3 The Issuer shall from time to time furnish to the Dealer such information as the Dealer may reasonably request, including, without limitation, any press releases or material provided by the Issuer to any national securities exchange or rating agency, regarding (i) the Issuer’s operations and financial condition, (ii) the due authorization and execution of the Notes and (iii) the Issuer’s ability to pay the Notes as they mature.

 

  3.4

The Issuer will take all such action as the Dealer may reasonably request to ensure that each offer and each sale of the Notes will comply with any applicable state Blue Sky laws; provided,

 

7


 

however, that the Issuer shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

 

  3.5 The Issuer will not be in default of any of its obligations hereunder, under the Notes or under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, at any time that any of the Notes are outstanding.

 

  3.6 The Issuer shall not issue Notes hereunder until the Dealer shall have received (a) an opinion of counsel to the Issuer, addressed to the Dealer, satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer, (b) a copy of the executed Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement as then in effect, (c) a copy of resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer and certified by the Secretary or similar officer of the Issuer, authorizing execution and delivery by the Issuer of this Agreement, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and the Notes and consummation by the Issuer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (d) prior to the issuance of any book-entry Notes represented by a master note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, a copy of the executed Letter of Representations among the Issuer, the Issuing and Paying Agent and DTC and of the executed master note, (e) prior to the issuance of any Notes in physical form, a copy of such form (unless attached to this Agreement or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement) and (f) such other certificates, opinions, letters and documents as the Dealer shall have reasonably requested.

 

  3.7 The Issuer shall reimburse the Dealer for all of the Dealer’s out-of-pocket expenses related to this Agreement, including expenses incurred in connection with its preparation and negotiation, and the transactions contemplated hereby (including, but not limited to, the printing and distribution of the Private Placement Memorandum), and, if applicable, for the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Dealer’s counsel.

 

4. Disclosure.

 

  4.1 The Private Placement Memorandum and its contents (other than the Dealer Information) shall be the sole responsibility of the Issuer. The Private Placement Memorandum shall contain a statement expressly offering an opportunity for each prospective purchaser to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the Issuer concerning the offering of Notes and to obtain relevant additional information which the Issuer possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense.

 

  4.2 The Issuer agrees to promptly furnish the Dealer the Company Information as it becomes available.

 

  4.3 (a) The Issuer further agrees to notify the Dealer promptly upon the occurrence of any event relating to or affecting the Issuer that would cause the Company Information then in existence to include an untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

 

8


(b) In the event that the Issuer gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.3(a) and the Dealer notifies the Issuer that it then has Notes it is holding in inventory, the Issuer agrees promptly to supplement or amend the Private Placement Memorandum so that the Private Placement Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and the Issuer shall make such supplement or amendment available to the Dealer.

(c) In the event that (i) the Issuer gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.3(a), (ii) the Dealer does not notify the Issuer that it is then holding Notes in inventory and (iii) the Issuer chooses not to promptly amend or supplement the Private Placement Memorandum in the manner described in clause (b) above, then all solicitations and sales of Notes shall be suspended until such time as the Issuer has so amended or supplemented the Private Placement Memorandum, and made such amendment or supplement available to the Dealer.

(d) Without limiting the generality of Section 4.3(a), the Issuer shall review, amend and supplement the Private Placement Memorandum on a periodic basis, but no less than at least once annually, to incorporate current financial information of the Issuer to the extent necessary to ensure that the information provided in the Private Placement Memorandum is accurate and complete.

 

5. Indemnification and Contribution.

 

  5.1 Unless prohibited by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, the Issuer will indemnify and hold harmless the Dealer, each individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity controlling the Dealer, any affiliate of the Dealer or any such controlling entity and their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, incorporators, shareholders, servants, trustees and agents (hereinafter the “Indemnitees”) against any and all liabilities, penalties, suits, causes of action, losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel) or judgments of whatever kind or nature (each a “Claim”), imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against the Indemnitees arising out of or based upon (i) any allegation that the Private Placement Memorandum, the Company Information or any information provided by the Issuer to the Dealer included (as of any relevant time) or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted (as of any relevant time) or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (ii) arising out of or based upon the breach by the Issuer of any agreement, covenant or representation made in or pursuant to this Agreement which has a material adverse effect on the Dealer or the holders of the Notes. This indemnification shall not apply to the extent that the Claim arises out of or is based upon Dealer Information or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Dealer in the performance of, or the failure to perform, its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  5.2 Provisions relating to claims made for indemnification under this Section 5 are set forth on Exhibit B to this Agreement.

 

  5.3

In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is held to be unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless the Indemnitees, although applicable in accordance with the terms of this Section 5, the

 

9


 

Issuer shall contribute to the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer in connection with any Claim in the proportion of the respective economic interests of the Issuer and the Dealer; provided, however, that such contribution by the Issuer shall be in an amount such that the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer do not exceed the aggregate of the commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder with respect to the issue or issues of Notes to which such Claim relates. The respective economic interests shall be calculated by reference to the aggregate proceeds to the Issuer of the Notes issued hereunder and the aggregate commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder.

 

6. Definitions.

 

  6.1 “Claim” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

  6.2 “Company Information” at any given time shall mean the Private Placement Memorandum together with, to the extent applicable, (i) the Issuer’s most recent report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC and each report on Form 10-Q or 8-K filed by the Issuer with the SEC since the most recent Form 10-K, (ii) the Issuer’s most recent annual audited financial statements and each interim financial statement or report prepared subsequent thereto, if not included in item (i) above, (iii) the Issuer’s and its affiliates’ other publicly available recent reports, including, but not limited to, any publicly available filings or reports provided to their respective shareholders, (iv) any other information or disclosure prepared pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof and (v) any information prepared or approved by the Issuer for dissemination to investors or potential investors in the Notes.

 

  6.3 “Dealer Information” shall mean material concerning the Dealer provided by the Dealer in writing expressly for inclusion in the Private Placement Memorandum.

 

  6.4 “Exchange Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

  6.5 “Indemnitee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

  6.6 “Institutional Accredited Investor” shall mean an institutional investor that is an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and that has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating and bearing the economic risk of an investment in the Notes, including, but not limited to, a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or a savings and loan association or other institution, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity.

 

  6.7 “Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” shall mean the issuing and paying agency agreement described on the cover page of this Agreement, as such agreement may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

  6.8 “Issuing and Paying Agent” shall mean the party designated as such on the cover page of this Agreement, as issuing and paying agent under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, or any successor thereto in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

10


  6.9 “Non-bank fiduciary or agent” shall mean a fiduciary or agent other than (a) a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or (b) a savings and loan association, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act.

 

  6.10 “Private Placement Memorandum” shall mean offering materials prepared in accordance with Section 4 (including materials referred to therein or incorporated by reference therein, if any) provided to purchasers and prospective purchasers of the Notes, and shall include amendments and supplements thereto which may be prepared from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (other than any amendment or supplement that has been completely superseded by a later amendment or supplement).

 

  6.11 “Qualified Institutional Buyer” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

  6.12 “Rule 144A” shall mean Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

  6.13 “SEC” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  6.14 “Securities Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

  6.15 “Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investor” shall mean an individual who (a) is an accredited investor within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and (b) based on his or her pre-existing relationship with the Dealer, is reasonably believed by the Dealer to be a sophisticated investor (i) possessing such knowledge and experience (or represented by a fiduciary or agent possessing such knowledge and experience) in financial and business matters that he or she is capable of evaluating and bearing the economic risk of an investment in the Notes and (ii) having not less than $5 million in investments (as defined, for purposes of this section, in Rule 2a51-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended).

 

7. General

 

  7.1 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices under this Agreement to parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be effective when received at the address of the respective party set forth in the Addendum to this Agreement.

 

  7.2 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.

 

  7.3 The Issuer agrees that any suit, action or proceeding brought by the Issuer against the Dealer in connection with or arising out of this Agreement or the Notes or the offer and sale of the Notes shall be brought solely in the United States federal courts located in the Borough of Manhattan or the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan. EACH OF THE DEALER AND THE ISSUER WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

11


  7.4 This Agreement may be terminated, at any time, by the Issuer, upon one business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Dealer, or by the Dealer upon one business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Issuer. Any such termination, however, shall not affect the obligations of the Issuer under Sections 3.7, 5 and 7.3 hereof or the respective representations, warranties, agreements, covenants, rights or responsibilities of the parties made or arising prior to the termination of this Agreement.

 

  7.5 This Agreement is not assignable by either party hereto without the written consent of the other party; provided, however, that the Dealer may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any affiliate of the Dealer.

 

  7.6 This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

  7.7 This Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective permitted successors and assigns hereunder, and shall not be deemed to give any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim to any other person whatsoever.

 

  7.8 The Issuer acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Notes pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Issuer, on the one hand, and the Dealer, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction the Dealer is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Issuer, (iii) the Dealer has not assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Issuer with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Dealer has advised or is currently advising the Issuer on other matters) or any other obligation to the Issuer except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Issuer has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Issuer agrees that it will not claim that the Dealer has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Issuer, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

 

  7.9 In the case of any agreement by a Dealer to purchase a Note hereunder (other than as agent) which provides for a settlement date that is three Business Days or more after the date of such agreement, the obligation of the Dealer to purchase the Note under such agreement shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  a) the representations and warranties given by the Issuer set forth above in Section 2 shall be true and correct on and as of the settlement date as if made on and as of such date, and the Issuer shall have performed all of its obligations hereunder to be performed as of such date,

 

  b) since the date of the most recent Offering Materials, there shall have been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer (whether occurring before or after such agreement was entered into) which was not disclosed to the Dealer in writing prior to the time such agreement was entered into,

 

12


  c) the Issuer shall not be in default of any of its obligations hereunder, under the Notes or under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

  d) on or after the date of such agreement there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange; [or on [insert NASDAQ or other exchange if the NYSE is not the principal exchange on which the Issuer’s or its public company parent’s common stock is traded]]; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Issuer’s [or [insert public company parent]’s] securities on [insert NASDAQ or the principal exchange on which the Issuer’s or its public company parent’s common stock trades]; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York [or][,] [if the closing is not in New York, insert the State in which the closing will occur and if the Company is a banking company insert the States in which the Company does business] State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the judgment of the Dealer makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Note on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Offering Materials,

 

  e) on or after the date of such agreement, (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Issuer’s debt securities by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Issuer’s debt securities.

“Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Issuer and the Dealer, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above written.

 

Cardinal Health, Inc., as Issuer     Banc of America Securities LLC, as Dealer
By:  

/s/ Eric Slusser

    By:  

/s/ Robert Porter

Name:

 

Eric Slusser

   

Name:

 

Robert Porter

Title:

 

SVP Controller

   

Title:

 

Managing Director

 

13


Addendum

The following additional clauses shall apply to the Agreement and be deemed a part thereof.

 

1. The other dealers referred to in clause (b) of Section 1.2 of the Agreement are J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

2. The following changes are hereby made to the Agreement:

 

  (a) Section 1.6(j) is hereby added to the Agreement, as follows:

(j) The Issuer hereby agrees that, not later than 15 days after the first sale of Notes as contemplated by this Agreement, it will file with the SEC a notice on Form D in accordance with Rule 503 under the Securities Act and that it will thereafter file such amendments to such notice as Rule 503 may require.

 

  (b) Section 2.4 of the Agreement is amended by adding the words “and Regulation D thereunder” after the words “Section 4(2) thereof “ on the third line of such Section.

 

  (c) A new Section 6.16 is hereby added to the Agreement, as follows:

6.16 “Regulation D” shall mean Regulation D (Rules 501 et seq.) under the Securities Act.

 

3. The following Section 3.8 is hereby added to the Agreement:

3.8 Without limiting any obligation of the Issuer pursuant to this Agreement to provide the Dealer with credit and financial information, the Issuer hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Dealer may share the Company Information and any other information or matters relating to the Issuer or the transactions contemplated hereby with affiliates of the Dealer, including, but not limited to, Bank of America N.A., and that such affiliates may likewise share information relating to the Issuer or such transactions with the Dealer.

 

4. The addresses of the respective parties for the purposes of notices under Section 7.1 are as follows:

For the Issuer:

Address: Cardinal Health, Inc., 7000 Cardinal Place, Dublin, Ohio 43017

Attention: Jorge M. Gomez, Assistant Treasurer

Telephone: (614) 757-6707

For the Dealer:

Address: Banc of America Securities LLC, 606 Montgomery Street, CA5-801-15-31, San Francisco, CA 94111

Attention: Money Market Finance, Manager

Telephone Number: (415) 913-3689

Fax Number: (415) 913-6288

 

14


Exhibit A

Form of Legend for Private Placement Memorandum and Notes

THE NOTES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW, AND OFFERS AND SALES THEREOF MAY BE MADE ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT (I) IT HAS BEEN AFFORDED AN OPPORTUNITY TO INVESTIGATE MATTERS RELATING TO THE ISSUER AND THE NOTES, (II) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING SUCH NOTE WITH A VIEW TO ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF AND (III) IT IS EITHER (A)(1) AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR OR SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL INVESTOR THAT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a) UNDER THE ACT AND WHICH, IN THE CASE OF AN INDIVIDUAL, (i) POSSESSES SUCH KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE IN FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS MATTERS THAT HE OR SHE IS CAPABLE OF EVALUATING AND BEARING THE ECONOMIC RISK OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES AND (ii) HAS NOT LESS THAN $5 MILLION IN INVESTMENTS (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR” OR “SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”, RESPECTIVELY) AND (2)(i) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, (ii) A BANK (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(2) OF THE ACT) OR A SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION OR OTHER INSTITUTION (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(5)(A) OF THE ACT) ACTING IN ITS INDIVIDUAL OR FIDUCIARY CAPACITY OR (iii) A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT (OTHER THAN A U.S. BANK OR SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS EACH OF WHICH ACCOUNTS IS SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR; OR (B) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (“QIB”) WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS, EACH OF WHICH ACCOUNTS IS A QIB; AND THE PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS AWARE THAT THE SELLER MAY RELY UPON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER THEREOF SHALL ALSO BE DEEMED TO AGREE THAT ANY RESALE OR OTHER TRANSFER THEREOF WILL BE MADE ONLY (A) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT, EITHER (1) TO THE ISSUER OR TO A PLACEMENT AGENT DESIGNATED BY THE ISSUER AS A PLACEMENT AGENT FOR THE NOTES (COLLECTIVELY, THE “PLACEMENT AGENTS”), NONE OF WHICH SHALL HAVE ANY OBLIGATION TO ACQUIRE SUCH NOTE, (2) THROUGH A PLACEMENT AGENT TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A QIB, OR (3) TO A QIB IN A TRANSACTION THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A AND (B) IN MINIMUM AMOUNTS OF $250,000.

 

15


Exhibit B

Further Provisions Relating to Indemnification

 

(a) The Issuer agrees to reimburse each Indemnitee for all expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of internal and external counsel) as they are incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect of which indemnification may be sought under Section 5 of the Agreement (whether or not it is a party to any such proceedings) provided, however, that if it is found in any such action, proceeding or investigation that any loss, claim, damage or liability of an Indemnitee has resulted from the Dealer Information or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitee in performing the services that are the subject of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall repay such portion of the reimbursed amounts that is attributable to expenses incurred in relation to the act or omission of the Indemnitee which is the subject of such finding.

 

(b) Promptly after receipt by an Indemnitee of notice of the existence of a Claim, such Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Issuer, notify the Issuer in writing of the existence thereof; provided that (i) the omission so to notify the Issuer will not relieve the Issuer from any liability which it may have hereunder unless and except to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such Claim and such failure results in the forfeiture by the Issuer of substantial rights and defenses, and (ii) the omission so to notify the Issuer will not relieve it from liability which it may have to an Indemnitee otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In case any such Claim is made against any Indemnitee and it notifies the Issuer of the existence thereof, the Issuer will be entitled to participate therein, and to the extent that it may elect by written notice delivered to the Indemnitee, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee; provided that if the defendants in any such Claim include both the Indemnitee and the Issuer, and the Indemnitee shall have concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Issuer, the Issuer shall not have the right to direct the defense of such Claim on behalf of such Indemnitee, and the Indemnitee shall have the right to select separate counsel to assert such legal defenses on behalf of such Indemnitee. Upon receipt of notice from the Issuer to such Indemnitee of the Issuer’s election so to assume the defense of such Claim and approval by the Indemnitee of counsel, the Issuer will not be liable to such Indemnitee for expenses incurred thereafter by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof (other than reasonable costs of investigation) unless (i) the Indemnitee shall have employed separate counsel in connection with the assertion of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the Issuer shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel in the jurisdiction in which any Claim is brought), approved by the Dealer, representing the Indemnitee who is party to such Claim), (ii) the Issuer shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee to represent the Indemnitee within a reasonable time after notice of existence of the Claim or (iii) the Issuer has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the Indemnitee. The indemnity, reimbursement and contribution obligations of the Issuer hereunder shall be in addition to any other liability the Issuer may otherwise have to an Indemnitee and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Issuer and any Indemnitee. The Issuer agrees that without the Dealer’s prior written consent, it will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any Claim in respect of which indemnification may be sought under the indemnification provision of the Agreement (whether or not the Dealer or any other Indemnitee is an actual or potential party to such Claim), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnitee from all liability arising out of such Claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or failure to act, by or on behalf of any Indemnitee.

 

16


Exhibit C

Statement of Terms for Interest – Bearing Commercial Paper Notes of Cardinal Health, Inc.

THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH BELOW ARE QUALIFIED TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE BY THE TRANSACTION SPECIFIC [PRICING] [PRIVATE PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM] SUPPLEMENT (THE “SUPPLEMENT”) (IF ANY) SENT TO EACH PURCHASER AT THE TIME OF THE TRANSACTION.

 

1. General. (a) The obligations of the Issuer to which these terms apply (each a “Note”) are represented by one or more Master Notes (each, a “Master Note”) issued in the name of (or of a nominee for) The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), which Master Note includes the terms and provisions for the Issuer’s Interest-Bearing Commercial Paper Notes that are set forth in this Statement of Terms, since this Statement of Terms constitutes an integral part of the Underlying Records as defined and referred to in the Master Note.

(b) “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law, executive order or regulation to be closed in New York City and, with respect to LIBOR Notes (as defined below) is also a London Business Day. “London Business Day” means, a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

 

2. Interest. (a) Each Note will bear interest at a fixed rate (a “Fixed Rate Note”) or at a floating rate (a “Floating Rate Note”).

(b) The Supplement sent to each holder of such Note will describe the following terms: (i) whether such Note is a Fixed Rate Note or a Floating Rate Note and whether such Note is an Original Issue Discount Note (as defined below); (ii) the date on which such Note will be issued (the “Issue Date”); (iii) the Stated Maturity Date (as defined below); (iv) if such Note is a Fixed Rate Note, the rate per annum at which such Note will bear interest, if any, and the Interest Payment Dates; (v) if such Note is a Floating Rate Note, the Base Rate, the Index Maturity, the Interest Reset Dates, the Interest Payment Dates and the Spread and/or Spread Multiplier, if any (all as defined below), and any other terms relating to the particular method of calculating the interest rate for such Note; and (vi) any other terms applicable specifically to such Note. “Original Issue Discount Note” means a Note which has a stated redemption price at the Stated Maturity Date that exceeds its Issue Price by more than a specified de minimis amount and which the Supplement indicates will be an “Original Issue Discount Note”.

(c) Each Fixed Rate Note will bear interest from its Issue Date at the rate per annum specified in the Supplement until the principal amount thereof is paid or made available for payment. Interest on each Fixed Rate Note will be payable on the dates specified in the Supplement (each an “Interest Payment Date” for a Fixed Rate Note) and on the Maturity Date (as defined below). Interest on Fixed Rate Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

17


If any Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date of a Fixed Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the required payment of principal, premium, if any, and/or interest will be payable on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue in respect of the payment made on that next succeeding Business Day.

(d) The interest rate on each Floating Rate Note for each Interest Reset Period (as defined below) will be determined by reference to an interest rate basis (a “Base Rate”) plus or minus a number of basis points (one basis point equals one-hundredth of a percentage point) (the “Spread”), if any, and/or multiplied by a certain percentage (the “Spread Multiplier”), if any, until the principal thereof is paid or made available for payment. The Supplement will designate which of the following Base Rates is applicable to the related Floating Rate Note: (a) the CD Rate (a “CD Rate Note”), (b) the Commercial Paper Rate (a “Commercial Paper Rate Note”), (c) the Federal Funds Rate (a “Federal Funds Rate Note”), (d) LIBOR (a “LIBOR Note”), (e) the Prime Rate (a “Prime Rate Note”), (f) the Treasury Rate (a “Treasury Rate Note”) or (g) such other Base Rate as may be specified in such Supplement.

The rate of interest on each Floating Rate Note will be reset daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually (the “Interest Reset Period”). The date or dates on which interest will be reset (each an “Interest Reset Date”) will be, unless otherwise specified in the Supplement, in the case of Floating Rate Notes which reset daily, each Business Day, in the case of Floating Rate Notes (other than Treasury Rate Notes) that reset weekly, the Wednesday of each week; in the case of Treasury Rate Notes that reset weekly, the Tuesday of each week; in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset monthly, the third Wednesday of each month; in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset quarterly, the third Wednesday of March, June, September and December; and in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset semiannually, the third Wednesday of the two months specified in the Supplement. If any Interest Reset Date for any Floating Rate Note is not a Business Day, such Interest Reset Date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that in the case of a LIBOR Note, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Reset Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day. Interest on each Floating Rate Note will be payable monthly, quarterly or semiannually (the “Interest Payment Period”) and on the Maturity Date. Unless otherwise specified in the Supplement, and except as provided below, the date or dates on which interest will be payable (each an “Interest Payment Date” for a Floating Rate Note) will be, in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a monthly Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of each month; in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a quarterly Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of March, June, September and December; and in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a semiannual Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of the two months specified in the Supplement. In addition, the Maturity Date will also be an Interest Payment Date.

If any Interest Payment Date for any Floating Rate Note (other than an Interest Payment Date occurring on the Maturity Date) would otherwise be a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Payment Date shall be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that in the case of a LIBOR Note, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Payment Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day. If the Maturity Date of a Floating Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment of principal and interest will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest on such payment shall accrue for the period from and after such maturity.

Interest payments on each Interest Payment Date for Floating Rate Notes will include accrued interest from and including the Issue Date or from and including the last date in respect of which interest has been

 

18


paid, as the case may be, to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date. On the Maturity Date, the interest payable on a Floating Rate Note will include interest accrued to, but excluding, the Maturity Date. Accrued interest will be calculated by multiplying the principal amount of a Floating Rate Note by an accrued interest factor. This accrued interest factor will be computed by adding the interest factors calculated for each day in the period for which accrued interest is being calculated. The interest factor (expressed as a decimal) for each such day will be computed by dividing the interest rate applicable to such day by 360, in the cases where the Base Rate is the CD Rate, Commercial Paper Rate, Federal Funds Rate, LIBOR or Prime Rate, or by the actual number of days in the year, in the case where the Base Rate is the Treasury Rate. The interest rate in effect on each day will be (i) if such day is an Interest Reset Date, the interest rate with respect to the Interest Determination Date (as defined below) pertaining to such Interest Reset Date, or (ii) if such day is not an Interest Reset Date, the interest rate with respect to the Interest Determination Date pertaining to the next preceding Interest Reset Date, subject in either case to any adjustment by a Spread and/or a Spread Multiplier.

The “Interest Determination Date” where the Base Rate is the CD Rate or the Commercial Paper Rate will be the second Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate will be the Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is LIBOR will be the second London Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is the Treasury Rate will be the day of the week in which such Interest Reset Date falls when Treasury Bills are normally auctioned. Treasury Bills are normally sold at auction on Monday of each week, unless that day is a legal holiday, in which case the auction is held on the following Tuesday or the preceding Friday. If an auction is so held on the preceding Friday, such Friday will be the Interest Determination Date pertaining to the Interest Reset Date occurring in the next succeeding week.

The “Index Maturity” is the period to maturity of the instrument or obligation from which the applicable Base Rate is calculated.

The “Calculation Date,” where applicable, shall be the earlier of (i) the tenth calendar day following the applicable Interest Determination Date or (ii) the Business Day preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date.

All times referred to herein reflect New York City time, unless otherwise specified.

The Issuer shall specify in writing to the Issuing and Paying Agent which party will be the calculation agent (the “Calculation Agent”) with respect to the Floating Rate Notes. The Calculation Agent will provide the interest rate then in effect and, if determined, the interest rate which will become effective on the next Interest Reset Date with respect to such Floating Rate Note to the Issuing and Paying Agent as soon as the interest rate with respect to such Floating Rate Note has been determined and as soon as practicable after any change in such interest rate.

All percentages resulting from any calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five-one millionths of a percentage point rounded upwards. For example, 9.876545% (or .09876545) would be rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655). All dollar amounts used in or resulting from any calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded, in the

 

19


case of U.S. dollars, to the nearest cent or, in the case of a foreign currency, to the nearest unit (with one-half cent or unit being rounded upwards).

CD Rate Notes

“CD Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date for negotiable certificates of deposit having the Index Maturity as published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) in “Statistical Release H.15(519), Selected Interest Rates” or any successor publication of the FRB (“H.15(519)”) under the heading “CDs (Secondary Market)”.

If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the CD Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date set forth in the daily update of H.15(519), available through the world wide website of the FRB at http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h15/Update, or any successor site or publication or other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate (“H.15 Daily Update”) under the caption “CDs (Secondary Market)”.

If such rate is not published in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the CD Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered rates as of 10:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date of three leading nonbank dealers 1 in negotiable U.S. dollar certificates of deposit in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent for negotiable U.S. dollar certificates of deposit of major United States money center banks of the highest credit standing in the market for negotiable certificates of deposit with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity in the denomination of $5,000,000.

If the dealers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as set forth above, the CD Rate will remain the CD Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.

Commercial Paper Rate Notes

“Commercial Paper Rate” means the Money Market Yield (calculated as described below) of the rate on any Interest Determination Date for commercial paper having the Index Maturity, as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial”.

If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, then the Commercial Paper Rate will be the Money Market Yield of the rate on such Interest Determination Date for commercial paper of the Index Maturity as published in H.15 Daily Update under the heading “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial”.

If by 3:00 p.m. on such Calculation Date such rate is not published in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update, then the Calculation Agent will determine the Commercial Paper Rate to be the Money Market Yield of the arithmetic mean of the offered rates as of 11:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date of three leading dealers of U.S. dollar commercial paper in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent for commercial paper of the Index Maturity placed for an industrial issuer whose bond rating is “AA,” or the equivalent, from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

 

1 Such nonbank dealers referred to in this Statement of Terms may include affiliates of the Dealer.

 

20


If the dealers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned above, the Commercial Paper Rate with respect to such Interest Determination Date will remain the Commercial Paper Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.

“Money Market Yield” will be a yield calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

Money Market Yield =     D x 360    x 100   
   360 - (D x M)      

where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for commercial paper quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the interest period for which interest is being calculated.

Federal Funds Rate Notes

“Federal Funds Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date for federal funds as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Federal Funds (Effective)” and displayed on Moneyline Telerate (or any successor service) on page 120 (or any other page as may replace the specified page on that service) (“Telerate Page 120”).

If the above rate does not appear on Telerate Page 120 or is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Federal Funds Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date as published in H.15 Daily Update under the heading “Federal Funds/(Effective)”.

If such rate is not published as described above by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the Federal Funds Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates for the last transaction in overnight U.S. dollar federal funds arranged by each of three leading brokers of Federal Funds transactions in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent prior to 9:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date.

If the brokers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned above, the Federal Funds Rate will remain the Federal Funds Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.

LIBOR Notes

The London Interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) means, with respect to any Interest Determination Date, the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars having the Index Maturity that appears on the Designated LIBOR Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Interest Determination Date.

If no rate appears, LIBOR will be determined on the basis of the rates at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Interest Determination Date at which deposits in U.S. dollars are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in such market selected by the Calculation Agent for a term equal to the Index Maturity and in principal amount equal to an amount that in the Calculation Agent’s judgment is representative for a single transaction in U.S. dollars in such market at such time (a “Representative Amount”). The Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such

 

21


quotations are provided, LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, LIBOR for such interest period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted at approximately 11:00 a.m., in New York City, on such Interest Determination Date by three major banks in New York City, selected by the Calculation Agent, for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks, for a term equal to the Index Maturity and in a Representative Amount; provided, however, that if fewer than three banks so selected by the Calculation Agent are providing such quotations, the then existing LIBOR rate will remain in effect for such Interest Payment Period.

“Designated LIBOR Page” means the display designated as page “3750” on Moneyline Telerate (or such other page as may replace the 3750 page on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association for the purposes of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits).

Prime Rate Notes

“Prime Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Bank Prime Loan”.

If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) prior to 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, then the Prime Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date as published in H.15 Daily Update opposite the caption “Bank Prime Loan”.

If the rate is not published prior to 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update, then the Calculation Agent will determine the Prime Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates of interest publicly announced by each bank that appears on the Reuters Screen US PRIME1 Page (as defined below) as such bank’s prime rate or base lending rate as of 11:00 a.m., on that Interest Determination Date.

If fewer than four such rates referred to above are so published by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the Prime Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the prime rates or base lending rates quoted on the basis of the actual number of days in the year divided by 360 as of the close of business on such Interest Determination Date by three major banks in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent.

If the banks selected are not quoting as mentioned above, the Prime Rate will remain the Prime Rate in effect on such Interest Determination Date.

“Reuters Screen US PRIME1 Page” means the display designated as page “US PRIME1” on the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (or such other page as may replace the US PRIME1 page on that service for the purpose of displaying prime rates or base lending rates of major United States banks).

 

22


Treasury Rate Notes

“Treasury Rate” means:

(1) the rate from the auction held on the Interest Determination Date (the “Auction”) of direct obligations of the United States (“Treasury Bills”) having the Index Maturity specified in the Supplement under the caption “INVESTMENT RATE” on the display on Moneyline Telerate (or any successor service) on page 56 (or any other page as may replace that page on that service) (“Telerate Page 56”) or page 57 (or any other page as may replace that page on that service) (“Telerate Page 57”), or

(2) if the rate referred to in clause (1) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield (as defined below) of the rate for the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Auction High”, or

(3) if the rate referred to in clause (2) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the auction rate of the applicable Treasury Bills as announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or

(4) if the rate referred to in clause (3) is not so announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or if the Auction is not held, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15(519) under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market”, or

(5) if the rate referred to in clause (4) not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market”, or

(6) if the rate referred to in clause (5) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date calculated by the Calculation Agent as the Bond Equivalent Yield of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid rates, as of approximately 3:30 p.m. on that Interest Determination Date, of three primary United States government securities dealers selected by the Calculation Agent, for the issue of Treasury Bills with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity specified in the Supplement, or

(7) if the dealers so selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned in clause (6), the Treasury Rate in effect on the particular Interest Determination Date.

“Bond Equivalent Yield” means a yield (expressed as a percentage) calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

Bond Equivalent Yield =     D x N    x 100   
   360 - (D x M)      

 

23


where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for Treasury Bills quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal, “N” refers to 365 or 366, as the case may be, and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the applicable Interest Reset Period.

 

3. Final Maturity. The Stated Maturity Date for any Note will be the date so specified in the Supplement, which shall be no later than 364 days from the date of issuance. On its Stated Maturity Date, or any date prior to the Stated Maturity Date on which the particular Note becomes due and payable by the declaration of acceleration, each such date being referred to as a Maturity Date, the principal amount of each Note, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, will be immediately due and payable.

 

4. Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” with respect to a Note: (i) default in any payment of principal of or interest on such Note (including on a redemption thereof); (ii) the Issuer makes any compromise arrangement with its creditors generally including the entering into any form of moratorium with its creditors generally; (iii) a court having jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Issuer in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or there shall be appointed a receiver, administrator, liquidator, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar officer) with respect to the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of the Issuer and any such decree, order or appointment is not removed, discharged or withdrawn within 60 days thereafter; or (iv) the Issuer shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, administrator, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official), with respect to the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of the Issuer or make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the principal of each obligation evidenced by such Note (together with interest accrued and unpaid thereon) shall become, without any notice or demand, immediately due and payable. 2

 

5. Obligation Absolute. No provision of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement under which the Notes are issued shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on each Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

6. Supplement . Any term contained in the Supplement shall supercede any conflicting term contained herein.

 

2 Unlike single payment notes, where a default arises only at the stated maturity, interest-bearing notes with multiple payment dates should contain a default provision permitting acceleration of the maturity if the Issuer defaults on an interest payment.

 

24

Exhibit 10.04

Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement

4 (2) Program

Between:

Cardinal Health, Inc., as Issuer

and

Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC , as Dealer

Concerning Notes to be issued pursuant to an

Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of August 9, 2006

between the Issuer and

The Bank of New York, as Issuing

and Paying Agent

Dated as of

August 9, 2006


Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement

[4(2) Program]

This agreement (the “Agreement”) sets forth the understandings between the Issuer and the Dealer, each named on the cover page hereof, in connection with the issuance and sale by the Issuer of its short-term promissory notes (the “Notes”) through the Dealer.

Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 6 hereof.

The Addendum to this Agreement, and any Annexes or Exhibits described in this Agreement or such Addendum, are hereby incorporated into this Agreement and made fully a part hereof.

 

1. Offers, Sales and Resales of Notes.

 

  1.1 While (i) the Issuer has and shall have no obligation to sell the Notes to the Dealer or to permit the Dealer to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, and (ii) the Dealer has and shall have no obligation to purchase the Notes from the Issuer or to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, the parties hereto agree that in any case where the Dealer purchases Notes from the Issuer, or arranges for the sale of Notes by the Issuer, such Notes will be purchased or sold by the Dealer in reliance on the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Issuer contained herein or made pursuant hereto and on the terms and conditions and in the manner provided herein.

 

  1.2 So long as this Agreement shall remain in effect, and in addition to the limitations contained in Section 1.7 hereof, the Issuer shall not, without the consent of the Dealer, offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes except (a) in transactions with one or more dealers which may from time to time after the date hereof become dealers with respect to the Notes by executing with the Issuer one or more agreements which contain provisions substantially identical to those contained in Section 1 of this Agreement, of which the Issuer hereby undertakes to provide the Dealer prompt notice or (b) in transactions with the other dealers listed on the Addendum hereto, which are executing agreements with the Issuer which contain provisions substantially identical to Section 1 of this Agreement contemporaneously herewith. In no event shall the Issuer offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes directly on its own behalf in transactions with persons other than broker-dealers as specifically permitted in this Section 1.2.

 

  1.3 The Notes shall be in a minimum denomination of $250,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, will bear such interest rates, if interest bearing, or will be sold at such discount from their face amounts, as shall be agreed upon by the Dealer and the Issuer, shall have a maturity not exceeding 364 days from the date of issuance and may have such terms as are specified in Exhibit C hereto or the Private Placement Memorandum. The Notes shall not contain any provision for extension, renewal or automatic “rollover.”

 

  1.4

The authentication and issuance of, and payment for, the Notes shall be effected in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, and the Notes shall be either individual physical certificates or book-entry notes evidenced by one or more master notes (each, a

 

2


 

“Master Note”) registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee, in the form or forms annexed to the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

  1.5 If the Issuer and the Dealer shall agree on the terms of the purchase of any Note by the Dealer or the sale of any Note arranged by the Dealer (including, but not limited to, agreement with respect to the date of issue, purchase price, principal amount, maturity and interest rate or interest rate index and margin (in the case of interest-bearing Notes) or discount thereof (in the case of Notes issued on a discount basis), and appropriate compensation for the Dealer’s services hereunder) pursuant to this Agreement, the Issuer shall cause such Note to be issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and payment for such Note shall be made by the purchaser thereof, either directly or through the Dealer, to the Issuing and Paying Agent, for the account of the Issuer. Except as otherwise agreed, in the event that the Dealer is acting as an agent and a purchaser shall either fail to accept delivery of or make payment for a Note on the date fixed for settlement, the Dealer shall promptly notify the Issuer, and if the Dealer has theretofore paid the Issuer for the Note, the Issuer will promptly return such funds to the Dealer against its return of the Note to the Issuer, in the case of a certificated Note, and upon notice of such failure in the case of a book-entry Note. If such failure occurred for any reason other than default by the Dealer, the Issuer shall reimburse the Dealer on an equitable basis for the Dealer’s loss of the use of such funds for the period such funds were credited to the Issuer’s account.

 

  1.6 The Dealer and the Issuer hereby establish and agree to observe the following procedures in connection with offers, sales and subsequent resales or other transfers of the Notes:

 

  (a) Offers and sales of the Notes by or through the Dealer shall be made only to: (i) investors reasonably believed by the Dealer to be Qualified Institutional Buyers, Institutional Accredited Investors or Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investors and (ii) non-bank fiduciaries or agents that will be purchasing Notes for one or more accounts, each of which is reasonably believed by the Dealer to be an Institutional Accredited Investor or Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investor.

 

  (b) Resales and other transfers of the Notes by the holders thereof shall be made only in accordance with the restrictions in the legend described in clause (e) below.

 

  (c) No general solicitation or general advertising shall be used in connection with the offering of the Notes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without the prior written approval of the Dealer, the Issuer shall not issue any press release or place or publish any “tombstone” or other advertisement relating to the Notes.

 

  (d) No sale of Notes to any one purchaser shall be for less than $250,000 principal or face amount, and no Note shall be issued in a smaller principal or face amount. If the purchaser is a non-bank fiduciary acting on behalf of others, each person for whom such purchaser is acting must purchase at least $250,000 principal or face amount of Notes.

 

  (e)

Offers and sales of the Notes by the Issuer through the Dealer acting as agent for the Issuer shall be made in accordance with Rule 506 under the Securities Act, and shall be subject to the restrictions described in the legend appearing on Exhibit A hereto. A legend

 

3


 

substantially to the effect of such Exhibit A shall appear as part of the Private Placement Memorandum used in connection with offers and sales of Notes hereunder, as well as on each individual certificate representing a Note and each Master Note representing book-entry Notes offered and sold pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  (f) The Dealer shall furnish or shall have furnished to each purchaser of Notes for which it has acted as the Dealer a copy of the then-current Private Placement Memorandum unless such purchaser has previously received a copy of the Private Placement Memorandum as then in effect. The Private Placement Memorandum shall expressly state that any person to whom Notes are offered shall have an opportunity to ask questions of, and receive information from, the Issuer and the Dealer and shall provide the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the persons from whom information regarding the Issuer may be obtained.

 

  (g) The Issuer agrees, for the benefit of the Dealer and each of the holders and prospective purchasers from time to time of the Notes that, if at any time the Issuer shall not be subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer will furnish, upon request and at its expense, to the Dealer and to holders and prospective purchasers of Notes information required by Rule 144A(d)(4)(i) in compliance with Rule 144A(d).

 

  (h) In the event that any Note offered or to be offered by the Dealer would be ineligible for resale under Rule 144A, the Issuer shall immediately notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such fact and shall promptly prepare and deliver to the Dealer an amendment or supplement to the Private Placement Memorandum describing the Notes that are ineligible, the reason for such ineligibility and any other relevant information relating thereto.

 

  (i) The Issuer represents that it is not currently issuing commercial paper in the United States market in reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act. The Issuer agrees that, if it shall issue commercial paper after the date hereof in reliance upon such exemption (a) the proceeds from the sale of the Notes will be segregated from the proceeds of the sale of any such commercial paper by being placed in a separate account; (b) the Issuer will institute appropriate corporate procedures to ensure that the offers and sales of notes issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Section 3(a)(3) exemption are not integrated with offerings and sales of Notes hereunder; and (c) the Issuer will comply with each of the requirements of Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act in selling commercial paper or other short-term debt securities other than the Notes in the United States.

 

  1.7 The Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the Dealer, in connection with offers, sales and resales of Notes, as follows:

 

  (a)

The Issuer hereby confirms to the Dealer that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i)) within the preceding six months neither the Issuer nor any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof acting on behalf of the Issuer has offered or sold any Notes, or any substantially similar security of the Issuer (including, without limitation, medium-term notes issued by the Issuer), to, or solicited offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof. The

 

4


 

Issuer also agrees that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i)), as long as the Notes are being offered for sale by the Dealer and the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof as contemplated hereby and until at least six months after the offer of Notes hereunder has been terminated, neither the Issuer nor any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof (except as contemplated by Section 1.2 hereof) will offer the Notes or any substantially similar security of the Issuer for sale to, or solicit offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof, it being understood that such agreement is made with a view to bringing the offer and sale of the Notes within the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder and shall survive any termination of this Agreement. The Issuer hereby represents and warrants that it has not taken or omitted to take, and will not take or omit to take, any action that would cause the offering and sale of Notes hereunder to be integrated with any other offering of securities, whether such offering is made by the Issuer or some other party or parties.

 

  (b) The Issuer represents and agrees that the proceeds of the sale of the Notes are not currently contemplated to be used for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities within the meaning of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. In the event that the Issuer determines to use such proceeds for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities, whether in connection with an acquisition of another company or otherwise, the Issuer shall give the Dealer at least five business days’ prior written notice to that effect. The Issuer shall also give the Dealer prompt notice of the actual date that it commences to purchase securities with the proceeds of the Notes. Thereafter, in the event that the Dealer purchases Notes as principal and does not resell such Notes on the day of such purchase, to the extent necessary to comply with Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder, the Dealer will sell such Notes either (i) only to offerees it reasonably believes to be Qualified Institutional Buyers or to Qualified Institutional Buyers it reasonably believes are acting for other Qualified Institutional Buyers, in each case in accordance with Rule 144A or (ii) in a manner which would not cause a violation of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder.

 

2. Representations and Warranties of Issuer.

The Issuer represents and warrants that:

 

  2.1 The Issuer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has all the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Notes, this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

  2.2 This Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

5


  2.3 The Notes have been duly authorized, and when issued as provided in the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

  2.4 The offer and sale of the Notes in the manner contemplated hereby do not require registration of the Notes under the Securities Act, pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) thereof, and no indenture in respect of the Notes is required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

  2.5 The Notes will rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Issuer.

 

  2.6 Except as provided in Section 1.6(j) hereof, no consent or action of, or filing or registration with, any governmental or public regulatory body or authority, including the SEC, is required to authorize, or is otherwise required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of, this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, except as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes.

 

  2.7 Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the issuance of the Notes in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof by the Issuer, will (i) result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of the Issuer, or (ii) violate or result in a breach or a default under any of the terms of the Issuer’s charter documents or by-laws, any contract or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which it or its property is bound, or any law or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or government instrumentality, to which the Issuer is subject or by which it or its property is bound, which breach or default might have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

  2.8 There is no litigation or governmental proceeding pending, or to the knowledge of the Issuer threatened, against or affecting the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries which might result in a material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

  2.9 The Issuer is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

6


  2.10 Neither the Private Placement Memorandum nor the Company Information contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

  2.11 Each (a) issuance of Notes by the Issuer hereunder and (b) amendment or supplement of the Private Placement Memorandum shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Issuer to the Dealer, as of the date thereof, that, both before and after giving effect to such issuance and after giving effect to such amendment or supplement, (i) the representations and warranties given by the Issuer set forth in this Section 2 remain true and correct on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, (ii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, the Notes being issued on such date have been duly and validly issued and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, since the date of the most recent Private Placement Memorandum, there has been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer which has not been disclosed to the Dealer in writing.

 

3. Covenants and Agreements of Issuer.

The Issuer covenants and agrees that:

 

  3.1 The Issuer will give the Dealer prompt notice (but in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder) of any amendment to, modification of or waiver with respect to, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, including a complete copy of any such amendment, modification or waiver.

 

  3.2 The Issuer shall, whenever there shall occur any change in the Issuer’s condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects or any development or occurrence in relation to the Issuer that would be material to holders of the Notes or potential holders of the Notes (including any downgrading or receipt of any notice of intended or potential downgrading or any review for potential change in the rating accorded any of the Issuer’s securities by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization which has published a rating of the Notes), promptly, and in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder, notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such change, development or occurrence.

 

  3.3 The Issuer shall from time to time furnish to the Dealer such information as the Dealer may reasonably request, including, without limitation, any press releases or material provided by the Issuer to any national securities exchange or rating agency, regarding (i) the Issuer’s operations and financial condition, (ii) the due authorization and execution of the Notes and (iii) the Issuer’s ability to pay the Notes as they mature.

 

  3.4

The Issuer will take all such action as the Dealer may reasonably request to ensure that each offer and each sale of the Notes will comply with any applicable state Blue Sky laws; provided,

 

7


 

however, that the Issuer shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

 

  3.5 The Issuer will not be in default of any of its obligations hereunder, under the Notes or under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, at any time that any of the Notes are outstanding.

 

  3.6 The Issuer shall not issue Notes hereunder until the Dealer shall have received (a) an opinion of counsel to the Issuer, addressed to the Dealer, satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer, (b) a copy of the executed Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement as then in effect, (c) a copy of resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer and certified by the Secretary or similar officer of the Issuer, authorizing execution and delivery by the Issuer of this Agreement, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and the Notes and consummation by the Issuer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (d) prior to the issuance of any book-entry Notes represented by a master note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, a copy of the executed Letter of Representations among the Issuer, the Issuing and Paying Agent and DTC and of the executed master note, (e) prior to the issuance of any Notes in physical form, a copy of such form (unless attached to this Agreement or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement) and (f) such other certificates, opinions, letters and documents as the Dealer shall have reasonably requested.

 

  3.7 The Issuer shall reimburse the Dealer for all of the Dealer’s out-of-pocket expenses related to this Agreement, including expenses incurred in connection with its preparation and negotiation, and the transactions contemplated hereby (including, but not limited to, the printing and distribution of the Private Placement Memorandum), and, if applicable, for the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Dealer’s counsel.

 

4. Disclosure.

 

  4.1 The Private Placement Memorandum and its contents (other than the Dealer Information) shall be the sole responsibility of the Issuer. The Private Placement Memorandum shall contain a statement expressly offering an opportunity for each prospective purchaser to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the Issuer concerning the offering of Notes and to obtain relevant additional information which the Issuer possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense.

 

  4.2 The Issuer agrees to promptly furnish the Dealer the Company Information as it becomes available.

 

  4.3 (a) The Issuer further agrees to notify the Dealer promptly upon the occurrence of any event relating to or affecting the Issuer that would cause the Company Information then in existence to include an untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

 

8


(b) In the event that the Issuer gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.3(a) and the Dealer notifies the Issuer that it then has Notes it is holding in inventory, the Issuer agrees promptly to supplement or amend the Private Placement Memorandum so that the Private Placement Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and the Issuer shall make such supplement or amendment available to the Dealer.

(c) In the event that (i) the Issuer gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.3(a), (ii) the Dealer does not notify the Issuer that it is then holding Notes in inventory and (iii) the Issuer chooses not to promptly amend or supplement the Private Placement Memorandum in the manner described in clause (b) above, then all solicitations and sales of Notes shall be suspended until such time as the Issuer has so amended or supplemented the Private Placement Memorandum, and made such amendment or supplement available to the Dealer.

(d) Without limiting the generality of Section 4.3(a), the Issuer shall review, amend and supplement the Private Placement Memorandum on a periodic basis, but no less than at least once annually, to incorporate current financial information of the Issuer to the extent necessary to ensure that the information provided in the Private Placement Memorandum is accurate and complete.

 

5. Indemnification and Contribution.

 

  5.1 Unless prohibited by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, the Issuer will indemnify and hold harmless the Dealer, each individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity controlling the Dealer, any affiliate of the Dealer or any such controlling entity and their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, incorporators, shareholders, servants, trustees and agents (hereinafter the “Indemnitees”) against any and all liabilities, penalties, suits, causes of action, losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel) or judgments of whatever kind or nature (each a “Claim”), imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against the Indemnitees arising out of or based upon (i) any allegation that the Private Placement Memorandum, the Company Information or any information provided by the Issuer to the Dealer included (as of any relevant time) or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted (as of any relevant time) or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (ii) arising out of or based upon the breach by the Issuer of any agreement, covenant or representation made in or pursuant to this Agreement which has a material adverse effect on the Dealer or the holders of the Notes. This indemnification shall not apply to the extent that the Claim arises out of or is based upon Dealer Information or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Dealer in the performance of, or the failure to perform, its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  5.2 Provisions relating to claims made for indemnification under this Section 5 are set forth on Exhibit B to this Agreement.

 

  5.3

In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is held to be unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless the Indemnitees, although applicable in accordance with the terms of this Section 5, the

 

9


 

Issuer shall contribute to the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer in connection with any Claim in the proportion of the respective economic interests of the Issuer and the Dealer; provided, however, that such contribution by the Issuer shall be in an amount such that the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer do not exceed the aggregate of the commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder with respect to the issue or issues of Notes to which such Claim relates. The respective economic interests shall be calculated by reference to the aggregate proceeds to the Issuer of the Notes issued hereunder and the aggregate commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder.

 

6. Definitions.

 

  6.1 “Claim” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

  6.2 “Company Information” at any given time shall mean the Private Placement Memorandum together with, to the extent applicable, (i) the Issuer’s most recent report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC and each report on Form 10-Q or 8-K filed by the Issuer with the SEC since the most recent Form 10-K, (ii) the Issuer’s most recent annual audited financial statements and each interim financial statement or report prepared subsequent thereto, if not included in item (i) above, (iii) the Issuer’s and its affiliates’ other publicly available recent reports, including, but not limited to, any publicly available filings or reports provided to their respective shareholders, (iv) any other information or disclosure prepared pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof and (v) any information prepared or approved by the Issuer for dissemination to investors or potential investors in the Notes.

 

  6.3 “Dealer Information” shall mean material concerning the Dealer provided by the Dealer in writing expressly for inclusion in the Private Placement Memorandum.

 

  6.4 “Exchange Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

  6.5 “Indemnitee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

  6.6 “Institutional Accredited Investor” shall mean an institutional investor that is an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and that has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating and bearing the economic risk of an investment in the Notes, including, but not limited to, a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or a savings and loan association or other institution, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity.

 

  6.7 “Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” shall mean the issuing and paying agency agreement described on the cover page of this Agreement, as such agreement may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

  6.8 “Issuing and Paying Agent” shall mean the party designated as such on the cover page of this Agreement, as issuing and paying agent under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, or any successor thereto in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

10


  6.9 “Non-bank fiduciary or agent” shall mean a fiduciary or agent other than (a) a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or (b) a savings and loan association, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act.

 

  6.10 “Private Placement Memorandum” shall mean offering materials prepared in accordance with Section 4 (including materials referred to therein or incorporated by reference therein, if any) provided to purchasers and prospective purchasers of the Notes, and shall include amendments and supplements thereto which may be prepared from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (other than any amendment or supplement that has been completely superseded by a later amendment or supplement).

 

  6.11 “Qualified Institutional Buyer” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

  6.12 “Rule 144A” shall mean Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

  6.13 “SEC” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  6.14 “Securities Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

  6.15 “Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investor” shall mean an individual who (a) is an accredited investor within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and (b) based on his or her pre-existing relationship with the Dealer, is reasonably believed by the Dealer to be a sophisticated investor (i) possessing such knowledge and experience (or represented by a fiduciary or agent possessing such knowledge and experience) in financial and business matters that he or she is capable of evaluating and bearing the economic risk of an investment in the Notes and (ii) having not less than $5 million in investments (as defined, for purposes of this section, in Rule 2a51-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended).

 

7. General

 

  7.1 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices under this Agreement to parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be effective when received at the address of the respective party set forth in the Addendum to this Agreement.

 

  7.2 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.

 

  7.3 The Issuer agrees that any suit, action or proceeding brought by the Issuer against the Dealer in connection with or arising out of this Agreement or the Notes or the offer and sale of the Notes shall be brought solely in the United States federal courts located in the Borough of Manhattan or the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan. EACH OF THE DEALER AND THE ISSUER WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

11


  7.4 This Agreement may be terminated, at any time, by the Issuer, upon one business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Dealer, or by the Dealer upon one business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Issuer. Any such termination, however, shall not affect the obligations of the Issuer under Sections 3.7, 5 and 7.3 hereof or the respective representations, warranties, agreements, covenants, rights or responsibilities of the parties made or arising prior to the termination of this Agreement.

 

  7.5 This Agreement is not assignable by either party hereto without the written consent of the other party; provided, however, that the Dealer may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any affiliate of the Dealer.

 

  7.6 This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

  7.7 This Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective permitted successors and assigns hereunder, and shall not be deemed to give any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim to any other person whatsoever.

 

  7.8 The Issuer acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Notes pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Issuer, on the one hand, and the Dealer, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction the Dealer is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Issuer, (iii) the Dealer has not assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Issuer with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Dealer has advised or is currently advising the Issuer on other matters) or any other obligation to the Issuer except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Issuer has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Issuer agrees that it will not claim that the Dealer has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Issuer, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

 

  7.9 In the case of any agreement by a Dealer to purchase a Note hereunder (other than as agent) which provides for a settlement date that is three Business Days or more after the date of such agreement, the obligation of the Dealer to purchase the Note under such agreement shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  a) the representations and warranties given by the Issuer set forth above in Section 2 shall be true and correct on and as of the settlement date as if made on and as of such date, and the Issuer shall have performed all of its obligations hereunder to be performed as of such date,

 

  b) since the date of the most recent Offering Materials, there shall have been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer (whether occurring before or after such agreement was entered into) which was not disclosed to the Dealer in writing prior to the time such agreement was entered into,

 

12


  c) the Issuer shall not be in default of any of its obligations hereunder, under the Notes or under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

  d) on or after the date of such agreement there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange; [or on [insert NASDAQ or other exchange if the NYSE is not the principal exchange on which the Issuer’s or its public company parent’s common stock is traded]]; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Issuer’s [or [insert public company parent]’s] securities on [insert NASDAQ or the principal exchange on which the Issuer’s or its public company parent’s common stock trades]; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York [or][,] [if the closing is not in New York, insert the State in which the closing will occur and if the Company is a banking company insert the States in which the Company does business] State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the judgment of the Dealer makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Note on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Offering Materials,

 

  e) on or after the date of such agreement, (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Issuer’s debt securities by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Issuer’s debt securities.

“Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Issuer and the Dealer, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above written.

 

Cardinal Health, Inc., as Issuer     Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as Dealer
By:  

/s/ Eric Slusser

    By:  

/s/ Amy Kabatznick

Name:  

Eric Slusser

    Name:  

Amy Kabatznick

Title:  

SVP Controller

    Title:  

Managing Director

 

13


Addendum

The following additional clauses shall apply to the Agreement and be deemed a part thereof.

 

1. The other dealers referred to in clause (b) of Section 1.2 of the Agreement are J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

2. The following changes are hereby made to the Agreement:

 

  (a) Section 1.6(j) is hereby added to the Agreement, as follows:

(j) The Issuer hereby agrees that, not later than 15 days after the first sale of Notes as contemplated by this Agreement, it will file with the SEC a notice on Form D in accordance with Rule 503 under the Securities Act and that it will thereafter file such amendments to such notice as Rule 503 may require.

 

  (b) Section 2.4 of the Agreement is amended by adding the words “and Regulation D thereunder” after the words “Section 4(2) thereof “ on the third line of such Section.

 

  (c) A new Section 6.16 is hereby added to the Agreement, as follows:

6.16 “Regulation D” shall mean Regulation D (Rules 501 et seq.) under the Securities Act.

 

3. The following Section 3.8 is hereby added to the Agreement:

3.8 Without limiting any obligation of the Issuer pursuant to this Agreement to provide the Dealer with credit and financial information, the Issuer hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Dealer may share the Company Information and any other information or matters relating to the Issuer or the transactions contemplated hereby with affiliates of the Dealer, including, but not limited to, __________________________ and that such affiliates may likewise share information relating to the Issuer or such transactions with the Dealer.

 

4. The addresses of the respective parties for the purposes of notices under Section 7.1 are as follows:

For the Issuer:

Address: Cardinal Health, Inc., 7000 Cardinal Place, Dublin, Ohio 43017

Attention: Jorge M. Gomez, Assistant Treasurer

Telephone: (614) 757-6707

For the Dealer:

Address: Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, 301 South College Street, Charlotte, NC 28202-0602

Attention: Debt Capital Markets

Telephone Number: (704) 715-8316

Fax Number: (704) 383-0661

 

14


Exhibit A

Form of Legend for Private Placement Memorandum and Notes

THE NOTES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW, AND OFFERS AND SALES THEREOF MAY BE MADE ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT (I) IT HAS BEEN AFFORDED AN OPPORTUNITY TO INVESTIGATE MATTERS RELATING TO THE ISSUER AND THE NOTES, (II) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING SUCH NOTE WITH A VIEW TO ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF AND (III) IT IS EITHER (A)(1) AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR OR SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL INVESTOR THAT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a) UNDER THE ACT AND WHICH, IN THE CASE OF AN INDIVIDUAL, (i) POSSESSES SUCH KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE IN FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS MATTERS THAT HE OR SHE IS CAPABLE OF EVALUATING AND BEARING THE ECONOMIC RISK OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES AND (ii) HAS NOT LESS THAN $5 MILLION IN INVESTMENTS (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR” OR “SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”, RESPECTIVELY) AND (2)(i) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, (ii) A BANK (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(2) OF THE ACT) OR A SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION OR OTHER INSTITUTION (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(5)(A) OF THE ACT) ACTING IN ITS INDIVIDUAL OR FIDUCIARY CAPACITY OR (iii) A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT (OTHER THAN A U.S. BANK OR SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS EACH OF WHICH ACCOUNTS IS SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR; OR (B) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (“QIB”) WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS, EACH OF WHICH ACCOUNTS IS A QIB; AND THE PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS AWARE THAT THE SELLER MAY RELY UPON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER THEREOF SHALL ALSO BE DEEMED TO AGREE THAT ANY RESALE OR OTHER TRANSFER THEREOF WILL BE MADE ONLY (A) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT, EITHER (1) TO THE ISSUER OR TO A PLACEMENT AGENT DESIGNATED BY THE ISSUER AS A PLACEMENT AGENT FOR THE NOTES (COLLECTIVELY, THE “PLACEMENT AGENTS”), NONE OF WHICH SHALL HAVE ANY OBLIGATION TO ACQUIRE SUCH NOTE, (2) THROUGH A PLACEMENT AGENT TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A QIB, OR (3) TO A QIB IN A TRANSACTION THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A AND (B) IN MINIMUM AMOUNTS OF $250,000.

 

15


Exhibit B

Further Provisions Relating to Indemnification

 

(a) The Issuer agrees to reimburse each Indemnitee for all expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of internal and external counsel) as they are incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect of which indemnification may be sought under Section 5 of the Agreement (whether or not it is a party to any such proceedings) provided, however, that if it is found in any such action, proceeding or investigation that any loss, claim, damage or liability of an Indemnitee has resulted from the Dealer Information or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitee in performing the services that are the subject of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall repay such portion of the reimbursed amounts that is attributable to expenses incurred in relation to the act or omission of the Indemnitee which is the subject of such finding.

 

(b) Promptly after receipt by an Indemnitee of notice of the existence of a Claim, such Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Issuer, notify the Issuer in writing of the existence thereof; provided that (i) the omission so to notify the Issuer will not relieve the Issuer from any liability which it may have hereunder unless and except to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such Claim and such failure results in the forfeiture by the Issuer of substantial rights and defenses, and (ii) the omission so to notify the Issuer will not relieve it from liability which it may have to an Indemnitee otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In case any such Claim is made against any Indemnitee and it notifies the Issuer of the existence thereof, the Issuer will be entitled to participate therein, and to the extent that it may elect by written notice delivered to the Indemnitee, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee; provided that if the defendants in any such Claim include both the Indemnitee and the Issuer, and the Indemnitee shall have concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Issuer, the Issuer shall not have the right to direct the defense of such Claim on behalf of such Indemnitee, and the Indemnitee shall have the right to select separate counsel to assert such legal defenses on behalf of such Indemnitee. Upon receipt of notice from the Issuer to such Indemnitee of the Issuer’s election so to assume the defense of such Claim and approval by the Indemnitee of counsel, the Issuer will not be liable to such Indemnitee for expenses incurred thereafter by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof (other than reasonable costs of investigation) unless (i) the Indemnitee shall have employed separate counsel in connection with the assertion of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the Issuer shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel in the jurisdiction in which any Claim is brought), approved by the Dealer, representing the Indemnitee who is party to such Claim), (ii) the Issuer shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee to represent the Indemnitee within a reasonable time after notice of existence of the Claim or (iii) the Issuer has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the Indemnitee. The indemnity, reimbursement and contribution obligations of the Issuer hereunder shall be in addition to any other liability the Issuer may otherwise have to an Indemnitee and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Issuer and any Indemnitee. The Issuer agrees that without the Dealer’s prior written consent, it will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any Claim in respect of which indemnification may be sought under the indemnification provision of the Agreement (whether or not the Dealer or any other Indemnitee is an actual or potential party to such Claim), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnitee from all liability arising out of such Claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or failure to act, by or on behalf of any Indemnitee.

 

16


Exhibit C

Statement of Terms for Interest – Bearing Commercial Paper Notes of [Name of Issuer]

THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH BELOW ARE QUALIFIED TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE BY THE TRANSACTION SPECIFIC [PRICING] [PRIVATE PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM] SUPPLEMENT (THE “SUPPLEMENT”) (IF ANY) SENT TO EACH PURCHASER AT THE TIME OF THE TRANSACTION.

 

1. General. (a) The obligations of the Issuer to which these terms apply (each a “Note”) are represented by one or more Master Notes (each, a “Master Note”) issued in the name of (or of a nominee for) The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), which Master Note includes the terms and provisions for the Issuer’s Interest-Bearing Commercial Paper Notes that are set forth in this Statement of Terms, since this Statement of Terms constitutes an integral part of the Underlying Records as defined and referred to in the Master Note.

(b) “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law, executive order or regulation to be closed in New York City and, with respect to LIBOR Notes (as defined below) is also a London Business Day. “London Business Day” means, a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

 

2. Interest. (a) Each Note will bear interest at a fixed rate (a “Fixed Rate Note”) or at a floating rate (a “Floating Rate Note”).

(b) The Supplement sent to each holder of such Note will describe the following terms: (i) whether such Note is a Fixed Rate Note or a Floating Rate Note and whether such Note is an Original Issue Discount Note (as defined below); (ii) the date on which such Note will be issued (the “Issue Date”); (iii) the Stated Maturity Date (as defined below); (iv) if such Note is a Fixed Rate Note, the rate per annum at which such Note will bear interest, if any, and the Interest Payment Dates; (v) if such Note is a Floating Rate Note, the Base Rate, the Index Maturity, the Interest Reset Dates, the Interest Payment Dates and the Spread and/or Spread Multiplier, if any (all as defined below), and any other terms relating to the particular method of calculating the interest rate for such Note; and (vi) any other terms applicable specifically to such Note. “Original Issue Discount Note” means a Note which has a stated redemption price at the Stated Maturity Date that exceeds its Issue Price by more than a specified de minimis amount and which the Supplement indicates will be an “Original Issue Discount Note”.

(c) Each Fixed Rate Note will bear interest from its Issue Date at the rate per annum specified in the Supplement until the principal amount thereof is paid or made available for payment. Interest on each Fixed Rate Note will be payable on the dates specified in the Supplement (each an “Interest Payment Date” for a Fixed Rate Note) and on the Maturity Date (as defined below). Interest on Fixed Rate Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

17


If any Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date of a Fixed Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the required payment of principal, premium, if any, and/or interest will be payable on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue in respect of the payment made on that next succeeding Business Day.

(d) The interest rate on each Floating Rate Note for each Interest Reset Period (as defined below) will be determined by reference to an interest rate basis (a “Base Rate”) plus or minus a number of basis points (one basis point equals one-hundredth of a percentage point) (the “Spread”), if any, and/or multiplied by a certain percentage (the “Spread Multiplier”), if any, until the principal thereof is paid or made available for payment. The Supplement will designate which of the following Base Rates is applicable to the related Floating Rate Note: (a) the CD Rate (a “CD Rate Note”), (b) the Commercial Paper Rate (a “Commercial Paper Rate Note”), (c) the Federal Funds Rate (a “Federal Funds Rate Note”), (d) LIBOR (a “LIBOR Note”), (e) the Prime Rate (a “Prime Rate Note”), (f) the Treasury Rate (a “Treasury Rate Note”) or (g) such other Base Rate as may be specified in such Supplement.

The rate of interest on each Floating Rate Note will be reset daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually (the “Interest Reset Period”). The date or dates on which interest will be reset (each an “Interest Reset Date”) will be, unless otherwise specified in the Supplement, in the case of Floating Rate Notes which reset daily, each Business Day, in the case of Floating Rate Notes (other than Treasury Rate Notes) that reset weekly, the Wednesday of each week; in the case of Treasury Rate Notes that reset weekly, the Tuesday of each week; in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset monthly, the third Wednesday of each month; in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset quarterly, the third Wednesday of March, June, September and December; and in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset semiannually, the third Wednesday of the two months specified in the Supplement. If any Interest Reset Date for any Floating Rate Note is not a Business Day, such Interest Reset Date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that in the case of a LIBOR Note, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Reset Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day. Interest on each Floating Rate Note will be payable monthly, quarterly or semiannually (the “Interest Payment Period”) and on the Maturity Date. Unless otherwise specified in the Supplement, and except as provided below, the date or dates on which interest will be payable (each an “Interest Payment Date” for a Floating Rate Note) will be, in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a monthly Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of each month; in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a quarterly Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of March, June, September and December; and in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a semiannual Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of the two months specified in the Supplement. In addition, the Maturity Date will also be an Interest Payment Date.

If any Interest Payment Date for any Floating Rate Note (other than an Interest Payment Date occurring on the Maturity Date) would otherwise be a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Payment Date shall be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that in the case of a LIBOR Note, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Payment Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day. If the Maturity Date of a Floating Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment of principal and interest will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest on such payment shall accrue for the period from and after such maturity.

Interest payments on each Interest Payment Date for Floating Rate Notes will include accrued interest from and including the Issue Date or from and including the last date in respect of which interest has been

 

18


paid, as the case may be, to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date. On the Maturity Date, the interest payable on a Floating Rate Note will include interest accrued to, but excluding, the Maturity Date. Accrued interest will be calculated by multiplying the principal amount of a Floating Rate Note by an accrued interest factor. This accrued interest factor will be computed by adding the interest factors calculated for each day in the period for which accrued interest is being calculated. The interest factor (expressed as a decimal) for each such day will be computed by dividing the interest rate applicable to such day by 360, in the cases where the Base Rate is the CD Rate, Commercial Paper Rate, Federal Funds Rate, LIBOR or Prime Rate, or by the actual number of days in the year, in the case where the Base Rate is the Treasury Rate. The interest rate in effect on each day will be (i) if such day is an Interest Reset Date, the interest rate with respect to the Interest Determination Date (as defined below) pertaining to such Interest Reset Date, or (ii) if such day is not an Interest Reset Date, the interest rate with respect to the Interest Determination Date pertaining to the next preceding Interest Reset Date, subject in either case to any adjustment by a Spread and/or a Spread Multiplier.

The “Interest Determination Date” where the Base Rate is the CD Rate or the Commercial Paper Rate will be the second Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate will be the Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is LIBOR will be the second London Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is the Treasury Rate will be the day of the week in which such Interest Reset Date falls when Treasury Bills are normally auctioned. Treasury Bills are normally sold at auction on Monday of each week, unless that day is a legal holiday, in which case the auction is held on the following Tuesday or the preceding Friday. If an auction is so held on the preceding Friday, such Friday will be the Interest Determination Date pertaining to the Interest Reset Date occurring in the next succeeding week.

The “Index Maturity” is the period to maturity of the instrument or obligation from which the applicable Base Rate is calculated.

The “Calculation Date,” where applicable, shall be the earlier of (i) the tenth calendar day following the applicable Interest Determination Date or (ii) the Business Day preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date.

All times referred to herein reflect New York City time, unless otherwise specified.

The Issuer shall specify in writing to the Issuing and Paying Agent which party will be the calculation agent (the “Calculation Agent”) with respect to the Floating Rate Notes. The Calculation Agent will provide the interest rate then in effect and, if determined, the interest rate which will become effective on the next Interest Reset Date with respect to such Floating Rate Note to the Issuing and Paying Agent as soon as the interest rate with respect to such Floating Rate Note has been determined and as soon as practicable after any change in such interest rate.

All percentages resulting from any calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five-one millionths of a percentage point rounded upwards. For example, 9.876545% (or .09876545) would be rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655). All dollar amounts used in or resulting from any calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded, in the

 

19


case of U.S. dollars, to the nearest cent or, in the case of a foreign currency, to the nearest unit (with one-half cent or unit being rounded upwards).

CD Rate Notes

“CD Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date for negotiable certificates of deposit having the Index Maturity as published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) in “Statistical Release H.15(519), Selected Interest Rates” or any successor publication of the FRB (“H.15(519)”) under the heading “CDs (Secondary Market)”.

If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the CD Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date set forth in the daily update of H.15(519), available through the world wide website of the FRB at http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h15/Update, or any successor site or publication or other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate (“H.15 Daily Update”) under the caption “CDs (Secondary Market)”.

If such rate is not published in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the CD Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered rates as of 10:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date of three leading nonbank dealers 1 in negotiable U.S. dollar certificates of deposit in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent for negotiable U.S. dollar certificates of deposit of major United States money center banks of the highest credit standing in the market for negotiable certificates of deposit with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity in the denomination of $5,000,000.

If the dealers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as set forth above, the CD Rate will remain the CD Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.

Commercial Paper Rate Notes

“Commercial Paper Rate” means the Money Market Yield (calculated as described below) of the rate on any Interest Determination Date for commercial paper having the Index Maturity, as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial”.

If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, then the Commercial Paper Rate will be the Money Market Yield of the rate on such Interest Determination Date for commercial paper of the Index Maturity as published in H.15 Daily Update under the heading “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial”.

If by 3:00 p.m. on such Calculation Date such rate is not published in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update, then the Calculation Agent will determine the Commercial Paper Rate to be the Money Market Yield of the arithmetic mean of the offered rates as of 11:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date of three leading dealers of U.S. dollar commercial paper in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent for commercial paper of the Index Maturity placed for an industrial issuer whose bond rating is “AA,” or the equivalent, from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

 

1 Such nonbank dealers referred to in this Statement of Terms may include affiliates of the Dealer.

 

20


If the dealers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned above, the Commercial Paper Rate with respect to such Interest Determination Date will remain the Commercial Paper Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.

“Money Market Yield” will be a yield calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

Money Market Yield = 

   D x 360    x 100
   360 - (D x M)   

where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for commercial paper quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the interest period for which interest is being calculated.

Federal Funds Rate Notes

“Federal Funds Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date for federal funds as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Federal Funds (Effective)” and displayed on Moneyline Telerate (or any successor service) on page 120 (or any other page as may replace the specified page on that service) (“Telerate Page 120”).

If the above rate does not appear on Telerate Page 120 or is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Federal Funds Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date as published in H.15 Daily Update under the heading “Federal Funds/(Effective)”.

If such rate is not published as described above by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the Federal Funds Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates for the last transaction in overnight U.S. dollar federal funds arranged by each of three leading brokers of Federal Funds transactions in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent prior to 9:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date.

If the brokers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned above, the Federal Funds Rate will remain the Federal Funds Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.

LIBOR Notes

The London Interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) means, with respect to any Interest Determination Date, the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars having the Index Maturity that appears on the Designated LIBOR Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Interest Determination Date.

If no rate appears, LIBOR will be determined on the basis of the rates at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Interest Determination Date at which deposits in U.S. dollars are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in such market selected by the Calculation Agent for a term equal to the Index Maturity and in principal amount equal to an amount that in the Calculation Agent’s judgment is representative for a single transaction in U.S. dollars in such market at such time (a “Representative Amount”). The Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such

 

21


quotations are provided, LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, LIBOR for such interest period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted at approximately 11:00 a.m., in New York City, on such Interest Determination Date by three major banks in New York City, selected by the Calculation Agent, for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks, for a term equal to the Index Maturity and in a Representative Amount; provided, however, that if fewer than three banks so selected by the Calculation Agent are providing such quotations, the then existing LIBOR rate will remain in effect for such Interest Payment Period.

“Designated LIBOR Page” means the display designated as page “3750” on Moneyline Telerate (or such other page as may replace the 3750 page on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association for the purposes of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits).

Prime Rate Notes

“Prime Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Bank Prime Loan”.

If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) prior to 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, then the Prime Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date as published in H.15 Daily Update opposite the caption “Bank Prime Loan”.

If the rate is not published prior to 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update, then the Calculation Agent will determine the Prime Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates of interest publicly announced by each bank that appears on the Reuters Screen US PRIME1 Page (as defined below) as such bank’s prime rate or base lending rate as of 11:00 a.m., on that Interest Determination Date.

If fewer than four such rates referred to above are so published by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the Prime Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the prime rates or base lending rates quoted on the basis of the actual number of days in the year divided by 360 as of the close of business on such Interest Determination Date by three major banks in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent.

If the banks selected are not quoting as mentioned above, the Prime Rate will remain the Prime Rate in effect on such Interest Determination Date.

“Reuters Screen US PRIME1 Page” means the display designated as page “US PRIME1” on the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (or such other page as may replace the US PRIME1 page on that service for the purpose of displaying prime rates or base lending rates of major United States banks).

 

22


Treasury Rate Notes

“Treasury Rate” means:

(1) the rate from the auction held on the Interest Determination Date (the “Auction”) of direct obligations of the United States (“Treasury Bills”) having the Index Maturity specified in the Supplement under the caption “INVESTMENT RATE” on the display on Moneyline Telerate (or any successor service) on page 56 (or any other page as may replace that page on that service) (“Telerate Page 56”) or page 57 (or any other page as may replace that page on that service) (“Telerate Page 57”), or

(2) if the rate referred to in clause (1) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield (as defined below) of the rate for the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Auction High”, or

(3) if the rate referred to in clause (2) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the auction rate of the applicable Treasury Bills as announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or

(4) if the rate referred to in clause (3) is not so announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or if the Auction is not held, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15(519) under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market”, or

(5) if the rate referred to in clause (4) not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market”, or

(6) if the rate referred to in clause (5) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date calculated by the Calculation Agent as the Bond Equivalent Yield of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid rates, as of approximately 3:30 p.m. on that Interest Determination Date, of three primary United States government securities dealers selected by the Calculation Agent, for the issue of Treasury Bills with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity specified in the Supplement, or

(7) if the dealers so selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned in clause (6), the Treasury Rate in effect on the particular Interest Determination Date.

“Bond Equivalent Yield” means a yield (expressed as a percentage) calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

Bond Equivalent Yield = 

   D x N    x 100
   360 - (D x M)   

 

23


where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for Treasury Bills quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal, “N” refers to 365 or 366, as the case may be, and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the applicable Interest Reset Period.

 

3. Final Maturity. The Stated Maturity Date for any Note will be the date so specified in the Supplement, which shall be no later than 364 days from the date of issuance. On its Stated Maturity Date, or any date prior to the Stated Maturity Date on which the particular Note becomes due and payable by the declaration of acceleration, each such date being referred to as a Maturity Date, the principal amount of each Note, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, will be immediately due and payable.

 

4. Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” with respect to a Note: (i) default in any payment of principal of or interest on such Note (including on a redemption thereof); (ii) the Issuer makes any compromise arrangement with its creditors generally including the entering into any form of moratorium with its creditors generally; (iii) a court having jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Issuer in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or there shall be appointed a receiver, administrator, liquidator, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar officer) with respect to the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of the Issuer and any such decree, order or appointment is not removed, discharged or withdrawn within 60 days thereafter; or (iv) the Issuer shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, administrator, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official), with respect to the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of the Issuer or make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the principal of each obligation evidenced by such Note (together with interest accrued and unpaid thereon) shall become, without any notice or demand, immediately due and payable. 2

 

5. Obligation Absolute. No provision of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement under which the Notes are issued shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on each Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

6. Supplement . Any term contained in the Supplement shall supercede any conflicting term contained herein.

 

2 Unlike single payment notes, where a default arises only at the stated maturity, interest-bearing notes with multiple payment dates should contain a default provision permitting acceleration of the maturity if the Issuer defaults on an interest payment.

 

24

Exhibit 10.05

Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement

4 (2) Program

Between:

Cardinal Health, Inc., as Issuer

and

Goldman, Sachs & Co. , as Dealer

Concerning Notes to be issued pursuant to an

Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of August 9, 2006

between the Issuer and

The Bank of New York, as Issuing

and Paying Agent

Dated as of

August 9, 2006


Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement

[4(2) Program]

This agreement (the “Agreement”) sets forth the understandings between the Issuer and the Dealer, each named on the cover page hereof, in connection with the issuance and sale by the Issuer of its short-term promissory notes (the “Notes”) through the Dealer.

Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 6 hereof.

The Addendum to this Agreement, and any Annexes or Exhibits described in this Agreement or such Addendum, are hereby incorporated into this Agreement and made fully a part hereof.

 

1. Offers, Sales and Resales of Notes.

 

  1.1 While (i) the Issuer has and shall have no obligation to sell the Notes to the Dealer or to permit the Dealer to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, and (ii) the Dealer has and shall have no obligation to purchase the Notes from the Issuer or to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, the parties hereto agree that in any case where the Dealer purchases Notes from the Issuer, or arranges for the sale of Notes by the Issuer, such Notes will be purchased or sold by the Dealer in reliance on the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Issuer contained herein or made pursuant hereto and on the terms and conditions and in the manner provided herein.

 

  1.2 So long as this Agreement shall remain in effect, and in addition to the limitations contained in Section 1.7 hereof, the Issuer shall not, without the consent of the Dealer, offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes except (a) in transactions with one or more dealers which may from time to time after the date hereof become dealers with respect to the Notes by executing with the Issuer one or more agreements which contain provisions substantially identical to those contained in Section 1 of this Agreement, of which the Issuer hereby undertakes to provide the Dealer prompt notice or (b) in transactions with the other dealers listed on the Addendum hereto, which are executing agreements with the Issuer which contain provisions substantially identical to Section 1 of this Agreement contemporaneously herewith. In no event shall the Issuer offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes directly on its own behalf in transactions with persons other than broker-dealers as specifically permitted in this Section 1.2.

 

  1.3 The Notes shall be in a minimum denomination of $250,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, will bear such interest rates, if interest bearing, or will be sold at such discount from their face amounts, as shall be agreed upon by the Dealer and the Issuer, shall have a maturity not exceeding 364 days from the date of issuance and may have such terms as are specified in Exhibit C hereto or the Private Placement Memorandum. The Notes shall not contain any provision for extension, renewal or automatic “rollover.”

 

  1.4

The authentication and issuance of, and payment for, the Notes shall be effected in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, and the Notes shall be either individual physical certificates or book-entry notes evidenced by one or more master notes (each, a

 

2


 

“Master Note”) registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee, in the form or forms annexed to the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

  1.5 If the Issuer and the Dealer shall agree on the terms of the purchase of any Note by the Dealer or the sale of any Note arranged by the Dealer (including, but not limited to, agreement with respect to the date of issue, purchase price, principal amount, maturity and interest rate or interest rate index and margin (in the case of interest-bearing Notes) or discount thereof (in the case of Notes issued on a discount basis), and appropriate compensation for the Dealer’s services hereunder) pursuant to this Agreement, the Issuer shall cause such Note to be issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and payment for such Note shall be made by the purchaser thereof, either directly or through the Dealer, to the Issuing and Paying Agent, for the account of the Issuer. Except as otherwise agreed, in the event that the Dealer is acting as an agent and a purchaser shall either fail to accept delivery of or make payment for a Note on the date fixed for settlement, the Dealer shall promptly notify the Issuer, and if the Dealer has theretofore paid the Issuer for the Note, the Issuer will promptly return such funds to the Dealer against its return of the Note to the Issuer, in the case of a certificated Note, and upon notice of such failure in the case of a book-entry Note. If such failure occurred for any reason other than default by the Dealer, the Issuer shall reimburse the Dealer on an equitable basis for the Dealer’s loss of the use of such funds for the period such funds were credited to the Issuer’s account.

 

  1.6 The Dealer and the Issuer hereby establish and agree to observe the following procedures in connection with offers, sales and subsequent resales or other transfers of the Notes:

 

  (a) Offers and sales of the Notes by or through the Dealer shall be made only to: (i) investors reasonably believed by the Dealer to be Qualified Institutional Buyers, Institutional Accredited Investors or Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investors and (ii) non-bank fiduciaries or agents that will be purchasing Notes for one or more accounts, each of which is reasonably believed by the Dealer to be an Institutional Accredited Investor or Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investor.

 

  (b) Resales and other transfers of the Notes by the holders thereof shall be made only in accordance with the restrictions in the legend described in clause (e) below.

 

  (c) No general solicitation or general advertising shall be used in connection with the offering of the Notes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without the prior written approval of the Dealer, the Issuer shall not issue any press release or place or publish any “tombstone” or other advertisement relating to the Notes.

 

  (d) No sale of Notes to any one purchaser shall be for less than $250,000 principal or face amount, and no Note shall be issued in a smaller principal or face amount. If the purchaser is a non-bank fiduciary acting on behalf of others, each person for whom such purchaser is acting must purchase at least $250,000 principal or face amount of Notes.

 

  (e)

Offers and sales of the Notes by the Issuer through the Dealer acting as agent for the Issuer shall be made in accordance with Rule 506 under the Securities Act, and shall be subject to the restrictions described in the legend appearing on Exhibit A hereto. A legend

 

3


 

substantially to the effect of such Exhibit A shall appear as part of the Private Placement Memorandum used in connection with offers and sales of Notes hereunder, as well as on each individual certificate representing a Note and each Master Note representing book-entry Notes offered and sold pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  (f) The Dealer shall furnish or shall have furnished to each purchaser of Notes for which it has acted as the Dealer a copy of the then-current Private Placement Memorandum unless such purchaser has previously received a copy of the Private Placement Memorandum as then in effect. The Private Placement Memorandum shall expressly state that any person to whom Notes are offered shall have an opportunity to ask questions of, and receive information from, the Issuer and the Dealer and shall provide the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the persons from whom information regarding the Issuer may be obtained.

 

  (g) The Issuer agrees, for the benefit of the Dealer and each of the holders and prospective purchasers from time to time of the Notes that, if at any time the Issuer shall not be subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer will furnish, upon request and at its expense, to the Dealer and to holders and prospective purchasers of Notes information required by Rule 144A(d)(4)(i) in compliance with Rule 144A(d).

 

  (h) In the event that any Note offered or to be offered by the Dealer would be ineligible for resale under Rule 144A, the Issuer shall immediately notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such fact and shall promptly prepare and deliver to the Dealer an amendment or supplement to the Private Placement Memorandum describing the Notes that are ineligible, the reason for such ineligibility and any other relevant information relating thereto.

 

  (i) The Issuer represents that it is not currently issuing commercial paper in the United States market in reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act. The Issuer agrees that, if it shall issue commercial paper after the date hereof in reliance upon such exemption (a) the proceeds from the sale of the Notes will be segregated from the proceeds of the sale of any such commercial paper by being placed in a separate account; (b) the Issuer will institute appropriate corporate procedures to ensure that the offers and sales of notes issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Section 3(a)(3) exemption are not integrated with offerings and sales of Notes hereunder; and (c) the Issuer will comply with each of the requirements of Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act in selling commercial paper or other short-term debt securities other than the Notes in the United States.

 

  1.7 The Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the Dealer, in connection with offers, sales and resales of Notes, as follows:

 

  (a)

The Issuer hereby confirms to the Dealer that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i)) within the preceding six months neither the Issuer nor any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof acting on behalf of the Issuer has offered or sold any Notes, or any substantially similar security of the Issuer (including, without limitation, medium-term notes issued by the Issuer), to, or solicited offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof. The

 

4


 

Issuer also agrees that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i)), as long as the Notes are being offered for sale by the Dealer and the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof as contemplated hereby and until at least six months after the offer of Notes hereunder has been terminated, neither the Issuer nor any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof (except as contemplated by Section 1.2 hereof) will offer the Notes or any substantially similar security of the Issuer for sale to, or solicit offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof, it being understood that such agreement is made with a view to bringing the offer and sale of the Notes within the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder and shall survive any termination of this Agreement. The Issuer hereby represents and warrants that it has not taken or omitted to take, and will not take or omit to take, any action that would cause the offering and sale of Notes hereunder to be integrated with any other offering of securities, whether such offering is made by the Issuer or some other party or parties.

 

  (b) The Issuer represents and agrees that the proceeds of the sale of the Notes are not currently contemplated to be used for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities within the meaning of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. In the event that the Issuer determines to use such proceeds for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities, whether in connection with an acquisition of another company or otherwise, the Issuer shall give the Dealer at least five business days’ prior written notice to that effect. The Issuer shall also give the Dealer prompt notice of the actual date that it commences to purchase securities with the proceeds of the Notes. Thereafter, in the event that the Dealer purchases Notes as principal and does not resell such Notes on the day of such purchase, to the extent necessary to comply with Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder, the Dealer will sell such Notes either (i) only to offerees it reasonably believes to be Qualified Institutional Buyers or to Qualified Institutional Buyers it reasonably believes are acting for other Qualified Institutional Buyers, in each case in accordance with Rule 144A or (ii) in a manner which would not cause a violation of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder.

 

2. Representations and Warranties of Issuer.

The Issuer represents and warrants that:

 

  2.1 The Issuer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has all the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Notes, this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

  2.2 This Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

5


  2.3 The Notes have been duly authorized, and when issued as provided in the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

  2.4 The offer and sale of the Notes in the manner contemplated hereby do not require registration of the Notes under the Securities Act, pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) thereof, and no indenture in respect of the Notes is required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

  2.5 The Notes will rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Issuer.

 

  2.6 Except as provided in Section 1.6(j) hereof, no consent or action of, or filing or registration with, any governmental or public regulatory body or authority, including the SEC, is required to authorize, or is otherwise required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of, this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, except as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes.

 

  2.7 Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the issuance of the Notes in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof by the Issuer, will (i) result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of the Issuer, or (ii) violate or result in a breach or a default under any of the terms of the Issuer’s charter documents or by-laws, any contract or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which it or its property is bound, or any law or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or government instrumentality, to which the Issuer is subject or by which it or its property is bound, which breach or default might have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

  2.8 There is no litigation or governmental proceeding pending, or to the knowledge of the Issuer threatened, against or affecting the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries which might result in a material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

  2.9 The Issuer is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

6


  2.10 Neither the Private Placement Memorandum nor the Company Information contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

  2.11 Each (a) issuance of Notes by the Issuer hereunder and (b) amendment or supplement of the Private Placement Memorandum shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Issuer to the Dealer, as of the date thereof, that, both before and after giving effect to such issuance and after giving effect to such amendment or supplement, (i) the representations and warranties given by the Issuer set forth in this Section 2 remain true and correct on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, (ii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, the Notes being issued on such date have been duly and validly issued and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, since the date of the most recent Private Placement Memorandum, there has been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer which has not been disclosed to the Dealer in writing.

 

3. Covenants and Agreements of Issuer.

The Issuer covenants and agrees that:

 

  3.1 The Issuer will give the Dealer prompt notice (but in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder) of any amendment to, modification of or waiver with respect to, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, including a complete copy of any such amendment, modification or waiver.

 

  3.2 The Issuer shall, whenever there shall occur any change in the Issuer’s condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects or any development or occurrence in relation to the Issuer that would be material to holders of the Notes or potential holders of the Notes (including any downgrading or receipt of any notice of intended or potential downgrading or any review for potential change in the rating accorded any of the Issuer’s securities by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization which has published a rating of the Notes), promptly, and in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder, notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such change, development or occurrence.

 

  3.3 The Issuer shall from time to time furnish to the Dealer such information as the Dealer may reasonably request, including, without limitation, any press releases or material provided by the Issuer to any national securities exchange or rating agency, regarding (i) the Issuer’s operations and financial condition, (ii) the due authorization and execution of the Notes and (iii) the Issuer’s ability to pay the Notes as they mature.

 

  3.4

The Issuer will take all such action as the Dealer may reasonably request to ensure that each offer and each sale of the Notes will comply with any applicable state Blue Sky laws; provided,

 

7


 

however, that the Issuer shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

 

  3.5 The Issuer will not be in default of any of its obligations hereunder, under the Notes or under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, at any time that any of the Notes are outstanding.

 

  3.6 The Issuer shall not issue Notes hereunder until the Dealer shall have received (a) an opinion of counsel to the Issuer, addressed to the Dealer, satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer, (b) a copy of the executed Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement as then in effect, (c) a copy of resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer and certified by the Secretary or similar officer of the Issuer, authorizing execution and delivery by the Issuer of this Agreement, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and the Notes and consummation by the Issuer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (d) prior to the issuance of any book-entry Notes represented by a master note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, a copy of the executed Letter of Representations among the Issuer, the Issuing and Paying Agent and DTC and of the executed master note, (e) prior to the issuance of any Notes in physical form, a copy of such form (unless attached to this Agreement or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement) and (f) such other certificates, opinions, letters and documents as the Dealer shall have reasonably requested.

 

  3.7 The Issuer shall reimburse the Dealer for all of the Dealer’s out-of-pocket expenses related to this Agreement, including expenses incurred in connection with its preparation and negotiation, and the transactions contemplated hereby (including, but not limited to, the printing and distribution of the Private Placement Memorandum), and, if applicable, for the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Dealer’s counsel.

 

4. Disclosure.

 

  4.1 The Private Placement Memorandum and its contents (other than the Dealer Information) shall be the sole responsibility of the Issuer. The Private Placement Memorandum shall contain a statement expressly offering an opportunity for each prospective purchaser to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the Issuer concerning the offering of Notes and to obtain relevant additional information which the Issuer possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense.

 

  4.2 The Issuer agrees to promptly furnish the Dealer the Company Information as it becomes available.

 

  4.3 (a) The Issuer further agrees to notify the Dealer promptly upon the occurrence of any event relating to or affecting the Issuer that would cause the Company Information then in existence to include an untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

 

8


(b) In the event that the Issuer gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.3(a) and the Dealer notifies the Issuer that it then has Notes it is holding in inventory, the Issuer agrees promptly to supplement or amend the Private Placement Memorandum so that the Private Placement Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and the Issuer shall make such supplement or amendment available to the Dealer.

(c) In the event that (i) the Issuer gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.3(a), (ii) the Dealer does not notify the Issuer that it is then holding Notes in inventory and (iii) the Issuer chooses not to promptly amend or supplement the Private Placement Memorandum in the manner described in clause (b) above, then all solicitations and sales of Notes shall be suspended until such time as the Issuer has so amended or supplemented the Private Placement Memorandum, and made such amendment or supplement available to the Dealer.

(d) Without limiting the generality of Section 4.3(a), the Issuer shall review, amend and supplement the Private Placement Memorandum on a periodic basis, but no less than at least once annually, to incorporate current financial information of the Issuer to the extent necessary to ensure that the information provided in the Private Placement Memorandum is accurate and complete.

 

5. Indemnification and Contribution.

 

  5.1 Unless prohibited by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, the Issuer will indemnify and hold harmless the Dealer, each individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity controlling the Dealer, any affiliate of the Dealer or any such controlling entity and their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, incorporators, shareholders, servants, trustees and agents (hereinafter the “Indemnitees”) against any and all liabilities, penalties, suits, causes of action, losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel) or judgments of whatever kind or nature (each a “Claim”), imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against the Indemnitees arising out of or based upon (i) any allegation that the Private Placement Memorandum, the Company Information or any information provided by the Issuer to the Dealer included (as of any relevant time) or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted (as of any relevant time) or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (ii) arising out of or based upon the breach by the Issuer of any agreement, covenant or representation made in or pursuant to this Agreement which has a material adverse effect on the Dealer or the holders of the Notes. This indemnification shall not apply to the extent that the Claim arises out of or is based upon Dealer Information or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Dealer in the performance of, or the failure to perform, its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  5.2 Provisions relating to claims made for indemnification under this Section 5 are set forth on Exhibit B to this Agreement.

 

  5.3

In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is held to be unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless the Indemnitees, although applicable in accordance with the terms of this Section 5, the

 

9


 

Issuer shall contribute to the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer in connection with any Claim in the proportion of the respective economic interests of the Issuer and the Dealer; provided, however, that such contribution by the Issuer shall be in an amount such that the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer do not exceed the aggregate of the commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder with respect to the issue or issues of Notes to which such Claim relates. The respective economic interests shall be calculated by reference to the aggregate proceeds to the Issuer of the Notes issued hereunder and the aggregate commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder.

 

6. Definitions.

 

  6.1 “Claim” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

  6.2 “Company Information” at any given time shall mean the Private Placement Memorandum together with, to the extent applicable, (i) the Issuer’s most recent report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC and each report on Form 10-Q or 8-K filed by the Issuer with the SEC since the most recent Form 10-K, (ii) the Issuer’s most recent annual audited financial statements and each interim financial statement or report prepared subsequent thereto, if not included in item (i) above, (iii) the Issuer’s and its affiliates’ other publicly available recent reports, including, but not limited to, any publicly available filings or reports provided to their respective shareholders, (iv) any other information or disclosure prepared pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof and (v) any information prepared or approved by the Issuer for dissemination to investors or potential investors in the Notes.

 

  6.3 “Dealer Information” shall mean material concerning the Dealer provided by the Dealer in writing expressly for inclusion in the Private Placement Memorandum.

 

  6.4 “Exchange Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

  6.5 “Indemnitee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

  6.6 “Institutional Accredited Investor” shall mean an institutional investor that is an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and that has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating and bearing the economic risk of an investment in the Notes, including, but not limited to, a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or a savings and loan association or other institution, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity.

 

  6.7 “Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” shall mean the issuing and paying agency agreement described on the cover page of this Agreement, as such agreement may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

  6.8 “Issuing and Paying Agent” shall mean the party designated as such on the cover page of this Agreement, as issuing and paying agent under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, or any successor thereto in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

10


  6.9 “Non-bank fiduciary or agent” shall mean a fiduciary or agent other than (a) a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or (b) a savings and loan association, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act.

 

  6.10 “Private Placement Memorandum” shall mean offering materials prepared in accordance with Section 4 (including materials referred to therein or incorporated by reference therein, if any) provided to purchasers and prospective purchasers of the Notes, and shall include amendments and supplements thereto which may be prepared from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (other than any amendment or supplement that has been completely superseded by a later amendment or supplement).

 

  6.11 “Qualified Institutional Buyer” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

  6.12 “Rule 144A” shall mean Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

  6.13 “SEC” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  6.14 “Securities Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

  6.15 “Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investor” shall mean an individual who (a) is an accredited investor within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and (b) based on his or her pre-existing relationship with the Dealer, is reasonably believed by the Dealer to be a sophisticated investor (i) possessing such knowledge and experience (or represented by a fiduciary or agent possessing such knowledge and experience) in financial and business matters that he or she is capable of evaluating and bearing the economic risk of an investment in the Notes and (ii) having not less than $5 million in investments (as defined, for purposes of this section, in Rule 2a51-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended).

 

7. General

 

  7.1 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices under this Agreement to parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be effective when received at the address of the respective party set forth in the Addendum to this Agreement.

 

  7.2 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.

 

  7.3 The Issuer agrees that any suit, action or proceeding brought by the Issuer against the Dealer in connection with or arising out of this Agreement or the Notes or the offer and sale of the Notes shall be brought solely in the United States federal courts located in the Borough of Manhattan or the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan. EACH OF THE DEALER AND THE ISSUER WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

11


  7.4 This Agreement may be terminated, at any time, by the Issuer, upon one business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Dealer, or by the Dealer upon one business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Issuer. Any such termination, however, shall not affect the obligations of the Issuer under Sections 3.7, 5 and 7.3 hereof or the respective representations, warranties, agreements, covenants, rights or responsibilities of the parties made or arising prior to the termination of this Agreement.

 

  7.5 This Agreement is not assignable by either party hereto without the written consent of the other party; provided, however, that the Dealer may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any affiliate of the Dealer.

 

  7.6 This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

  7.7 This Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective permitted successors and assigns hereunder, and shall not be deemed to give any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim to any other person whatsoever.

 

  7.8 The Issuer acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Notes pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Issuer, on the one hand, and the Dealer, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction the Dealer is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Issuer, (iii) the Dealer has not assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Issuer with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Dealer has advised or is currently advising the Issuer on other matters) or any other obligation to the Issuer except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Issuer has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Issuer agrees that it will not claim that the Dealer has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Issuer, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

 

  7.9 In the case of any agreement by a Dealer to purchase a Note hereunder (other than as agent) which provides for a settlement date that is three Business Days or more after the date of such agreement, the obligation of the Dealer to purchase the Note under such agreement shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  a) the representations and warranties given by the Issuer set forth above in Section 2 shall be true and correct on and as of the settlement date as if made on and as of such date, and the Issuer shall have performed all of its obligations hereunder to be performed as of such date,

 

  b) since the date of the most recent Offering Materials, there shall have been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer (whether occurring before or after such agreement was entered into) which was not disclosed to the Dealer in writing prior to the time such agreement was entered into,

 

12


  c) the Issuer shall not be in default of any of its obligations hereunder, under the Notes or under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

  d) on or after the date of such agreement there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange; [or on [insert NASDAQ or other exchange if the NYSE is not the principal exchange on which the Issuer’s or its public company parent’s common stock is traded]]; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Issuer’s [or [insert public company parent]’s] securities on [insert NASDAQ or the principal exchange on which the Issuer’s or its public company parent’s common stock trades]; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York [or][,] [if the closing is not in New York, insert the State in which the closing will occur and if the Company is a banking company insert the States in which the Company does business] State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the judgment of the Dealer makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Note on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Offering Materials,

 

  e) on or after the date of such agreement, (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Issuer’s debt securities by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Issuer’s debt securities.

“Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Issuer and the Dealer, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above written.

 

Cardinal Health, Inc., as Issuer     Goldman, Sachs & Co., as Dealer
By:   /s/ Linda S. Harty     By:   /s/ Alvin W. Bunis
Name:   Linda S. Harty     Name:   Alvin W. Bunis
Title:   SVP, Treasurer     Title:   Vice President

 

13


Addendum

The following additional clauses shall apply to the Agreement and be deemed a part thereof.

 

1. The other dealers referred to in clause (b) of Section 1.2 of the Agreement are J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC.

 

2. The following changes are hereby made to the Agreement:

 

  (a) Section 1.6(j) is hereby added to the Agreement, as follows:

(j) The Issuer hereby agrees that, not later than 15 days after the first sale of Notes as contemplated by this Agreement, it will file with the SEC a notice on Form D in accordance with Rule 503 under the Securities Act and that it will thereafter file such amendments to such notice as Rule 503 may require.

 

  (b) Section 2.4 of the Agreement is amended by adding the words “and Regulation D thereunder” after the words “Section 4(2) thereof “ on the third line of such Section.

 

  (c) A new Section 6.16 is hereby added to the Agreement, as follows:

6.16 “Regulation D” shall mean Regulation D (Rules 501 et seq.) under the Securities Act.

 

3. The following Section 3.8 is hereby added to the Agreement:

3.8 Without limiting any obligation of the Issuer pursuant to this Agreement to provide the Dealer with credit and financial information, the Issuer hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Dealer may share the Company Information and any other information or matters relating to the Issuer or the transactions contemplated hereby with affiliates of the Dealer, including, but not limited to,                                                   and that such affiliates may likewise share information relating to the Issuer or such transactions with the Dealer.

 

4. The addresses of the respective parties for the purposes of notices under Section 7.1 are as follows:

For the Issuer:

Address: Cardinal Health, Inc., 7000 Cardinal Place, Dublin, Ohio 43017

Attention: Jorge M. Gomez, Assistant Treasurer

Telephone: (614) 757-6707

For the Dealer:

Address: Goldman, Sachs & Co., 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004

Attention: Money Market Origination

Telephone Number: (212) 902-6181

Fax Number: (212) 902-0683

 

14


Exhibit A

Form of Legend for Private Placement Memorandum and Notes

THE NOTES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW, AND OFFERS AND SALES THEREOF MAY BE MADE ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT (I) IT HAS BEEN AFFORDED AN OPPORTUNITY TO INVESTIGATE MATTERS RELATING TO THE ISSUER AND THE NOTES, (II) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING SUCH NOTE WITH A VIEW TO ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF AND (III) IT IS EITHER (A)(1) AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR OR SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL INVESTOR THAT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a) UNDER THE ACT AND WHICH, IN THE CASE OF AN INDIVIDUAL, (i) POSSESSES SUCH KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE IN FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS MATTERS THAT HE OR SHE IS CAPABLE OF EVALUATING AND BEARING THE ECONOMIC RISK OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES AND (ii) HAS NOT LESS THAN $5 MILLION IN INVESTMENTS (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR” OR “SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”, RESPECTIVELY) AND (2)(i) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, (ii) A BANK (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(2) OF THE ACT) OR A SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION OR OTHER INSTITUTION (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(5)(A) OF THE ACT) ACTING IN ITS INDIVIDUAL OR FIDUCIARY CAPACITY OR (iii) A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT (OTHER THAN A U.S. BANK OR SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS EACH OF WHICH ACCOUNTS IS SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR; OR (B) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (“QIB”) WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS, EACH OF WHICH ACCOUNTS IS A QIB; AND THE PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS AWARE THAT THE SELLER MAY RELY UPON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER THEREOF SHALL ALSO BE DEEMED TO AGREE THAT ANY RESALE OR OTHER TRANSFER THEREOF WILL BE MADE ONLY (A) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT, EITHER (1) TO THE ISSUER OR TO A PLACEMENT AGENT DESIGNATED BY THE ISSUER AS A PLACEMENT AGENT FOR THE NOTES (COLLECTIVELY, THE “PLACEMENT AGENTS”), NONE OF WHICH SHALL HAVE ANY OBLIGATION TO ACQUIRE SUCH NOTE, (2) THROUGH A PLACEMENT AGENT TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A QIB, OR (3) TO A QIB IN A TRANSACTION THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A AND (B) IN MINIMUM AMOUNTS OF $250,000.

 

15


Exhibit B

Further Provisions Relating to Indemnification

 

(a) The Issuer agrees to reimburse each Indemnitee for all expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of internal and external counsel) as they are incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect of which indemnification may be sought under Section 5 of the Agreement (whether or not it is a party to any such proceedings) provided, however, that if it is found in any such action, proceeding or investigation that any loss, claim, damage or liability of an Indemnitee has resulted from the Dealer Information or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitee in performing the services that are the subject of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall repay such portion of the reimbursed amounts that is attributable to expenses incurred in relation to the act or omission of the Indemnitee which is the subject of such finding.

 

(b) Promptly after receipt by an Indemnitee of notice of the existence of a Claim, such Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Issuer, notify the Issuer in writing of the existence thereof; provided that (i) the omission so to notify the Issuer will not relieve the Issuer from any liability which it may have hereunder unless and except to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such Claim and such failure results in the forfeiture by the Issuer of substantial rights and defenses, and (ii) the omission so to notify the Issuer will not relieve it from liability which it may have to an Indemnitee otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In case any such Claim is made against any Indemnitee and it notifies the Issuer of the existence thereof, the Issuer will be entitled to participate therein, and to the extent that it may elect by written notice delivered to the Indemnitee, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee; provided that if the defendants in any such Claim include both the Indemnitee and the Issuer, and the Indemnitee shall have concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Issuer, the Issuer shall not have the right to direct the defense of such Claim on behalf of such Indemnitee, and the Indemnitee shall have the right to select separate counsel to assert such legal defenses on behalf of such Indemnitee. Upon receipt of notice from the Issuer to such Indemnitee of the Issuer’s election so to assume the defense of such Claim and approval by the Indemnitee of counsel, the Issuer will not be liable to such Indemnitee for expenses incurred thereafter by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof (other than reasonable costs of investigation) unless (i) the Indemnitee shall have employed separate counsel in connection with the assertion of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the Issuer shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel in the jurisdiction in which any Claim is brought), approved by the Dealer, representing the Indemnitee who is party to such Claim), (ii) the Issuer shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee to represent the Indemnitee within a reasonable time after notice of existence of the Claim or (iii) the Issuer has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the Indemnitee. The indemnity, reimbursement and contribution obligations of the Issuer hereunder shall be in addition to any other liability the Issuer may otherwise have to an Indemnitee and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Issuer and any Indemnitee. The Issuer agrees that without the Dealer’s prior written consent, it will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any Claim in respect of which indemnification may be sought under the indemnification provision of the Agreement (whether or not the Dealer or any other Indemnitee is an actual or potential party to such Claim), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnitee from all liability arising out of such Claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or failure to act, by or on behalf of any Indemnitee.

 

16


Exhibit C

Statement of Terms for Interest – Bearing Commercial Paper Notes of [Name of Issuer]

THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH BELOW ARE QUALIFIED TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE BY THE TRANSACTION SPECIFIC [PRICING] [PRIVATE PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM] SUPPLEMENT (THE “SUPPLEMENT”) (IF ANY) SENT TO EACH PURCHASER AT THE TIME OF THE TRANSACTION.

 

1. General. (a) The obligations of the Issuer to which these terms apply (each a “Note”) are represented by one or more Master Notes (each, a “Master Note”) issued in the name of (or of a nominee for) The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), which Master Note includes the terms and provisions for the Issuer’s Interest-Bearing Commercial Paper Notes that are set forth in this Statement of Terms, since this Statement of Terms constitutes an integral part of the Underlying Records as defined and referred to in the Master Note.

(b) “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law, executive order or regulation to be closed in New York City and, with respect to LIBOR Notes (as defined below) is also a London Business Day. “London Business Day” means, a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

 

2. Interest. (a) Each Note will bear interest at a fixed rate (a “Fixed Rate Note”) or at a floating rate (a “Floating Rate Note”).

(b) The Supplement sent to each holder of such Note will describe the following terms: (i) whether such Note is a Fixed Rate Note or a Floating Rate Note and whether such Note is an Original Issue Discount Note (as defined below); (ii) the date on which such Note will be issued (the “Issue Date”); (iii) the Stated Maturity Date (as defined below); (iv) if such Note is a Fixed Rate Note, the rate per annum at which such Note will bear interest, if any, and the Interest Payment Dates; (v) if such Note is a Floating Rate Note, the Base Rate, the Index Maturity, the Interest Reset Dates, the Interest Payment Dates and the Spread and/or Spread Multiplier, if any (all as defined below), and any other terms relating to the particular method of calculating the interest rate for such Note; and (vi) any other terms applicable specifically to such Note. “Original Issue Discount Note” means a Note which has a stated redemption price at the Stated Maturity Date that exceeds its Issue Price by more than a specified de minimis amount and which the Supplement indicates will be an “Original Issue Discount Note”.

(c) Each Fixed Rate Note will bear interest from its Issue Date at the rate per annum specified in the Supplement until the principal amount thereof is paid or made available for payment. Interest on each Fixed Rate Note will be payable on the dates specified in the Supplement (each an “Interest Payment Date” for a Fixed Rate Note) and on the Maturity Date (as defined below). Interest on Fixed Rate Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

17


If any Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date of a Fixed Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the required payment of principal, premium, if any, and/or interest will be payable on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue in respect of the payment made on that next succeeding Business Day.

(d) The interest rate on each Floating Rate Note for each Interest Reset Period (as defined below) will be determined by reference to an interest rate basis (a “Base Rate”) plus or minus a number of basis points (one basis point equals one-hundredth of a percentage point) (the “Spread”), if any, and/or multiplied by a certain percentage (the “Spread Multiplier”), if any, until the principal thereof is paid or made available for payment. The Supplement will designate which of the following Base Rates is applicable to the related Floating Rate Note: (a) the CD Rate (a “CD Rate Note”), (b) the Commercial Paper Rate (a “Commercial Paper Rate Note”), (c) the Federal Funds Rate (a “Federal Funds Rate Note”), (d) LIBOR (a “LIBOR Note”), (e) the Prime Rate (a “Prime Rate Note”), (f) the Treasury Rate (a “Treasury Rate Note”) or (g) such other Base Rate as may be specified in such Supplement.

The rate of interest on each Floating Rate Note will be reset daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually (the “Interest Reset Period”). The date or dates on which interest will be reset (each an “Interest Reset Date”) will be, unless otherwise specified in the Supplement, in the case of Floating Rate Notes which reset daily, each Business Day, in the case of Floating Rate Notes (other than Treasury Rate Notes) that reset weekly, the Wednesday of each week; in the case of Treasury Rate Notes that reset weekly, the Tuesday of each week; in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset monthly, the third Wednesday of each month; in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset quarterly, the third Wednesday of March, June, September and December; and in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset semiannually, the third Wednesday of the two months specified in the Supplement. If any Interest Reset Date for any Floating Rate Note is not a Business Day, such Interest Reset Date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that in the case of a LIBOR Note, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Reset Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day. Interest on each Floating Rate Note will be payable monthly, quarterly or semiannually (the “Interest Payment Period”) and on the Maturity Date. Unless otherwise specified in the Supplement, and except as provided below, the date or dates on which interest will be payable (each an “Interest Payment Date” for a Floating Rate Note) will be, in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a monthly Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of each month; in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a quarterly Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of March, June, September and December; and in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a semiannual Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of the two months specified in the Supplement. In addition, the Maturity Date will also be an Interest Payment Date.

If any Interest Payment Date for any Floating Rate Note (other than an Interest Payment Date occurring on the Maturity Date) would otherwise be a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Payment Date shall be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that in the case of a LIBOR Note, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Payment Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day. If the Maturity Date of a Floating Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment of principal and interest will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest on such payment shall accrue for the period from and after such maturity.

Interest payments on each Interest Payment Date for Floating Rate Notes will include accrued interest from and including the Issue Date or from and including the last date in respect of which interest has been

 

18


paid, as the case may be, to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date. On the Maturity Date, the interest payable on a Floating Rate Note will include interest accrued to, but excluding, the Maturity Date. Accrued interest will be calculated by multiplying the principal amount of a Floating Rate Note by an accrued interest factor. This accrued interest factor will be computed by adding the interest factors calculated for each day in the period for which accrued interest is being calculated. The interest factor (expressed as a decimal) for each such day will be computed by dividing the interest rate applicable to such day by 360, in the cases where the Base Rate is the CD Rate, Commercial Paper Rate, Federal Funds Rate, LIBOR or Prime Rate, or by the actual number of days in the year, in the case where the Base Rate is the Treasury Rate. The interest rate in effect on each day will be (i) if such day is an Interest Reset Date, the interest rate with respect to the Interest Determination Date (as defined below) pertaining to such Interest Reset Date, or (ii) if such day is not an Interest Reset Date, the interest rate with respect to the Interest Determination Date pertaining to the next preceding Interest Reset Date, subject in either case to any adjustment by a Spread and/or a Spread Multiplier.

The “Interest Determination Date” where the Base Rate is the CD Rate or the Commercial Paper Rate will be the second Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate will be the Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is LIBOR will be the second London Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is the Treasury Rate will be the day of the week in which such Interest Reset Date falls when Treasury Bills are normally auctioned. Treasury Bills are normally sold at auction on Monday of each week, unless that day is a legal holiday, in which case the auction is held on the following Tuesday or the preceding Friday. If an auction is so held on the preceding Friday, such Friday will be the Interest Determination Date pertaining to the Interest Reset Date occurring in the next succeeding week.

The “Index Maturity” is the period to maturity of the instrument or obligation from which the applicable Base Rate is calculated.

The “Calculation Date,” where applicable, shall be the earlier of (i) the tenth calendar day following the applicable Interest Determination Date or (ii) the Business Day preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date.

All times referred to herein reflect New York City time, unless otherwise specified.

The Issuer shall specify in writing to the Issuing and Paying Agent which party will be the calculation agent (the “Calculation Agent”) with respect to the Floating Rate Notes. The Calculation Agent will provide the interest rate then in effect and, if determined, the interest rate which will become effective on the next Interest Reset Date with respect to such Floating Rate Note to the Issuing and Paying Agent as soon as the interest rate with respect to such Floating Rate Note has been determined and as soon as practicable after any change in such interest rate.

All percentages resulting from any calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five-one millionths of a percentage point rounded upwards. For example, 9.876545% (or .09876545) would be rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655). All dollar amounts used in or resulting from any calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded, in the

 

19


case of U.S. dollars, to the nearest cent or, in the case of a foreign currency, to the nearest unit (with one-half cent or unit being rounded upwards).

CD Rate Notes

“CD Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date for negotiable certificates of deposit having the Index Maturity as published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) in “Statistical Release H.15(519), Selected Interest Rates” or any successor publication of the FRB (“H.15(519)”) under the heading “CDs (Secondary Market)”.

If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the CD Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date set forth in the daily update of H.15(519), available through the world wide website of the FRB at http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h15/Update, or any successor site or publication or other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate (“H.15 Daily Update”) under the caption “CDs (Secondary Market)”.

If such rate is not published in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the CD Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered rates as of 10:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date of three leading nonbank dealers 1 in negotiable U.S. dollar certificates of deposit in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent for negotiable U.S. dollar certificates of deposit of major United States money center banks of the highest credit standing in the market for negotiable certificates of deposit with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity in the denomination of $5,000,000.

If the dealers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as set forth above, the CD Rate will remain the CD Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.

Commercial Paper Rate Notes

“Commercial Paper Rate” means the Money Market Yield (calculated as described below) of the rate on any Interest Determination Date for commercial paper having the Index Maturity, as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial”.

If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, then the Commercial Paper Rate will be the Money Market Yield of the rate on such Interest Determination Date for commercial paper of the Index Maturity as published in H.15 Daily Update under the heading “Commercial Paper-Nonfinancial”.

If by 3:00 p.m. on such Calculation Date such rate is not published in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update, then the Calculation Agent will determine the Commercial Paper Rate to be the Money Market Yield of the arithmetic mean of the offered rates as of 11:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date of three leading dealers of U.S. dollar commercial paper in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent for commercial paper of the Index Maturity placed for an industrial issuer whose bond rating is “AA,” or the equivalent, from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

 

1 Such nonbank dealers referred to in this Statement of Terms may include affiliates of the Dealer.

 

20


If the dealers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned above, the Commercial Paper Rate with respect to such Interest Determination Date will remain the Commercial Paper Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.

“Money Market Yield” will be a yield calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

Money Market Yield =     D x 360    x 100
   360 - (D x M)   

where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for commercial paper quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the interest period for which interest is being calculated.

Federal Funds Rate Notes

“Federal Funds Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date for federal funds as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Federal Funds (Effective)” and displayed on Moneyline Telerate (or any successor service) on page 120 (or any other page as may replace the specified page on that service) (“Telerate Page 120”).

If the above rate does not appear on Telerate Page 120 or is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Federal Funds Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date as published in H.15 Daily Update under the heading “Federal Funds/(Effective)”.

If such rate is not published as described above by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the Federal Funds Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates for the last transaction in overnight U.S. dollar federal funds arranged by each of three leading brokers of Federal Funds transactions in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent prior to 9:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date.

If the brokers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned above, the Federal Funds Rate will remain the Federal Funds Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.

LIBOR Notes

The London Interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) means, with respect to any Interest Determination Date, the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars having the Index Maturity that appears on the Designated LIBOR Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Interest Determination Date.

If no rate appears, LIBOR will be determined on the basis of the rates at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Interest Determination Date at which deposits in U.S. dollars are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in such market selected by the Calculation Agent for a term equal to the Index Maturity and in principal amount equal to an amount that in the Calculation Agent’s judgment is representative for a single transaction in U.S. dollars in such market at such time (a “Representative Amount”). The Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such

 

21


quotations are provided, LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, LIBOR for such interest period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted at approximately 11:00 a.m., in New York City, on such Interest Determination Date by three major banks in New York City, selected by the Calculation Agent, for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks, for a term equal to the Index Maturity and in a Representative Amount; provided, however, that if fewer than three banks so selected by the Calculation Agent are providing such quotations, the then existing LIBOR rate will remain in effect for such Interest Payment Period.

“Designated LIBOR Page” means the display designated as page “3750” on Moneyline Telerate (or such other page as may replace the 3750 page on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association for the purposes of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits).

Prime Rate Notes

“Prime Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Bank Prime Loan”.

If the above rate is not published in H.15(519) prior to 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, then the Prime Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date as published in H.15 Daily Update opposite the caption “Bank Prime Loan”.

If the rate is not published prior to 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date in either H.15(519) or H.15 Daily Update, then the Calculation Agent will determine the Prime Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates of interest publicly announced by each bank that appears on the Reuters Screen US PRIME1 Page (as defined below) as such bank’s prime rate or base lending rate as of 11:00 a.m., on that Interest Determination Date.

If fewer than four such rates referred to above are so published by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the Prime Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the prime rates or base lending rates quoted on the basis of the actual number of days in the year divided by 360 as of the close of business on such Interest Determination Date by three major banks in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent.

If the banks selected are not quoting as mentioned above, the Prime Rate will remain the Prime Rate in effect on such Interest Determination Date.

“Reuters Screen US PRIME1 Page” means the display designated as page “US PRIME1” on the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (or such other page as may replace the US PRIME1 page on that service for the purpose of displaying prime rates or base lending rates of major United States banks).

 

22


Treasury Rate Notes

“Treasury Rate” means:

(1) the rate from the auction held on the Interest Determination Date (the “Auction”) of direct obligations of the United States (“Treasury Bills”) having the Index Maturity specified in the Supplement under the caption “INVESTMENT RATE” on the display on Moneyline Telerate (or any successor service) on page 56 (or any other page as may replace that page on that service) (“Telerate Page 56”) or page 57 (or any other page as may replace that page on that service) (“Telerate Page 57”), or

(2) if the rate referred to in clause (1) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield (as defined below) of the rate for the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Auction High”, or

(3) if the rate referred to in clause (2) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the auction rate of the applicable Treasury Bills as announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or

(4) if the rate referred to in clause (3) is not so announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or if the Auction is not held, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15(519) under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market”, or

(5) if the rate referred to in clause (4) not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market”, or

(6) if the rate referred to in clause (5) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date calculated by the Calculation Agent as the Bond Equivalent Yield of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid rates, as of approximately 3:30 p.m. on that Interest Determination Date, of three primary United States government securities dealers selected by the Calculation Agent, for the issue of Treasury Bills with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity specified in the Supplement, or

(7) if the dealers so selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned in clause (6), the Treasury Rate in effect on the particular Interest Determination Date.

“Bond Equivalent Yield” means a yield (expressed as a percentage) calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

Bond Equivalent Yield =     D x N    x 100
   360 - (D x M)   

 

23


where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for Treasury Bills quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal, “N” refers to 365 or 366, as the case may be, and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the applicable Interest Reset Period.

 

3. Final Maturity. The Stated Maturity Date for any Note will be the date so specified in the Supplement, which shall be no later than 364 days from the date of issuance. On its Stated Maturity Date, or any date prior to the Stated Maturity Date on which the particular Note becomes due and payable by the declaration of acceleration, each such date being referred to as a Maturity Date, the principal amount of each Note, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, will be immediately due and payable.

 

4. Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” with respect to a Note: (i) default in any payment of principal of or interest on such Note (including on a redemption thereof); (ii) the Issuer makes any compromise arrangement with its creditors generally including the entering into any form of moratorium with its creditors generally; (iii) a court having jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Issuer in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or there shall be appointed a receiver, administrator, liquidator, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar officer) with respect to the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of the Issuer and any such decree, order or appointment is not removed, discharged or withdrawn within 60 days thereafter; or (iv) the Issuer shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, administrator, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official), with respect to the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of the Issuer or make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the principal of each obligation evidenced by such Note (together with interest accrued and unpaid thereon) shall become, without any notice or demand, immediately due and payable. 2

 

5. Obligation Absolute. No provision of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement under which the Notes are issued shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on each Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

6. Supplement . Any term contained in the Supplement shall supercede any conflicting term contained herein.

 

2 Unlike single payment notes, where a default arises only at the stated maturity, interest-bearing notes with multiple payment dates should contain a default provision permitting acceleration of the maturity if the Issuer defaults on an interest payment.

 

24

Exhibit 10.23

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC.

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

On [date of grant] (the “Grant Date”), Cardinal Health, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), has granted to [employee name] (“Grantee”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase [# of shares] common shares, without par value, of the Company (the “Shares”) for a price of [$X.XX] per share (the “Exercise Price”). The Option has been granted under the Cardinal Health, Inc. Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), and will include and be subject to all provisions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference, and will be subject to the provisions of this agreement. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control. Capitalized terms used in this agreement which are not specifically defined will have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan. This Option shall be exercisable at any time on or after the three-year anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Grant Vesting Date”) and prior to [date of expiration] (the “Grant Expiration Date”).

1. Method of Exercise and Payment of Price .

(a) Method of Exercise . At any time when the Option is exercisable under the Plan and this agreement, the Option may be exercised from time to time by written notice to the Company, or such other method of exercise as may be specified by the Company, including without limitation, exercise by electronic means on the web site of the Company’s third-party option plan administrator (the “Plan Administrator”), which will:

(i) state the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised; and

(ii) if the Option is being exercised by anyone other than Grantee, if not already provided, be accompanied by proof satisfactory to counsel for the Company of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option under the Plan and all applicable laws and regulations.

(b) Payment of Price . The full exercise price for the Option shall be paid to the Company as provided in the Plan.

2. Transferability . The Option shall be transferable (I) at Grantee’s death, by Grantee by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, and (II) by Grantee during Grantee’s lifetime, without payment of consideration, to (a) the spouse, former spouse, parents, stepparents, grandparents, parents-in-law, siblings, siblings-in-law, children, stepchildren, children-in-law, grandchildren, nieces or nephews of Grantee, or any other persons sharing Grantee’s household (other than tenants or employees) (collectively, “Family Members”), (b) a trust or trusts for the primary benefit of Grantee or such Family Members, (c) a foundation in which Grantee or such Family Members control the


management of assets, or (d) a partnership in which Grantee or such Family Members are the majority or controlling partners; provided, however, that subsequent transfers of the transferred Option shall be prohibited, except (X) if the transferee is an individual, at the transferee’s death by the transferee by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, and (Y) without payment of consideration to the individuals or entities listed in subparagraphs II(a), (b) or (c), above, with respect to the original Grantee. The Human Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Committee”) may, in its discretion, permit transfers to other persons and entities as permitted by the Plan. Neither a transfer under a domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights nor a transfer to an entity in which more than 50% of the voting interests are owned by Grantee or Family Members in exchange for an interest in that entity shall be considered to be a transfer for consideration. Within 10 days of any transfer, Grantee shall notify the Compensation and Benefits department of the Company in writing of the transfer. Following transfer, the Option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to transfer and, except as otherwise provided in the Plan or this agreement, references to the original Grantee shall be deemed to refer to the transferee. The events of termination of employment of Grantee provided in paragraph 3 hereof shall continue to be applied with respect to the original Grantee, following which the Option shall be exercisable by the transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in paragraph 3. The Company shall have no obligation to notify any transferee of Grantee’s termination of employment with the Company for any reason. The conduct prohibited of Grantee in paragraphs 5 through 7 and, if applicable, paragraph 11 of this agreement shall continue to be prohibited of Grantee following transfer to the same extent as immediately prior to transfer and the Option (or its economic value, as applicable) shall be subject to forfeiture by the transferee and recoupment from Grantee to the same extent as would have been the case of Grantee had the Option not been transferred. Grantee shall remain subject to the recoupment provisions of paragraph 13 of this agreement and tax withholding provisions of Section 13(d) of the Plan following transfer of the Option.

3. Termination of Relationship .

(a) Termination by Death . If Grantee’s employment by the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Cardinal Group”) terminates by reason of death, then, unless otherwise determined by the Committee within 60 days of such death, any unvested portion of the Option shall vest upon and become exercisable in full from and after the 60th day after such death. The Option may thereafter be exercised by any transferee of Grantee, if applicable, or by the legal representative of the estate or by the legatee of Grantee under the will of Grantee for a period of one year (or such other period as the Committee may specify at or after grant or death) from the date of death or until the Grant Expiration Date, whichever period is shorter.

(b) Termination by Reason of Retirement or Disability . If Grantee’s employment by the Cardinal Group terminates prior to the Grant Vesting Date by reason of retirement or disability (each as defined in the Plan), then, unless otherwise determined by the

 

2


Committee within 60 days of such retirement or disability, a Ratable Portion (defined below) of the Option will vest on the Grant Vesting Date. Such “Ratable Portion” shall be an amount equal to the number of Shares the subject of the Option, multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the number of full months between the Grant Date and the date of retirement or disability, and the denominator of which shall be the number of full months from the Grant Date to the Grant Vesting Date. The Option may be exercised after the Grant Vesting Date by Grantee (or any transferee, if applicable) until the earlier of the fifth anniversary of the date of such retirement or disability or the Grant Expiration Date (the “Exercise Period”); provided, however, that any vesting that would otherwise occur during the 60-day period beginning immediately after such retirement or disability shall not occur until the end of such 60-day period. If Grantee has at least 15 years of service with the Cardinal Group at the time of retirement, the Option may be exercised after the Grant Vesting Date by Grantee (or any transferee, if applicable) until the Grant Expiration Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Grantee dies after retirement or disability but before the expiration of the Exercise Period, unless otherwise determined by the Committee within 60 days of such death, the Ratable Portion of the Option shall vest upon the 60th day after such death, and the Option may be exercised by any transferee of the Option, if applicable, or by the legal representative of the estate or by the legatee of Grantee under the will of Grantee from and after, the 60th day after such death for a period of one year (or such other period as the Committee may specify at or after grant or death) from the date of death or until the expiration of the Exercise Period, whichever period is shorter.

(c) Other Termination of Employment . If Grantee’s employment by the Cardinal Group terminates for any reason other than death, retirement or disability (subject to Section 10 of the Plan regarding acceleration of the vesting of the Option upon a Change of Control), any unexercised portion of the Option which has not vested on such date of termination will automatically terminate on the date of such termination. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at or after grant or termination, Grantee (or any transferee, if applicable) will have 90 days (or such other period as the Committee may specify at or after grant or termination) from the date of termination or until the Grant Expiration Date, whichever period is shorter, to exercise any portion of the Option that is then vested and exercisable on the date of termination; provided, however, that if the termination was for Cause, as determined by the Committee, the Option may be immediately canceled by the Committee (whether then held by Grantee or any transferee).

4. Restrictions on Exercise . The Option is subject to all restrictions in this agreement and/or in the Plan. As a condition of any exercise of the Option, the Company may require Grantee or his or her transferee or successor to make any representation and warranty to comply with any applicable law or regulation or to confirm any factual matters (including Grantee’s compliance with the terms of paragraphs 5 through 7 and, if applicable, paragraph 11 of this agreement or any employment or severance agreement between any member of the Cardinal Group and Grantee) reasonably requested by the Company.

 

3


5. Agreement Not to Disclose or Use Confidential Information, Trade Secrets or Other Business Sensitive Information . The parties acknowledge and agree that the Cardinal Group is the sole and exclusive owner of Confidential Information, Trade Secrets or Other Business Sensitive Information and that the Cardinal Group has legitimate business interests in protecting such information. The parties further acknowledge and agree that the Cardinal Group has invested, and continues to invest, considerable amounts of time and money in obtaining, developing and preserving the confidentiality of such information. Further, the parties agree that, because of the trust and fiduciary relationship arising between Grantee and the Cardinal Group, Grantee owes the Cardinal Group a fiduciary duty to preserve and protect such information from any and all unauthorized disclosure and use. Accordingly, Grantee shall not, either directly or indirectly, disclose such information to any third party whatsoever and shall not use such information in any manner, except as authorized in the reasonable performance of Grantee’s duties while employed by the Cardinal Group. “Confidential Information, Trade Secrets or Other Business Sensitive Information” shall include any such information as defined by applicable law and any information about the business of the Cardinal Group and its customers that is not generally known to, or readily ascertainable by, the public, including, but not limited to, financial information and models, customer lists, business plans or strategies, marketing and sales plans or strategies, the identity, compensation and qualifications of employees of the Cardinal Group, sources of supply, pricing policies, operational methods, product specification or technical processes, new product information, formulation techniques, customer contacts, profit or cost information, research and development information or other information that the Cardinal Group has developed or compiled.

6. Delivery of Company Property . Grantee recognizes and agrees that all documents, magnetic media, computer disks, desktop and laptop computers and other tangible items that were provided by the Cardinal Group and/or that contain Confidential Information, Trade Secrets or Other Business Sensitive Information as defined above are the sole and exclusive property of the Cardinal Group. Upon request by the Cardinal Group, Grantee shall promptly and immediately return to the Cardinal Group all such documents, media, disks, desktop and laptop computers and other tangible items. Upon the termination of Grantee’s employment with the Cardinal Group, Grantee shall promptly and immediately return to the Cardinal Group any and all such documents, media, disks, desktop and laptop computers or other tangible items, without request by the Cardinal Group. Grantee shall not take any such information or make/retain copies of such information for any purpose whatsoever except as is necessary for the reasonable performance of Grantee’s duties while employed by the Cardinal Group.

7. Other Covenants . Except as modified by paragraph 11 below, Grantee hereby covenants and agrees that, in consideration of the grant hereunder, Grantee shall not, either directly or indirectly, on Grantee’s own behalf or on any other’s behalf, engage in or assist others in any of the following activities:

(a) Grantee shall not engage in any action or conduct that is a violation of the policies

 

4


of the Cardinal Group, including conduct that would constitute a breach of any of the Certificates of Compliance with Company Policies and/or the Certificates of Compliance with Company Business Ethics Policies executed by Grantee;

(b) During Grantee’s employment with the Cardinal Group and for 12 months following the termination of such employment for any reason, Grantee shall not, either directly or indirectly, employ, contact concerning employment, or participate in any manner in the recruitment for employment of (whether as an employee, officer, director, agent, consultant or independent contractor), any person who was or is an employee, representative, officer or director of the Cardinal Group at any time within the 12 months prior to the termination of Grantee’s employment with the Cardinal Group;

(c) Grantee shall not at any time during employment with the Cardinal Group nor at any time thereafter disparage the Cardinal Group or any of its employees, officers, representatives, services or products;

(d) During Grantee’s employment with the Cardinal Group and for 12 months following the termination of such employment for any reason, Grantee shall not engage in any action or conduct that either does or could reasonably be expected to undermine, diminish or otherwise damage the relationship between the Cardinal Group and any of its customers, potential customers, vendors or suppliers that were known to Grantee in the performance of Grantee’s job duties while employed with the Cardinal Group;

(e) During Grantee’s employment with the Cardinal Group and for 12 months following the termination of such employment for any reason, Grantee shall not solicit or accept business of the same type as that in which Grantee was employed by the Cardinal Group from any customer, potential customer, vendor or supplier of the Cardinal Group that was known to Grantee in the performance of Grantee’s job duties while employed with the Cardinal Group, nor shall Grantee during such time period solicit or accept such business within any geographic area in which Grantee was assigned or for which Grantee had any managerial responsibility;

(f) During Grantee’s employment with the Cardinal Group and for 12 months following the termination of such employment for any reason, Grantee shall not accept employment with or serve as a consultant or advisor or in any other capacity to an entity that is in competition with the business conducted by any member of the Cardinal Group within a geographic area in which Grantee was assigned or for which Grantee had any managerial responsibility; and

(g) Grantee shall not breach or violate any provision of any employment or severance agreement that Grantee has with any member of the Cardinal Group.

8. Inevitable Disclosure . The parties specifically acknowledge and agree that the provisions of this agreement are reasonable in light of the fact that, in the event that Grantee would become employed or otherwise associated with a competitor of the

 

5


Cardinal Group, it would be inevitable that Grantee would disclose Confidential Information, Trade Secrets or Other Business Sensitive Information as defined above to such competitor. The parties acknowledge and agree that Grantee has been introduced by the Cardinal Group to such Confidential Information, Trade Secrets or Other Business Sensitive Information as defined above and that such information would aid the competitor and that the threat of such inevitable disclosure is so great that, for purposes of this agreement, it must be assumed that such disclosure would occur.

9. Covenants Are Independent Elements . The parties acknowledge that the obligations and covenants set forth in paragraphs 5 through 8 above and, if applicable, paragraph 11 below are essential independent elements of this Option grant and that, but for Grantee agreeing to comply with them, the Cardinal Group would not have granted such Option to Grantee. The parties agree and acknowledge that the provisions contained in paragraphs 5 through 8 above and, if applicable, paragraph 11 below are ancillary to, or part of, an otherwise enforceable agreement at the time the agreement is made with regard to such paragraphs. The existence of any claim by Grantee against the Cardinal Group, whether based on this agreement or otherwise, shall not operate as a defense to the enforcement of the covenants contained in paragraphs 5 through 8 above and, if applicable, paragraph 11 below. The covenants contained in paragraphs 5 through 8 above and, if applicable, paragraph 11 below will remain in full force and effect whether Grantee is terminated by the Cardinal Group or voluntarily resigns.

10. Assignment of Covenants . The rights of the Cardinal Group under this agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, its successors and assigns. Any successor or assign of the Cardinal Group is authorized to enforce the covenants contained in this agreement. Any successor or assign of the Cardinal Group is authorized by the parties to enforce the covenants contained herein as if the name of such successor or assign shall replace the Cardinal Group throughout this agreement and any consent and/or notice, written or otherwise, is hereby waived and deemed unnecessary by Grantee.

11. California Specific Modifications . This paragraph 11 shall supercede and modify certain of the covenants, obligations and restrictions of Grantee set forth in paragraph 7 above in the event that, and only during such time that, Grantee’s principal employment with the Cardinal Group is in the State of California. In the event that any of the provisions contained in subparagraphs 7(d) through (f) above are inconsistent with the provisions of this paragraph 11 with regard to the State of California, then the provisions contained in subparagraphs 7(d) through (f) shall not apply and the following provisions shall apply instead:

(a) Within the geographic area in which Grantee was assigned or for which Grantee had any managerial responsibility, Grantee shall not, during Grantee’s employment with the Cardinal Group and for 12 months following termination of such employment for any reason, solicit or actually transact business with any existing customer of the Cardinal Group of which Grantee’s knowledge of the existence of that customer or of that customer’s purchasing habits, product preferences or commercial practices exists because

 

6


of Grantee’s receipt of Confidential Information, Trade Secrets or Other Business Sensitive Information from the Cardinal Group; and

(b) Regardless of geographic area, Grantee shall not, during the period of Grantee’s employment with the Cardinal Group and for 12 months following termination of such employment for any reason, solicit business from any customers of the same type as the business of the Cardinal Group at the time of the termination of Grantee’s employment with the Cardinal Group whose identities are not already within the public domain if Grantee directly serviced such customers, was assigned to such customers, was responsible for such customers or otherwise had personal contact with such customers during the 12-month period immediately preceding expiration of Grantee’s employment with the Cardinal Group.

In the event that Grantee is reassigned to any other state within the United States of America other than the State of California or to any other country, then all of the provisions of paragraph 7 above shall apply in full force and effect and the provisions of this paragraph 11 shall not apply.

12. Reasonableness of Restrictions Contained in Agreement . Grantee acknowledges that the covenants contained in this agreement are reasonable in nature, are fundamental for the protection of the legitimate business and proprietary interests of the Cardinal Group, are necessary to protect the goodwill between the Cardinal Group and its customers, and do not adversely affect Grantee’s ability to earn a living in any capacity that does not violate such covenants. The parties further agree that in the event of any violation by Grantee of any such covenants, the Company will suffer immediate and irreparable injury for which there is no adequate remedy at law.

13. Special Forfeiture/Repayment Rules . If Grantee engages in conduct that is in violation of the covenants and restrictions contained in this agreement, then Grantee shall be subject to the following special forfeiture/repayment rules in addition to any other remedy that the Cardinal Group may have:

(a) the Option granted under this agreement (or any part thereof that has not been exercised) shall immediately and automatically terminate, be forfeited, and shall cease to be exercisable at any time; and

(b) Grantee shall, within 30 days following written notice from the Company, pay the Company an amount equal to the gross option gain realized or obtained by Grantee or any transferee resulting from the exercise of such Option, measured at the date of exercise (i.e., the difference between the market value of the Shares underlying the Option on the exercise date and the exercise price paid for such Shares underlying the Option), with respect to any portion of the Option that has already been exercised at any time within three years prior to the conduct by Grantee that is in violation of the covenants and restrictions of this agreement (the “Look-Back Period”), less $1.00.

 

7


Grantee may be released from Grantee’s obligations under this paragraph 13 if and only if the Committee (or its duly appointed designee) determines, in writing and in its sole discretion, that such action is in the best interests of the Company. Grantee agrees to provide the Company with at least 10 days’ written notice prior to directly or indirectly accepting employment with or serving as a consultant or advisor or in any other capacity to a competitor and further agrees to inform any such new employer, before accepting employment, of the terms of this agreement and Grantee’s continuing obligations contained herein. No provisions of this agreement shall diminish, negate or otherwise impact any separate noncompete or other agreement to which Grantee may be a party, including, but not limited to, any of the Certificates of Compliance with Company Policies and/or the Certificates of Compliance with Company Business Ethics Policies; provided, however, that to the extent that any provisions contained in any other agreement are inconsistent in any manner with the restrictions and covenants of Grantee contained in this agreement, the provisions of this agreement shall take precedence and such other inconsistent provisions shall be null and void. Grantee acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions and covenants of Grantee contained in this agreement are being made for the benefit of the Company in consideration of Grantee’s receipt of the Option, in consideration of employment, in consideration of exposing Grantee to the Company’s business operations and confidential information, and for other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which consideration is hereby expressly confirmed. Grantee further acknowledges that the receipt of the Option and execution of this agreement are voluntary actions on the part of Grantee and that the Company is unwilling to provide the Option to Grantee without including the restrictions and covenants of Grantee contained in this agreement. Further, the parties agree and acknowledge that the provisions contained in paragraph 7 and, if applicable, paragraph 11 above are ancillary to or part of an otherwise enforceable agreement at the time the agreement is made.

14. Right of Set-Off . By accepting this Option, Grantee consents to a deduction from, and set-off against, any amounts owed to Grantee by any member of the Cardinal Group from time to time (including, but not limited to, amounts owed to Grantee as wages, severance payments or other fringe benefits) to the extent of the amounts owed to the Cardinal Group by Grantee under this agreement.

15. Governing Law/Venue . This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, without regard to principles of conflicts of law, except to the extent superceded by the laws of the United States of America. The parties agree and acknowledge that the laws of the State of Ohio bear a substantial relationship to the parties and/or this agreement and that the Option and benefits granted herein would not be granted without the governance of this agreement by the laws of the State of Ohio. In addition, all legal actions or proceedings relating to this agreement shall be brought in state or federal courts located in Franklin County, Ohio and the parties executing this agreement hereby consent to the personal jurisdiction of such courts. In the event of any violation or attempted violations of the restrictions and covenants of Grantee contained in this agreement, the Cardinal Group shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive relief or other equitable relief, including the issuance ex parte of a temporary restraining order, without

 

8


any showing of irreparable harm or damage, such irreparable harm being acknowledged and admitted by Grantee, and Grantee hereby waives any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedy, without prejudice to the rights and remedies afforded the Cardinal Group hereunder or by law. In the event that it becomes necessary for the Cardinal Group to institute legal proceedings under this agreement, Grantee shall be responsible to the Company for all costs and reasonable legal fees incurred by the Company with regard to such proceedings.

16. Severability . It is the desire and intent of the parties that the provisions of this agreement shall be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular provision or portion of this agreement shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable as written, it is the intent and desire of the parties that the court shall modify the language of such provision or portion of this agreement to the extent necessary to make it valid and enforceable. If no such modification by the court is possible, this agreement shall be deemed amended to delete therefrom only the provision or portion thus determined to be invalid or unenforceable. Such modification or deletion is to apply only with respect to the operation of such provision in the particular jurisdiction in which such court determination is made.

17. Action by the Committee . The parties agree that the interpretation of this agreement shall rest exclusively and completely within the good faith province and discretion of the Committee. The parties agree to be bound by the decisions of the Committee with regard to the interpretation of this agreement and with regard to any and all matters set forth in this agreement. The Committee may delegate its functions under this agreement to an officer of the Cardinal Group designated by the Committee (hereinafter the “designee”). In fulfilling its responsibilities hereunder, the Committee or its designee may rely upon documents, written statements of the parties, or such other material as the Committee or its designee deems appropriate. The parties agree that there is no right to be heard or to appear before the Committee or its designee and that any decision of the Committee or its designee relating to this agreement, including without limitation whether particular conduct constitutes a violation of the covenants, obligations and restrictions of Grantee set forth in paragraphs 5 through 7 and, if applicable, paragraph 11 above shall be final and binding unless such decision is arbitrary and capricious.

18. Prompt Acceptance of Agreement . The Option grant evidenced by this agreement shall, at the discretion of the Committee, be forfeited if this agreement is not electronically executed by Grantee by indicating Grantee’s acceptance of this agreement in accordance with the acceptance procedures set forth on the Plan Administrator’s web site within 90 days of the Grant Date.

19. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Option grant under and participation in the Plan or future options that may be granted under the Plan by electronic means or to request Grantee’s

 

9


consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Grantee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company, including the acceptance of option grants and the execution of option agreements through electronic signature.

20. Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or provided under this agreement to be delivered by Grantee to the Company will be in writing and will be deemed sufficient if delivered by hand, facsimile, nationally recognized overnight courier, or certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and will be effective upon delivery to the Company at the address set forth below:

Cardinal Health, Inc.

7000 Cardinal Place

Dublin, Ohio 43017

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

Facsimile: (614) 757-6948

All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or provided under this agreement to be delivered by the Company to Grantee may be delivered by e-mail or in writing and will be deemed sufficient if delivered by e-mail, hand, facsimile, nationally recognized overnight courier, or certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and will be effective upon delivery to the Grantee.

 

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC.
By:     

Robert D. Walter

Chairman and CEO

ACCEPTANCE OF AGREEMENT

Grantee hereby: (a) acknowledges receiving a copy of the Plan, which has either been previously delivered or is provided with this agreement, and represents that he or she is familiar with and understands all provisions of the Plan and this agreement; (b) voluntarily and knowingly accepts this agreement and the Option granted to him or her under this agreement subject to all provisions of the Plan and this agreement, including the obligations and covenants set forth in paragraphs 5 through 8 above and, if applicable, paragraph 11 above; and (c) represents that he or she understands that the acceptance of this agreement through an on-line or electronic system carries the same legal significance as if he or she manually signed the agreement. Grantee further acknowledges receiving a copy of the Company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and other communications routinely distributed to the Company’s shareholders and a copy of the Plan Description dated [date of Plan Description] pertaining to the Plan.

 

10

Exhibit 10.36

Cardinal Health, Inc.

Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Section 1 - Purpose

The Cardinal Health, Inc. Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan, originally adopted and established by Cardinal Health, Inc., an Ohio corporation, effective as of July 1, 2000, for the general benefit of the Employees of the Company and of certain of its Subsidiaries, is hereby amended and restated effective as of May 10, 2006. The purpose of the Plan is to facilitate the purchase of Shares by Eligible Employees.

Section 2 - Definitions

 

a. Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

b. Administrator ” shall mean the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, or the person(s) or entity delegated the responsibility of administering the Plan.

 

c. Agent ” shall mean the bank, brokerage firm, financial institution, or other entity or person(s) engaged, retained or appointed to act as the agent of the Employer and of the Participants under the Plan.

 

d. Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

e. Closing Value ” shall mean, as of a particular date, the value of a Share determined by the closing sales price for such Share (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on The New York Stock Exchange for the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable. For this purpose, the date of determination shall be the first Trading Day of the Offering Period or the last Trading Day of the Offering Period, as applicable.

 

f. Code ” shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and currently in effect, or any successor body of federal tax law.

 

g. Company ” shall mean Cardinal Health, Inc., including any successor thereto.

 

h.

Compensation ,” unless otherwise required by local law, shall mean wages, salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer (including, but not limited to, commissions paid to salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips and bonuses) including amounts excludible from the Employee’s gross income under Code Section 402(a)(8) (relating to a Code Section 401(k) arrangement), Code Section 402(h) (relating to a Simplified Employee Pension), Code Section 125 (relating to a cafeteria plan) or Code Section 403(b) (relating to a tax-sheltered annuity) and compensation paid by the Employer to an Employee through another person under the common paymaster provisions of Code Sections 3121(s) and 3306(p) or under applicable savings or pension plans of the Employer of the Employee. Compensation does not include, unless otherwise required by local law: (1) amounts realized from the exercise or sale of a non-qualified stock option, or (2) amounts realized when restricted stock (or property) held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture or becomes fully owned by the Employee, or (3) amounts realized from the exercise, sale, exchange, or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified or incentive stock option, (4) moving allowances, automobile allowances, tuition reimbursement, financial/tax planning reimbursement, lunch vouchers, house allowances, and other allowances that receive special tax benefits, other extraordinary compensation, including tax “gross-up” payments, and imputed income from other

 

Page 1


 

employer-provided benefits, and (5) other amounts that receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group term life insurance or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) or mandatory payments made by the Employer to the Employee under the applicable law of the jurisdiction in which the Employer of the Employee is located or the Employee is employed or resides.

 

i. Designated Subsidiaries ” shall mean all Subsidiaries whose Employees have been designated by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, as eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

j. Eligible Employee ” means an Employee of the Designated Subsidiary who is designated to participate in the Plan at the sole discretion of the Designated Subsidiary; provided, however, that such discretion shall not be exercised in violation of the applicable labor or other laws, including but not limited to laws relating to discrimination based on gender, race, disability, age, national or social origin, political opinion, union membership or religious belief, or collective bargaining or other negotiated agreements.

 

k. Employee ” means any person who is a regular, full time or part time employee of the Employer for at least 30 days and who is normally included in the authorized staffing target and budget. Employee also includes an employee who has been hired on a temporary contract but who is expected to fill a permanent staffing need and who is classified as a “PRN” or “on-call employee.” Employees shall not include unionized employees as defined by the regular practices of the Employer participating in the Plan to the extent permissible under local law.

 

l. Employer ” means, individually and collectively, the Company and the Designated Subsidiaries.

 

m. Enrollment Period ” shall mean the period immediately preceding the Offering Period that is designated by the Administrator in its discretion as the period during which an Eligible Employee may elect to participate in the Plan.

 

n. Offering Period ” shall mean the period during which Participants in the Plan authorize payroll deductions to fund the purchase of Shares on their behalf under the Plan pursuant to the options granted to them hereunder or the period during which participants in the Plan provide alternative contributions for the same purpose. Alternative contributions for the purpose of this Plan shall mean the payment of contributions through personal checks of the Participants or such other means of contributing to the Plan as authorized by the Administrator from time to time.

 

o. Participant ” shall mean any Eligible Employee who has elected to participate in the Plan for an Offering Period by authorizing payroll deductions or by making alternative contributions and following all applicable procedures established by the Administrator during the Enrollment Period for such Offering Period.

 

p. Plan ” shall mean this Cardinal Health, Inc. Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

q. Plan Account ” shall mean the individual account established for each Participant for purposes of accounting for and/or holding each Participant’s payroll deductions, alternative contributions, Shares, etc.

 

r. Plan Year ” shall mean the fiscal year of the Company.

 

s. Purchase Price ” shall mean, for each Share purchased in accordance with Section 4 hereof, an amount equal to the lesser of (1) eighty-five percent (85%) of the Closing Value of a Share on the first Trading Day of each Offering Period, or the earliest date thereafter as is administratively feasible (which for Plan purposes shall be deemed to be the date the option to purchase such Shares was granted to each Eligible Employee who is, or elects to become, a Participant); or (2) eighty-five percent (85%) of the Closing Value of such Share on the last Trading Day of the Offering Period, or the earliest date thereafter as is administratively feasible (which for Plan purposes shall be deemed to be the date each such option to purchase such Shares was exercised).

 

Page 2


t. Shares ” means the common shares, without par value, of the Company.

 

u. Subsidiary ” shall mean a corporation or other entity, domestic or foreign, of which not less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares are held by the Company or a Subsidiary (except for the U.K. in which this term shall mean a corporation or other entity, domestic or foreign, of which more than fifty percent (50%) ownership of the voting shares are held by the Company or a Subsidiary) whether or not such corporation or other entity now exists or is hereafter organized or acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary (or as otherwise may be defined in Code Section 424).

 

v. Trading Day ” shall mean a day on which The New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

Section 3 - Eligible Employees

a. In General . Participation in the Plan is voluntary. Except as otherwise provided in Section 17, all Eligible Employees of an Employer are eligible to participate in the Plan. All Eligible Employees granted options to purchase Shares hereunder shall have the same rights and privileges as every other such Eligible Employee, and only Eligible Employees of an Employer satisfying the applicable requirements of the Plan will be entitled to be granted options hereunder.

b. Limitations on Rights . An Employee who otherwise is an Eligible Employee shall not be entitled to purchase Shares under the Plan if such purchase would cause such Eligible Employee to own Shares (including any Shares which would be owned if such Eligible Employee purchased all of the Shares made available for purchase by such Eligible Employee under all options or rights then held by such Eligible Employee, whether or not then exercisable) representing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of each class of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary.

Section 4 - Enrollment and Offering Periods

a. Enrolling in the Plan . To participate in the Plan, an Eligible Employee must enroll in the Plan. Enrollment for a given Offering Period will take place during the Enrollment Period for such Offering Period. The Administrator shall designate the initial Enrollment Period and each subsequent Enrollment Period and the Offering Period to which each Enrollment Period relates. Participation in the Plan with respect to any one or more of the Offering Periods shall neither limit nor require participation in the Plan for any other Offering Period.

b. The Offering Period . Any Employee who is an Eligible Employee and who desires to be granted options to purchase Shares hereunder must enroll in accordance with the procedures established by the Administrator during an Enrollment Period. Such authorization shall be effective for the Offering Period immediately following such Enrollment Period. The duration of an Offering Period shall be determined by the Administrator prior to the Enrollment Period and shall commence on the first day (or the first Trading Day) of the Offering Period and end on the last day (or the last Trading Day) of the Offering Period; provided, however, that if the Administrator terminates the Plan during an Offering Period, pursuant to its authority in Section 17 of the Plan, such Offering Period shall be deemed to end on the date the Plan is terminated. The termination of the Plan and the Offering Period shall end the Participant’s rights to contribute amounts to the Plan or continue participation in the Offering Period. The date of termination of the Plan shall be deemed to be the final day of the Offering Period for purposes of determining the Purchase Price under the Offering Period and all amounts contributed during the Offering Period will be used as of such termination date to purchase Shares in accordance with the provisions of Section 9 of this Plan.

The Administrator may designate one or more Offering Periods during each Plan Year during the term of this Plan. On the first day (or the First Trading Day) of each Offering Period, each Participant shall be granted an option to purchase Shares under the Plan. Each option granted hereunder shall expire at the end of the Offering Period for which it was granted. In no event may an option granted hereunder be exercised after the expiration of 27 months from the date of grant.

 

Page 3


c. Changing Enrollment . The offering of Shares pursuant to options granted under the Plan shall occur only during an Offering Period and shall be made only to Participants. Once an Eligible Employee is enrolled in the Plan, the Administrator or Employer will inform the Agent of such fact. Once enrolled, a Participant shall continue to participate in the Plan for each successive Offering Period until he or she terminates his or her participation by revoking his or her payroll deduction or alternative contribution authorization or by not contributing his or her alternative contributions or by ceasing to be an Eligible Employee. Once a Participant has elected to participate under the Plan, that Participant’s payroll deduction authorization or alternative contribution authorization shall apply to all subsequent Offering Periods unless and until the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee, or modifies or terminates said authorization. If a Participant desires to change his or her rate of contribution, he or she may do so effective for the next Offering Period by following the procedures established by the Administrator during the Enrollment Period immediately preceding such Offering Period.

Section 5 - Term of Plan

This Plan shall be in effect from July 1, 2000, until it is terminated by action of the Administrator or the Board.

Section 6 - Number of Shares to Be Made Available

Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 16 hereof, the total number of Shares made available for purchase by Participants granted options which are exercised under Section 9 hereof is 3 million, which may consist of authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares, or shares purchased by the Plan in the open market. The provisions of Section 9 b. shall control in the event the number of Shares covered by options which are exercised for any Offering Period exceeds the number of Shares available for sale under the Plan. If all of the Shares authorized for sale under the Plan have been sold, the Plan shall either be continued through additional authorizations of Shares made by the Administrator (such authorizations must, however, comply with Section 17 hereof), or shall be terminated in accordance with Section 17 hereof.

Section 7 - Use of Funds

All payroll deductions or alternative contributions received or held by an Employer under the Plan will be used to purchase Shares in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. Any amounts held by an Employer or other party holding amounts in connection with or as a result of payroll withholding or alternative contribution made pursuant to the Plan and pending the purchase of Shares hereunder shall be considered a non-interest-bearing, unsecured indebtedness extended to the Employer or other party by the Participants, unless otherwise required under applicable local law or securities regulatory body requirements of the country in which the Employer of the Employee is located or the Employee is employed or resides, as the case may be. Administrative expenses of the Plan shall be allocated to each Participant’s Plan Account unless such expenses are paid by the Employer.

Section 8 - Amount of Contribution; Method of Payment

a. Payroll Withholding or Payroll Deduction or Alternative Contributions . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Purchase Price will be payable by each Participant by means of payroll withholding. The withholding or alternative contributions shall be in increments of one percent (1%). Unless otherwise authorized by the Administrator, the minimum withholding or alternative contributions permitted shall be an amount equal to one percent (1%) of a Participant’s Compensation and the maximum withholding or alternative contributions shall be an amount equal to fifteen percent (15%) of a Participant’s Compensation. In any event, the total withholding or alternative contributions permitted to be made by any Participant for a calendar year shall be limited to the sum of legal currency equivalent of U.S. $21,250. The actual percentage of Compensation to be deducted or contributed shall be specified by a Participant in his or her authorization to participate in the Plan. Unless otherwise authorized by the Administrator, Participants may not deposit any separate cash payments into their Plan Accounts.

 

Page 4


b. Application of Withholding Rules . Payroll withholding will commence with the first payroll issued during the Offering Period and will, except as otherwise provided herein, continue with each payroll throughout the entire Offering Period, except for pay periods for which such Participant receives no compensation (e.g., uncompensated personal leave, leave of absence). A pay period which ends at such time that it is administratively impracticable to credit any payroll for such pay period to the then-current Offering Period will be credited in its entirety to the immediately subsequent Offering Period. A pay period which overlaps Offering Periods will be credited in its entirety to the Offering Period in which it is paid. Alternative contributions will be made in accordance with the procedure established by the Administrator. Payroll withholding or alternative contributions shall be retained by the Employer or other party, designated by the Administrator or the Employer as the case may be, until applied to the purchase of Shares as described in Section 9 hereof and the satisfaction of any related federal, state, local or other tax withholding obligations (including any employment tax obligations).

At the time the Shares are purchased, or at the time some or all of the Shares issued under the Plan are disposed of, Participants must make adequate provision for the Employer’s federal, state, local or other tax withholding obligations (including employment taxes), if any, which arise upon the purchase or disposition of the Shares. At any time, the Employer may withhold from each Participant’s Compensation the amount necessary for the Employer to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Employer any tax deductions or benefits attributable to the sale or early disposition of Shares by the Participant. Each Participant, as a condition of participating under the Plan, agrees to bear responsibility for all federal, state, local and other income taxes required to be withheld from his or her Compensation as well as the Participant’s portion of FICA (both the OASDI and Medicare components), and other applicable social security or similar such taxes, with respect to any Compensation arising on account of the purchase or disposition of Shares. The Employer may increase income and/or employment tax withholding on a Participant’s Compensation after the purchase or disposition of Shares in order to comply with federal, state, local and other tax laws, and each Participant agrees to sign any and all appropriate documents to facilitate such withholding.

Section 9 - Purchasing, Transferring Shares

a. Maintenance of Plan Account . Upon the exercise of a Participant’s initial option to purchase Shares under the Plan, the Agent shall establish a Plan Account in the name of such Participant. No later than the close of each Offering Period, the aggregate amount deducted during such Offering Period by the Employer from a Participant’s Compensation, or alternative contributions made to the Plan by the Participant (and credited to an account maintained by the Employer or other party for bookkeeping purposes) will be communicated by the Employer to the Agent and shall thereupon be credited by the Agent to such Participant’s Plan Account (unless the Participant has given notice to the Administrator of his or her revocation of authorization prior to the date such communication is made). As of the last day of each Offering Period, or as soon thereafter as is administratively practicable, each Participant’s option to purchase Shares will be exercised automatically for him or her by the Agent with respect to those amounts reported to the Agent by the Administrator or Employer as creditable to that Participant’s Plan Account. On the date of exercise, the amount then credited to the Participant’s Plan Account for the purpose of purchasing Shares hereunder will be divided by the Purchase Price and there shall be transferred to the Participant’s Plan Account by the Agent the number of whole and/or fractional shares which results, as permitted by local law.

The Agent shall hold in its name, or in the name of its nominee, all Shares so purchased and allocated. No certificate will be issued to a Participant for Shares held in his or her Plan Account unless he or she so requests in writing or unless such Participant’s active participation in the Plan is terminated due to death, disability, separation from service or retirement. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, no certificates shall be issued for Shares until such Shares have been held in the Participant’s Plan Account for a period of at least 24 months following the date of the granting of the option to purchase such Shares. Participation in the Plan, purchase, ownership and sale of Shares under the Plan, is subject to risk of fluctuation in Shares’ price and currency exchange.

b. Insufficient Number of Available Shares . In the event the number of Shares covered by options which are exercised for any Offering Period exceeds the number of Shares available for sale under the Plan, the number of Shares actually available for sale hereunder shall be limited to the remaining number of Shares authorized for sale under the Plan and shall be allocated by the Agent among the Participants in proportion to each

 

Page 5


Participant’s Compensation during the Offering Period over the total Compensation of all Participants during the Offering Period. Any excess amounts withheld and credited to Participants’ Plan Accounts then shall be returned to the Participants as soon as is administratively practicable.

c. Handling Excess Shares . In the event that the number of Shares which would be credited to any Participant’s Plan Account in any Offering Period exceeds the limit specified in Section 3 b. hereof, such Participant’s Plan Account shall be credited with the maximum number of Shares permissible, and the remaining amounts will be refunded in cash as soon as administratively practicable.

d. Status Reports . Statements of each Participant’s Plan Account shall be given to Participants at least annually.

Section 10 - Dividends and Other Distributions

a. Reinvestment of Dividends . Subject to applicable law, cash dividends and other cash distributions received by the Agent on Shares held in its custody hereunder will be credited to the Plan Accounts of individual Participants in accordance with such Participants’ interests in the Shares with respect to which such dividends or distributions are paid or made. Cash dividends will be applied, as soon as practicable after the receipt thereof by the Agent, in accordance with the directions of the individual Participant to whose Plan Account such amounts have been credited. Participants may, but are not required to, direct that such cash dividends be applied to the purchase in the open market at prevailing market prices of the number of whole Shares capable of being purchased with such funds (or the portion of such funds designated for such application by the Participant), after deduction of any bank service fees, brokerage charges, transfer taxes, and any other transaction fee, expense or cost payable in connection with the purchase of such Shares and not otherwise paid by the Employer, and subject to the Company’s obligation to withhold federal, state or other local taxes.

b. Shares to Be Held in Agent’s Name . All purchases of Shares made pursuant to this Section will be made in the name of the Agent or its nominee, shall be held as provided in Section 9 hereof, and shall be transferred and credited to the Plan Account(s) of the individual Participant(s) to which such dividends or other distributions were credited. Dividends paid in the form of Shares will be allocated by the Agent, as and when received, with respect to Shares held in its custody hereunder to the Plan Accounts of individual Participants in accordance with such Participants’ interests in such Shares with respect to which such dividends were paid. Property, other than Shares or cash, received by the Agent as a distribution on Shares held in its custody hereunder, shall be sold by the Agent for the accounts of the Participants, and the Agent shall treat the proceeds of such sale in the same manner as cash dividends received by the Agent on Shares held in its custody hereunder.

c. Tax Responsibilities . The reinvestment of dividends under the Plan will not relieve a Participant (or Eligible Employee with a Plan Account) of any income or other tax that may be due on or with respect to such dividends. The Agent shall report to each Participant (or Eligible Employee with a Plan Account) the amount of dividends credited to his or her Plan Account.

Section 11 - Voting of Shares

A Participant shall have no interest or voting right in the Shares covered by his or her option until such option has been exercised. Shares held for a Participant (or Eligible Employee with a Plan Account) in his or her Plan Account will be voted in accordance with the Participant’s (or Eligible Employee’s) express directions. In the absence of any such directions, such Shares will not be voted.

Section 12 - In-Service Distribution or Sale of Shares

a. Sale of Shares . Subject to the provisions of Section 19 hereof, a Participant may at any time, and without withdrawing from the Plan, by giving notice to the Agent, direct the Agent to sell all or part of the Shares held on behalf of the Participant. Upon receipt of such a notice, the Agent shall, as soon as practicable after receipt of such notice, sell such Shares in the marketplace at the prevailing market price and transmit the net

 

Page 6


proceeds of such sale (less any bank service fees, brokerage charges, transfer taxes, and any other transaction fee, expense or cost) to the Participant’s Plan Account.

b. In-Service Share Distributions . A Participant may, without withdrawing from the Plan, request that a certificate for all or part of the whole number of Shares held in his or her Plan Account be sent to him or her after the relevant Shares have been purchased and allocated subject to the requirement that such Shares be held in the Participant’s Plan Account for a period of at least 24 months after the date of the granting of the option, as described in Section 9 a., above. All such requests must be submitted in writing to the Agent. No certificate for a fractional Share will be issued; the fair value of fractional Shares on the date of withdrawal of all Shares credited to a Participant’s Plan Account shall be paid in cash to such Participant. The Plan may impose a reasonable charge, to be paid by the Participant, for each stock certificate so issued prior to the date active participation in the Plan ceases; such charge shall be paid by the Participant to the Administrator or Employer prior to the date any distribution of a certificate evidencing ownership of such Shares occurs.

Section 13 - Cessation of Active Participation

A Participant may revoke his or her authorization for payroll deduction or alternative contributions for an Offering Period by giving notice to the Administrator or Employer in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator from time to time. Any payroll deductions or alternative contributions made for an Offering Period prior to the effective date of the revocation of the deduction authorization or alternative contributions by the Participant shall be refunded to the Participant in cash. A Participant who revokes authorization for payroll deduction or does not make alternative contributions may not again participate under the Plan until the next Offering Period immediately subsequent to the Offering Period during which the Participant revoked payroll deduction authorization or did not make alternative contributions with respect thereto.

Section 14 - Separation from Employment

Separation from employment for any reason, including death, disability, termination or retirement, shall be deemed to be a cessation of active participation in the Plan and shall be treated as though the Participant revoked his or her authorization for payroll deductions or alternative contributions under Section 13, above. If a Participant has a separation from employment but is re-employed as an Eligible Employee, he or she shall be treated as a new Eligible Employee. The Administrator shall, in its sole discretion, determine what constitutes a separation from employment for purposes of this Section.

Section 15 - Assignment

Neither payroll deductions nor alternative contributions credited to a Participant’s Plan Account nor any rights to purchase Shares under the Plan may be assigned, alienated, transferred, pledged, or otherwise disposed of in any way by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any such assignment, alienation, transfer, pledge, or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Administrator may treat such act as an election to withdraw from the Plan. A Participant’s right to purchase Shares under this Plan may be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant. To the extent permitted by local law, a Participant’s Plan Account shall be payable to the Participant’s designated beneficiary or, if none, to the Participant’s estate upon his or her death.

Section 16 - Adjustment of and Changes in Shares

If at any time after the effective date of the Plan the Company shall subdivide or reclassify the Shares which have been or may be optioned under the Plan, or shall declare thereon any stock split or dividend payable in Shares, or shall alter the capital structure of the Shares or the Company in any similar manner, then the number and class of shares held in the Plan and which may thereafter be optioned (in the aggregate and to any Participant) shall be adjusted accordingly, and in the case of each option outstanding at the time of any such action, the number and class of shares which may thereafter be purchased pursuant to such option and the Purchase Price shall be adjusted accordingly, as necessary to preserve the rights of the holder(s) of such Shares and option(s).

 

Page 7


Section 17 - Amendment or Termination of the Plan

The Administrator shall have the right, at any time, to amend, modify or terminate the Plan without notice; provided, however, that no Participant’s existing options shall be adversely affected by any such amendment, modification or termination, except to comply with applicable law, stock exchange rules or accounting rules. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator shall have the right to terminate the Plan with respect to all future payroll deductions and related purchases at any time. Such termination of the Plan shall also terminate any current Offering Period in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

Designations of participating corporations may be made from time to time from among a group of corporations consisting of the Employer, its parent and its Subsidiaries (including corporations that become Subsidiaries or a parent after the adoption and approval of the Plan). Such designation may permit participation in the Plan of all of the Eligible Employees working for the corporation or only those Eligible Employees who work for the corporation in a particular country or countries.

The Administrator may amend or modify the Plan or make regulations for the operation of the Plan that are not inconsistent with these rules to apply to Employees and Participants who are employed or resident outside of the United States of America in accordance with the relevant law. “Relevant law” shall mean the applicable law of the jurisdiction in which the Employer of the Employee is located or where the Employee is employed or resides and the securities regulatory body requirements and the taxation requirements of that same jurisdiction.

Section 18 - Administration

a. Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator. The Administrator shall be responsible for the administration of all matters under the Plan which have not been delegated to the Agent. The Administrator shall have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to determine eligibility and to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan. Any rule or regulation adopted by the Administrator shall remain in full force and effect unless and until altered, amended or repealed by the Administrator.

b. Specific Responsibilities . The Administrator’s responsibilities shall include, but shall not be limited to:

 

  (1) interpreting the Plan (including issues relating to the definition and application of “Compensation”);

 

  (2) identifying and compiling a list of persons who are Eligible Employees for an Offering Period;

 

  (3) identifying those Eligible Employees not entitled to be granted options or other rights for an Offering Period on account of the limitations described in Section 3 b. hereof; and

 

  (4) providing to Participants upon request Company financial statements which are publicly available.

The Administrator may from time to time adopt rules and regulations for carrying out the terms of the Plan. Interpretation or construction of any provision of the Plan by the Administrator shall be final and conclusive on all persons, absent specific and contrary action taken by the Board. Any interpretation or construction of any provision of the Plan by the Administrator or the Board shall be final and conclusive.

 

Page 8


Section 19 - Securities Law and Other Restrictions

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no payroll deductions or alternative contributions shall take place and no Shares may be purchased under the Plan until a registration statement has been filed and become effective with respect to the issuance of the Shares covered by the Plan under the Act and any other required action has been taken under any other applicable law of the jurisdiction in which the Employer of the Employee is located or the Employee is employed or resides. Prior to the effectiveness of such registration statement, Shares subject to purchase under the Plan may be offered to Eligible Employees only pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Act and pursuant to any other action that is required under any other applicable law of the jurisdiction in which the Employer of the Employee is located or the Employee is employed or resides.

Section 20 - No Independent Employee’s Rights

Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to be a contract of employment between an Employer or its parent or any Subsidiary and any Employee, or any group or category of Employees (whether for a definite or specific duration or otherwise), or to prevent the Employer, its parent or any Subsidiary from terminating any Employee’s employment at any time, without notice or recompense to the extent permissible under local law. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as conferring any rights of a shareholder in any Employee or any other person until the option to purchase Shares granted to the Employee hereunder has been exercised.

Section 21 - Applicable Law

The Plan shall be construed, administered and governed in all respects under the laws of the State of Ohio to the extent such laws are not preempted or controlled by federal law.

Section 22 - Merger or Consolidation

If the Company shall at any time merge into or consolidate with another corporation or business entity, each Participant will thereafter be entitled to receive at the end of the Offering Period (during which such merger or consolidation occurs) the securities or property which a holder of Shares was entitled to upon and at the time of such merger or consolidation. A sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company shall be deemed a merger or consolidation for the foregoing purposes.

 

Page 9

Exhibit 10.56

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC.

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

On August 15, 2006 (the “Grant Date”), Cardinal Health, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), has awarded to Robert D. Walter (“Awardee”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase 198,762 common shares, without par value, of the Company (the “Shares”) for a price of $66.34 per share. The Option has been granted under the Cardinal Health, Inc. 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), and will include and be subject to all provisions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference, and will be subject to the provisions of this agreement. Capitalized terms used in this agreement which are not specifically defined will have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan. This Option shall vest and become exercisable in accordance with the following schedule: four equal installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the Grant Date (each, the “Vesting Date” with respect to the portion of the Option scheduled to vest on such date), subject in each case to the provisions of this agreement, including those relating to the Awardee’s continued employment with the Company and its Affiliates (collectively, the “Cardinal Group”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change of Control prior to Awardee’s Termination of Employment, the Option shall vest in full. This Option shall expire on August 15, 2013 (the “Grant Expiration Date”).

1. Method of Exercise and Payment of Price .

(a) Method of Exercise . At any time when all or a portion of the Option is exercisable under the Plan and this agreement, some or all of the exercisable portion of the Option may be exercised from time to time by written notice to the Company, or such other method of exercise as may be specified by the Company, including without limitation, exercise by electronic means on the web site of the Company’s third-party equity plan administrator, which will:

(i) state the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised; and

(ii) if the Option is being exercised by anyone other than Awardee, if not already provided, be accompanied by proof satisfactory to counsel for the Company of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option under the Plan and all applicable laws and regulations.

(b) Payment of Price . The full exercise price for the portion of the Option being exercised shall be paid to the Company as provided below:

(i) in cash;

(ii) by check or wire transfer (denominated in U.S. Dollars);

(iii) subject to any conditions or limitations established by the Administrator, other Shares which (A) in the case of Shares acquired from the Company (whether upon the exercise of an Option or otherwise), have been owned by the Participant for more than six months on the date of surrender (unless this condition is waived by the Administrator), and (B) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to or greater than the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option shall be exercised (it being agreed that the excess of the Fair Market Value over the aggregate exercise price shall be refunded to the Awardee in cash);


(iv) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted sale and remittance program acceptable to the Administrator; or

(v) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

2. Transferability . The Option shall be transferable (I) at Awardee’s death, by Awardee by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, and (II) by Awardee during Awardee’s lifetime, without payment of consideration, to (a) the spouse, former spouse, parents, stepparents, grandparents, parents-in-law, siblings, siblings-in-law, children, stepchildren, children-in-law, grandchildren, nieces or nephews of Awardee, or any other persons sharing Awardee’s household (other than tenants or employees) (collectively, “Family Members”), (b) a trust or trusts for the primary benefit of Awardee or such Family Members, (c) a foundation in which Awardee or such Family Members control the management of assets, or (d) a partnership in which Awardee or such Family Members are the majority or controlling partners; provided, however, that subsequent transfers of the transferred Option shall be prohibited, except (X) if the transferee is an individual, at the transferee’s death by the transferee by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, and (Y) without payment of consideration to the individuals or entities listed in subparagraphs II(a), (b) or (c), above, with respect to the original Awardee. The Administrator may, in its discretion, permit transfers to other persons and entities as permitted by the Plan. Neither a transfer under a domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights nor a transfer to an entity in which more than 50% of the voting interests are owned by Awardee or Family Members in exchange for an interest in that entity shall be considered to be a transfer for consideration. Within 10 days of any transfer, Awardee shall notify the Compensation and Benefits department of the Company in writing of the transfer. Following transfer, the Option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to transfer and, except as otherwise provided in the Plan or this agreement, references to the original Awardee shall be deemed to refer to the transferee. The events of a Termination of Employment of Awardee provided in paragraph 3 hereof shall continue to be applied with respect to the original Awardee, following which the Option shall be exercisable by the transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in paragraph 3. The Company shall have no obligation to notify any transferee of Awardee’s Termination of Employment with the Cardinal Group for any reason. The conduct prohibited of Awardee in paragraphs 5 and 6 hereof shall continue to be prohibited of Awardee following transfer to the same extent as immediately prior to transfer and the Option (or its economic value, as applicable) shall be subject to forfeiture by the transferee and recoupment from Awardee to the same extent as would have been the case of Awardee had the Option not been transferred. Awardee shall remain subject to the recoupment provisions of paragraphs 5 and 6 of this agreement and tax withholding provisions of Section 29 of the Plan following transfer of the Option.

3. Termination of Employment .

(a) Termination of Employment by Reason of Death . If a Termination of Employment occurs by reason of death prior to the vesting in full of the Option, then any unvested portion of the Option shall vest upon and become exercisable in full from and after such death. The Option may thereafter be exercised by any transferee of Awardee, if applicable, or by the legal representative of the estate or by the legatee of Awardee under the will of Awardee until the Grant Expiration Date.

(b) Termination of Employment by Reason of Retirement or Disability . If a Termination of Employment occurs by reason of Retirement or Disability prior to the vesting in full of the

 

2


Option, then any unexercised portion of the Option which has not vested on such date of Termination of Employment will, at the Company’s election, either vest immediately or continue to vest in accordance with the original vesting schedule, provided that, in the case of Retirement, Awardee complies with his obligation to perform consulting services as described in the Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, between the Company and Awardee, dated April 17, 2006, as subsequently amended (the “Employment Agreement”). The Option, to the extent vested, may be exercised by Awardee (or any transferee, if applicable) until the Grant Expiration Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Awardee dies after Retirement or Disability, but before the expiration of the exercise period provided for by the preceding sentence, the provisions of paragraph 3(a) of this agreement shall apply.

(c) Other Termination of Employment . For the purposes of this paragraph 3, Termination of Employment shall mean the termination of both the Employment Period and the Consulting Period under the Employment Agreement, as such terms are defined in the Employment Agreement. Upon a Termination of Employment by the Company without Cause or by the Awardee with Good Reason, as such terms are defined in the Employment Agreement, any unexercised portion of the Option which has not vested on such date of Termination of Employment will become fully vested as of such date, and, in any event once vested, may be exercised by Awardee (or any transferee, if applicable) until the Grant Expiration Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Awardee dies after such Termination of Employment, but before the expiration of the exercise period provided for by the preceding sentence, the provisions of paragraph 3(a) of this agreement shall apply. Upon a Termination of Employment for Cause or by the Awardee without Good Reason, as such terms are defined in the Employment Agreement, any portion of the Option which has not vested on such date will automatically be forfeited, and any portion of the Option which has vested on such date may be exercised by Awardee (or any transferee, if applicable) until the Grant Expiration Date.

4. Restrictions on Exercise . The Option is subject to all restrictions in this agreement and/or in the Plan. As a condition of any exercise of the Option, the Company may require Awardee or his or her transferee or successor to make any representation and warranty to comply with any applicable law or regulation or to confirm any factual matters (including Awardee’s compliance with the terms of paragraphs 5 and 6 of this agreement or any employment or severance agreement between the Cardinal Group and Awardee) reasonably requested by the Company.

5. Triggering Conduct/Competitor Triggering Conduct . As used in this agreement, “ Triggering Conduct ” shall mean engaging in any conduct described in Section 9(b), 9(c), 9(f) or 9(g) of the Employment Agreement. As used herein, “ Competitor Triggering Conduct ” shall mean engaging in any conduct described in Section 9(d) or 9(e) of the Employment Agreement.

6. Special Forfeiture/Repayment Rules . For so long as Awardee continues as an employee with the Cardinal Group and for two years following a Termination of Employment (without regard to the Consulting Period as defined in the Employment Agreement) regardless of the reason, Awardee agrees not to engage in Triggering Conduct. If Awardee engages in Triggering Conduct or in Competitor Triggering Conduct during the time period set forth in the preceding sentence, then, as to such portion of the Option that is unvested or that became vested within no more than two years prior to the date Awardee engages in Triggering Conduct or Competitor Triggering Conduct:

(a) the Option (or any part thereof that has not been exercised) shall immediately and automatically terminate, be forfeited, and shall cease to be exercisable at any time; and

 

3


(b) Awardee shall, within 30 days following written notice from the Company, pay the Company an amount equal to the gross option gain realized or obtained by Awardee or any transferee resulting from the exercise of such Option, measured at the date of exercise (i.e., the difference between the market value of the Shares underlying the Option on the exercise date and the exercise price paid for such Shares underlying the Option), with respect to any portion of the Option that has already been exercised at any time within two years prior to the Triggering Conduct (the “Look-Back Period”), less $1.00. If Awardee engages only in Competitor Triggering Conduct, then the Look-Back Period shall be shortened to exclude any period more than one year prior to Awardee’s Termination of Employment, but including any period between the time of Termination of Employment and engagement in Competitor Triggering Conduct. Awardee may be released from Awardee’s obligations under this paragraph 6 if and only if the Administrator (or its duly appointed designee) determines, in writing and in its sole discretion, that such action is in the best interests of the Company. Nothing in this paragraph 6 constitutes a so-called “noncompete” covenant. This paragraph 6 does, however, prohibit certain conduct while Awardee is associated with the Cardinal Group and thereafter and does provide for the forfeiture or repayment of the benefits granted by this agreement under certain circumstances, including, but not limited to, Awardee’s acceptance of employment with a Competitor. Awardee agrees to provide the Company with at least 10 days written notice prior to directly or indirectly accepting employment with or serving as a consultant or advisor or in any other capacity to a Competitor, and further agrees to inform any such new employer, before accepting employment, of the terms of this paragraph 6 and Awardee’s continuing obligations contained herein. No provisions of this agreement shall diminish, negate or otherwise impact any separate noncompete or other agreement to which Awardee may be a party, including, but not limited to, any of the Certificates of Compliance with Company Policies and/or the Certificates of Compliance with Company Business Ethics Policies; provided, however, that to the extent that any provisions contained in any other agreement are inconsistent in any manner with the restrictions and covenants of Awardee contained in this agreement, the provisions of this agreement shall take precedence and such other inconsistent provisions shall be null and void; provided, further, however, that the provisions of the Employment Agreement and paragraph 13 of this agreement shall take precedence over this paragraph 6(b). Awardee acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions contained in this agreement are being made for the benefit of the Company in consideration of Awardee’s receipt of the Option, in consideration of employment, in consideration of exposing Awardee to the Company’s business operations and confidential information, and for other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which consideration is hereby expressly confirmed. Awardee further acknowledges that the receipt of the Option and execution of this agreement are voluntary actions on the part of Awardee and that the Company is unwilling to provide the Option to Awardee without including the restrictions and covenants of Awardee contained in this agreement. Further, the parties agree and acknowledge that the provisions contained in paragraphs 5 and 6 are ancillary to, or part of, an otherwise enforceable agreement at the time the agreement is made.

7. Right of Set-Off . By accepting this Option, Awardee consents to a deduction from, and set-off against, any amounts owed to Awardee by any member of the Cardinal Group from time to time (including, but not limited to, amounts owed to Awardee as wages, severance payments or other fringe benefits) to the extent of the amounts owed to the Cardinal Group by Awardee under this agreement.

 

4


8. Withholding Tax .

(a) Generally . Awardee is liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the exercise of the Option, regardless of any action the Company takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Option. The Company does not make any representation or undertaking regarding the tax treatment or the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the exercise of the Option. The Company does not commit and is under no obligation to structure the Option or the exercise of the Option to reduce or eliminate Awardee’s tax liability.

(b) Payment of Withholding Taxes . Concurrently with the payment of the exercise price pursuant to paragraph 1 hereof, Awardee is required to arrange for the satisfaction of the minimum amount of any domestic or foreign tax withholding obligation, whether national, federal, state or local, including any employment tax obligation (the “Tax Withholding Obligation”) in a manner acceptable to the Company. Any manner provided for in subparagraph 1(b) hereof shall be deemed an acceptable manner to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation unless otherwise determined by the Company.

9. Holding Period Requirement . If Awardee is classified as an “officer” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, on the Grant Date, then, as a condition to receipt of the Option, Awardee hereby agrees to hold his or her After-Tax Net Profit in Shares until the first anniversary of the exercise of all or a portion of the Option (or, if earlier, the date of Awardee’s Termination of Employment). “After-Tax Net Profit” means the total dollar value of the Shares that Awardee elects to exercise under this Option at the time of exercise, minus the total of (i) the exercise price to purchase these Shares, and (ii) the amount of all applicable federal, state, local or foreign income, employment or other tax and other similar fees that are withheld in connection with the exercise.

10. Governing Law/Venue . This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, without regard to principles of conflicts of law, except to the extent superceded by the laws of the United States of America. The parties agree and acknowledge that the laws of the State of Ohio bear a substantial relationship to the parties and/or this agreement and that the Option and benefits granted herein would not be granted without the governance of this agreement by the laws of the State of Ohio. In addition, all legal actions or proceedings relating to this agreement shall be brought in state or federal courts located in Franklin County, Ohio and the parties executing this agreement hereby consent to the personal jurisdiction of such courts. Awardee acknowledges that the covenants contained in paragraphs 5 and 6 of this agreement are reasonable in nature, are fundamental for the protection of the Company’s legitimate business and proprietary interests, and do not adversely affect Awardee’s ability to earn a living in any capacity that does not violate such covenants. The parties further agree that in the event of any violation by Awardee of any such covenants, the Company will suffer immediate and irreparable injury for which there is no adequate remedy at law. In the event of any violation or attempted violations of the restrictions and covenants of Awardee contained in this agreement, the Cardinal Group shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive relief or other equitable relief, including the issuance ex parte of a temporary restraining order, without any showing of irreparable harm or damage, such irreparable harm being acknowledged and admitted by Awardee, and Awardee hereby waives any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedy, without prejudice to the rights and remedies afforded the Cardinal Group hereunder or by law. In the event that it becomes necessary for the Cardinal Group to institute legal proceedings under this agreement, Awardee shall be responsible to the Company

 

5


for all costs and reasonable legal fees incurred by the Company with regard to such proceedings. Any provision of this agreement which is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable should be construed or limited in a manner that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to the business objectives intended by such provision, without invalidating or rendering unenforceable the remaining provisions of this agreement.

11. Action by the Administrator . The parties agree that the interpretation of this agreement shall rest exclusively and completely within the sole discretion of the Administrator. The parties agree to be bound by the decisions of the Administrator with regard to the interpretation of this agreement and with regard to any and all matters set forth in this agreement. The Administrator may delegate its functions under this agreement to an officer of the Cardinal Group designated by the Administrator (hereinafter the “designee”). In fulfilling its responsibilities hereunder, the Administrator or its designee may rely upon documents, written statements of the parties or such other material as the Administrator or its designee deems appropriate. The parties agree that there is no right to be heard or to appear before the Administrator or its designee and that any decision of the Administrator or its designee relating to this agreement, including without limitation whether particular conduct constitutes Triggering Conduct or Competitor Triggering Conduct, shall be final and binding unless such decision is arbitrary and capricious; provided, however, that to the extent that any provision in this paragraph 11 is inconsistent in any manner with the terms of Section 9(i) of the Employment Agreement, the provisions of the Employment Agreement shall take precedence and such other inconsistent provisions shall be null and void.

12. Prompt Acceptance of Agreement . The Option grant evidenced by this agreement shall, at the discretion of the Administrator, be forfeited if this agreement is not manually executed and returned to the Company, or electronically executed by Awardee by indicating Awardee’s acceptance of this agreement in accordance with the acceptance procedures set forth on the Company’s third-party equity plan administrator’s web site, within 90 days of the Grant Date.

13. Employment Agreement . Awardee acknowledges that the Option granted hereunder, in tandem with the grant as of the date hereof by the Company to the Awardee of restricted share units in respect of 28,490 Common Shares, satisfy in full the Company’s obligation under Section 3(b)(iii)(B) of the Employment Agreement with respect to incentive awards required to be made not later than September 30, 2006. Sections 3 and 5 of the Employment Agreement set forth certain rules in respect of the treatment of stock options upon the Awardee’s termination of employment, and the Employment Agreement sets forth certain rules in respect of the application of restrictive covenants set forth in stock option agreements to the Awardee. The parties acknowledge that such rules set forth in the Employment Agreement apply to the Option granted hereunder, and further acknowledge that in the event of any conflict between such rules and the terms of this agreement, such rules shall govern.

14. Electronic Delivery and Consent to Electronic Participation . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Option grant under and participation in the Plan or future options that may be granted under the Plan by electronic means. Awardee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company, including the acceptance of option grants and the execution of option agreements through electronic signature.

15. Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or provided under this agreement to be delivered by Awardee to the Company will be in writing and will be

 

6


deemed sufficient if delivered by hand, facsimile, nationally recognized overnight courier, or certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and will be effective upon delivery to the Company at the address set forth below:

Cardinal Health, Inc.

7000 Cardinal Place

Dublin, Ohio 43017

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

Facsimile: (614) 757-2797

All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or provided under this agreement to be delivered by the Company to Awardee may be delivered by e-mail or in writing and will be deemed sufficient if delivered by e-mail, hand, facsimile, nationally recognized overnight courier, or certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and will be effective upon delivery to the Awardee.

 

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Carole S. Watkins

Its:

  Chief Human Resources Officer

 

7


ACCEPTANCE OF AGREEMENT

Awardee hereby: (a) acknowledges receiving a copy of the Plan, which has either been previously delivered or is provided with this agreement, and represents that he is familiar with and understands all provisions of the Plan and this agreement; (b) voluntarily and knowingly accepts this agreement and the Option granted to him under this agreement subject to all provisions of the Plan and this agreement, including the provisions in the agreement regarding “Triggering Conduct/Competitor Triggering Conduct” and “Special Forfeiture/ Repayment Rules” set forth in paragraphs 5 and 6 above; and (c) represents that he understands that the acceptance of this agreement through an on-line or electronic system, if applicable, carries the same legal significance as if he manually signed the agreement. Awardee further acknowledges receiving a copy of the Company’s most recent annual report to shareholders and other communications routinely distributed to the Company’s shareholders and a copy of the Plan Description dated February 22, 2006 pertaining to the Plan.

 

ROBERT D. WALTER (“Awardee”)

/s/ Robert D. Walter

Signature

8-31-06

Date

 

8

Exhibit 10.57

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC.

RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS AGREEMENT

On August 15, 2006 (the “Grant Date”), Cardinal Health, Inc, an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), has awarded to Robert D. Walter (“Awardee”) 28,490 Restricted Share Units (the “Restricted Share Units” or “Award”), representing an unfunded unsecured promise of the Company to deliver common shares, without par value, of the Company (the “Shares”) to Awardee as set forth herein. The Restricted Share Units have been granted pursuant to the Cardinal Health, Inc. 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), and shall be subject to all provisions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference, and shall be subject to the provisions of this Restricted Share Units Agreement (this “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used in this Agreement which are not specifically defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

1. Vesting . Subject to the provisions set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the Restricted Share Units shall vest in accordance with the following schedule: 33.33% of the Restricted Share Units shall vest on the first anniversary of the Grant Date, an additional 33.33% of the Restricted Share Units shall vest on the second anniversary of the Grant Date, and the final 33.34% of the Restricted Share Units shall vest on the third anniversary of the Grant Date (each such vesting date, the “Vesting Date” with respect to the Restricted Share Units scheduled to vest on such date). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change of Control prior to Awardee’s Termination of Employment, the Restricted Share Units shall vest in full.

2. Transferability . The Restricted Share Units shall not be transferable.

3. Termination of Employment . Except as set forth below, if a Termination of Employment occurs prior to the vesting of a Restricted Share Unit, such Restricted Share Unit shall be forfeited by Awardee.

(a) Termination of Employment by Reason of Death . If a Termination of Employment occurs prior to the vesting in full of the Restricted Share Units by reason of Awardee’s death, then any unvested Restricted Share Units shall vest in full and shall not be forfeited.

(b) Termination of Employment by Reason of Retirement or Disability . If a Termination of Employment occurs by reason of Retirement or Disability prior to the vesting in full of the Restricted Share Units, then any Restricted Share Units which have not vested on such date of Termination of Employment will, at the Company’s election, either vest immediately or continue to vest in accordance with the original vesting schedule, provided that, in the case of Retirement, Awardee complies with his obligation to perform consulting services as described in the Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, between the Company and Awardee, dated April 17, 2006, as subsequently amended (the “Employment Agreement”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Awardee dies after Retirement or Disability, but before the Restricted Share Units are fully vested, the provisions of Paragraph 3(a) of this Agreement shall apply.

(c) Other Termination of Employment . For the purposes of this Paragraph 3, Termination of Employment shall mean the termination of both the Employment Period and the Consulting Period under the Employment Agreement, as such terms are defined in the Employment Agreement. Upon a Termination of Employment by the Company without Cause or by the Awardee with Good Reason, as such terms are defined in the Employment Agreement, any Restricted Share Units which have not vested on such date of Termination of Employment will become fully vested as of such date.


4. Triggering Conduct/Competitor Triggering Conduct . As used in this Agreement, “ Triggering Conduct ” shall mean engaging in any conduct described in Section 9(b), 9(c), 9(f) or 9(g) of the Employment Agreement. As used herein, “ Competitor Triggering Conduct ” shall mean engaging in any conduct described in Section 9(d) or 9(e) of the Employment Agreement.

5. Special Forfeiture/Repayment Rules . For so long as Awardee continues as an Employee with the Cardinal Group and for two years following a Termination of Employment (without regard to the Consulting Period as defined in the Employment Agreement) regardless of the reason, Awardee agrees not to engage in Triggering Conduct. If Awardee engages in Triggering Conduct during the time period set forth in the preceding sentence or in Competitor Triggering Conduct as defined above, then:

(a) any Restricted Share Units that have not yet vested or that vested within the Look-Back Period (as defined below) with respect to such Triggering Conduct or Competitor Triggering Conduct and have not yet been settled by a payment pursuant to Paragraph 6 hereof shall immediately and automatically terminate, be forfeited, and cease to exist; and

(b) Awardee shall, within 30 days following written notice from the Company, pay to the Company an amount equal to (x) the aggregate gross gain realized or obtained by Awardee resulting from the settlement of all Restricted Share Units pursuant to Paragraph 6 hereof (measured as of the settlement date (i.e., the market value of the Restricted Share Units on such settlement date)) that have already been settled and that had vested at any time within two years prior to the Triggering Conduct (the “Look-Back Period”), minus (y) $1.00. If Awardee engages only in Competitor Triggering Conduct, then the Look-Back Period shall be shortened to exclude any period more than one year prior to Awardee’s Termination of Employment, but including any period between the time of Termination of Employment and the time of Awardee’s engaging in Competitor Triggering Conduct.

Awardee may be released from his or her obligations under this Paragraph 5 if and only if the Administrator (or its duly appointed designee) determines, in writing and in its sole discretion, that such action is in the best interests of the Company. Nothing in this Paragraph 5 constitutes a so-called “noncompete” covenant. This Paragraph 5 does, however, prohibit certain conduct while Awardee is associated with the Cardinal Group and thereafter and does provide for the forfeiture or repayment of the benefits granted by this Agreement under certain circumstances, including, but not limited to, Awardee’s acceptance of employment with a Competitor. Awardee agrees to provide the Company with at least 10 days written notice prior to directly or indirectly accepting employment with, or serving as a consultant or advisor or in any other capacity to, a Competitor, and further agrees to inform any such new employer, before accepting employment, of the terms of this Paragraph 5 and Awardee’s continuing obligations contained herein. No provision of this Agreement shall diminish, negate or otherwise impact any separate noncompete or other agreement to which Awardee may be a party, including, but not limited to, any of the Certificates of Compliance with Company Policies and/or the Certificates of Compliance with Company Business Ethics Policies; provided, however, that to the extent that any provisions contained in any other agreement are inconsistent in any manner with the restrictions and covenants of Awardee contained in this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall take precedence and such other inconsistent provisions shall be null and void; provided, further, however, that the provisions of the Employment Agreement and Paragraph 13 of this Agreement shall take precedence over this Paragraph 5(b). Awardee acknowledges and agrees that the provisions contained in this Agreement are being made for the benefit of the Company in consideration of Awardee’s receipt of the Restricted Share Units, in consideration of employment, in consideration of exposing Awardee to the Company’s business operations and confidential information, and for other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which consideration is hereby expressly confirmed. Awardee further acknowledges that the receipt of the Restricted Share Units and execution of this Agreement are voluntary actions on the part of Awardee and

 

2


that the Company is unwilling to provide the Restricted Share Units to Awardee without including the restrictions and covenants of Awardee contained in this Agreement. Further, the parties agree and acknowledge that the provisions contained in Paragraphs 4 and 5 are ancillary to, or part of, an otherwise enforceable agreement at the time the agreement is made.

6. Payment . Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 4 and 5 of this Agreement, and unless Awardee makes an effective election to defer receipt of the Shares represented by the Restricted Share Units, on the date of vesting of any Restricted Share Unit, Awardee shall be entitled to receive from the Company (without any payment on behalf of Awardee other than as described in Paragraph 11) the Shares represented by such Restricted Share Unit; provided, however, that, subject to the next sentence, in the event that such Restricted Share Units vest prior to the applicable Vesting Date as a result of the death of Awardee or as a result of a Change of Control or otherwise, Awardee shall be entitled to receive the corresponding Shares from the Company on the date of such vesting. Notwithstanding the proviso of the preceding sentence, if Restricted Share Units vest as a result of the occurrence of a Change of Control or otherwise under circumstances where such occurrence would not qualify as a permissible date of distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(A) of the Code, and the regulations thereunder, and where Code Section 409A applies to such distribution, such proviso shall not apply and Awardee shall be entitled to receive the corresponding Shares from the Company on the date that would have applied absent such proviso. Elections to defer receipt of the Shares beyond the date of settlement provided herein may be permitted in the discretion of the Administrator pursuant to procedures established by the Administrator in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

7. Dividend Equivalents . Awardee shall not receive cash dividends on the Restricted Share Units but instead shall, with respect to each Restricted Share Unit, receive a cash payment from the Company on each cash dividend payment date with respect to the Shares with a record date between the Grant Date and the settlement of such unit pursuant to Paragraph 6 hereof, such cash payment to be in an amount equal to the dividend that would have been paid on the Common Share represented by such unit. Cash payments on each cash dividend payment date with respect to the Shares with a record date prior to a Vesting Date shall be accrued until the Vesting Date and paid thereon (subject to the same vesting requirements as the underlying Restricted Share Units award).

8. Holding Period Requirement . If Awardee is classified as an “officer” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, on the Grant Date, then, as a condition to receipt of the Restricted Share Units, Awardee hereby agrees to hold, until the first anniversary of the applicable Vesting Date (or, if earlier, the date of Awardee’s Termination of Employment), the Shares issued pursuant to settlement of such units (less any portion thereof withheld in order to satisfy all applicable federal, state, local or foreign income, employment or other tax).

9. Right of Set-Off . By accepting these Restricted Share Units, Awardee consents to a deduction from, and set-off against, any amounts owed to Awardee by any member of the Cardinal Group from time to time (including, but not limited to, amounts owed to Awardee as wages, severance payments or other fringe benefits) to the extent of the amounts owed to the Cardinal Group by Awardee under this Agreement.

10. No Shareholder Rights . Awardee shall have no rights of a shareholder with respect to the Restricted Share Units, including, without limitation, Awardee shall not have the right to vote the Shares represented by the Restricted Share Units.

 

3


11. Withholding Tax .

(a) Generally . Awardee is liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the Restricted Share Units (including taxes owed with respect to the cash payments described in Paragraph 7 hereof), regardless of any action the Company takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Restricted Share Units. The Company does not make any representation or undertaking regarding the tax treatment or the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the grant or vesting of the Restricted Share Units or the subsequent sale of Shares issuable pursuant to the Restricted Share Units. The Company does not commit and is under no obligation to structure the Restricted Share Units to reduce or eliminate Awardee’s tax liability.

(b) Payment of Withholding Taxes . Prior to any event in connection with the Restricted Share Units (e.g., vesting or settlement) that the Company determines may result in any domestic or foreign tax withholding obligation, whether national, federal, state or local, including any employment tax obligation (the “Tax Withholding Obligation”), Awardee is required to arrange for the satisfaction of the minimum amount of such Tax Withholding Obligation in a manner acceptable to the Company. Unless Awardee elects to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation by an alternative means that is then permitted by the Company, Awardee’s acceptance of this Agreement constitutes Awardee’s instruction and authorization to the Company to withhold on Awardee’s behalf the number of Shares from those Shares issuable to Awardee at the time when the Restricted Share Units become vested and payable as the Company determines to be sufficient to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation. In the case of any amounts withheld for taxes pursuant to this provision in the form of Shares, the amount withheld shall not exceed the minimum required by applicable law and regulations. The Company shall have the right to deduct from all cash payments paid pursuant to Paragraph 7 hereof the amount of any taxes which the Company is required to withhold with respect to such payments.

12. Beneficiary Designation . Awardee may designate a beneficiary to receive any Shares to which Awardee is entitled with respect to the Restricted Share Units which vest as a result of Awardee’s death. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Awardee engages in Triggering Conduct or Competitor Triggering Conduct as herein defined, the Restricted Share Units subject to such beneficiary designation shall be subject to the Special Forfeiture/Repayment Rules and the Company’s Right of Set-Off or other right of recovery set forth in this Agreement, and all rights of the beneficiary shall be subordinated to the rights of the Company pursuant to such provisions of this Agreement. Awardee acknowledges that the Company may exercise all rights under this Agreement and the Plan against Awardee and Awardee’s estate, heirs, lineal descendants and personal representatives and shall not be limited to exercising its rights against Awardee’s beneficiary.

13. Governing Law/Venue . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, without regard to principles of conflicts of law, except to the extent superceded by the laws of the United States of America. The parties agree and acknowledge that the laws of the State of Ohio bear a substantial relationship to the parties and/or this Agreement and that the Restricted Share Units and benefits granted herein would not be granted without the governance of this Agreement by the laws of the State of Ohio. In addition, all legal actions or proceedings relating to this Agreement shall be brought in state or federal courts located in Franklin County, Ohio, and the parties executing this Agreement hereby consent to the personal jurisdiction of such courts. Awardee acknowledges that the covenants contained in Paragraphs 4 and 5 of this Agreement are reasonable in nature, are fundamental for the protection of the Company’s legitimate business and proprietary interests, and do not adversely affect Awardee’s ability to earn a living in any capacity that does not violate such covenants. The parties further agree that in the event of any violation by Awardee of any such covenants, the Company will suffer immediate and irreparable injury for which there is no adequate remedy at law. In the event of any violation or attempted

 

4


violations of the restrictions and covenants of Awardee contained in this Agreement, the Cardinal Group shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive relief or other equitable relief, including the issuance ex parte of a temporary restraining order, without any showing of irreparable harm or damage, such irreparable harm being acknowledged and admitted by Awardee, and Awardee hereby waives any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedy, without prejudice to the rights and remedies afforded the Cardinal Group hereunder or by law. In the event that it becomes necessary for the Cardinal Group to institute legal proceedings under this Agreement, Awardee shall be responsible to the Company for all costs and reasonable legal fees incurred by the Company with regard to such proceedings. Any provision of this Agreement which is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable should be construed or limited in a manner that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to the business objectives intended by such provision, without invalidating or rendering unenforceable the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

14. Action by the Administrator . The parties agree that the interpretation of this Agreement shall rest exclusively and completely within the sole discretion of the Administrator. The parties agree to be bound by the decisions of the Administrator with regard to the interpretation of this Agreement and with regard to any and all matters set forth in this Agreement. The Administrator may delegate its functions under this Agreement to an officer of the Cardinal Group designated by the Administrator (hereinafter the “Designee”). In fulfilling its responsibilities hereunder, the Administrator or its Designee may rely upon documents, written statements of the parties or such other material as the Administrator or its Designee deems appropriate. The parties agree that there is no right to be heard or to appear before the Administrator or its Designee and that any decision of the Administrator or its Designee relating to this Agreement, including, without limitation, whether particular conduct constitutes Triggering Conduct or Competitor Triggering Conduct, shall be final and binding unless such decision is arbitrary and capricious; provided, however, that to the extent that any provisions in this Paragraph 14 are inconsistent in any manner with the terms of Section 9(i) of the Employment Agreement, the provisions of the Employment Agreement shall take precedence and such other inconsistent provisions shall be null and void.

15. Employment Agreement . Awardee acknowledges that the Restricted Share Units granted hereunder, in tandem with the grant as of the date hereof by the Company to the Awardee of an option in respect of 198,762 Common Shares, satisfy in full the Company’s obligation under Section 3(b)(iii)(B) of the Employment Agreement with respect to incentive awards required to be made not later than September 30, 2006. Sections 3 and 5 of the Employment Agreement set forth certain rules in respect of the treatment of restricted share units upon the Awardee’s termination of employment, and the Employment Agreement sets forth certain rules in respect of the application of restrictive covenants set forth in restricted share unit agreements to the Awardee. The parties acknowledge that such rules set forth in the Employment Agreement apply to the Restricted Share Units granted hereunder, and further acknowledge that in the event of any conflict between such rules and the terms of this Agreement, such rules shall govern.

16. Prompt Acceptance of Agreement . The Restricted Share Unit grant evidenced by this Agreement shall, at the discretion of the Administrator, be forfeited if this Agreement is not manually executed and returned to the Company, or electronically executed by Awardee by indicating Awardee’s acceptance of this Agreement in accordance with the acceptance procedures set forth on the Company’s third-party equity plan administrator’s web site, within 90 days of the Grant Date.

17. Electronic Delivery and Consent to Electronic Participation . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Restricted Share Unit grant under and participation in the Plan or future Restricted Share Units that may be granted under the Plan by electronic

 

5


means or to request Awardee’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Awardee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company, including the acceptance of restricted share unit grants and the execution of restricted share unit agreements through electronic signature.

18. Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or provided under this Agreement to be delivered by Awardee to the Company will be in writing and will be deemed sufficient if delivered by hand, facsimile, nationally recognized overnight courier, or certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and will be effective upon delivery to the Company at the address set forth below:

Cardinal Health, Inc.

7000 Cardinal Place

Dublin, Ohio 43017

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

Facsimile: (614) 757-2797

All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or provided under this Agreement to be delivered by the Company to Awardee may be delivered by e-mail or in writing and will be deemed sufficient if delivered by e-mail, hand, facsimile, nationally recognized overnight courier, or certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and will be effective upon delivery to the Awardee.

 

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Carole S. Watkins

Its:

  Chief Human Resources Officer

 

6


ACCEPTANCE OF AGREEMENT

Awardee hereby: (a) acknowledges that he has received a copy of the Plan, a copy of the Company’s most recent annual report to shareholders and other communications routinely distributed to the Company’s shareholders, and a copy of the Plan Description dated February 22, 2006 pertaining to the Plan; (b) accepts this Agreement and the Restricted Share Units granted to him under this Agreement subject to all provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, including the provisions in the agreement regarding “Triggering Conduct/Competitor Triggering Conduct” and “Special Forfeiture/

Repayment Rules” set forth in Paragraphs 4 and 5 above; (c) represents that he understands that the acceptance of this Agreement through an on-line or electronic system, if applicable, carries the same legal significance as if he manually signed the Agreement; (d) represents and warrants to the Company that he is purchasing the Restricted Share Units for his own account, for investment, and not with a view to or any present intention of selling or distributing the Restricted Share Units either now or at any specific or determinable future time or period or upon the occurrence or nonoccurrence of any predetermined or reasonably foreseeable event; and (e) agrees that no transfer of the Shares delivered in respect of the Restricted Share Units shall be made unless the Shares have been duly registered under all applicable Federal and state securities laws pursuant to a then-effective registration which contemplates the proposed transfer or unless the Company has received a written opinion of, or satisfactory to, its legal counsel that the proposed transfer is exempt from such registration.

 

ROBERT D. WALTER (“Awardee”)

/s/ Robert D. Walter

Signature

8-31-06

Date

 

7

Exhibit 10.68

SECOND AMENDMENT TO

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Second Amendment to Employment Agreement (this “Amendment”) between Cardinal Health, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “Company”) and George L. Fotiades (the “Executive”) is effective May 12, 2006 (the “Amendment Date”).

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive are parties to that certain Employment Agreement, dated February 1, 2004, between the Company and the Executive, as amended effective February 4, 2005 (the “Employment Agreement”), pursuant to which the Executive served as the Company’s President and Chief Operating Officer;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive mutually agreed to terminate the employment relationship and entered into a Separation Agreement, dated April 17, 2006, specifying that the termination of Executive’s employment on the Termination Date (as defined therein) will qualify as a termination without Cause under Section 4(c) of the Employment Agreement, entitling Executive to the compensation set forth in that Subsection of the Employment Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Employment Agreement specifies that the severance payments called for under Subsection 4(c)(i) be paid monthly in equal installments over the twenty-four (24) month period immediately following the Date of Termination (as defined therein);

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to amend the Employment Agreement to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), in accordance with the transition rules applicable under IRS Notice 2005-1 and Proposed Regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code, and specifically to delay payment of the severance payments for at least six months after separation from service as required under Code Section 409A; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to set forth in writing these modifications to the compensation arrangements of the Executive.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, agree that, effective as of the Amendment Date, the Employment Agreement is amended by deleting Subsection 4(c)(i) of the Employment Agreement in its entirety and replacing said Subsection with the following:

“(i) pay to the Executive an amount equal to two times the sum of (x) the Executive’s Base Salary, at the rate in effect on the day immediately prior to the Date of Termination and (y) the Executive’s Annual Bonus target for the fiscal year of the Company in which the Date of Termination occurs, such amount to be divided into twenty-four (24) equal installments payable as follows: seven (7) installments shall be payable, with interest as described below, as soon as administratively practicable after the date which is six (6) months after the Date of Termination, and one (1) installment shall be payable each month thereafter for a total of seventeen (17) additional months, with


interest credited to the first seven (7) installments determined based on the “Prime Rate” (as published in the Wall Street Journal) to the date of payment as though one such installment were allocated to each month between the Date of Termination and the date of payment; and”

Except as specifically amended by the provisions of this Amendment, all terms of the Employment Agreement are unmodified and remain in full force and effect.

 

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC.    
/s/ Robert D. Walter     /s/ George L. Fotiades
Robert D. Walter     GEORGE L. FOTIADES
Executive Chairman of the Board    

 

2

Exhibit 10.71

CARDINAL HEALTH, INC.

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Grant Date:    July 27, 2004
Exercise Price:    $44.00 per share
Grant Vesting Date:    July 27, 2007
Grant Expiration Date:    July 27, 2014

Cardinal Health, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), has granted to J. Michael Losh (“Grantee”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase 210,000 common shares, without par value, of the Company (the “Shares”) for a total purchase price of $9,240,000, (i.e., the equivalent of $44.00 for each full Share). The Option has been granted under the Cardinal Health, Inc. Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), and will include and be subject to all provisions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference, and will be subject to the provisions of this agreement. Capitalized terms used in this agreement which are not specifically defined will have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan. Subject to the terms of this agreement, this Option shall be exercisable at any time on or after July 27, 2007, and prior to July 27, 2014.

 

By:   /s/ Robert D. Walter
Robert D. Walter
Chairman and CEO


1. Method of Exercise and Payment of Price .

(a) Method of Exercise . At any time when the Option is exercisable under the Plan and this agreement, the Option may be exercised from time to time by written notice to the Company which will:

(i) state the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised; and

(ii) if the Option is being exercised by anyone other than Grantee, be accompanied by proof satisfactory to counsel for the Company of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option under the Plan and all applicable laws and regulations.

(b) Payment of Price . The full exercise price for the Option shall be paid to the Company as provided in the Plan.

2. Transferability . The Option shall be transferable (I) at Grantee’s death, by Grantee by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, and (II) by Grantee during Grantee’s lifetime, without payment of consideration, to (a) the spouse, former spouse, parents, stepparents, grandparents, parents-in-law, siblings, siblings-in-law, children, stepchildren, children-in-law, grandchildren, nieces or nephews of Grantee, or any other persons sharing Grantee’s household (other than tenants or employees) (collectively, “Family Members”), (b) a trust or trusts for the primary benefit of Grantee or such Family Members, (c) a foundation in which Grantee or such Family Members control the management of assets, or (d) a partnership in which Grantee or such Family Members are the majority or controlling partners; provided, however, that subsequent transfers of the transferred Option shall be prohibited, except (X) if the transferee is an individual, at the transferee’s death by the transferee by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, and (Y) without payment of consideration to the individuals or entities listed in subparagraphs II(a), (b) or (c), above, with respect to the original Grantee. The Human Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Committee”) may, in its discretion, permit transfers to other persons and entities as permitted by the Plan. Neither a transfer under a domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights nor a transfer to an entity in which more than 50% of the voting interests are owned by Grantee or Family Members in exchange for an interest in that entity shall be considered to be a transfer for consideration. Within 10 days of any transfer, Grantee shall notify the Stock Option Administrator of the Company in writing of the transfer. Following transfer, the Option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to transfer and, except as otherwise provided in the Plan or this agreement, references to the original Grantee shall be deemed to refer to the transferee. The events of termination of services of Grantee provided in paragraph 3 hereof shall continue to be applied with respect to the original Grantee, following which the Option shall be exercisable by the transferee for the periods, specified in paragraph 3. The Company shall have no obligation to notify any transferee of Grantee’s termination of

 

2


employment with the Company for any reason. The conduct prohibited of Grantee in paragraphs 5 and 6 hereof shall continue to be prohibited of Grantee following transfer to the same extent as immediately prior to transfer and the Option (or its economic value, as applicable) shall be subject to forfeiture by the transferee and recoupment from Grantee to the same extent as would have been the case of Grantee had the Option not been transferred. Grantee shall remain subject to the recoupment provisions of paragraphs 5 and 6 of this agreement and tax withholding provisions of Section 13(d) of the Plan following transfer of the Option.

3. Termination of Relationship .

(a) Termination by Death or Disability . If Grantee’s provisions of services to the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Cardinal Group”) terminates by reason of death or disability (as defined in the Plan), then, any unvested portion of the Option shall vest upon Grantee’s termination of provision of services and become exercisable in full through the Grant Expiration Date (the “Exercise Period”). The Option may following Grantee’s death be exercised by any transferee of Grantee, if applicable, or by the legal representative of the estate or by the legatee of Grantee under the will of Grantee. Grantee’s services as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company will be treated as the provision of services under this agreement.

(b) Voluntary Termination of Services Prior to the Grant Vesting Date or For Cause. If Grantee’s provision of services to the Cardinal Group terminates prior to the Grant Vesting Date as a result of Grantee’s Voluntary termination of services (subject to Section 10 of the Plan regarding acceleration of the vesting of the Option upon a Change of Control) or terminates at any time for Cause, the Option will automatically terminate on the date of such termination. If the vesting of the Option is accelerated upon a Change of Control, the Option will remain exercisable through the expiration of the Exercise Period.

(c) Other Termination of Services . If Grantee’s provision of services to the Cardinal Group terminates for any reason other than pursuant to the termination described in paragraphs 3(a) and (b) above, then (i) if such termination is prior to the Grant Vesting Date, any unvested portion of the Option shall vest upon Grantee’s termination of provision services and (ii) following any such termination of provision of services, the Option shall become exercisable in full through the expiration of the Exercise Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Grantee dies after the Option vests but before the expiration on the Exercise Period, the Option may be exercised by any transferee of the Option if applicable, or by the legal representative of the estate or by the legatee of Grantee under the will of Grantee following Grantee’s death, through the expiration of the Exercise Period.

4. Restrictions on Exercise . The Option is subject to all restrictions in this agreement and/or in the Plan. As a condition of any exercise of the Option, the Company may require Grantee or his or her transferee or successor to make any representation and

 

3


warranty to comply with any applicable law or regulation or to confirm any factual matters (including Grantee’s compliance with the terms of paragraphs 5 and 6 of this agreement or any employment or severance agreement between any member of the Cardinal Group and Grantee) reasonably requested by the Company.

5. Triggering Conduct/Competitor Triggering Conduct . As used in this agreement, “Triggering Conduct” shall include disclosing or using in any capacity other than as necessary in the performance of duties assigned by the Cardinal Group any confidential information, trade secrets or other business sensitive information or material concerning the Cardinal Group; violation of Company policies, including conduct which would constitute a breach of any of the Certificates of Compliance with Company Policies and/or the Certificates of Compliance with Company Business Ethics Policies signed by Grantee; directly or indirectly employing, contacting concerning employment, or participating in any way in the recruitment for employment of (whether as an employee, officer, director, agent, consultant or independent contractor), any person who was or is an employee, representative, officer or director of the Cardinal Group at any time within the 12 months prior to the termination of Grantee’s provision of services to the Cardinal Group; any action by Grantee and/or his or her representatives that either does or could reasonably be expected to undermine, diminish or otherwise damage the relationship between the Cardinal Group and any of its customers, potential customers, vendors and/or suppliers that were known to Grantee; and breaching any provision of any employment or severance agreement with a member of the Cardinal Group. As used in this agreement, “Competitor Triggering Conduct” shall include, either during Grantee’s provision of services or within one year following Grantee’s termination of provision of services to the Cardinal Group, accepting employment with or serving as a consultant or advisor or in any other capacity to an entity that is in competition with the business conducted by any member of the Cardinal Group (a “Competitor”), including, but not limited to, employment or another business relationship with any Competitor if Grantee has been introduced to trade secrets, confidential information or business sensitive information during Grantee’s provision of services to the Cardinal Group and such information would aid the Competitor because the threat of disclosure of such information is so great that, for purposes of this agreement, it must be assumed that such disclosure would occur.

6. Special Forfeiture/Repayment Rules . For so long as Grantee continues to provide services to the Cardinal Group and for three years following Grantee’s termination of provision of services to the Cardinal Group regardless of the reason, Grantee agrees not to engage in Triggering Conduct. If Grantee engages in Triggering Conduct during the time period set forth in the preceding sentence or in Competitor Triggering Conduct during the time period referenced in the definition of “Competitor Triggering Conduct” set forth in paragraph 5 above, then:

(a) the Option (or any part thereof that has not been exercised) shall immediately and automatically terminate, be forfeited, and shall cease to be exercisable at any time; and

 

4


(b) Grantee shall, within 30 days following written notice from the Company, pay the Company an amount equal to the gross option gain realized or obtained by Grantee or any transferee resulting from the exercise of such Option, measured at the date of exercise (i.e., the difference between the market value of the Shares underlying the Option on the exercise date and the exercise price paid for such Shares underlying the Option), with respect to any portion of the Option that has already been exercised at any time within three years prior to the Triggering Conduct (the “Look-Back Period”), less $1.00. If Grantee engages only in Competitor Triggering Conduct, then the Look-Back Period shall be shortened to exclude any period more than one year prior to Grantee’s termination of employment with the Cardinal Group, but including any period between the time of Grantee’s termination and engagement in Competitor Triggering Conduct. Grantee may be released from Grantee’s obligations under this paragraph 6 only if the Committee (or its duly appointed designee) determines, in writing and in its sole discretion, that such action is in the best interests of the Company. Nothing in this paragraph 6 constitutes a so-called “noncompete” covenant. This paragraph 6 does, however, prohibit certain conduct while Grantee is associated with the Cardinal Group and thereafter and does provide for the forfeiture or repayment of the benefits granted by this agreement under certain circumstances, including, but not limited to, Grantee’s acceptance of employment with a Competitor. Grantee agrees to provide the Company with at least 10 days written notice prior to directly or indirectly accepting employment with or serving as a consultant or advisor or in any other capacity to a Competitor, and further agrees to inform any such new employer, before accepting employment, of the terms of this paragraph 6 and Grantee’s continuing obligations contained herein. No provisions of this agreement shall diminish, negate or otherwise impact any separate noncompete or other agreement to which Grantee may be a party, including, but not limited to, any of the Certificates of Compliance with Company Policies and/or the Certificates of Compliance with Company Business Ethics Policies; provided, however, that to the extent that any provisions contained in any other agreement are inconsistent in any manner with the restrictions and covenants of Grantee contained in this agreement, the provisions of this agreement shall take precedence and such other inconsistent provisions shall be null and void. Grantee acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions contained in this agreement are being made for the benefit of the Company in consideration of Grantee’s receipt of the Option, in consideration of employment, in consideration of exposing Grantee to the Company’s business operations and confidential information, and for other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which consideration is hereby expressly confirmed. Grantee further acknowledges that the receipt of the Option and execution of this agreement are voluntary actions on the part of Grantee and that the Company is unwilling to provide the Option to Grantee without including the restrictions and covenants of Grantee contained in this agreement. Further, the parties agree and acknowledge that the provisions contained in paragraphs 5 and 6 are ancillary to, or part of, an otherwise enforceable agreement at the time the agreement is made.

7. Governing Law/Venue . This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, without regard to principles of conflicts of law, except to the extent superceded by the laws of the United States of America. The parties agree and acknowledge that the

 

5


laws of the State of Ohio bear a substantial relationship to the parties and/or this agreement and that the Option and benefits granted herein would not be granted without the governance of this agreement by the laws of the State of Ohio. In addition, all legal actions or proceedings relating to this agreement shall be brought in state or federal courts located in Franklin County, Ohio and the parties executing this agreement hereby consent to the personal jurisdiction of such courts. Grantee acknowledges that the covenants contained in paragraphs 5 and 6 of this agreement are reasonable in nature, are fundamental for the protection of the Company’s legitimate business and proprietary interests, and do not adversely affect Grantee’s ability to earn a living in any capacity that does not violate such covenants. The parties further agree that in the event of any violation by Grantee of any such covenants, the Company will suffer immediate and irreparable injury for which there is no adequate remedy at law. In the event of any violation or attempted violations of the restrictions and covenants of Grantee contained in this agreement, the Cardinal Group shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive relief or other equitable relief, including the issuance ex parte of a temporary restraining order, without any showing of irreparable harm or damage, such irreparable harm being acknowledged and admitted by Grantee, and Grantee hereby waives any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedy, without prejudice to the rights and remedies afforded the Cardinal Group hereunder or by law. In the event that it becomes necessary for the Cardinal Group to institute legal proceedings under this agreement, Grantee shall be responsible to the Company for all costs and reasonable legal fees incurred by the Company with regard to such proceedings. Any provision of this agreement which is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable should be construed or limited in a manner that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to the business objectives intended by such provision, without invalidating or rendering unenforceable the remaining provisions of this agreement.

8. Action by the Committee . The parties agree that the interpretation of this agreement shall rest exclusively and completely within the good faith province and discretion of the Committee. The parties agree to be bound by the decisions of the Committee with regard to the interpretation of this agreement and with regard to any and all matters set forth in this agreement. The Committee may delegate its functions under this agreement to an officer of the Cardinal Group designated by the Committee (hereinafter the “designee”). In fulfilling its responsibilities hereunder, the Committee or its designee may rely upon documents, written statements of the parties or such other material as the Committee or its designee deems appropriate. The parties agree that there is no right to be heard or to appear before the Committee or its designee and that any decision of the Committee or its designee relating to this agreement, including without limitation whether particular conduct constitutes Triggering Conduct or Competitor Triggering Conduct, shall be final and binding unless such decision is arbitrary and capricious.

9. Prompt Acceptance of Agreement . The Option grant evidenced by this agreement shall, at the discretion of the Committee, be forfeited if this agreement is not executed by

 

6


Grantee and returned to the Company within 90 days of the Grant Date set forth on the first page of this agreement.

10. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Option grant under and participation in the Plan or future options that may be granted under the Plan by electronic means or to request Grantee’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Grantee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

7


ACCEPTANCE OF AGREEMENT

Grantee hereby: (a) acknowledges receiving a copy of the Plan, which has either been previously delivered or is provided with this agreement, and represents that he or she is familiar with and understands all provisions of the Plan and this agreement; and (b) voluntarily and knowingly accepts this agreement and the Option granted to him or her under this agreement subject to all provisions of the Plan and this agreement. Grantee further acknowledges receiving a copy of the Company’s most recent Annual Report and other communications routinely distributed to the Company’s shareholders and a copy of the Plan Description dated November 17, 2003 pertaining to the Plan.

 

/s/ J. Michael Losh
Signature
J. Michael Losh
Print Name
    
Grantee’s Social Security Number
7/27/04
Date

 

8

Exhibit 10.74

Summary Sheet

Compensation and Benefits for Named Executive Officers 1

Effective September 1, 2006

The employment of R. Kerry Clark, Robert D. Walter and Ronald K. Labrum with Cardinal Health, Inc. (the “Company”) is governed by employment agreements dated April 17, 2006, April 17, 2006 (as amended August 2, 2006) and November 5, 2003 (as amended September 15, 2005 and May 29, 2006), respectively. These employment agreements outline certain elements of each employee’s compensation and benefits. David L. Schlotterbeck and Jeffrey W. Henderson do not have employment agreements with the Company, but certain of Messrs. Schlotterbeck’s and Henderson’s compensation arrangements are set forth in a retention agreement dated August 31, 2004 (as amended November 2, 2005) and an offer letter dated April 13, 2005 (as amended August 5, 2006), respectively. Each employee named in the table below is a party to equity incentive award agreements with the Company and is eligible to receive future equity incentive awards (with the exception of Mr. Labrum). Messrs. Clark’s and Walter’s employment agreements contain specific provisions regarding equity incentive awards. In addition to being eligible to receive cash awards under the Company’s annual cash incentive award program, Messrs. Clark, Schlotterbeck and Henderson are eligible to receive cash awards under the Cardinal Health, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Cash Program for the Fiscal Years 2006-2008, which was previously disclosed in Forms 8-K dated November 1, 2005 and August 1, 2006. The following are additional details concerning compensation and benefits for these employees.

 

Name and

Principal Position

  

Current

Annual

Base Salary

 

Current

Annual Cash
Incentive Target

 

Retirement

Benefits

  

Other General

Benefits and Perquisites 2

R. Kerry Clark

President and Chief

Executive Officer

   $ 1,400,000   160% of annual
base salary
  Participation in the Company’s 401(k) Savings Plan and Deferred Compensation Plan on same terms offered to all plan participants, including Company match and annual contribution.    Health, welfare and stock purchase benefits on same terms generally available to Company employees; coverage under the Company’s D&O liability insurance policy; personal use of Company plane (including tax gross-up).

Robert D. Walter

Executive Chairman of

the Board

   $ 900,000   150% of annual
base salary
  Participation in the Company’s 401(k) Savings Plan and Deferred Compensation Plan on same terms offered to all plan participants, including Company match and annual contribution.    Health, welfare and stock purchase benefits on same terms generally available to Company employees; coverage under the Company’s D&O liability insurance policy; personal use of Company plane (including tax gross-up).

David L. Schlotterbeck

Chief Executive Officer – Pharmaceutical and

Medical Products

   $ 725,000   100% of annual
base salary
  Participation in the Company’s 401(k) Savings Plan and Deferred Compensation Plan on same terms offered to all plan participants, including Company match and annual contribution.    Health, welfare and stock purchase benefits on same terms generally available to Company employees; coverage under the Company’s D&O liability insurance policy; personal use of Company plane if authorized by the CEO.

Ronald K. Labrum

Former Chairman and

Chief Executive Officer – Healthcare Supply Chain

Services 3

   $ 650,000   115% of annual
base salary
  Participation in the Company’s 401(k) Savings Plan and Deferred Compensation Plan on same terms offered to all plan participants, including Company match and annual contribution.    Health, welfare and stock purchase benefits on same terms generally available to Company employees; coverage under the Company’s D&O liability insurance policy.

Jeffrey W. Henderson

Chief Financial Officer

   $ 675,000 4   100% of annual
base salary
  Participation in the Company’s 401(k) Savings Plan and Deferred Compensation Plan on same terms offered to all plan participants, including Company match and annual contribution.    Health, welfare and stock purchase benefits on same terms generally available to Company employees; coverage under the Company’s D&O liability insurance policy; personal use of Company plane if authorized by the CEO.

1 As disclosed in a Form 8-K dated April 17, 2006, on April 17, 2006, the Company and George L. Fotiades, the Company’s former President and Chief Operating Officer, entered into a separation agreement that provided that Mr. Fotiades’ employment with the Company would terminate on May 19, 2006. Mr. Fotiades’ severance arrangements are described in the Form 8-K report.

2 See also the Summary Compensation Table in the Company’s definitive proxy statement relating to the Company’s 2006 annual meeting of shareholders, which is incorporated by reference into the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006, for disclosure of other perquisites provided to certain of these employees.

3 As disclosed in a Form 8-K dated May 29, 2006, Mr. Labrum ceased to be Chairman and Chief Executive Officer – Healthcare Supply Chain Services on July 31, 2006 and will cease to be an employee of the Company on September 22, 2006 (or at his election, another date between July 31, 2006 and September 22, 2006). Mr. Labrum’s severance arrangements are described in the Form 8-K report.

4 Effective September 4, 2006.

Exhibit 10.75

OUTSIDE DIRECTORS COMPENSATION

Effective February 23, 2006

 

Annual Retainer    $17,500 per quarter, payable in cash or as otherwise elected by a non-management director (an “Outside Director”) pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan (“Deferred Plan”).
Annual Option Grant 1    An annual option grant to acquire common shares equal to $210,000 divided by the closing price of the Company’s common shares on the date the Company’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“Grant Date Closing Price”); one year cliff vest.
Annual Restricted Share Unit Grant 1    An annual restricted share unit grant of the number of restricted share units equal to $90,000 divided by three, divided by the Grant Date Closing Price; one year cliff vest.
Initial Option Grant 1    Upon first appointment or election to the Board, each Outside Director to receive an initial option grant to acquire common shares equal to $210,000 divided by the closing price on the Initial Option Grant date; one year cliff vest.
Initial Restricted Share Unit Grant 1    Upon first appointment or election to the Board, each Outside Director to receive an initial RSU grant equal to $90,000 divided by three, divided by the closing price on the Initial Option Grant date; one year cliff vest.
Non-management Presiding Director Retainer    Additional retainer is $3,750 per quarter, payable in cash or as elected under Deferred Plan.
Audit Committee Chair    Additional retainer is $3,750 per quarter, payable in cash or as elected under Deferred Plan.
Human Resources and Compensation Committee Chair    Additional retainer is $2,000 per quarter, payable in cash or as elected under Deferred Plan.
Nominating and Governance Committee Chair    Additional retainer is $1,500 per quarter, payable in cash or as elected under Deferred Plan
Audit Committee retainer    Additional retainer is $500 per quarter for serving on Audit Committee, payable in cash or as elected under Deferred Plan.
Per meeting fee   

Special meeting fee for attendance at “excess meetings”: $1,500 for a full day; $750 for a half day or less. An “excess meeting” is a meeting attended after the Outside Director has attended a number of meetings equal to the number of regular quarterly board meetings, plus the number of regular committee meetings associated with regular quarterly board meetings, plus two. An excess meeting excludes meetings attended by a non-committee member and written actions.

 

Prior to payment, any excess meeting fees must be approved by the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of this Board.

 

Total meeting fees in this category will not exceed $25,000 in any fiscal year. Payable in cash or as elected under the Deferred Plan.

Ad hoc Committee retainer    When ad hoc committees are formed to address extraordinary events, the Board will determine an annual retainer to be paid to ad hoc committee members based upon expected effort required. Total fees in this category will not exceed $25,000 in any fiscal year. Payable in cash or as elected under the Deferred Plan.

1 Awards to be granted pursuant to the Amended and Restated Outside Directors’ Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.

Exhibit 21.01

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

AS OF 06/30/06

 

Subsidiary Name

  

State / Jurisdiction of Incorporation

6464661 Canada, Inc.    Canada
Abilene Nuclear, LLC    Delaware
ALARIS Medical Systems Foreign Sales Corporation    Barbados
ALARIS Medical Luxembourg II S.à.r.l.    Luxembourg
ALARIS Medical 1 (Suisse), S.à.r.l.    Switzerland
ALARIS Medical Cayman Islands    Cayman Islands
Alcon – Building Branch    Puerto Rico
Allcaps Weichgelatinkapseln GmbH & Co. KG    Germany
Allcaps Weichgelatinkapseln Verwaltungs GmbH    Germany
Allegiance (BVI) Holdings Co. Ltd.    British Virgin Islands
Allegiance Corporation    Delaware
Allegiance Healthcare (Labuan) Pte. Ltd.    Malaysia
Allegiance Healthcare Holding B.V.    Netherlands
Allegiance Healthcare International GmbH    Austria
Allegiance Labuan Holdings Pte. Ltd.    Malaysia
API (Suppliers) Limited    United Kingdom
Aurum Pharmaceuticals Limited    United Kingdom
Bauer Branch    Dominican Republic
Beckloff Associates, Inc.    Kansas
C. International, Inc.    Ohio
Cardal II, LLC    Delaware
Cardal, Inc.    Ohio


Subsidiary Name

  

State / Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Cardinal Distribution Holding Corporation – I    Nevada
Cardinal Distribution Holding Corporation – II    Nevada
Cardinal Health (Bermuda) 224 Ltd.    Bermuda
Cardinal Health 100, Inc.    Indiana
Cardinal Health 101, Inc.    Delaware
Cardinal Health 104 LP    Ohio
Cardinal Health 105, Inc.    Ohio
Cardinal Health 107, Inc.    Ohio
Cardinal Health 108, Inc.    Tennessee
Cardinal Health 109, Inc.    Texas
Cardinal Health 110, Inc.    Delaware
Cardinal Health 111, LLC    Delaware
Cardinal Health 112, LLC    Delaware
Cardinal Health 113, LLC    Wisconsin
Cardinal Health 2, Inc.    Nevada
Cardinal Health 200, Inc.    Delaware
Cardinal Health 201, Inc.    Delaware
Cardinal Health 222 (Thailand) Ltd.    Thailand
Cardinal Health 3, LLC    Delaware
Cardinal Health 301, LLC    Delaware
Cardinal Health 302, LLC    Delaware
Cardinal Health 303, Inc.    Delaware
Cardinal Health 304, LLC    Delaware
Cardinal Health 400, Inc.    Illinois

 

- 2 -


Subsidiary Name

  

State / Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Cardinal Health 406, LLC    Delaware
Cardinal Health 409, Inc.    Delaware
Cardinal Health 411, Inc.    Ohio
Cardinal Health 414, Inc.    Delaware
Cardinal Health 416, Inc.    Puerto Rico
Cardinal Health 417, Inc.    Puerto Rico
Cardinal Health 418, Inc.    Delaware
Cardinal Health 420, LLC    Delaware
Cardinal Health 421 Limited Partnership    Scotland
Cardinal Health 421, Inc.    Delaware
Cardinal Health 5, LLC    Delaware
Cardinal Health 6, Inc.    Nevada
Cardinal Health 7, LLC    Delaware
Cardinal Health Argentina 400 S.A.I.C.    Argentina
Cardinal Health Australia 200 Pty Ltd    Australia
Cardinal Health Australia 300 Pty Ltd    Australia
Cardinal Health Australia 316 Pty Limited    Australia
Cardinal Health Australia 401 Pty Ltd    Australia
Cardinal Health Austria 201 GmbH    Austria
Cardinal Health Belgium 202 S.P.R.L.    Belgium
Cardinal Health Brasil 402 Ltda.    Brazil
Cardinal Health Canada 204, Inc.    Canada
Cardinal Health Canada 301, Inc.    Canada
Cardinal Health Canada 302, Inc.    Canada

 

- 3 -


Subsidiary Name

  

State / Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Cardinal Health Canada 307 ULC    Canada
Cardinal Health Canada 403, Inc.    Canada
Cardinal Health Capital Corporation    Ohio
Cardinal Health Cardiology Solutions, LLC    Delaware
Cardinal Health Corporate Solutions, LLC    Nevada
Cardinal Health D.R. 203 Ltd.    Bermuda
Cardinal Health Espana 308 S.L.    Spain
Cardinal Health Europe IT GmbH    Germany
Cardinal Health Finance    United Kingdom
Cardinal Health Finance Partners 229 L.P.    Canada
Cardinal Health France 205 S.A.S.    France
Cardinal Health France 309 S.A.S.    France
Cardinal Health France 404 S.A.    France
Cardinal Health France 428 S.A.S.    France
Cardinal Health France 429 S.A.S.    France
Cardinal Health France 430 S.A.S.    France
Cardinal Health France 431 S.A.S.    France
Cardinal Health Funding, LLC    Nevada
Cardinal Health GbR    Germany
Cardinal Health Germany 206 GmbH    Germany
Cardinal Health Germany 318 GmbH    Germany
Cardinal Health Germany 405 GmbH    Germany
Cardinal Health Germany Holdings GmbH    Germany
Cardinal Health Holding GmbH    Germany

 

- 4 -


Subsidiary Name

  

State / Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Cardinal Health Holding International, Inc.    New Jersey
Cardinal Health Holding Pty Ltd    Australia
Cardinal Health Holdings Limited    United Kingdom
Cardinal Health International Ventures, Ltd.    Barbados
Cardinal Health IPS, LLC    Delaware
Cardinal Health Ireland 406 Ltd.    Ireland
Cardinal Health Ireland 419 Limited    Ireland
Cardinal Health Ireland 422 Limited    Ireland
Cardinal Health Italy 208 S.r.l.    Italy
Cardinal Health Italy 311 Srl    Italy
Cardinal Health Italy 407 S.p.A.    Italy
Cardinal Health Japan 228 K.K.    Japan
Cardinal Health Japan 408 K.K.    Japan
Cardinal Health Lease Funding 2002A, LLC    Delaware
Cardinal Health Lease Funding 2002AQ, LLC    Delaware
Cardinal Health Lease Funding 2003A, LLC    Delaware
Cardinal Health Lease Funding 2003AQ, LLC    Delaware
Cardinal Health Lease Funding 2003B, LLC    Delaware
Cardinal Health Lease Funding 2003BQ, LLC    Delaware
Cardinal Health Lease Funding 2004A, LLC    Delaware
Cardinal Health Lease Funding 2004AQ, LLC    Delaware
Cardinal Health Luxembourg 420 S.à.r.l.    Luxembourg
Cardinal Health MPB, Inc.    Missouri
Cardinal Health Malaysia 211 Sdn. Bhd.    Malaysia

 

- 5 -


Subsidiary Name

  

State / Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Cardinal Health Malta 212 Limited    Malta
Cardinal Health Mauritius Holding 226 Ltd.    Mauritius
Cardinal Health Mexico 213 S.A. de C.V.    Mexico
Cardinal Health N.Z. 217 Limited    New Zealand
Cardinal Health New Zealand 313 Limited    New Zealand
Cardinal Health Netherlands 214 B.V.    Netherlands
Cardinal Health Netherlands 310 B.V.    Netherlands
Cardinal Health Netherlands Financing C.V.    Netherlands
Cardinal Health Netherlands Holding B.V.    Netherlands
Cardinal Health Netherlands Holding 437 B.V.    Netherlands
Cardinal Health Norway 315 A/S    Norway
Cardinal Health P.R. 218, Inc.    Puerto Rico
Cardinal Health P.R. 227, Inc.    Puerto Rico
Cardinal Health P.R. 409 B.V.    Netherlands
Cardinal Health P.R. 410, Inc.    Puerto Rico
Cardinal Health P.R. 436, Inc.    Puerto Rico
Cardinal Health PTS, LLC    Delaware
Cardinal Health S.A. 319 (Proprietary) Limited    South Africa
Cardinal Health Singapore 225 Pte. Ltd.    Singapore
Cardinal Health Singapore 304    Singapore
Cardinal Health Singapore 423 Pte. Ltd.    Singapore
Cardinal Health Spain 219 S.L.    Spain
Cardinal Health Sweden 220 AB    Sweden
Cardinal Health Sweden 314 AB    Sweden

 

- 6 -


Subsidiary Name

  

State / Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Cardinal Health Switzerland 221 GmbH    Switzerland
Cardinal Health Switzerland 317 Sarl    Switzerland
Cardinal Health Switzerland 412 GmbH    Switzerland
Cardinal Health Switzerland 413 AG    Switzerland
Cardinal Health Systems, Inc.    Ohio
Cardinal Health Technologies Switzerland GmbH    Switzerland
Cardinal Health Technologies, LLC    Nevada
Cardinal Health Trading (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.    China
Cardinal Health U.K. 100 Limited    United Kingdom
Cardinal Health U.K. 101 Limited    United Kingdom
Cardinal Health U.K. 223 Limited    United Kingdom
Cardinal Health U.K. 305 Limited    United Kingdom
Cardinal Health U.K. 306 Limited    United Kingdom
Cardinal Health U.K. 414 Limited    United Kingdom
Cardinal Health U.K. 415 Limited    United Kingdom
Cardinal Health U.K. 416 Limited    United Kingdom
Cardinal Health U.K. 417 Limited    United Kingdom
Cardinal Health U.K. 418 Limited    United Kingdom
Cardinal Health U.K. 425 Limited    United Kingdom
Cardinal Health U.K. 432 Limited    United Kingdom
Cardinal Health U.K. 433 Limited    United Kingdom
Cardinal Health U.K. 434 Limited    United Kingdom
Cardinal Health U.K. 435 Limited    United Kingdom
Cardinal.com Holdings, Inc.    Nevada

 

- 7 -


Subsidiary Name

  

State / Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Cascade Development, Inc.    Nevada
Caseview (P.L.) Limited    United Kingdom
CCB, Inc.    Iowa
CDI Investments, Inc.    Delaware
Centralia Pharmacy, Inc.    Illinois
Centricity, LLC    Delaware
Cirmex de Chihuahua S.A. de C.V.    Mexico
Cirpro de Delicias S.A. de C.V.    Mexico
Comprehensive Medical Imaging—Rancho Mirage, Inc.    California
Comprehensive OPEN MRI – Carmichael, Inc.    Delaware
Comprehensive OPEN MRI—Folsom, Inc.    Delaware
Comprehensive OPEN MRI—Sacramento, Inc.    Delaware
Converters Branch    Dominican Republic
Convertors de Mexico S.A. de C.V.    Mexico
CR Medicap, Inc.    Iowa
Craig Generics Limited    United Kingdom
Daniels Pharmaceuticals Limited    United Kingdom
Denver Biomedical, Inc.    Delaware
Desert PET, LLC    California
Dover Communications, LLC    Delaware
DuQuoin Pharmacy, Inc.    Illinois
Dutch American Manufacturers (D.A.M.) B.V.    Netherlands
East Iowa Pharmacies, Inc.    Iowa
Eldon Laboratories Limited    United Kingdom

 

- 8 -


Subsidiary Name

  

State / Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Ellipticare, LLC    Delaware
EPIC Insurance Company    Vermont
Eurochem Limited    United Kingdom
European Pharmaceuticals Group Ltd.    United Kingdom
Europharm of Worthing Limited    United Kingdom
F&F Holding GmbH    Germany
Federa S.A.    Belgium
Freeman Pharmaceuticals Limited    United Kingdom
Glacier Guaranty Corporation    Vermont
Glamorgan Pharmaceuticals Limited    United Kingdom
Grand Avenue Pharmacy, Inc.    Iowa
Griffin Capital, LLC    Nevada
Griffin Group Document Management Services, Inc.    Nevada
Homecare (North-West) Limited    United Kingdom
Impharm Nationwide Limited    United Kingdom
Inland Empire Regional PET Center, LLC    California
InteCardia-Tennessee East Catheterization, LLC    North Carolina
InteCardia-Tennessee East Diagnostic, LLC    North Carolina
Intercare Holdings Limited    United Kingdom
Intercare Investments Limited    United Kingdom
Intercare Properties Plc    United Kingdom
International Capsule Company S.r.l.    Italy
Iowa Falls Pharmacy, Inc.    Iowa
IVAC Overseas Holdings L.P.    Delaware

 

- 9 -


Subsidiary Name

  

State / Jurisdiction of Incorporation

JRG, Ltd.    Iowa
Killilea Development Company, Ltd.    Ohio
Lake Charles Pharmaceutical and Medical Equipment Supply Company, L.L.C.    Louisiana
Leader Drugstores, Inc.    Delaware
Liberty Communications Network, LLC    Delaware
Macarthy Group Trustees Limited    United Kingdom
Macarthy Limited    United Kingdom
Macarthy’s Laboratories Limited    United Kingdom
Martindale Pharmaceuticals Limited    United Kingdom
Medcon S.A.    Luxembourg
Medesta Associates, LLC    Delaware
Medical Education Systems, LLC    Delaware
Medical Media Communications, LLC    Delaware
Medicap Pharmacies Incorporated    Iowa
Medicine Shoppe Capital Corporation    Nevada
Medicine Shoppe International, Inc.    Delaware
Medicine Shoppe Internet, Inc.    Missouri
MediQual Systems, Inc.    Delaware
Midland Pharmacies, Inc.    Iowa
Moresville, Limited    United Kingdom
MRI Equipment Partners, Ltd.    Texas
Multi-Medica S.A.    Belgium
Multipharm Limited    United Kingdom

 

- 10 -


Subsidiary Name

  

State / Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Nationwide Ostomy Supplies Limited    United Kingdom
One Cloverleaf, LLC    Delaware
OnPointe Medical Communications, LLC    Delaware
Owen Shared Services, Inc.    Texas
PCI Holdings (UK) Co.    United Kingdom
Parmed Pharmaceuticals, Inc.    Delaware
Penisant S.A.    Uruguay
Pharmaceutical and Diagnostic Services, Inc.    Utah
Pharmacy Operations of New York, Inc.    New York
Pharmacy Operations, Inc.    Delaware
Pharmapar S.A.    Belgium
Physicians Purchasing, Inc.    Nevada
Pinnacle Intellectual Property Services International, Inc.    Nevada
Pinnacle Intellectual Property Services, Inc.    Nevada
PlastiMedical S.p.A.    Italy
Practicome Solutions, LLC    Delaware
Productos Urologos de Mexico S.A. de C.V.    Mexico
Quiroproductos de Cuauhtemoc S.A. de C.V.    Mexico
R.P. Scherer (Spain) S.A.    Spain
R.P. Scherer DDS B.V.    Netherlands
R.P. Scherer GmbH & Co. KG    Germany
R.P. Scherer Holdings II Limited    United Kingdom
R.P. Scherer Technologies, Inc.    Nevada
R.P. Scherer Verwaltungs GmbH    Germany

 

- 11 -


Subsidiary Name

  

State / Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Ransdell Surgical, Inc.    Kentucky
Respirare, LLC    Delaware
Riverside MRI, JV    Texas
RxealTIME, Inc.    Nevada
Sierra Radiopharmacy, LLC    Nevada
Simolo (GL) Limited    United Kingdom
Sistemas Médicos ALARIS, S.A. de C.V.    Mexico
Source Medical Corporation    Canada
SRx, Inc.    Iowa
Strategic Implications International, LLC    Delaware
Supplyline Technologies Limited    Ireland
Syncor Belgium SPRL    Belgium
Syncor Italy s.r.l.    Italy
Toledo Pharmacy Co.    Iowa
Top Shot Publishers Limited    Ireland
Venture Laminate Limited    Ireland
Venture Packaging Limited    Ireland
Virginia Imaging Center, LLC    Virginia
West Texas Nuclear Pharmacy Partners    Texas
Wholesale (PI) Limited    United Kingdom
Yorkshire Pharmacy, Inc.    Nebraska

 

- 12 -

Exhibit 23.01

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

 

(1) Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-132171, No. 333-101907, No. 333-62944, No. 333-24483, No. 333-46482, No. 33-62198, and No. 33-57223) of Cardinal Health, Inc.,

 

(2) Registration Statements on Form S-4 (No. 333-62938 and No. 333-74761) of Cardinal Health, Inc., and

 

(3) Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-42357, No. 33-64337, No. 333-72727, No. 333-91849, No. 333-01927-01, No. 333-11803-01, No. 333-21631-01, No. 333-21631-02, No. 333-30889-01, No. 333-56655, No. 333-71727, No. 333-68819, No. 333-90417, No. 333-90423, No. 333-92841, No. 333-38198, No. 333-38190, No. 333-38192, No. 333-56010, No. 333-53394, No. 333-91600, No. 333-102369, No. 333-100564, 333-120006 and 333-129725) of Cardinal Health, Inc.,

of our reports dated August 31, 2006, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Cardinal Health, Inc., Cardinal Health, Inc. management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Cardinal Health, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Columbus, Ohio

August 31, 2006

Exhibit 31.01

I, R. Kerry Clark, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Cardinal Health, Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Dated: September 1, 2006

 

/s/ R. Kerry Clark

R. Kerry Clark

President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.02

I, Jeffrey W. Henderson, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Cardinal Health, Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Dated: September 1, 2006

 

/s/ Jeffrey W. Henderson

Jeffrey W. Henderson

Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.01

Certification by the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, R. Kerry Clark, President and Chief Executive Officer of Cardinal Health, Inc. (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

 

(1) the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 containing the financial statements of the Company (the “Periodic Report”), which this statement accompanies, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

 

(2) the information contained in the Periodic Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: September 1, 2006

 

/s/ R. Kerry Clark

R. Kerry Clark

President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 32.02

Certification by the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Jeffrey W. Henderson, Chief Financial Officer of Cardinal Health, Inc. (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

 

(1) the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 containing the financial statements of the Company (the “Periodic Report”), which this statement accompanies, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

 

(2) the information contained in the Periodic Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: September 1, 2006

 

/s/ Jeffrey W. Henderson

Jeffrey W. Henderson

Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 99.01

The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “PSLRA”) provides a “safe harbor” for “forward-looking statements” (as defined in the PSLRA). Cardinal Health’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including Cardinal Health’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 (the “2006 Form 10-K”), Cardinal Health’s Annual Report to Shareholders, any quarterly report on Form 10-Q or any current report on Form 8-K of Cardinal Health (along with any exhibits to such Forms as well as any amendments to such Forms), our press releases, or any other written or oral statements made by or on behalf of Cardinal Health, may include or incorporate by reference forward-looking statements which reflect Cardinal Health’s current view (as of the date such forward-looking statement is first made) with respect to future events, prospects, projections or financial performance. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those made, implied or projected in or by such statements. These uncertainties and other factors include, but are not limited to:

 

    uncertainties relating to general economic, political, business, industry, regulatory and market conditions;

 

    the loss of, or default by, one or more key customers or suppliers, such as pharmaceutical or medical/surgical manufacturers for which alternative supplies may not be available or easily replaceable;

 

    unfavorable changes to the terms of key customer or supplier relationships, or changes in customer mix;

 

    changes in manufacturers’ pricing, selling, inventory, distribution or supply policies or practices, including policies concerning price inflation or deflation;

 

    changes in the frequency or rate of branded pharmaceutical price increases where price inflation is either a component of compensation from a distribution service agreement or the sole form of compensation from certain branded pharmaceutical manufacturers;

 

    changes in the distribution or outsourcing pattern for pharmaceutical and medical/surgical products and services, including an increase in direct distribution or a decrease in contract packaging by pharmaceutical manufacturers;

 

    the costs, difficulties and uncertainties related to the integration of acquired businesses, including liabilities related to the operations or activities of such businesses prior to their acquisition;

 

    changes to the presentation of financial results and position resulting from adoption of new accounting principles or upon the advice of our independent accountants or the staff of the SEC;

 

    difficulties and costs associated with enhancing our accounting systems and internal controls and complying with financial reporting requirements;


    changes in laws and regulations or our failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations;

 

    legislative changes to the prescription drug reimbursement formula and related reporting requirements for generic pharmaceuticals under Medicaid;

 

    future actions of regulatory bodies and other government authorities, including the FDA and foreign counterparts, that could delay, limit or suspend product development, manufacturing or sale or result in seizures, injunctions and monetary sanctions, including with respect to our Alaris infusion pumps;

 

    the results, effects or timing of any internal or external inquiry or investigation, including those by any regulatory authority and any related legal and administrative proceedings;

 

    the impact of previously announced restatements;

 

    the costs and effects of shareholder claims, derivative claims, commercial disputes, patent infringement claims or other legal proceedings or investigations;

 

    the costs, effects, timing or success of restructuring programs or plans;

 

    downgrades of our credit ratings, and the potential that such downgrades could adversely affect our access to capital or increase our cost of capital;

 

    increased costs for the components, compounds, raw materials or energy used by our manufacturing businesses or shortages in these inputs;

 

    the risks of counterfeit products in the supply chain;

 

    injury to person or property resulting from our manufacturing, compounding, packaging, repackaging, drug delivery system development and manufacturing, information systems or pharmacy management services;

 

    competitive factors in our healthcare service businesses, including pricing pressures;

 

    the continued financial viability and success of our customers, suppliers and franchisees;

 

    failure to retain or continue to attract senior management or key personnel;

 

    uncertainties related to transitions in senior management positions;

 

    tax legislation initiatives or challenges to our tax positions;

 

    risks associated with international operations, including fluctuations in currency exchange ratios;

 

    costs associated with protecting our trade secrets and enforcing our patent, copyright and trademark rights, and successful challenges to the validity of our patents, copyrights or trademarks;

 

   

difficulties or delays in the development, production, manufacturing and marketing of new products and services, including difficulties or delays associated with obtaining requisite


 

regulatory consents or approvals associated with those activities;

 

    disruption or damage to or failure of our information systems;

 

    strikes or other labor disruptions;

 

    labor, pension and employee benefit costs;

 

    changes in hospital buying groups or hospital buying practices; and

 

    other factors described in “Item 1A: Risk Factors” of the 2006 Form 10-K.

The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “project,” “estimate,” “target,” “intend,” “seek,” and similar expressions generally identify “forward-looking statements,” which speak only as of the date the statement was made. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except to the extent required under applicable law.

Exhibit 99.02

Cardinal Health, Inc.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Section 1 - Purpose

The Cardinal Health, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, originally adopted and established by Cardinal Health, Inc., an Ohio corporation, effective as of January 3, 2000, for the general benefit of the Employees of the Company and of certain of its Subsidiaries, is hereby amended and restated effective as of May 10, 2006. The purpose of the Plan is to facilitate the purchase of Shares by Eligible Employees.

Section 2 - Definitions

 

a. Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

b. Administrator ” shall mean the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, or the person(s) or entity delegated the responsibility of administering the Plan.

 

c. Agent ” shall mean the bank, brokerage firm, financial institution, or other entity or person(s) engaged, retained or appointed to act as the agent of the Employer and of the Participants under the Plan.

 

d. Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

e. Closing Value ” shall mean, as of a particular date, the value of a Share determined by the closing sales price for such Share (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on The New York Stock Exchange for the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable. For this purpose, the date of determination shall be the first Trading Day of the Offering Period or the last Trading Day of the Offering Period, as applicable.

 

f. Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and currently in effect, or any successor body of federal tax law.

 

g. Company ” shall mean Cardinal Health, Inc., including any successor thereto.

 

h.

Compensation ” shall mean wages, salaries, fees for professional service and other amounts received for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips and bonuses) including amounts excludible from the Employee’s gross income under Code Section 402(a)(8) (relating to a Code Section 401(k) arrangement), Code Section 402(h) (relating to a Simplified Employee Pension), Code Section 125 (relating to a cafeteria plan) or Code Section 403(b) (relating to a tax-sheltered annuity) and compensation paid by the Employer to an Employee through another person under the common paymaster provisions of Code Sections 3121(s) and 3306(p). Compensation does not include: (1) amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, (2) amounts realized from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option, (3) moving allowances, automobile allowances, tuition reimbursement, financial/tax planning reimbursement, other extraordinary compensation, including tax “gross-up” payments, and imputed income from other employer-provided benefits, and (4) other amounts that receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group term life insurance or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not under salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity

 

Page 1


 

contract described in Code Section 403(b) (whether or not the contributions are excludible from the gross income of the Employee), other than amounts described above.

 

i. Designated Subsidiaries ” shall mean all Subsidiaries whose Employees have been designated by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, as eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

j. Eligible Employee ” means any Employee who (1) has worked as an employee of an Employer for at least thirty (30) days and (2) is customarily employed for at least five (5) months each calendar year or who is classified as a “PRN” or on-call Employee.

 

k. Employee ” means any person who performs services as a common law employee of an Employer, and does not include individuals providing services to an Employer in a capacity as an independent contractor.

 

l. Employer ” means, individually and collectively, the Company and the Designated Subsidiaries.

 

m. Enrollment Period ” shall mean the period immediately preceding the Offering Period that is designated by the Administrator in its discretion as the period during which an Eligible Employee may elect to participate in the Plan.

 

n. Offering Period ” shall mean the period during which Participants in the Plan authorize payroll deductions to fund the purchase of Shares on their behalf under the Plan pursuant to the options granted to them hereunder.

 

o. Participant ” means any Eligible Employee who has elected to participate in the Plan for an Offering Period by authorizing payroll deductions and following all applicable procedures established by the Administrator during the Enrollment Period for such Offering Period.

 

p. Plan ” shall mean this Cardinal Health, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

q. Plan Account ” shall mean the individual account established by the Agent for each Participant for purposes of accounting for and/or holding each Participant’s payroll deductions, Shares, etc.

 

r. Plan Year ” shall mean the fiscal year of the Company.

 

s. Purchase Price ” shall mean, for each Share purchased in accordance with Section 4 hereof, an amount equal to the lesser of (1) eighty-five percent (85%) of the Closing Value of a Share on the first Trading Day of each Offering Period (which for Plan purposes shall be deemed to be the date the option to purchase such Shares was granted to each Eligible Employee who is, or elects to become, a Participant); or (2) eighty-five percent (85%) of the Closing Value of such Share on the last Trading Day of the Offering Period (which for Plan purposes shall be deemed to be the date each such option to purchase such Shares was exercised).

 

t. Shares ” means the common shares, without par value, of the Company.

 

u. Subsidiary ” shall mean a corporation, domestic or foreign, of which not less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares are held by the Company or a Subsidiary, whether or not such corporation now exists or is hereafter organized or acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary (or as otherwise may be defined in Code Section 424).

 

v. Trading Day ” shall mean a day on which national stock exchanges and The New York Stock Exchange are open for trading.

 

Page 2


Section 3 - Eligible Employees

a. In General . Participation in the Plan is voluntary. All Eligible Employees of an Employer are eligible to participate in the Plan. All Eligible Employees granted options to purchase Shares hereunder shall have the same rights and privileges as every other such Eligible Employee, and only Eligible Employees of an Employer satisfying the applicable requirements of the Plan will be entitled to be granted options hereunder.

b. Limitations on Rights . An Employee who otherwise is an Eligible Employee shall not be entitled to purchase Shares under the Plan: (1) if such purchase would cause such Eligible Employee to own Shares (including any Shares which would be owned if such Eligible Employee purchased all of the Shares made available for purchase by such Eligible Employee under all options or rights then held by such Eligible Employee, whether or not then exercisable) representing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of each class of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary; or (2) to the extent that such purchase would cause such Eligible Employee to have options or rights to purchase more than $25,000 of Shares under the Plan (and under all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company and its Subsidiary corporations which qualify for treatment under Section 423 of the Code) for any calendar year in which such rights are outstanding (based on the Closing Value of such Shares, determined as of the date such rights are granted). For purposes of clause (1) of this subsection b., the attribution rules set forth in Section 424(d) of the Code and related regulations shall apply.

Section 4 - Enrollment and Offering Periods

a. Enrolling in the Plan . To participate in the Plan, an Eligible Employee must enroll in the Plan. Enrollment for a given Offering Period will take place during the Enrollment Period for such Offering Period. The Administrator shall designate the initial Enrollment Period and each subsequent Enrollment Period and the Offering Period to which each Enrollment Period relates. Participation in the Plan with respect to any one or more of the Offering Periods shall neither limit nor require participation in the Plan for any other Offering Period.

b. The Offering Period . Any Employee who is an Eligible Employee and who desires to be granted options to purchase Shares hereunder must enroll in accordance with the procedures established by the Administrator during an Enrollment Period. Such authorization shall be effective for the Offering Period immediately following such Enrollment Period. The duration of an Offering Period shall be determined by the Administrator prior to the Enrollment Period and shall commence on the first day (or the First Trading Day) of the Offering Period and end on the last day (or the last Trading Day) of the Offering Period; provided, however, that if the Administrator terminates the Plan during an Offering Period, pursuant to its authority in Section 17 of the Plan, such Offering Period shall be deemed to end on the date the Plan is terminated. The termination of the Plan and the Offering Period shall end the Participant’s rights to contribute amounts to the Plan or continue participation in the Offering Period. The date of termination of the Plan shall be deemed to be the final day of the Offering Period for purposes of determining the Purchase Price under the Offering Period and all amounts contributed during the Offering Period will be used as of such termination date to purchase Shares in accordance with the general provisions of Section 9.

The Administrator may designate one or more Offering Periods during each Plan Year during the term of this Plan. On the first day (or the First Trading Day) of each Offering Period, each Participant shall be granted an option to purchase Shares under the Plan. Each option granted hereunder shall expire at the end of the Offering Period for which it was granted. In no event may an option granted hereunder be exercised after the expiration of 27 months from the date of grant.

c. Changing Enrollment . The offering of Shares pursuant to options granted hereunder the Plan shall occur only during an Offering Period and shall be made only to Participants. Once an Eligible Employee is enrolled in the Plan, the Administrator or Employer will inform the Agent of such fact. Once enrolled, a Participant shall continue to participate in the Plan for each succeeding Offering Period until he or she terminates his or her participation by revoking his or her payroll deduction authorization or ceases to be an Eligible Employee. Once a Participant has elected to participate under the Plan, that Participant’s payroll deduction authorization shall

 

Page 3


apply to all subsequent Offering Periods unless and until the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee, or modifies or terminates said authorization. If a Participant desires to change his or her rate of contribution, he or she may do so effective for the next Offering Period by following the procedures established by the Administrator during the Enrollment Period immediately preceding such Offering Period.

Section 5 - Term of Plan

This Plan shall be in effect from January 3, 2000, until it is terminated by action of the Administrator or the Board.

Section 6 - Number of Shares to Be Made Available

Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 16 hereof, the total number of Shares made available for purchase by Participants granted options which are exercised under Section 9 hereof is 5,000,000, which may consist of authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares, or shares purchased by the Plan in the open market. The provisions of Section 9 b. shall control in the event the number of Shares covered by options which are exercised for any Offering Period exceeds the number of Shares available for sale under the Plan. If all of the Shares authorized for sale under the Plan have been sold, the Plan shall either be continued through additional authorizations of Shares made by the Administrator (such authorizations must, however, comply with Section 17 hereof), or shall be terminated in accordance with Section 17 hereof.

Section 7 - Use of Funds

All payroll deductions received or held by an Employer under the Plan may be used by the Employer for any corporate purpose, and the Employer shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions. Any amounts held by an Employer or other party holding amounts in connection with or as a result of payroll withholding made pursuant to the Plan and pending the purchase of Shares hereunder shall be considered a non-interest-bearing, unsecured indebtedness extended to the Employer or other party by the Participants. Administrative expenses of the Plan shall be allocated to each Participant’s Plan Account unless such expenses are paid by the Employer.

Section 8 - Amount of Contribution; Method of Payment

a. Payroll Withholding . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Purchase Price will be payable by each Participant by means of payroll withholding. The withholding shall be in increments of one percent (1%). The minimum withholding permitted shall be an amount equal to one percent (1%) of a Participant’s Compensation and the maximum withholding shall be an amount equal to fifteen percent (15%) of a Participant’s Compensation. In any event, the total withholding permitted to be made by any Participant for a calendar year shall be limited to the sum of $21,250. The actual percentage of Compensation to be deducted shall be specified by a Participant in his or her authorization for payroll withholding. Participants may not deposit any separate cash payments into their Plan Accounts.

b. Application of Withholding Rules . Payroll withholding will commence with the first paycheck issued during the Offering Period and will, except as otherwise provided herein, continue with each paycheck throughout the entire Offering Period, except for pay periods for which such Participant receives no compensation (e.g., uncompensated personal leave, leave of absence). A pay period which ends at such time that it is administratively impracticable to credit any paycheck for such pay period to the then-current Offering Period will be credited in its entirety to the immediately subsequent Offering Period. A pay period which overlaps Offering Periods will be credited in its entirety to the Offering Period in which it is paid. Payroll withholding shall be retained by the Employer or other party responsible for making such payment to the Participant, until applied to the purchase of Shares as described in Section 9 and the satisfaction of any related federal, state or local withholding obligations (including any employment tax obligations).

 

Page 4


At the time the Shares are purchased, or at the time some or all of the Shares issued under the Plan are disposed of, Participants must make adequate provision for the Employer’s federal, state, local or other tax withholding obligations (including employment taxes), if any, which arise upon the purchase or disposition of the Shares. At any time, the Employer may, but shall not be obligated to, withhold from each Participant’s Compensation the amount necessary for the Employer to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Employer any tax deductions or benefits attributable to the sale or early disposition of Shares by the Participant. Each Participant, as a condition of participating under the Plan, agrees to bear responsibility for all federal, state, and local income taxes required to be withheld from his or her Compensation as well as the Participant’s portion of FICA (both the OASDI and Medicare components) with respect to any Compensation arising on account of the purchase or disposition of Shares. The Employer may increase income and/or employment tax withholding on a Participant’s Compensation after the purchase or disposition of Shares in order to comply with federal, state and local tax laws, and each Participant agrees to sign any and all appropriate documents to facilitate such withholding.

Section 9 - Purchasing, Transferring Shares

a. Maintenance of Plan Account . Upon the exercise of a Participant’s initial option to purchase Shares under the Plan, the Agent shall establish a Plan Account in the name of such Participant. No later than the close of each Offering Period, the aggregate amount deducted during such Offering Period by the Employer from a Participant’s Compensation (and credited to a non-interest-bearing account maintained by the Employer or other party for bookkeeping purposes) will be communicated by the Employer to the Agent and shall thereupon be credited by the Agent to such Participant’s Plan Account (unless the Participant has given notice to the Administrator of his or her revocation of authorization prior to the date such communication is made). As of the last day of each Offering Period, or as soon thereafter as is administratively practicable, each Participant’s option to purchase Shares will be exercised automatically for him or her by the Agent with respect to those amounts reported to the Agent by the Administrator or Employer as creditable to that Participant’s Plan Account. On the date of exercise, the amount then credited to the Participant’s Plan Account for the purpose of purchasing Shares hereunder will be divided by the Purchase Price and there shall be transferred to the Participant’s Plan Account by the Agent the number of full and fractional shares which results.

The Agent shall hold in its name, or in the name of its nominee, all Shares so purchased and allocated. No certificate will be issued to a Participant for Shares held in his or her Plan Account unless he or she so requests in writing or unless such Participant’s active participation in the Plan is terminated due to death, disability, separation from service or retirement. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, no certificates shall be issued for Shares until such Shares have been held in the Participant’s Plan Account for a period of at least 24 months following the date of the granting of the option to purchase such Shares.

b. Insufficient Number of Available Shares . In the event the number of Shares covered by options which are exercised for any Offering Period exceeds the number of Shares available for sale under the Plan, the number of Shares actually available for sale hereunder shall be limited to the remaining number of Shares authorized for sale under the Plan and shall be allocated by the Agent among the Participants in proportion to each Participant’s Compensation during the Offering Period over the total Compensation of all Participants during the Offering Period. Any excess amounts withheld and credited to Participants’ Plan Accounts then shall be returned to the Participants as soon as is administratively practicable.

c. Handling Excess Shares . In the event that the number of Shares which would be credited to any Participant’s Plan Account in any Offering Period exceeds the limit specified in Section 3 b. hereof, such Participant’s Plan Account shall be credited with the maximum number of Shares permissible, and the remaining amounts will be refunded in cash as soon as administratively practicable.

d. Status Reports . Statements of each Participant’s Plan Account shall be given to participating Employees at least annually.

 

Page 5


Section 10 - Dividends and Other Distributions

a. Reinvestment of Dividends . Cash dividends and other cash distributions received by the Agent on Shares held in its custody hereunder will be credited to the Plan Accounts of individual Participants in accordance with such Participants’ interests in the Shares with respect to which such dividends or distributions are paid or made. Cash dividends will be applied, as soon as practicable after the receipt thereof by the Agent, in accordance with the directions of the individual Participant to whose Plan Account such amounts have been credited. Participants may, but are not required to, direct that such cash dividends be applied to the purchase in the open market at prevailing market prices of the number of whole Shares capable of being purchased with such funds (or the portion of such funds designated for such application by the Participant), after deduction of any bank service fees, brokerage charges, transfer taxes, and any other transaction fee, expense or cost payable in connection with the purchase of such Shares and not otherwise paid by the Employer.

b. Shares to Be Held in Agent’s Name . All purchases of Shares made pursuant to this Section will be made in the name of the Agent or its nominee, shall be held as provided in Section 9 hereof, and shall be transferred and credited to the Plan Account(s) of the individual Participant(s) to which such dividends or other distributions were credited. Dividends paid in the form of Shares will be allocated by the Agent, as and when received, with respect to Shares held in its custody hereunder to the Plan Accounts of individual Participants in accordance with such Participants’ interests in such Shares with respect to which such dividends were paid. Property, other than Shares or cash, received by the Agent as a distribution on Shares held in its custody hereunder, shall be sold by the Agent for the accounts of the Participants, and the Agent shall treat the proceeds of such sale in the same manner as cash dividends received by the Agent on Shares held in its custody hereunder.

c. Tax Responsibilities . The reinvestment of dividends under the Plan will not relieve a Participant (or Eligible Employee with a Plan Account) of any income or other tax that may be due on or with respect to such dividends. The Agent shall report to each Participant (or Eligible Employee with a Plan Account) the amount of dividends credited to his or her Plan Account.

Section 11 - Voting of Shares

A Participant shall have no interest or voting right in the Shares covered by his or her option until such option has been exercised. Shares held for a Participant (or Eligible Employee with a Plan Account) in his or her Plan Account will be voted in accordance with the Participant’s (or Eligible Employee’s) express directions. In the absence of any such directions, such Shares will not be voted.

Section 12 – In-Service Distribution or Sale of Shares

a. Sale of Shares . Subject to the provisions of Section 19, a Participant may at any time, and without withdrawing from the Plan, by giving notice to the Agent, direct the Agent to sell all or part of the Shares held on behalf of the Participant. Upon receipt of such a notice, the Agent shall, as soon as practicable after receipt of such notice, sell such Shares in the marketplace at the prevailing market price and transmit the net proceeds of such sale (less any bank service fees, brokerage charges, transfer taxes, and any other transaction fee, expense or cost) to the Participant’s Plan Account.

b. In-Service Share Distributions . A Participant may, without withdrawing from the Plan, request that a certificate for all or part of the full Shares held in his or her Plan Account be sent to him or her after the relevant Shares have been purchased and allocated subject to the requirement that such Shares be held in the Participant’s Plan Account for a period of at least 24 months after the date of the granting of the option, as described in Section 9 a., above . All such requests must be submitted in writing to the Agent. No certificate for a fractional Share will be issued; the fair value of fractional Shares on the date of withdrawal of all Shares credited to a Participant’s Plan Account shall be paid in cash to such Participant. The Plan may impose a reasonable charge, to be paid by the Participant, for each stock certificate so issued prior to the date active participation in the Plan ceases; such charge shall be paid by the Participant to the Administrator or Employer prior to the date any distribution of a certificate evidencing ownership of such Shares occurs.

 

Page 6


Section 13 – Cessation of Active Participation

A Participant may revoke his or her authorization for payroll deduction for an Offering Period by giving notice to the Administrator or Employer in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator from time to time. The revocation of a payroll deduction authorization shall be effective for the Offering Period in which made if the revocation is made within such time limitations as may be established by the Administrator from time to time. Any payroll deductions made for an Offering Period prior to the effective date of the revocation of the deduction authorization by the Participant may, at the Participant’s election, be refunded to the Participant in cash or applied to any other permissible purpose under the terms of his or her Plan Account. A Participant who revokes authorization for payroll deduction may not again participate under the Plan until the next Offering Period immediately subsequent to the Offering Period during which the Participant revoked payroll deduction authorization with respect thereto.

Section 14 - Separation from Employment

Separation from employment for any reason, including death, disability, termination or retirement, shall be treated automatically as a withdrawal from the Plan. If separation from employment occurs more than two (2) months prior to the end of an Offering Period, it shall be treated as though the Participant revoked his or her authorization for payroll deductions under Section 13, above, and elected a refund in cash of the amounts withheld for the Offering Period. If separation from employment occurs within two (2) months of the end of an Offering Period, the Participant’s option to purchase Shares for that Offering Period shall be automatically exercised by the Agent unless the Participant makes an election to have his or her separation from employment treated as though the Participant revoked his or her authorization for payroll deductions under Section 13, above within such time limitations as may be established by the Administrator from time to time. If a Participant has a separation from employment but is re-employed as an Eligible Employee, he or she shall be treated as a new Eligible Employee. The Administrator shall, in its sole discretion, determine what constitutes a separation from employment for purposes of this Section.

Section 15 - Assignment

Neither payroll deductions credited to a Participant’s Plan Account nor any rights with regard to options or Shares held under the Plan may be assigned, alienated, transferred, pledged, or otherwise disposed of in any way by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any such assignment, alienation, transfer, pledge, or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Administrator may treat such act as an election to withdraw from the Plan. A Participant’s right to purchase Shares under this Plan may be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant. A Participant’s Plan Account shall be payable to the Participant’s designated beneficiary or, if none, to the Participant’s estate upon his or her death.

Section 16 - Adjustment of and Changes in Shares

If at any time after the effective date of the Plan the Company shall subdivide or reclassify the Shares which have been or may be optioned under the Plan, or shall declare thereon any stock split or dividend payable in Shares, or shall alter the capital structure of the Shares or the Company in any similar manner, then the number and class of shares held in the Plan and which may thereafter be optioned (in the aggregate and to any Participant) shall be adjusted accordingly, and in the case of each option outstanding at the time of any such action, the number and class of shares which may thereafter be purchased pursuant to such option and the Purchase Price shall be adjusted accordingly, as necessary to preserve the rights of the holder(s) of such Shares and option(s).

Section 17 - Amendment or Termination of the Plan

The Administrator shall have the right, at any time, to amend, modify or terminate the Plan without notice; provided, however, that no Participant’s existing options shall be adversely affected by any such amendment, modification or termination, except to comply with applicable law, stock exchange rules or accounting rules. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator shall have the right to terminate the Plan with respect to all future

 

Page 7


payroll deductions and related purchases at any time. Such termination of the Plan shall also terminate any current Offering Period in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

Designations of participating corporations may be made from time to time from among a group of corporations consisting of the Employer, its parent and its Subsidiaries (including corporations that become Subsidiaries or a parent after the adoption and approval of the Plan).

Section 18 - Administration

a. Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator. The Administrator shall be responsible for the administration of all matters under the Plan which have not been delegated to the Agent. The Administrator shall have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to determine eligibility and to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan. Any rule or regulation adopted by the Administrator shall remain in full force and effect unless and until altered, amended or repealed by the Administrator.

b. Specific Responsibilities . The Administrator’s responsibilities shall include, but shall not be limited to:

(1) interpreting the Plan (including issues relating to the definition and application of “Compensation”);

(2) identifying and compiling a list of persons who are Eligible Employees for an Offering Period; and

(3) identifying those Eligible Employees not entitled to be granted options or other rights for an Offering Period on account of the limitations described in Section 3 b. hereof.

The Administrator may from time to time adopt rules and regulations for carrying out the terms of the Plan. Interpretation or construction of any provision of the Plan by the Administrator shall be final and conclusive on all persons, absent specific and contrary action taken by the Board. Any interpretation or construction of any provision of the Plan by the Administrator or the Board shall be final and conclusive.

Section 19 - Securities Law Restrictions

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no payroll deductions shall take place and no Shares may be purchased under the Plan until a registration statement has been filed and become effective with respect to the issuance of the Shares covered by the Plan under the Act. Prior to the effectiveness of such registration statement, Shares subject to purchase under the Plan may be offered to Eligible Employees only pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Act.

Section 20 - No Independent Employee’s Rights

Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to be a contract of employment between an Employer or its parent or any Subsidiary and any Employee, or any group or category of Employees (whether for a definite or specific duration or otherwise), or to prevent the Employer, its parent or any Subsidiary from terminating any Employee’s employment at any time, without notice or recompense. No Employee shall have any rights as a shareholder until the option to purchase Shares, granted to him or her hereunder, has been exercised.

Section 21 - Applicable Law

The Plan shall be construed, administered and governed in all respects under the laws of the State of Ohio to the extent such laws are not preempted or controlled by federal law.

 

Page 8


Section 22 - Merger or Consolidation

If the Company shall at any time merge into or consolidate with another corporation or business entity, each Participant will thereafter be entitled to receive at the end of the Offering Period (during which such merger or consolidation occurs) the securities or property which a holder of Shares was entitled to upon and at the time of such merger or consolidation. A sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company shall be deemed a merger or consolidation for the foregoing purposes.

 

Page 9